0000072971us-gaap:ForeignExchangeContractMemberus-gaap:OverTheCounterMember2023-06-300000072971us-gaap:InterestRateContractMemberus-gaap:ValuationTechniqueDiscountedCashFlowMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputDiscountRateMembersrt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2022-12-31




UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended SeptemberJune 30, 20172023
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number 001-2979
WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DelawareNo.41-0449260
(State of incorporation)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 9416394104
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-866-249-3302
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading SymbolName of Each Exchange
on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1-2/3WFC
New York Stock
Exchange
(NYSE)
7.5% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock, Series LWFC.PRLNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of 5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series QWFC.PRQNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of 6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series RWFC.PRRNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series YWFC.PRYNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series ZWFC.PRZNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series AAWFC.PRANYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series CCWFC.PRCNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series DDWFC.PRDNYSE
Guarantee of Medium-Term Notes, Series A, due October 30, 2028 of Wells Fargo Finance LLCWFC/28ANYSE
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.YesþNo¨
Yes þ
No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes þ
No o
                                Yesþ No¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer  þAccelerated filer  ¨
Large accelerated filer    þ
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer    o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  o
Emerging growth company  o
Non-accelerated filer ¨Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    o¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o
No þ
     Yes  Noþ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Shares Outstanding
Shares Outstanding
October 25, 2017July 21, 2023
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value4,924,261,4491,823,028,137


FORM 10-Q 
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX 
PART IFinancial Information 
Item 1.Financial StatementsPage
 Consolidated Statement of Income
 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Balance Sheet
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 Notes to Financial Statements  
 1
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  
 2
Business Combinations
 3
Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments  
 4
Investment Securities
 5
Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses
 6
Other Assets
 7
Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
 8
Mortgage Banking Activities
 9
Intangible Assets
 10
Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral
 11
Legal Actions
 12
Derivatives
 13
Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
 14
Preferred Stock
 15
Employee Benefits
 16
Earnings Per Common Share
 17
Other Comprehensive Income
 18
Operating Segments
 19
Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements
Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Financial Review) 
 Summary Financial Data  
 Overview
 Earnings Performance
 Balance Sheet Analysis
 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  
 Risk Management
 Capital Management
 Regulatory Matters
 Critical Accounting Policies  
 Current Accounting Developments
 Forward-Looking Statements  
 Risk Factors 
 Glossary of Acronyms
Item 3.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 4.Controls and Procedures
   
PART IIOther Information 
Item 1.Legal Proceedings
Item 1A.Risk Factors
Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Item 6.Exhibits
     
Signature


PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION




FORM 10-Q
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART IFinancial Information
Item 1.Financial StatementsPage
Consolidated Statement of Income
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Notes to Financial Statements
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Trading Activities
Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Equity Securities
Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses
Mortgage Banking Activities
Intangible Assets and Other Assets
Leasing Activity
Preferred Stock
10 Legal Actions
11 Derivatives
12 Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
13 Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
14 Guarantees and Other Commitments
15 Pledged Assets and Collateral
16 Operating Segments
17 Revenue and Expenses
18 Employee Benefits
19 Earnings and Dividends Per Common Share
20 Other Comprehensive Income
21 Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions
Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Financial Review)
Summary Financial Data
Overview
Earnings Performance
Balance Sheet Analysis
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Risk Management
Capital Management
Regulatory Matters
Critical Accounting Policies
Current Accounting Developments
Forward-Looking Statements
Risk Factors 
Glossary of Acronyms
Item 3.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 4.Controls and Procedures
PART IIOther Information
Item 1.Legal Proceedings
Item 1A.Risk Factors
Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Item 5.Other Information
Item 6.Exhibits
Signature
Wells Fargo & Company1



FINANCIAL REVIEW
Summary Financial Data (1)
Quarter endedJun 30, 2023
% Change from
Six months ended
($ in millions, except per share amounts)Jun 30,
2023
Mar 31,
2023
Jun 30,
2022
Mar 31,
2023
Jun 30,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Jun 30,
2022
%
Change
Selected Income Statement Data
Total revenue$20,533 20,729 17,040 (1)%20 $41,262 34,768 19 %
Noninterest expense12,987 13,676 12,862 (5)26,663 26,713 — 
Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (2)7,546 7,053 4,178 81 14,599 8,055 81 
Provision for credit losses (3)1,713 1,207 580 42 195 2,920 (207)NM
Wells Fargo net income4,938 4,991 3,142 (1)57 9,929 6,930 43 
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock4,659 4,713 2,863 (1)63 9,372 6,372 47 
Common Share Data
Diluted earnings per common share1.25 1.23 0.75 67 2.48 1.66 49 
Dividends declared per common share0.30 0.30 0.25 — 20 0.60 0.50 20 
Common shares outstanding3,667.7 3,763.2 3,793.0 (3)(3)
Average common shares outstanding3,699.9 3,785.6 3,793.8 (2)(2)3,742.6 3,812.3 (2)
Diluted average common shares outstanding3,724.9 3,818.7 3,819.6 (2)(2)3,772.4 3,845.0 (2)
Book value per common share (4)$43.87 43.02 41.72 
Tangible book value per common share (4)(5)36.53 35.87 34.66 
Selected Equity Data (period-end)
Total equity181,952 183,220 179,798 (1)
Common stockholders’ equity160,916 161,893 158,260 (1)
Tangible common equity (5)133,990 134,992 131,464 (1)
Performance Ratios
Return on average assets (ROA) (6)1.05 %1.09 0.66 1.07 %0.73 
Return on average equity (ROE) (7)11.4 11.7 7.2 11.6 7.9 
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (5)13.7 14.0 8.7 13.9 9.5 
Efficiency ratio (8)63 66 75 65 77 
Net interest margin on a taxable-equivalent basis3.09 3.20 2.39 3.14 2.27 
Selected Balance Sheet Data (average)
Loans$945,906 948,651 926,567 — $947,271 912,365 
Assets1,878,253 1,863,676 1,902,571 (1)1,871,005 1,910,938 (2)
Deposits1,347,449 1,356,694 1,445,793 (1)(7)1,352,046 1,454,882 (7)
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Debt securities503,468 511,597 516,772 (2)(3)
Loans947,960 947,991 943,734 — — 
Allowance for credit losses for loans14,786 13,705 12,884 15 
Equity securities67,471 60,610 61,774 11 
Assets1,876,320 1,886,400 1,881,141 (1)— 
Deposits1,344,584 1,362,629 1,425,153 (1)(6)
Headcount (#) (period-end)233,834 235,591 243,674 (1)(4)
Capital and Other Metrics
Risk-based capital ratios and components (9):
Standardized Approach:
Common equity Tier 1 (CET1)10.73 %10.81 10.38 
Tier 1 capital12.25 12.34 11.89 
Total capital15.00 15.09 14.65 
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (in billions)$1,250.7 1,243.8 1,253.6 — 
Advanced Approach:
Common equity Tier 1 (CET1)12.00 %12.03 11.60 
Tier 1 capital13.70 13.73 13.30 
Total capital15.82 15.92 15.58 
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) (in billions)$1,118.4 1,117.9 1,121.6 — — 
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.28 %8.36 7.96 
Supplementary Leverage Ratio (SLR)6.91 6.96 6.63 
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) Ratio (10)23.12 23.34 22.72 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) (11)123 122 121 
NM – Not meaningful
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. We adopted ASU 2018-12 with retrospective application, which required revision of prior period financial statements. Prior period risk-based capital and certain other regulatory related metrics were not revised. For additional information, including the financial statement line items impacted by the adoption of ASU 2018-12, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
(3)Includes provision for credit losses for loans, debt securities, and interest-earning deposits with banks.
(4)Book value per common share is common stockholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding. Tangible book value per common share is tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.
(5)Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, goodwill, certain identifiable intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing rights) and goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies, net of applicable deferred taxes. The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that return on average tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share, which utilize tangible common equity, are useful financial measures because they enable management, investors, and others to assess the Company’s use of equity. For additional information, including a corresponding reconciliation to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) financial measures, see the “Capital Management – Tangible Common Equity” section in this Report.
(6)Represents Wells Fargo net income divided by average assets.
(7)Represents Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock divided by average common stockholders’ equity.
(8)The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(9)For additional information, see the “Capital Management” section and Note 21 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(10)Represents TLAC divided by RWAs, which is our binding TLAC ratio, determined by using the greater of RWAs under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches.
(11)Represents average high-quality liquid assets divided by average projected net cash outflows, as each is defined under the LCR rule.
Summary Financial Data                  
        % Change          
 Quarter ended  Sep 30, 2017 from  Nine months ended    
($ in millions, except per share amounts)Sep 30,
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

 Sep 30,
2016

 Jun 30,
2017

 Sep 30,
2016

 Sep 30,
2017


Sep 30,
2016

 
%
Change

For the Period                  
Wells Fargo net income$4,596
 5,810
 5,644
 (21)% (19) $15,863
 16,664
 (5)%
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock4,185
 5,404
 5,243
 (23) (20) 14,645
 15,501
 (6)
Diluted earnings per common share0.84
 1.07
 1.03
 (21) (18) 2.91
 3.03
 (4)
Profitability ratios (annualized):               
Wells Fargo net income to average assets (ROA)0.94% 1.21
 1.17
 (22) (20) 1.10% 1.19
 (8)
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders' equity (ROE)9.06
 11.95
 11.60
 (24) (22) 10.83
 11.68
 (7)
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (1)10.79
 14.26
 13.96
 (24) (23) 12.94
 14.08
 (8)
Efficiency ratio (2)65.5
 61.1
 59.4
 7
 10
 63.1
 58.7
 7
Total revenue$21,926
 22,169
 22,328
 (1) (2) $66,097
 66,685
 (1)
Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (3)7,575
 8,628
 9,060
 (12) (16) 24,413
 27,523
 (11)
Dividends declared per common share0.390
 0.380
 0.380
 3
 3
 1.150
 1.135
 1
Average common shares outstanding4,948.6
 4,989.9
 5,043.4
 (1) (2) 4,982.1
 5,061.9
 (2)
Diluted average common shares outstanding4,996.8
 5,037.7
 5,094.6
 (1) (2) 5,035.4
 5,118.2
 (2)
Average loans$952,343
 956,879
 957,484
 
 (1) $957,581
 945,197
 1
Average assets1,938,523
 1,927,079
 1,914,586
 1
 1
 1,932,242
 1,865,694
 4
Average total deposits1,306,356
 1,301,195
 1,261,527
 
 4
 1,302,273
 1,239,287
 5
Average consumer and small business banking deposits (4)755,094
 760,149
 739,066
 (1) 2
 758,443
 726,798
 4
Net interest margin2.87% 2.90
 2.82
 (1) 2
 2.88% 2.86
 1
At Period End                  
Investment securities$414,633
 409,594
 390,832
 1
 6
 $414,633
 390,832
 6
Loans951,873
 957,423
 961,326
 (1) (1) 951,873
 961,326
 (1)
Allowance for loan losses11,078
 11,073
 11,583
 
 (4) 11,078
 11,583
 (4)
Goodwill26,581
 26,573
 26,688
 
 
 26,581
 26,688
 
Assets1,934,939
 1,930,871
 1,942,124
 
 
 1,934,939
 1,942,124
 
Deposits1,306,706
 1,305,830
 1,275,894
 
 2
 1,306,706
 1,275,894
 2
Common stockholders' equity182,128
 181,428
 179,916
 
 1
 182,128
 179,916
 1
Wells Fargo stockholders' equity205,929
 205,230
 203,028
 
 1
 205,929
 203,028
 1
Total equity206,824
 206,145
 203,958
 
 1
 206,824
 203,958
 1
Tangible common equity (1)152,901
 152,064
 149,829
 1
 2
 152,901
 149,829
 2
Capital ratios (5)(6):                  
Total equity to assets10.69% 10.68
 10.50
 
 2
 10.69% 10.50
 2
Risk-based capital:        

       

Common Equity Tier 112.10
 11.87
 10.93
 2
 11
 12.10
 10.93
 11
Tier 1 capital13.95
 13.68
 12.60
 2
 11
 13.95
 12.60
 11
Total capital17.21
 16.91
 15.40
 2
 12
 17.21
 15.40
 12
Tier 1 leverage9.27
 9.28
 9.11
 
 2
 9.27
 9.11
 2
Common shares outstanding4,927.9
 4,966.8
 5,023.9
 (1) (2) 4,927.9
 5,023.9
 (2)
Book value per common share (7)$36.96
 36.53
 35.81
 1
 3
 $36.96
 35.81
 3
Tangible book value per common share (1) (7)31.03
 30.62
 29.82
 1
 4
 31.03
 29.82 4
Common stock price:                  
High56.45
 56.60
 51.00
 
 11
 59.99
 53.27
 13
Low49.28
 50.84
 44.10
 (3) 12
 49.28
 44.10
 12
Period end55.15
 55.41
 44.28
 
 25
 55.15
 44.28
 25
Team members (active, full-time equivalent)268,000
 270,600
 268,800
 (1) 
 268,000
 268,800
 
(1)2Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill and certain identifiable intangible assets (including goodwill and intangible assets associated with certain of our nonmarketable equity investments and held-for-sale assets, but excluding mortgage servicing rights), net of applicable deferred taxes. The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that return on average tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share, which utilize tangible common equity, are useful financial measures because they enable investors and others to assess the Company's use of equity. For additional information, including a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures, see the “Capital Management – Tangible Common Equity” section in this Report.
Wells Fargo & Company
(2)The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(3)Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
(4)Consumer and small business banking deposits are total deposits excluding mortgage escrow and wholesale deposits.
(5)The risk-based capital ratios were calculated under the lower of Standardized or Advanced Approach determined pursuant to Basel III with Transition Requirements. Accordingly, the total capital ratio was calculated under the Advanced Approach and the other ratios were calculated under the Standardized Approach, for each of the periods presented.
(6)See the “Capital Management” section and Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(7)Book value per common share is common stockholders' equity divided by common shares outstanding. Tangible book value per common share is tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.

Overview (continued)

This Quarterly Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section, and in the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (20162022 (2022 Form 10-K).
 
When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our”“our,” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. See the Glossary“Glossary of AcronymsAcronyms” for definitions of terms used throughout this Report.
Financial Review

Overview
Overview
Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified, community-basedleading financial services company with $1.93that has approximately $1.9 trillion in assets. Foundedassets, proudly serves one in 1852three U.S. households and headquarteredmore than 10% of small businesses in San Francisco, wethe U.S., and is a leading middle market banking provider in the U.S. We provide a diversified set of banking, insurance, investments,investment and mortgage products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, through more than 8,400 locations, 13,000 ATMs, digital (online, mobileour four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and social),Lending, Commercial Banking, Corporate and contact centers (phone, emailInvestment Banking, and correspondence),Wealth and we have offices in 42 countries and territories to support customers who conduct business in the global economy. With approximately 268,000 active, full-time equivalent team members, we serve one in three households in the United States andInvestment Management. Wells Fargo ranked No. 2547 on Fortune’s 20172023 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked thirdfourth in assets and secondthird in the market value of our common stock among all U.S. banks at SeptemberJune 30, 2017.2023. 
We use our Vision and Values to guide us toward growth and success. Our vision is to satisfy our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets, and be one of America’s great companies. We aspire to create deep and enduring relationships with our customers by providing them with an exceptional experience and by understanding their needs and delivering the most relevant products, services, advice, and guidance.
We have five primary values, which are based on our vision and provide the foundation for everything we do. First, we value and support our people as a competitive advantage and strive to attract, develop, retain, and motivate the most talented people we can find. Second, we strive for the highest ethical standards with our team members, our customers, our communities, and our shareholders. Third, with respect to our customers, we strive to base our decisions and actions on what is right for them in everything we do. Fourth, for team members we strive to build and sustain a diverse and inclusive culture – one where they feel valued and respected for who they are as well as for the skills and experiences they bring to our company. Fifth, we also look to each of our team members to be leaders in establishing, sharing, and communicating our vision. In addition to our five primary values, one of our key day-to-day priorities is to make risk management a competitive advantage by working hard to ensure that appropriate controls are in place to reduce risks to our customers, maintain and increase our competitive market position, and protect Wells Fargo’s long-term safety, soundness,top priority remains building a risk and reputation.
In keeping with our primary valuescontrol infrastructure appropriate for its size and complexity. The Company is subject to a number of consent orders and other regulatory actions, which may require the Company, among other things, to undertake certain changes to its business, operations, products and services, and risk management priorities,practices. Addressing these regulatory actions is expected to take multiple years, and we announced six long-term goalsare likely to continue to experience issues or delays along the way in satisfying their requirements. We are also likely to continue to identify more issues as we implement our risk and control infrastructure, which may result in additional regulatory actions. Issues or delays with one regulatory action could affect our progress on others, and regulators have indicated the potential for escalating consequences for banks that do not timely resolve open issues. Failure to satisfy the requirements of a regulatory action on a timely basis could result in additional penalties, business restrictions, limitations on subsidiary capital distributions, increased capital or liquidity requirements, enforcement actions, and other negative consequences, which could be significant. While we still have significant work to do and have not yet satisfied certain aspects of these regulatory actions, the Company is committed to devoting the resources necessary to operate with strong business practices and controls, maintain the highest level of integrity, and have an appropriate culture in March 2017, which entail becomingplace.

Federal Reserve Board Consent Order Regarding Governance Oversight and Compliance and Operational Risk Management
On February 2, 2018, the leader inCompany entered into a consent order with the following areas:
Customer service and advice – provide best-in-class service and guidance to our customers to help them reach their financial goals.
Team member engagement – be a company where people matter, teamwork is rewarded, everyone feels respected and empowered to speak up, diversity and inclusion are embraced, and “how” our work gets done is just as important as gettingBoard of Governors of the work done.
Innovation – create new kinds of lasting value for our customers and businessesFederal Reserve System (FRB). As required by using innovative technologies and moving quickly to bring about change.
Risk management – desire to set the global standard in managing all forms of risk.
Corporate citizenship – make better every community in which we live and do business.
Shareholder value – earnconsent order, the confidence of shareholders by maximizing long-term value.

Over the past year, ourCompany’s Board of Directors (Board) has takensubmitted to the FRB a series of actionsplan to further enhance Boardthe Board’s governance and oversight and governance. The actions the Board has taken to date, many of which reflect the feedback we received from our shareholders and other stakeholders, include separating the roles of Chairman of the BoardCompany, and Chief Executive Officer, amending Wells Fargo’s By-Lawsthe Company submitted to require that the Chairman be an independent director, adding two new independent directors in February 2017,FRB a plan to further improve the
Company’s compliance and amending Board committee chartersoperational risk management program. The Company continues to enhance oversightengage with the FRB as the Company works to address the consent order provisions. The consent order also requires the Company, following the FRB’s acceptance and approval of conduct risk. In August 2017, the Board announced additional Board compositionplans and governance changes that reflected a thoughtful and deliberate process by the Board that was informed by the Company’s engagement with shareholdersadoption and other stakeholders, as well asimplementation of the Board’s annual self-evaluation that was conductedplans, to complete an initial third-party review of the enhancements and improvements provided for in advance of its typical year-end timingthe plans. Until this third-party review is complete and facilitated by a third party. The Board’s compositionthe plans are approved and governance actions taken in third quarter 2017 included the following:
Elizabeth A. “Betsy” Duke was elected to serve as our new independent Board chair, effective January 1, 2018;
Juan A. Pujadas, a retired principal of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, was electedimplemented to the Boardsatisfaction of the FRB, the Company’s total consolidated assets as a new independent director, effective September 1, 2017;
Changesdefined under the consent order will be limited to the leadership and compositionlevel as of key Board committees were made, including appointing new chairsDecember 31, 2017. Compliance with this asset cap is measured on a two-quarter daily average basis to allow for management of temporary fluctuations. After removal of the Board’s Risk Committeeasset cap, a second third-party review must also be conducted to assess the efficacy and Governancesustainability of the enhancements and Nominating Committee, effective September 1, 2017; andimprovements.
To help facilitate Board refreshment and provide for an appropriate transition of committee membership, three long-serving directors, Cynthia H. Milligan, Stephen W. Sanger and Susan G. Swenson, will retire from the Board at year-end 2017.

In addition, the Board announced that it expects to name up to three additional independent directors before the 2018 annual shareholders' meeting. As has been our practice, we will continue

our engagement efforts with our shareholders and other stakeholders.

Sales Practices Matters
As we have previously reported, on September 8, 2016, we announced settlementsConsent Orders with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Regarding Compliance Risk Management Program, Automobile Collateral Protection Insurance Policies, and Mortgage Interest Rate Lock Extensions
On April 20, 2018, the Company entered into consent orders with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), to pay an aggregate of $1 billion in civil money penalties to resolve matters regarding the Company’s compliance risk management program and past practices involving certain automobile collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies and certain mortgage interest rate lock extensions. As required by the consent orders, the Company submitted to the CFPB and OCC an enterprise-wide compliance risk management plan and a plan to enhance the Company’s internal audit program with respect to federal consumer financial law and the terms of the consent orders. In addition, as required by the consent orders, the Company submitted for non-objection plans to remediate customers affected by the automobile collateral protection insurance and mortgage interest rate lock matters, as well as a plan for the management of remediation activities conducted by the Company. The Company continues to work to address the provisions of the consent orders. On September 9, 2021, the OCC assessed a $250 million civil money penalty against the Company related to insufficient progress in addressing requirements under the OCC’s April 2018 consent order and loss mitigation activities in the Company’s Home Lending business. On December 20, 2022, the CFPB modified its consent order to clarify how it would terminate.
Wells Fargo & Company3


Overview (continued)

Consent Order with the OCC Regarding Loss Mitigation Activities
On September 9, 2021, the Company entered into a consent order with the OCC requiring the Company to improve the execution, risk management, and oversight of loss mitigation activities in its Home Lending business. In addition, the consent order restricts the Company from acquiring certain third-party residential mortgage servicing and limits transfers of certain mortgage loans requiring customer remediation out of the Company’s mortgage servicing portfolio until remediation is provided.

Consent Order with the CFPB Regarding Automobile Lending, Consumer Deposit Accounts, and Mortgage Lending
On December 20, 2022, the Company entered into a consent order with the CFPB requiring the Company to provide customer remediation for multiple matters related to automobile lending, consumer deposit accounts, and mortgage lending; maintain practices designed to ensure auto lending customers receive refunds for the unused portion of certain guaranteed automobile protection agreements; comply with certain business practice requirements related to consumer deposit accounts; and pay a $1.7 billion civil penalty to the CFPB. The required actions related to many of these matters were already substantially complete at the time we entered into the consent order, and the consent order lays out a path to termination after the Company completes the remainder of the required actions.

Retail Sales Practices Matters
In September 2016, we announced settlements with the CFPB, the OCC, and the Office of the Los Angeles City Attorney, and entered into related consent orders with the CFPB and the OCC, in connection with allegations that some of our retail customers received products and services they did not request. As a result, it remains our topa priority to rebuild trust through a comprehensive action plan that includes making things right for our customers, team members,employees, and other stakeholders, and to buildbuilding a better Company for the future.
The job of rebuilding trust in Wells Fargo is a long-term effort – one requiring our commitment and perseverance. As we move forward, Wells Fargo has a specific action plan in place focused on reaching out to stakeholders who may have been affected by improper On September 8, 2021, the CFPB consent order regarding retail banking sales practices expired.
For additional information regarding retail sales practices matters, including related legal and regulatory risk, see the “Risk Factors” section in our communities, our customers, our regulators, our team members, and our investors.2022 Form 10-K.

Customer Remediation Activities
Our priority of rebuilding trust has included the following additional actions, which have been focused on identifying potential financial harm and customer remediation:

Identifying Potential Financial Harm
In the fall of 2016, the Board and management undertook an enterprise-wide review of sales practices issues. This review is ongoing.
A third-party consulting firm performed an initial review of accounts opened from May 2011 to mid-2015 to identify financial harm stemming from potentially unauthorized accounts. The phrase “potentially unauthorized” does not mean that we are certain that the accounts are unauthorized, but rather describes the accounts that the third party analysis identified as showing patterns that could indicate a lack of authorization. Since the analysis was intentionally inclusive and erred on the side of the customer, the number of potentially unauthorized accounts likely includes a population of accounts that were in fact authorized by our customers. The initial account analysis reviewed 93.5 million current and former customer accounts and identified approximately 2.1 million potentially unauthorized accounts.
We expanded the time periods of this review to cover the entire consent order period of January 2011 through September 2016, and to perform a voluntary review of accounts from 2009 to 2010. The expanded analysis reviewed more than 165 million retail banking accounts opened over the nearly eight-year period and identified a new total of approximately 3.5 million potentially unauthorized consumer and small business accounts. The 3.5 million potentially unauthorized accounts total is composed of the following:
The original time period, which was re-examined following refinements to the practices and methodologies previously used by the third party to determine potentially unauthorized accounts: 2.55 million accounts identified as potentially unauthorized; and
The additional periods back to January 2009 and forward to September 2016: 981,000 accounts identified as potentially unauthorized.
In connection with these 3.5 million potentially unauthorized accounts, approximately 190,000 accounts incurred fees and charges, up from 130,000 previously identified accounts that incurred fees and charges.
In addition, the expanded analysis included a review of online bill pay services, as required by the consent orders. During the almost eight-year review period, the analysis identified approximately 528,000 potentially unauthorized online bill pay enrollments.
For all periods of the expanded analysis (other than some periods in 2009 and 2010 for which we do not have sufficient information), the maximum impact of the 3.5 million potentially unauthorized accounts and 528,000 potentially unauthorized online bill pay enrollments on the originally reported Community Banking cross-sell metric was, in any one quarter, 0.03 products per household (or 0.5% of the originally reported metric). Due to our historical processes, which removed from the calculation of the cross-sell metric certain accounts and other products that were inactive over various time frames, not all of these potentially unauthorized accounts affected the cross-sell metric at any one time.

Customer Remediation
We refunded $3.3 million to customers under the stipulated judgment with the Los Angeles City Attorney and under the CFPB and OCC consent orders, covering the period from May 2011 to mid-2015. In connection with the expanded account analysis, we will now provide a total of $2.9 million in additional refunds and credits on top of the $3.3 million previously refunded as a result of the initial account review. In addition, we will refund $910,000 to customers who incurred fees or charges as a result of potentially unauthorized online bill pay enrollments.
As of September 30, 2017, we had paid $5.45 million in additional payments to customers nationwide through our ongoing complaints process and free mediation services that were put in place in connection with the sales practices matters.
Customers also may receive compensation under the $142 million class-action settlement concerning improper retail sales practices for claims dating back to 2002. After plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and costs of administration, the class-action settlement will provide reimbursement of fees not already paid and compensation for increased borrowing costs due to credit-score impact associated with a potentially unauthorized account. Remaining funds will be distributed to the participants in the class on a per account basis.
We are working to complete the requirements of our consent orders, which include the development of an action plan that addresses the findings of the independent review. The independent consultant's report, which is regulatory supervisory information that cannot be publicly disclosed, was received in August 2017.

For additional information regarding sales practices matters, including related legal matters, see the “Risk Factors” section in our 2016 Form 10-K and Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Additional Efforts to Rebuild Trust
Our priority of rebuilding trust has also included an effort to identify other areas or instances where customers may have experienced financial harm.harm, provide remediation as appropriate, and implement additional operational and control procedures. We are working with our regulatory agencies in this effort.
We have accrued for the probable and estimable costs related to our customer remediation activities, which amounts may change based on additional facts and information, as well as ongoing reviews and communications with our regulators. As our ongoing reviews continue and as we continue to strengthen our risk and control infrastructure, we have identified and may in the future identify additional items or areas of potential concern. To the extent issues are identified, we will continue to assess any customer harm and provide remediation as appropriate. We have previously disclosed key areas of focus as part of this effort, we are focused on the following key areas:
these activities.
Overview (continued)

Practices concerning the origination, servicing, and/or collection of consumer automobile loans,For additional information regarding these activities, including related insurance products. For example:
In July 2017, the Company announced a plan to remediate customers who may have been financially harmed due to issues related to automobile collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies purchased through a third-party vendor on their behalf. Commencing in August 2017, the Company began sending letters and refund checks to affected customers for policies placed between January 1, 2012, and September 30, 2016. The practice of placing CPI was discontinued by the Company on September 30, 2016. The time period in which customers may be eligible to claim or otherwise receive remediation compensation for certain CPI placements has now been extended back to October 15, 2005. The Company currently estimates that it will provide approximately $100 million in cash remediation and $30 million in account adjustments under the plan. The amount of remediation may be affected as the Company continues to work with its regulators on the remediation plan.
The Company has identified certain issues related to the unused portion of guaranteed automobile protection waiver or insurance agreements between the dealer and, by assignment, the lender, which may result in refunds to customers in certain states.
In October 2017, the Company announced plans to reach out to all home lending customers who paid fees for mortgage rate lock extensions requested from September 16, 2013, through February 28, 2017,legal and to refund customers who believe they should not have paid those fees. The plan to issue refunds follows an internal review that determined that a rate lock extension policy implemented in September 2013 was, at times, not consistently applied, resulting in some borrowers being charged fees in cases where the Company was primarily responsible for the delays that made the extensions necessary. Effective March 1, 2017, the Company changed how it manages the mortgage rate lock extension process to ensure more consistency by establishing a centralized review team that reviews all rate lock extension requests for consistent application of policy. A total of approximately $98 million in rate lock extension fees were assessed to about 110,000 borrowers during the period in question, although the Company believes a substantial number of those fees were appropriately charged under its policy. The amount ultimately refunded likely will be lower, as not all of the fees assessed were actually paid and some fees already have been refunded.
Practices related to certain consumer “add-on” products (e.g., identity theft and debt protection), including those products that are subject to an OCC consent order entered into in June 2015. Based on our ongoing review of "add-on" products, we expect remediation will be required.
Procedures regarding the freezing (and, in many cases, closing) of consumer deposit accounts after the Company detected suspected fraudulent activity (by third-parties or account holders) that affected those accounts.

For more information,regulatory risk, see the “Risk Factors” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K10-K.
Recent Developments
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Special Assessment
In May 2023, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) proposed a rule to recover by special assessment losses to the FDIC deposit insurance fund as a result of recent bank failures. Under the proposed rule, the FDIC would collect a special assessment based on a calculation using an insured depository institution’s estimated amount of uninsured deposits. As currently proposed, the amount of our special assessment may be up to $1.8 billion (pre-tax), and Note 11 (Legal Actions)we expect to expense the entire amount upon the FDIC’s finalization of the rule. The proposed rule may be changed prior to finalization and any changes may affect the timing or amount of the special assessment.

LIBOR Transition
The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was a widely referenced benchmark rate that sought to estimate the cost at which banks could borrow on an unsecured basis from other banks. On March 5, 2021, the United Kingdom’s Financial StatementsConduct Authority and ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR, announced that certain settings of LIBOR would no longer be published on a representative basis after December 31, 2021, and the most commonly used U.S. dollar (USD) LIBOR settings would no longer be published on a representative basis after June 30, 2023.
In first quarter 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (the LIBOR Act) was enacted into U.S. federal law to provide a statutory framework to replace LIBOR with a benchmark rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) in U.S. law contracts that do not have fallback provisions or that have fallback provisions resulting in a replacement rate based on LIBOR. The FRB adopted a final rule implementing the LIBOR Act on December 16, 2022, which became effective on February 27, 2023.
We no longer offer new contracts referencing LIBOR and legacy contracts indexed to USD LIBOR have transitioned to SOFR-based or other alternative reference rates in accordance with existing fallback provisions or the LIBOR Act.
For additional information regarding the risks and potential impact of LIBOR or any other referenced financial metric being significantly changed, replaced or discontinued, see the “Risk Factors” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.

Capital Matters
In June 2023, the Company completed the annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) stress test process. On July 27, 2023, the FRB confirmed that our stress capital buffer for the period October 1, 2023, through September 30, 2024, will be 2.90%, which is lower than our current stress capital buffer of 3.20%.
On July 25, 2023, the Board approved an increase to the Company's third quarter 2023 common stock dividend to $0.35 per share and the Company announced that the Board authorized a new common stock repurchase program of up to $30 billion.
On July 27, 2023, federal banking regulators issued a proposed rule that would impact the way in which risk-based capital requirements are determined for certain banks. The proposed rule would eliminate the current Advanced Approach and replace it with a new expanded risk-based approach for the measurement of risk-weighted assets, including more granular risk weights for credit risk, a new market risk framework, and a new standardized approach for measuring operational risk. The new requirements would be phased in over a three-year period beginning July 1, 2025. The Company expects a significant
4Wells Fargo & Company


increase in its risk-weighted assets and a net increase in its capital requirements based on a preliminary assessment of the proposed rule. The Company is considering a range of potential actions to address the impact of the proposed rule, including balance sheet and capital optimization strategies.
In July 2023, we issued $1.725 billion of our Preferred Stock, Series EE.
For additional information about capital planning, see the “Capital Management – Capital Planning and Stress Testing” section in this Report.
       This effort to identify similar instances in which customers may have experienced harm is ongoing, and it is possible that we may identify other areas of potential concern.
Financial Performance
Wells FargoAdoption of Accounting Standards Update 2018-12
In first quarter 2023, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2018-12 –
Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts.
We adopted this ASU with retrospective application, which required revision of prior period financial statements. Prior period risk-based capital and certain other regulatory related metrics were not revised. For additional information, including the financial statement line items impacted by the adoption of ASU 2018-12, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Consolidated Financial Highlights
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Selected income statement data
Net interest income$13,163 10,198 2,965 29 %$26,499 19,419 7,080 36 %
Noninterest income7,370 6,842 528 14,763 15,349 (586)(4)
Total revenue20,533 17,040 3,493 20 41,262 34,768 6,494 19 
Net charge-offs764 345 419 121 1,328 650 678 104 
Change in the allowance for credit losses949 235 714 304 1,592 (857)2,449 286 
Provision for credit losses (1)1,713 580 1,133 195 2,920 (207)3,127 NM
Noninterest expense12,987 12,862 125 26,663 26,713 (50)— 
Income tax expense930 622 308 50 1,896 1,368 528 39 
Wells Fargo net income4,938 3,142 1,796 57 9,929 6,930 2,999 43 
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock4,659 2,863 1,796 63 9,372 6,372 3,000 47 
NM – Not meaningful
(1)Includes provision for credit losses for loans, debt securities, and interest-earning deposits with banks.
In second quarter 2023, we generated $4.9 billion of net income was $4.6 billion in third quarter 2017 withand diluted earnings per common share (EPS) of $0.84,$1.25, compared with $5.6$3.1 billion of net income and $1.03, respectively,diluted EPS of $0.75 in the same period a year ago. ThirdFinancial performance for second quarter 2017 results included2023, compared with the impact of a $1.0 billion, or ($0.20) per share, discrete litigation accrual, which was not tax-deductible, for previously disclosed, pre-financial crisis mortgage-related regulatory investigations.

Other financial results in third quarter 2017 included:
revenue was $21.9 billion, down $402 million compared withsame period a year ago, withincluded the following:
total revenue increased due to higher net interest income up 4% fromand higher noninterest income;
provision for credit losses reflected increases for commercial real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as for increases in credit card loan balances;
noninterest expense increased due to higher personnel, technology and equipment, and advertising expense, partially offset by lower operating losses;
average loans increased driven by loan growth across both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios; and
average deposits decreased driven by reductions in all operating segments, partially offset by growth in Corporate.

In the first half of 2023, we generated $9.9 billion of net income and diluted EPS of $2.48, compared with $6.9 billion of net income and diluted EPS of $1.66 in the same period a year ago;ago. Financial performance for the first half of 2023, compared with the same period a year ago, included the following:
total revenue increased due to higher net interest income, partially offset by lower noninterest income;
provision for credit losses reflected increases for commercial real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as for increases in credit card loan balances;
noninterest expense decreased due to lower operating losses, partially offset by higher personnel, technology and equipment, and advertising expense;
average loans were $952.3 billion, down $5.1 billion, or 1%, from a year ago;increased driven by loan growth across both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios; and
totalaverage deposits were $1.3 trillion, up $30.8 billion, or 2%, from a year ago;
decreased driven by reductions in all operating segments, partially offset by growth in Corporate.
Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) total client assets reached a record high of $1.9 trillion;
our credit results improved with a net charge-off rate of 0.30% (annualized) of average loans in third quarter 2017, compared with 0.33% a year ago; and
we returned $4.0 billion to shareholders through common stock dividends and net share repurchases, which was the ninth consecutive quarter of returning more than $3 billion.

Balance SheetCapital and Liquidity
Our balance sheet remainedWe maintained a strong during third quarter 2017capital position in the first half of 2023, with high levelstotal equity of $182.0 billion at June 30, 2023, compared with $182.2 billion at December 31, 2022. In addition, capital and liquidity at June 30, 2023, included the following:
our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 10.73% under the Standardized Approach (our binding ratio), which continued to exceed the regulatory minimum and capital. Ourbuffers of 9.20%;
our total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets were $1.93 trillionwas 23.12%, compared with the regulatory minimum of 21.50%; and
our liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) was 123%, which continued to exceed the regulatory minimum of 100%.
See the “Capital Management” and the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding” sections in this Report for additional information regarding our capital and liquidity, including the calculation of our regulatory capital and liquidity amounts.

Wells Fargo & Company5


Overview (continued)

Credit Quality
Credit quality reflected the following:
The allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans of $14.8 billion at SeptemberJune 30, 2017. Cash and other short-term investments2023, increased $5.5$1.2 billion from December 31, 2016, reflecting lower loan balances and growth2022.
Our provision for credit losses for loans was $3.0 billion in deposits. Investment securities reachedthe first half of 2023, compared with $(197) million in the same period a record $414.6 billion, with approximately $31 billion of gross purchases during third quarter 2017, partially offset by runoffyear ago. The ACL for loans and the sale of approximately $13 billion of lower-yielding short-duration securities. Loans were down $15.7 billion, or 2%, fromprovision for credit losses for loans reflected increases for commercial real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as for increases in credit card loan balances.
The allowance coverage for total loans was 1.56% at June 30, 2023, compared with 1.42% at December 31, 2016, largely due to a decline in junior lien mortgage and automobile loans.2022.
Average deposits in third quarter 2017 reached a record $1.31 trillion, up $44.8 billion, or 4%, from third quarter 2016. Our average deposit cost in third quarter 2017 was 26 basis points, up 15 basis points from a year ago, primarily driven by an increase in commercial and WIM deposit rates.

Credit Quality
Solid overall credit results continued in third quarter 2017 as losses remained low and we continued to originate high quality loans, reflecting our long-term risk focus. NetCommercial portfolio net loan charge-offs were $717$200 million, or 0.30% (annualized) of average loans, in third quarter 2017, compared with $805 million a year ago (0.33%). The decrease in net charge-offs in third quarter 2017, compared with a year ago, was driven by lower losses in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio, including in the oil and gas portfolio. Our total oil and gas loan exposure, which includes unfunded commitments and loans outstanding, was down 8% from a year ago.
Our commercial portfolio net charge-offs were $113 million, or 915 basis points of average commercial loans, in thirdsecond quarter 2017,2023, compared with net loan charge-offs of $215$23 million, or 172 basis points, in the same period a year ago. Net consumer creditago, driven by higher losses increased to 53across all commercial portfolios.
Consumer portfolio net loan charge-offs were $564 million, or 58 basis points (annualized) of average consumer loans, in thirdsecond quarter 2017 from 512023, compared with net loan charge-offs of $321 million, or 33 basis points, (annualized) in third quarter 2016. Ourthe same period a year ago, driven by higher losses in all consumer portfolios, primarily in our credit card portfolio.
Nonperforming assets (NPAs) of $7.0 billion at June 30, 2023, increased $1.3 billion, or 22%, from December 31, 2022, driven by higher commercial real estate portfolios were in a net recovery position fornonaccrual loans, predominantly within the 19th consecutive quarter, reflecting our conservative risk discipline and improved market conditions. Net
office property type, partially offset by lower residential mortgage nonaccrual loans. NPAs represented 0.74% of total loans at June 30, 2023.

losses on our consumer real estate portfolios improved by $84 million, or 122%, to a net recovery of $15 million from a year ago, reflecting the benefit of the continued improvementCriticized loans in the housing market and our continued focus on originating high quality loans. Approximately 77% of the consumer first mortgagecommercial portfolio outstandingwere $29.0 billion at SeptemberJune 30, 2017, was originated after 2008, when more stringent underwriting standards were implemented.
The allowance for credit losses as of September 30, 2017, decreased $585 million2023, compared with a year ago and decreased $431 million from December 31, 2016. The allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2017 included $450 million for coverage of our preliminary estimate of potential hurricane-related losses from Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria. The allowance coverage for total loans was 1.27% at September 30, 2017, compared with 1.32% a year ago and 1.30%$25.0 billion at December 31, 2016. The allowance covered 4.3 times annualized third quarter net charge-offs, compared with 4.0 times a year ago. Future allowance levels will be based on a variety of factors, including loan growth, portfolio performance and general economic conditions. Our provision for loan losses was $717 million2022, primarily driven by an increase in third quarter 2017, down from $805 million a year ago, primarily reflecting improvementcriticized commercial real estate loans in the oil and gas portfolio.office property type.
Nonperforming assets decreased $512 million, or 5%, from June 30, 2017, the sixth consecutive quarter of decreases, with improvement across our consumer and commercial portfolios and lower foreclosed assets. Nonperforming assets were only 0.98% of total loans, the lowest level since the merger with Wachovia in 2008. Nonaccrual loans decreased $437 million from the prior quarter primarily due to a $276 million decrease in commercial nonaccruals. In addition, foreclosed assets were down $75 million from the prior quarter.
Capital
Our financial performance in third quarter 2017 resulted in strong capital generation, which increased total equity to a record $206.8 billion at September 30, 2017, up $6.3 billion from December 31, 2016. Third quarter 2017 was the first quarter our 2017 Capital Plan was effective and we returned $4.0 billion to shareholders in third quarter 2017 through common stock dividends and net share repurchases, an increase of 24% from a year ago. Our net payout ratio (which is the ratio of (i) common stock dividends and share repurchases less issuances and stock compensation-related items, divided by (ii) net income applicable to common stock) was 95%, up from 63% in the prior quarter. We continued to reduce our common shares outstanding through the repurchase of 49.0 million common shares in the quarter. We also entered into a $1 billion forward repurchase contract with an unrelated third party in October 2017 that is expected to settle in first quarter 2018 for approximately 19 million shares. We expect to reduce our common shares outstanding through share repurchases throughout the remainder of 2017.
We believe an important measure of our capital strength is the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio under Basel III, fully phased-in, which was 11.82% at September 30, 2017, well above our internal target level of 10%. The growth in our CET1 ratio reflected lower risk-weighted assets (RWA), driven by lower loan balances and commitments, as well as improved RWA efficiency. Likewise, our other regulatory capital ratios remained strong. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information regarding our capital, including the calculation of our regulatory capital amounts.
Earnings Performance
Wells Fargo net income for thirdsecond quarter 20172023 was $4.6$4.9 billion ($0.841.25 diluted earnings per common share)EPS), compared with $5.6$3.1 billion ($1.030.75 diluted per share) for third quarter 2016. Net income for the first nine months of 2017 was $15.9 billion ($2.91), compared with $16.7 billion ($3.03) forEPS) in the same period a year ago. Our financial performanceNet income increased in the first nine months of 2017,second quarter 2023, compared with the same period a year ago, benefited frompredominantly due to a $1.9$3.0 billion increase in net interest income, andpartially offset by a $1.1 billion decreaseincrease in ourprovision for credit losses.
Net income for the first half of 2023 was $9.9 billion ($2.48 diluted EPS), compared with $6.9 billion ($1.66 diluted EPS) in the same period a year ago. Net income increased in the first half of 2023, compared with the same period a year ago, predominantly due to a $7.1 billion increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $3.1 billion increase in provision for credit losses offset byand a $2.5 billion$586 million decrease in noninterest income and a $2.5 billion increase in noninterest expense. In the first nine months of 2017, net interest income represented 56% of revenue, compared with 53% for the same period in 2016. Noninterest income was $28.8 billion in the first nine months of 2017, representing 44% of revenue, compared with $31.3 billion (47%) in the first nine months of 2016.income.

Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, was $21.9 billion in third quarter 2017, compared with $22.3 billion in third quarter 2016. Revenue for the first nine months of 2017 was $66.1 billion, compared with $66.7 billion for the first nine months of 2016. The decrease in revenue for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods in 2016, was due to a decline in noninterest income, partially offset by an increase in interest income from loans and investment securities.

Earnings Performance (continued)




Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid on deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and net interest margin increased in both the second quarter and first half of 2023, compared with the same periods a year ago, due to the impact of higher interest rates on earning assets and higher loan balances, partially offset by higher expenses for interest bearing deposits and long-term debt.
Table 1 presents the individual components of net interest income and net interest margin. Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and debt and equity securities based on a 35%21% federal statutory tax rate.rate for the periods ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.
While the Company believes that it has the ability to increaseFor additional information about net interest income over time, net interest income and the net interest margin in any one period can be significantly affected by a variety of factors including the mix and overall size of our earning assets portfolio and the cost of funding those assets. In addition, some variable sources of interest income, such as resolutions from purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, loan fees and collection of interest on nonaccrual loans, can vary from period to period. Net interest income and net interest margin, growth has been challenged duringsee the prolonged low interest rate environment as higher yielding loans and securities have run off and been replaced with lower yielding assets.“Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $12.8 billion and $38.2 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $12.3 billion and $36.3 billion for the same periods a year ago. The net interest margin was 2.87% and 2.88% for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, up from 2.82% and 2.86% for the same periods a year ago. The increase in net interest income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017 from the same periods a year ago resulted from an increase in interest income, partially offset by an increase in interest expense on funding sources. The increase in interest income was driven by balance growth in earning assets and the benefit of higher interest rates. Interest expense on funding sources increased in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, with a significant portion due to growth and repricing of long-term debt. Deposit interest expense was also higher, primarily due to an increase in wholesale pricing resulting from higher interest rates.
The increase in net interest margin in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, was predominantly due to repricing benefits of earning assets from higher interest rates exceeding the repricing costs of deposits and market based funding sources.
Average earning assets increased $42.3 billion and $81.9 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with the same periods a year ago. Average loans decreased $5.1 billion in the third quarter and increased $12.4 billion in the first nine months of 2017, average investment securities increased $48.6 billion in third quarter 2017 and $61.9 billion in the first nine months of 2017, and average trading assets increased $14.8 billion in the third quarter and $14.9 billion in the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago. In addition, average federal funds sold and other short-term investments decreased $23.2 billion and $12.2 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with the same periods a year ago.
Deposits are an important low-cost source of funding and affect both net interest income and the net interest margin. Deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, market rate and other savings, savings certificates, other time deposits, and deposits in foreign offices. Average deposits of $1.31 trillion and $1.30 trillion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, increased compared with $1.26 trillion and $1.24 trillion for the same periods a year ago, and represented 137% of average loans in third quarter 2017 (136% in the first nine months of 2017), compared with 132% in third quarter 2016 (131% in the first nine months of 2016). Average deposits were 74% and 73% of average earning assets in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with 73% in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2016.

6Wells Fargo & Company


Table 1:Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)(2)
Quarter ended June 30,
20232022
(in millions)Average
balance
Interest
income/
expense
Interest
rates
Average
balance
Interest
income/
expense
Interest
rates
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$129,236 1,450 4.50 %$146,271 321 0.88 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements69,505 820 4.73 60,450 72 0.47 
Debt securities:
Trading debt securities102,605 898 3.50 89,258 557 2.50 
Available-for-sale debt securities149,320 1,388 3.72 147,138 701 1.91 
Held-to-maturity debt securities279,093 1,829 2.62 298,101 1,536 2.06 
Total debt securities531,018 4,115 3.10 534,497 2,794 2.09 
Loans held for sale (2)6,031 94 6.22 14,828 126 3.41 
Loans:
Commercial and industrial – U.S.307,858 5,156 6.72 288,831 2,179 3.02 
Commercial and industrial – Non-U.S.75,503 1,249 6.64 81,784 521 2.56 
Commercial real estate mortgage130,222 2,076 6.39 131,128 980 3.00 
Commercial real estate construction24,438 468 7.68 21,328 191 3.59 
Lease financing15,010 178 4.76 14,445 153 4.24 
Total commercial loans553,031 9,127 6.62 537,516 4,024 3.00 
Residential mortgage – first lien253,797 2,109 3.32 248,879 1,943 3.12 
Residential mortgage – junior lien12,331 210 6.83 14,998 168 4.48 
Credit card46,762 1,511 12.96 39,614 1,100 11.13 
Auto51,880 603 4.67 56,262 586 4.18 
Other consumer28,105 582 8.29 29,298 311 4.26 
Total consumer loans392,875 5,015 5.11 389,051 4,108 4.23 
Total loans (2)945,906 14,142 5.99 926,567 8,132 3.52 
Equity securities27,891 194 2.79 30,770 193 2.51 
Other10,118 120 4.76 16,085 26 0.65 
Total interest-earning assets$1,719,705 20,935 4.88 %$1,729,468 11,664 2.70 %
Cash and due from banks27,344  26,018  
Goodwill25,175  25,179  
Other106,029  121,906  
Total noninterest-earning assets$158,548  173,103  
Total assets$1,878,253 20,935 1,902,571 11,664 
Liabilities
Deposits:
Demand deposits$415,886 1,667 1.61 %$439,983 90 0.08 %
Savings deposits386,831 734 0.76 440,478 32 0.03 
Time deposits115,025 1,260 4.40 25,381 26 0.41 
Deposits in non-U.S. offices19,144 144 3.02 18,684 10 0.22 
Total interest-bearing deposits936,886 3,805 1.63 924,526 158 0.07 
Short-term borrowings:
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase66,568 811 4.89 22,593 33 0.58 
Other short-term borrowings16,491 150 3.65 12,998 (2)(0.07)
Total short-term borrowings83,059 961 4.64 35,591 31 0.34 
Long-term debt170,843 2,693 6.31 151,230 1,011 2.67 
Other liabilities34,496 208 2.41 35,583 158 1.78 
Total interest-bearing liabilities$1,225,284 7,667 2.51 %$1,146,930 1,358 0.47 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits410,563  521,267  
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities57,963  53,448  
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities$468,526  574,715 — 
Total liabilities$1,693,810 7,667 1,721,645 1,358 
Total equity184,443  180,926 — 
Total liabilities and equity$1,878,253 7,667 1,902,571 1,358 
Interest rate spread on a taxable-equivalent basis (3)2.37 %2.23 %
Net interest income and net interest margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (3)$13,268 3.09 %$10,306 2.39 %
(continued on following page)
  Quarter ended September 30, 
     2017
     2016
(in millions)
Average
balance

 
Yields/
rates

 
Interest
income/
expense

 
Average
balance

 
Yields/
rates

 
Interest
income/
expense

Earning assets           
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments$276,129
 1.20% $832
 299,351
 0.50% $373
Trading assets103,589
 2.96
 767
 88,838
 2.72
 605
Investment securities (3):            
Available-for-sale securities:           
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies14,529
 1.31
 48
 25,817
 1.52
 99
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions52,500
 4.16
 546
 55,170
 4.28
 590
Mortgage-backed securities:           
Federal agencies139,781
 2.58
 903
 105,780
 2.39
 631
Residential and commercial11,013
 5.43
 149
 18,080
 5.54
 250
Total mortgage-backed securities150,794
 2.79
 1,052
 123,860
 2.85
 881
Other debt and equity securities48,082
 3.75
 453
 54,176
 3.37
 459
Total available-for-sale securities265,905
 3.15
 2,099
 259,023
 3.13
 2,029
Held-to-maturity securities:           
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies44,708
 2.18
 246
 44,678
 2.19
 246
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,266
 5.44
 85
 2,507
 5.24
 33
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities88,272
 2.26
 498
 47,971
 1.97
 236
Other debt securities1,488
 3.05
 12
 3,909
 1.98
 19
Total held-to-maturity securities140,734
 2.38
 841
 99,065
 2.15
 534
Total investment securities406,639
 2.89
 2,940
 358,088
 2.86
 2,563
Mortgages held for sale (4)22,923
 3.82
 219
 24,060
 3.44
 207
Loans held for sale (4)152
 13.35
 5
 199
 3.04
 2
Loans:           
Commercial:           
Commercial and industrial – U.S.270,091
 3.81
 2,590
 271,226
 3.48
 2,369
Commercial and industrial – Non U.S.57,738
 2.90
 421
 51,261
 2.40
 309
Real estate mortgage129,087
 3.83
 1,245
 128,809
 3.48
 1,127
Real estate construction24,981
 4.18
 263
 23,212
 3.50
 205
Lease financing19,155
 4.59
 220
 18,896
 4.70
 223
Total commercial501,052
 3.76
 4,739
 493,404
 3.42
 4,233
Consumer:           
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage278,371
 4.03
 2,809
 278,509
 3.97
 2,764
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage41,916
 4.95
 521
 48,927
 4.37
 537
Credit card35,657
 12.41
 1,114
 34,578
 11.60
 1,008
Automobile56,746
 5.34
 764
 62,461
 5.60
 880
Other revolving credit and installment38,601
 6.31
 615
 39,605
 5.92
 590
Total consumer451,291
 5.14
 5,823
 464,080
 4.97
 5,779
Total loans (4)952,343
 4.41
 10,562
 957,484
 4.17
 10,012
Other15,007
 1.69
 65
 6,488
 2.30
 36
Total earning assets$1,776,782
 3.45% $15,390
 1,734,508
 3.17% $13,798
Funding sources           
Deposits:           
Interest-bearing checking$48,278
 0.57% $69
 44,056
 0.15% $17
Market rate and other savings681,187
 0.17
 293
 667,185
 0.07
 110
Savings certificates21,806
 0.31
 16
 25,185
 0.30
 19
Other time deposits66,046
 1.51
 252
 54,921
 0.93
 128
Deposits in foreign offices124,746
 0.76
 240
 107,072
 0.30
 82
Total interest-bearing deposits942,063
 0.37
 870
 898,419
 0.16
 356
Short-term borrowings99,193
 0.91
 226
 116,228
 0.29
 86
Long-term debt243,137
 2.26
 1,377
 252,400
 1.59
 1,006
Other liabilities24,851
 1.74
 109
 16,771
 2.11
 88
Total interest-bearing liabilities1,309,244
 0.79
 2,582
 1,283,818
 0.48
 1,536
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources467,538
 
 
 450,690
 
 
Total funding sources$1,776,782
 0.58
 2,582
 1,734,508
 0.35
 1,536
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)  2.87% $12,808
   2.82% $12,262
Noninterest-earning assets           
Cash and due from banks$18,456
       18,682
      
Goodwill26,600
       26,979
      
Other116,685
     134,417
    
Total noninterest-earning assets$161,741
     180,078
    
Noninterest-bearing funding sources            
Deposits$364,293
     363,108
    
Other liabilities57,052
     63,777
    
Total equity207,934
     203,883
    
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets(467,538)     (450,690)    
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources$161,741
     180,078
    
Total assets$1,938,523
     1,914,586
    
            
(1)
Our average prime rate was 4.25% and 3.50% for the quarters ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and 4.03% and 3.50% for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 1.31% and 0.79% for the quarters ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and 1.20% and 0.69% for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Wells Fargo & Company
7


Earnings Performance (continued)
(continued from previous page)
Six months ended June 30,
20232022
(in millions)Average 
balance 
Interest 
income/
expense 
Interest ratesAverage 
balance 
Interest 
income/ 
expense 
Interest rates
Assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks$122,087 2,617 4.32 %$162,570 417 0.52 %
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements69,071 1,516 4.43 62,636 63 0.20 
Debt securities:
Trading debt securities99,522 1,699 3.42 89,964 1,110 2.47 
Available-for-sale debt securities147,616 2,670 3.63 158,032 1,424 1.81 
Held-to-maturity debt securities279,522 3,609 2.59 288,725 2,915 2.02 
Total debt securities526,660 7,978 3.04 536,721 5,449 2.03 
Loans held for sale (2)6,320 191 6.05 17,158 266 3.10 
Loans:
Commercial and industrial – U.S.307,519 9,928 6.51 282,485 3,879 2.77 
Commercial and industrial – Non-U.S.75,800 2,383 6.34 79,782 924 2.34 
Commercial real estate mortgage130,532 4,025 6.22 129,306 1,813 2.83 
Commercial real estate construction24,333 906 7.51 20,797 356 3.46 
Lease financing14,922 350 4.69 14,516 308 4.24 
Total commercial loans553,106 17,592 6.41 526,886 7,280 2.78 
Residential mortgage – first lien254,404 4,197 3.30 245,898 3,850 3.13 
Residential mortgage – junior lien12,647 420 6.68 15,505 333 4.32 
Credit card46,304 2,951 12.85 38,893 2,165 11.22 
Auto52,470 1,200 4.61 56,480 1,170 4.18 
Other consumer28,340 1,127 8.02 28,703 567 3.98 
Total consumer loans394,165 9,895 5.04 385,479 8,085 4.21 
Total loans (2)947,271 27,487 5.84 912,365 15,365 3.39 
Equity securities28,269 364 2.59 32,019 363 2.27 
Other10,578 245 4.67 13,804 29 0.43 
Total interest-earning assets$1,710,256 40,398 4.75 %$1,737,273 21,952 2.54 %
Cash and due from banks27,743  25,500  
Goodwill25,174  25,180  
Other107,832  122,985  
Total noninterest-earning assets$160,749  173,665  
Total assets$1,871,005 40,398 1,910,938 21,952 
Liabilities
Deposits:
Demand deposits$418,347 3,046 1.47 %$447,624 128 0.06 %
Savings deposits394,515 1,281 0.66 440,579 56 0.03 
Time deposits97,045 1,985 4.12 26,608 45 0.34 
Deposits in non-U.S. offices18,695 254 2.74 20,062 12 0.12 
Total interest-bearing deposits928,602 6,566 1.43 934,873 241 0.05 
Short-term borrowings:
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase52,977 1,227 4.67 21,518 30 0.28 
Other short-term borrowings17,868 304 3.43 12,664 (13)(0.21)
Total short-term borrowings70,845 1,531 4.36 34,182 17 0.10 
Long-term debt171,700 5,204 6.07 152,509 1,772 2.32 
Other liabilities33,964 386 2.29 33,350 288 1.74 
Total interest-bearing liabilities$1,205,111 13,687 2.28 %$1,154,914 2,318 0.40 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits423,444  520,009 — 
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities58,079  52,508 — 
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities$481,523  572,517 — 
Total liabilities$1,686,634 13,687 1,727,431 2,318 
Total equity184,371  183,507 — 
Total liabilities and equity$1,871,005 13,687 1,910,938 2,318 
Interest rate spread on a taxable-equivalent basis (3)2.47 %2.14 %
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (3)
$26,711 3.14 %$19,634 2.27 %
(1)The average balance amounts represent amortized costs, except for certain held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities, which exclude unamortized basis adjustments related to the transfer of those securities from available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities. The interest rates are based on interest income or expense amounts for the period and are annualized. Interest rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
(2)Nonaccrual loans and any related income are included in their respective loan categories.
(3)Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $105 million and $108 million for the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and $212 million and $215 million for the first half of 2023 and 2022, respectively, predominantly related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities.
(2)8Yields/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
Wells Fargo & Company
(3)Yields and rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts represent amortized cost for the periods presented.
(4)Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.
(5)
Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $332 million and $310 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $980 million and $909 million for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively, predominantly related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 35% for the periods presented.





 Nine months ended September 30, 
       2017
       2016
(in millions)
Average
balance

 
Yields/
rates

 
Interest
income/
expense

 
Average
balance

 
Yields/
rates

 
Interest
income/
expense

Earning assets           
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments$280,477
 0.98% $2,062
 292,635
 0.49% $1,076
Trading assets98,516
 2.90
 2,144
 83,580
 2.86
 1,792
Investment securities (3):           
Available-for-sale securities:            
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies19,182
 1.48
 212
 30,588
 1.56
 358
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions52,748
 4.07
 1,612
 52,637
 4.25
 1,678
Mortgage-backed securities:           
Federal agencies142,748
 2.60
 2,782
 98,099
 2.57
 1,889
Residential and commercial12,671
 5.44
 516
 19,488
 5.39
 787
Total mortgage-backed securities155,419
 2.83
 3,298
 117,587
 3.03
 2,676
Other debt and equity securities49,212
 3.74
 1,377
 53,680
 3.36
 1,349
Total available-for-sale securities276,561
 3.13
 6,499
 254,492
 3.18
 6,061
Held-to-maturity securities:           
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies44,701
 2.19
 733
 44,671
 2.19
 733
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,270
 5.35
 251
 2,274
 5.34
 91
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities74,525
 2.38
 1,329
 37,087
 2.08
 577
Other debt securities2,531
 2.48
 47
 4,193
 1.94
 61
Total held-to-maturity securities128,027
 2.46
 2,360
 88,225
 2.21
 1,462
Total investment securities404,588
 2.92
 8,859
 342,717
 2.93
 7,523
Mortgages held for sale (4)20,869
 3.82
 598
 20,702
 3.53
 549
Loans held for sale (4)158
 8.44
 10
 240
 3.71
 7
Loans:               
Commercial:               
Commercial and industrial – U.S.272,621
 3.70
 7,547
 266,622
 3.44
 6,874
Commercial and industrial – Non U.S.56,512
 2.83
 1,196
 50,658
 2.29
 867
Real estate mortgage130,931
 3.69
 3,615
 125,902
 3.43
 3,236
Real estate construction24,949
 4.00
 747
 22,978
 3.53
 608
Lease financing19,094
 4.78
 685
 17,629
 4.86
 643
Total commercial504,107
 3.66
 13,790
 483,789
 3.38
 12,228
Consumer:           
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage276,330
 4.04
 8,380
 276,369
 4.01
 8,311
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage43,589
 4.77
 1,557
 50,585
 4.38
 1,659
Credit card35,322
 12.19
 3,219
 33,774
 11.58
 2,927
Automobile59,105
 5.41
 2,392
 61,246
 5.64
 2,588
Other revolving credit and installment39,128
 6.15
 1,801
 39,434
 5.94
 1,755
Total consumer453,474
 5.11
 17,349
 461,408
 4.99
 17,240
Total loans (4)957,581
 4.34
 31,139
 945,197
 4.16
 29,468
Other10,892
 2.06
 169
 6,104
 2.23
 101
Total earning assets$1,773,081
 3.39% $44,981
 1,691,175
 3.20% $40,516
Funding sources           
Deposits:               
Interest-bearing checking$49,134
 0.43% $156
 40,858
 0.13% $41
Market rate and other savings682,780
 0.13
 664
 659,257
 0.07
 327
Savings certificates22,618
 0.30
 50
 26,432
 0.37
 73
Other time deposits59,414
 1.42
 633
 58,087
 0.84
 364
Deposits in foreign offices123,553
 0.64
 587
 100,783
 0.25
 190
Total interest-bearing deposits937,499
 0.30
 2,090
 885,417
 0.15
 995
Short-term borrowings97,837
 0.69
 505
 111,993
 0.28
 231
Long-term debt250,755
 2.04
 3,838
 235,209
 1.57
 2,769
Other liabilities20,910
 1.97
 309
 16,534
 2.10
 260
Total interest-bearing liabilities1,307,001
 0.69
 6,742
 1,249,153
 0.45
 4,255
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources466,080
   
 442,022
 
 
Total funding sources$1,773,081
 0.51
 6,742
 1,691,175
 0.34
 4,255
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)   2.88% $38,239
    2.86% $36,261
Noninterest-earning assets                 
Cash and due from banks$18,443
     18,499
    
Goodwill26,645
     26,696
    
Other114,073
     129,324
    
Total noninterest-earning assets$159,161
     174,519
    
Noninterest-bearing funding sources             
Deposits$364,774
     353,870
    
Other liabilities55,221
     62,169
    
Total equity205,246
     200,502
    
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets(466,080)     (442,022)    
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources$159,161
     174,519
    
Total assets$1,932,242
     1,865,694
    
            



Noninterest Income

Table 2:Noninterest Income
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  %
 Nine months ended Sep 30,  %
(in millions)2017
 2016
 Change
 2017
 2016
 Change
Service charges on deposit accounts$1,276
 1,370
 (7)% $3,865
 4,015
 (4)%
Trust and investment fees:           
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees2,304
 2,344
 (2) 6,957
 6,874
 1
Trust and investment management840
 849
 (1) 2,506
 2,499
 
Investment banking465
 420
 11
 1,345
 1,172
 15
Total trust and investment fees3,609
 3,613
 
 10,808
 10,545
 2
Card fees1,000
 997
 
 2,964
 2,935
 1
Other fees:          
Charges and fees on loans318
 306
 4
 950
 936
 1
Cash network fees126
 138
 (9) 386
 407
 (5)
Commercial real estate brokerage commissions120
 119
 1
 303
 322
 (6)
Letters of credit fees77
 81
 (5) 227
 242
 (6)
Wire transfer and other remittance fees114
 103
 11
 333
 296
 13
All other fees122
 179
 (32) 445
 562
 (21)
Total other fees877
 926
 (5) 2,644

2,765
 (4)
Mortgage banking:          
Servicing income, net309
 359
 (14) 1,165
 1,569
 (26)
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities737
 1,308
 (44) 2,257
 3,110
 (27)
Total mortgage banking1,046
 1,667
 (37) 3,422

4,679
 (27)
Insurance269
 293
 (8) 826
 1,006
 (18)
Net gains from trading activities245
 415
 (41) 921
 943
 (2)
Net gains on debt securities166
 106
 57
 322
 797
 (60)
Net gains from equity investments238
 140
 70
 829
 573
 45
Lease income475
 534
 (11) 1,449
 1,404
 3
Life insurance investment income152
 152
 
 441
 455
 (3)
All other97
 163
 (40) 347
 1,216
 (71)
Total$9,450
 10,376
 (9) $28,838

31,333
 (8)

Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Deposit-related fees$1,165 1,376 (211)(15)%$2,313 2,849 (536)(19)%
Lending-related fees352 353 (1)— 708 695 13 
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees2,163 2,346 (183)(8)4,277 4,844 (567)(12)
Commissions and brokerage services fees570 542 28 1,189 1,079 110 10 
Investment banking fees376 286 90 31 702 733 (31)(4)
Card fees1,098 1,112 (14)(1)2,131 2,141 (10)— 
Net servicing income100 125 (25)(20)212 279 (67)(24)
Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales102 162 (60)(37)222 701 (479)(68)
Mortgage banking202 287 (85)(30)434 980 (546)(56)
Net gains from trading activities1,122 446 676 152 2,464 664 1,800 271 
Net gains from debt securities4 143 (139)(97)4 145 (141)(97)
Net losses from equity securities(94)(615)521 85 (451)(39)(412)NM
Lease income307 333 (26)(8)654 660 (6)(1)
Other105 233 (128)(55)338 598 (260)(43)
Total$7,370 6,842 528 $14,763 15,349 (586)(4)
NM – Not meaningful
Noninterest income was $9.5 billionSecond quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022

Deposit-related fees decreased reflecting:
our efforts to help customers avoid overdraft fees; and $28.8 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $10.4 billion and $31.3 billion for the same periods a year ago. This income represented 43% of revenue for third quarter 2017 and 44% for the first nine months of 2017, compared with 46% and 47% for the same periods a year ago.
The decline in noninterest income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, was due to lower mortgage banking income, lower net gains from trading activities, and lower service chargesfees on deposit accounts. Noninterest income in the first nine months of 2017 also reflected lower net gains on debt securities, insurance income, and all other noninterest income due to unfavorable net hedge ineffectiveness accounting results, but benefited from higher trust and investment fees, net gains on equity investments, and deferred compensation plan investment results (offset in employee benefits expense).
Service charges on depositcommercial accounts were $1.3 billion and $3.9 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $1.4 billion and $4.0 billion for the same periods in 2016. The decrease in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, was driven by lower consumer and business checking account service charges, lower overdraft fees, and a higher earnings credit rate applied to commercial accountsrates due to increasedan increase in interest rates.

BrokerageInvestment advisory commissions and other asset-based fees are received for providing full-servicedecreased reflecting lower average market valuations.

Fees from the majority of Wealth and discount brokerage services predominantly to retail brokerage clients. Income from these brokerage-related activities include asset-based fees forInvestment Management (WIM) advisory accounts, whichassets are based on a percentage of the market value of the client’s assets and transactional commissions based on the number and size of transactions executed at the client’s direction. These fees were $2.30 billion and $6.96 billion inbeginning of the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $2.34 billion and $6.87 billion for the same periods in 2016. The decrease in third quarter 2017, compared with the same period in 2016, was driven by lower transactional commission revenue, partially offset by higher asset-based fees. The increase for the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same period in 2016, was due to higher asset-based fees, partially offset by lower transactional commission revenue. Retail brokerage client assets totaled $1.6 trillion at September 30, 2017, compared with $1.5 trillion at September 30, 2016, with all retail brokerage services provided by our Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) operating segment.quarter. For additional information on retail brokeragecertain client investment assets, see the discussion and Tables 4d and 4e in the “Operating“Earnings Performance – Operating Segment Results – Wealth and Investment Management – Retail Brokerage ClientWIM Advisory Assets” section in this Report.
We earn trust
Investment banking fees increased due to a $107 million write-down on unfunded leveraged finance commitments in second quarter 2022.

Net servicing income decreased driven by:
lower servicing fees due to a lower balance of mortgage loans serviced for others, including the impact of mortgage servicing right (MSR) sales;
partially offset by:
higher income from net favorable hedge results related to MSR valuations.

Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales decreased
due to lower residential mortgage origination volumes.

For additional information on servicing income and investment management feesnet gains on mortgage loan originations/sales, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains from managingtrading activities increased driven by higher trading revenue in equities, structured products, credit products, rates, and administering assets, including mutual funds, institutional separate accounts, corporate trust, personal trust,
foreign exchange.
Earnings Performance (continued)




employee benefit trustNet gains from debt securities decreased due to lower gains on sales of asset-based securities and agency assets. Trustmunicipal bonds in our investment portfolio as a result of decreased sales volumes.

Net losses from equity securities decreased reflecting:
lower impairment of equity securities; and investment management fee
higher unrealized gains on marketable equity securities;
partially offset by:
lower unrealized gains on nonmarketable equity securities driven by our affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses.

Other income is primarily decreased driven by:
higher amortization due to growth in renewable energy investments (offset by benefits and credits in income tax expense); and
higher valuation losses related to the retained litigation risk associated with shares of Visa B common stock that we previously sold.

First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022

Deposit-related fees decreased reflecting:
the elimination of non-sufficient funds fees and our efforts to help customers avoid overdraft fees; and
lower fees on commercial accounts driven by higher earnings credit rates due to an increase in interest rates.

Investment advisory and other asset-based fees decreased reflecting lower average market valuations.

Fees from clientthe majority of WIM advisory assets under management (AUM) for which the fees are determined based on a tiered scale relative topercentage of the market value of the AUM. AUM consistsassets at the beginning of the quarter. For additional information on certain client investment assets, for which we have investment management discretion. Our AUM totaled $678.7 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $667.5 billion at September 30, 2016, with substantially all of our AUM managed by our WIM operating segment. Additional information regarding our WIM operating segment AUM is provided in Table 4f andsee the related discussion in the “Operating“Earnings Performance – Operating Segment Results – Wealth and Investment Management – Trust and Investment Client Assets Under Management”WIM Advisory Assets” section in this Report. In addition to AUM we have client assets under administration (AUA) that earn various administrative

Commissions and brokerage services fees which are generally based on the extent of the services provided to administer the account. Our AUA totaled $1.7 trillion at September 30, 2017, compared with $1.6 trillion at September 30, 2016. Trust and investment management fees were $840 million and $2.5 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $849 million and $2.5 billion for the same periods in 2016.
We earn investment banking fees from underwriting debt and equity securities, arranging loan syndications, and performing other related advisory services. Investment banking fees increased to $465 million and $1.3 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, from $420 million and $1.2 billion for the same periods in 2016. The increase in third quarter 2017, compared with the same period in 2016, was predominantly driven by higher loan syndications. The increase for the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same period in 2016, was due to growth in equity originations, loan syndications, and advisory services.higher service fee rates.
Card
Wells Fargo & Company9


Earnings Performance (continued)
Net servicing income decreased driven by:
lower servicing fees were $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion in the third quarter and first nine monthsdue to a lower balance of 2017, respectively, compared with $997 million and $2.9 billionmortgage loans serviced for the same periods a year ago.
Other fees decreased to $877 million and $2.6 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, from $926 million and $2.8 billion for the same periods in 2016, driven by lower all other fees. All other fees were $122 million and $445 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $179 million and $562 million for the same periods in 2016, driven by lower other fees from discontinued products andothers, including the impact of MSR sales;
partially offset by:
higher income from net favorable hedge results related to MSR valuations.

Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales decreased
driven by:
lower residential mortgage origination volumes; and
lower gains related to the saleresecuritization of our global fund services business in fourth quarter 2016.loans we purchased from Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) loan securitization pools.
Mortgage banking noninterest income, consisting of net
For additional information on servicing income and net gains on mortgage loan origination/originations/sales, activities, totaled $1.0 billion and $3.4 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $1.7 billion and $4.7 billion for the same periods a year ago.
In addition to servicing fees, net mortgage loan servicing income includes amortization of commercial mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), changes in the fair value of residential MSRs during the period, as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the residential MSRs. Net servicing income of $309 million for third quarter 2017 included a $98 million net MSR valuation gain ($142 million decrease in the fair value of the MSRs and a $240 million hedge gain). Net servicing income of $359 million for third quarter 2016 included a $134 million net MSR valuation gain ($8 million decrease in the fair value of the MSRs and a $142 million hedge gain). For the first nine months of 2017, net servicing income of $1.2 billion included a $271 million net MSR valuation gain ($328 million decrease in the fair value of the MSRs and a $599 million hedge gain), and for the same period in 2016 net servicing income of
$1.6 billion included a $786 million net MSR valuation gain ($1.8 billion decrease in the fair value of the MSRs and a $2.6 billion hedge gain). Net servicing income decreased for the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same period a year ago, due to lower net MSR valuation gains. The decrease in net MSR valuation gains in the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same period in 2016, was primarily attributable to MSR valuation adjustments in the first quarter of 2016 that reflected a reduction in forecasted prepayments due to updated economic, customer data attributes, and mortgage market rate inputs as well as higher actual prepayments experienced in 2017.
Our portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others was $1.70 trillion at September 30, 2017 and $1.68 trillion at December 31, 2016. At September 30, 2017, the ratio of combined residential and commercial MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.87%, compared with 0.85% at December 31, 2016. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for additional information regarding our MSRs risks and hedging approach.
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities were $737 million and $2.3 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $1.3 billion and $3.1 billion for the same periods a year ago. The decrease in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, was primarily due to lower held for sale funding volume and production margins. Total mortgage loan originations were $59 billion and $159 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $70 billion and $177 billion for the same periods a year ago. The production margin on residential held-for-sale mortgage originations, which represents net gains on residential mortgage loan origination/sales activities divided by total residential held-for-sale mortgage originations, provides a measure of the profitability of our residential mortgage origination activity. Table 2a presents the information used in determining the production margin.

Table 2a:Selected Mortgage Production Data
  Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
  2017
2016
 2017
2016
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities (in millions):      
Residential(A)$546
953
 1,636
2,229
Commercial 81
167
 263
310
Residential pipeline and unsold/repurchased loan management (1) 110
188
 358
571
Total $737
1,308
 2,257
3,110
Residential real estate originations (in billions):      
Held-for-sale(B)$44
53
 120
130
Held-for-investment 15
17
 39
47
Total $59
70
 159
177
Production margin on residential held-for-sale mortgage originations(A)/(B)1.24%1.81
 1.37
1.72
(1)Largely includes the results of GNMA loss mitigation activities, interest rate management activities and changes in estimate to the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

The production margin was 1.24% and 1.37% for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with 1.81% and 1.72% for the same periods in 2016. The decline in production margin in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017 was attributable to lower margins in both our retail and correspondent production channels as well as a shift to more correspondent origination volume, which has a lower production margin. Mortgage applications were $73 billion and $215 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $100 billion and $272 billion for the same periods a year ago. The 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $29 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $50 billion at September 30, 2016. For additional information about our mortgage banking activities and results, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section andsee Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include adjustments to the mortgage repurchase liability. Mortgage loans are repurchased from third parties based on standard representations and warranties, and early payment default clauses in mortgage sale contracts. For the first nine months of 2017, we had a net $45 million release to the repurchase liability, compared with a net $106 million release for the first nine months of 2016. For additional information about mortgage loan repurchases, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section and Note 86 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Insurance
Net gains from trading activities increased driven by higher trading results across all asset classes.
Net gains from debt securities decreased due to lower gains on sales of asset-based securities and municipal bonds in our investment portfolio as a result of decreased sales volumes.

Net losses from equity securities increased reflecting:
lower unrealized and realized gains on nonmarketable equity securities driven by our affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses;
partially offset by:
lower impairment of equity securities; and
higher unrealized gains on marketable equity securities.

Other income was $269 million and $826 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $293 million and $1.0 billion in the same periods a year ago. The decrease in the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same period a year ago, was decreased driven by the divestiture of our crop insurance business in first quarter 2016.
Net gains from trading activities, which reflect unrealized changeschange in fair value of liabilities associated with our trading positions and realized gains and losses, were $245 million and $921 millionreinsurance business, which was recognized as a result of our adoption of ASU 2018-12 in the thirdfirst quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $415 million and $943 million in the same periods a year ago. The decrease in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, was predominantly driven by lower customer accommodation trading activity. The decrease in customer accommodation trading activity in the first nine months of 2017 was partially offset by higher deferred compensation plan investment results (offset in employee benefits expense). Net gains from trading activities do not include interest and dividend income and expense on trading securities. Those amounts are reported within interest income from trading assets and other interest expense from trading liabilities.2023. For additional information about trading activities, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Market Risk – Trading Activities” section in this Report.
Net gains on debt and equity securities totaled $404 million and $1.2 billion in the third quarter and first nine monthsour adoption of 2017, respectively, compared with $246 million and $1.4 billion in the third quarter and first nine monthsASU 2018-12, see Note 1 (Summary of 2016, after other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs of $91 million and $293 million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $136 million and $464 million for the same periods in 2016. The increase in net gains on debt and equity securities in third quarter 2017, compared with the same period a year ago, primarily reflected higher net gains from venture capital equity investments. The decrease in net gains on debt and equity securities in the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same period a year ago, was driven by lower net gains on debt securities, partially offset by higher net gains from equity investments.
Lease income was $475 million and $1.4 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $534 million and $1.4 billion for the same periods a year ago. The decrease in third quarter 2017, compared with the same period a year ago, was driven by lower equipment lease income and the impact of gains on early leveraged lease terminations in third quarter 2016.
All other income was $97 million and $347 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $163 million and $1.2 billion for the same periods a year ago. All other income includes ineffectiveness recognized on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting, the results of certain economic hedges, losses on low income housing tax credit investments, foreign currency adjustments, and income from investments accounted for under the equity method, any of which can cause decreases and net losses in other income. The decrease in other income in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, was largely due to net hedge ineffectiveness results. All other income in the first nine months of 2017 also reflected the impact of a gain from the sale of our crop insurance business in first quarter 2016, and a gain from the sale of our health benefits services business in second quarter 2016, partially offset by a $309 million gain from the sale of a Pick-a-Pay PCI loan portfolio in second quarter 2017 and higher income from equity method investments. Hedge ineffectiveness was driven by changes in ineffectiveness recognized on interest rate swaps used to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk on long-term debt and cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts used to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk involving non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. The portion of the hedge ineffectiveness recognized was partially offset by the results of certain economic hedges and, accordingly, we recognized a net hedge benefit of $93 million for third quarter 2017 and a net hedge loss of $79 million for the first nine months of 2017, compared with a net hedge benefit of $142 million and $577 million for the same periods a year ago. For additional information about derivatives used as part of our asset/liability management, see Note 12 (Derivatives)Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Earnings Performance (continued)




10Wells Fargo & Company


Noninterest Expense

Table 3:Noninterest Expense
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Personnel$8,606 8,442 164 %$18,021 17,713 308 %
Technology, telecommunications and equipment947 799 148 19 1,869 1,675 194 12 
Occupancy707 705 — 1,420 1,427 (7)— 
Operating losses232 576 (344)(60)499 1,249 (750)(60)
Professional and outside services1,304 1,310 (6)— 2,533 2,596 (63)(2)
Leases (1)180 185 (5)(3)357 373 (16)(4)
Advertising and promotion184 102 82 80 338 201 137 68 
Restructuring charges — —  (5)(100)
Other827 743 84 11 1,626 1,474 152 10 
Total$12,987 12,862 125 $26,663 26,713 (50)— 
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  %
 Nine months ended Sep 30,  %
(in millions)2017
 2016
 Change
 2017
 2016
 Change
Salaries$4,356
 4,224
 3 % $12,960
 12,359
 5 %
Commission and incentive compensation2,553
 2,520
 1
 7,777
 7,769
 
Employee benefits1,279
 1,223
 5
 4,273
 3,993
 7
Equipment523
 491
 7
 1,629
 1,512
 8
Net occupancy716
 718
 
 2,134
 2,145
 (1)
Core deposit and other intangibles288
 299
 (4) 864
 891
 (3)
FDIC and other deposit assessments314
 310
 1
 975
 815
 20
Outside professional services955
 802
 19
 2,788
 2,154
 29
Operating losses1,329
 577
 130
 1,961
 1,365
 44
Operating leases347
 363
 (4) 1,026
 950
 8
Contract services351
 313
 12
 1,025
 878
 17
Outside data processing227
 233
 (3) 683
 666
 3
Travel and entertainment154
 144
 7
 504
 509
 (1)
Postage, stationery and supplies128
 150
 (15) 407
 466
 (13)
Advertising and promotion137
 117
 17
 414
 417
 (1)
Telecommunications90
 101
 (11) 272
 287
 (5)
Foreclosed assets66
 (17) NM
 204
 127
 61
Insurance24
 23
 4
 72
 156
 (54)
All other514
 677
 (24) 1,716
 1,703
 1
Total$14,351
 13,268
 8
 $41,684
 39,162
 6
NM - Not meaningful(1)Represents expenses for assets we lease to customers.
NoninterestSecond quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022

Personnel expense was $14.4 billion in third quarter 2017, up 8% from $13.3 billion a year ago, increased driven by by:
higher operating losses, personnel expenses, outside professional and contract services, and foreclosed assetssalaries expense, including higher severance expense;
partially offset by lower other expense. In by:
the first nine monthsimpact of 2017, noninterestefficiency initiatives.

Technology, telecommunications and equipment expense was $41.7 billion, up 6% from the same period a year ago,increased due to higher personnel expenses, outside professionalexpense for the amortization of internally developed software and contract services,higher expense for technology contracts.

Operating losses decreased driven by lower expense for customer remediation and litigation matters.
As previously disclosed, we have outstanding litigation, regulatory, and customer remediation matters that could impact operating losses FDICin the coming quarters.

Advertising and promotion expense increased due to higher marketing and foreclosed assetsbrand campaign volumes.

Other expense increased due to higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit assessment expense driven by a higher assessment rate.

First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022

Personnel expense increased driven by:
higher salaries expense, including higher severance expense;
partially offset by:
lower incentive compensation expense; and
the impact of efficiency initiatives.

Technology, telecommunications and equipment expense increased due to higher expense for the amortization of internally developed software and higher expense for technology contracts.

Operating losses decreased driven by lower insurance expense for customer remediation and postage, stationerylitigation matters.
As previously disclosed, we have outstanding litigation, regulatory, and supplies expense.
Personnel expenses, which include salaries, commissions, incentive compensation, and employee benefits, were up $221 million, or 3%, in third quarter 2017 compared with the same quarter last year, and up $889 million, or 4%,customer remediation matters that could impact operating losses in the first nine months of 2017 compared with the same period a year ago. The increase in both periods wascoming quarters.

Professional and outside services expense decreased driven by efficiency initiatives to reduce our spending on consultants and contractors.

Advertising and promotion expense increased due to annual salary increaseshigher marketing and brand campaign volumes.

Other expense increased due to higher benefitsFDIC deposit assessment expense partially offset by one fewer payroll day. The increase in the first nine months of 2017 was also driven by a higher deferred compensation costs (offset in trading revenue).assessment rate.
We expect our FDIC and other deposit assessments were up 1% and 20% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago. Theassessment expense will increase in the first nine months of 2017 was due to an increase in deposit assessmentssignificantly as a result of the FDIC's proposed rule to charge a temporary surcharge which became effective on July 1, 2016. The FDIC expects the surcharge to be in effect for approximately two years.special assessment.
Outside professional and contract services expense was up 17% and 26% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago. The increase in both periods reflected higher project and technology spending on regulatory and compliance related initiatives, as well as higher legal expense related to sales practices matters.

Operating losses were up 130% and 44% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods in 2016, predominantly due to higher litigation accruals for various legal matters, including a non tax-deductible $1 billion discrete litigation accrual in third quarter 2017 for previously disclosed mortgage-related regulatory investigations.
Foreclosed assets expense was up $83 million and $77 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, predominantly due to lower gains on sale of foreclosed properties.
Insurance expense was up 4% in third quarter 2017 and down 54% in the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago. The decrease in the first nine months of 2017 was predominantly driven by the sale of our crop insurance business in first quarter 2016.
Postage, stationary, and supplies expense was down 15% and 13% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago, due to lower mail services and supplies expense.
All other noninterest expense was down 24% in third quarter 2017 and up 1% in the first nine months of 2017, compared with the same periods a year ago. The decrease in the third quarter was primarily driven by lower donations expense. All other noninterest expense in third quarter 2016 included a $107 million contribution to the Wells Fargo Foundation.
Our efficiency ratio was 65.5% in third quarter 2017, compared with 59.4% in third quarter 2016. The third quarter 2017 efficiency ratio included a 456 basis point impact from the $1 billion discrete litigation accrual.

Income Tax Expense
Our effective
Table 4:Income Tax Expense
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Income before income tax expense$5,833 3,598 2,235 62 %$11,679 8,262 3,417 41 %
Income tax expense930 622 308 50 1,896 1,368 528 39 
Effective income tax rate (1)15.8 %16.5 16.0 %16.5 
(1)Represents Income tax expense (benefit) divided by Income (loss) before income tax rate was 32.4% and 31.5% for third quarter 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our effectiveexpense (benefit) less Net income tax rate was 29.0% in the first nine months of 2017, down(loss) from 31.9% in

noncontrolling interests.
the first nine months of 2016. The increase in the effectiveFor additional information on income tax rate for third quarter 2017 was primarily from the non-deductible treatment of the $1.0 billion discrete litigation accrual, partially offset by net discrete tax benefits arising from favorable resolutions of prior period matters with state taxing authorities. The effective income tax rate for the first nine months of 2017 also included net discrete tax benefits associated with stock compensation activity subject to ASU 2016-09 accounting guidance adopted in first quarter 2017, and tax benefits associated with our agreement to sell Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA (and related businesses) in second quarter 2017. Seetaxes, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies)22 (Income Taxes) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information about ASU 2016-09.our 2022 Form 10-K.

Wells Fargo & Company11


Earnings Performance (continued)
Operating Segment Results
We are organized forOur management reporting purposesis organized into threefour reportable operating segments: CommunityConsumer Banking and Lending; Commercial Banking; WholesaleCorporate and Investment Banking; and Wealth and Investment Management (WIM). These
Management. All other business activities that are not included in the reportable operating segments are definedhave been included in Corporate. For additional information, see Table 5. We define our reportable operating segments by type of product type and customer segment, and their results are based on our management accountingreporting process. The management reporting process measures the performance of the reportable operating segments based on the Company’s management structure, and the results are regularly reviewed with our Chief Executive Officer and relevant senior management. The management reporting process is based on U.S. GAAP and includes specific adjustments, such as funds transfer pricing for asset/liability management, shared revenue and expenses, and taxable-equivalent adjustments to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt sources, which thereallows management to assess performance consistently across the operating segments.

Funds Transfer Pricing Corporate treasury manages a funds transfer pricing methodology that considers interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other product characteristics. Operating segments pay a funding charge for their assets and receive a funding credit for their deposits, both of which are included in net interest income. The net impact of the funding charges or credits is no comprehensive, authoritativerecognized in corporate treasury.

Revenue and Expense Sharing When lines of business jointly serve customers, the line of business that is responsible for providing the product or service recognizes revenue or expense with a referral fee paid or an allocation of cost to the other line of business based on established internal revenue-sharing agreements.
When a line of business uses a service provided by another line of business or enterprise function (included in Corporate), expense is generally allocated based on the cost and use of the service provided.

Taxable-Equivalent Adjustments Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for low-income housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial accounting guidance equivalentresults.

Allocated Capital Reportable operating segments are allocated capital under a risk-sensitive framework that is primarily based on aspects of our regulatory capital requirements, and the assumptions and methodologies used to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Commencing in second quarter 2016,allocate capital are periodically assessed and revised. Effective January 1, 2023, management modified its capital allocation methodology to improve alignment of allocated capital with the binding regulatory constraints of the Company. Management believes that return on allocated capital is a useful financial measure because it enables management, investors, and others to assess a reportable operating segment’s use of capital.

Selected Metrics We present certain financial and nonfinancial metrics that management uses when evaluating reportable operating segment results reflect a shift in expenses betweenresults. Management believes that these metrics are useful to investors and others to assess the personnelperformance, customer growth, and other expense categories as a resulttrends of the movementreportable operating segments or lines of support staff from the Wholesale Banking and WIM segments into a consolidated organization within the Community Banking segment. Since then, personnel expenses associated with the transferred support staff have been allocated from Community Banking back to the Wholesale Banking and WIM segments through other expense. business.
Table 45:Management Reporting Structure
Wells Fargo & Company
Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment ManagementCorporate

• Consumer and Small Business Banking

• Home Lending

• Credit Card

• Auto

• Personal Lending

• Middle Market Banking

• Asset-Based Lending and Leasing

• Banking

• Commercial Real Estate

• Markets

• Wells Fargo Advisors

• The Private
Bank

• Corporate Treasury

• Enterprise Functions

• Investment Portfolio

• Affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses

• Non-strategic businesses
12Wells Fargo & Company


Table 6 and the following discussion present our results by reportable operating segment. For additional description of our operating segments, including additional financial information, and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 1816 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 4:6:Operating Segment Results – Highlights
(in millions)Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment ManagementCorporate (1)Reconciling Items (2)Consolidated Company
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Net interest income$7,490 2,501 2,359 1,009 (91)(105)13,163 
Noninterest income1,965 868 2,272 2,639 121 (495)7,370 
Total revenue9,455 3,369 4,631 3,648 30 (600)20,533 
Provision for credit losses874 26 933 24 (144) 1,713 
Noninterest expense6,027 1,630 2,087 2,974 269  12,987 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)2,554 1,713 1,611 650 (95)(600)5,833 
Income tax expense (benefit)640 429 401 163 (103)(600)930 
Net income before noncontrolling interests1,914 1,284 1,210 487 8  4,903 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 3   (38) (35)
Net income$1,914 1,281 1,210 487 46  4,938 
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Net interest income$6,372 1,580 2,057 916 (619)(108)10,198 
Noninterest income2,135 912 1,516 2,789 (102)(408)6,842 
Total revenue8,507 2,492 3,573 3,705 (721)(516)17,040 
Provision for credit losses613 21 (62)(7)15 — 580 
Noninterest expense6,036 1,478 1,840 2,911 597 — 12,862 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)1,858 993 1,795 801 (1,333)(516)3,598 
Income tax expense (benefit)465 249 459 198 (233)(516)622 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests1,393 744 1,336 603 (1,100)— 2,976 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests— — — (169)— (166)
Net income (loss)$1,393 741 1,336 603 (931)— 3,142 
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Net interest income$14,923 4,990 4,820 2,053 (75)(212)26,499 
Noninterest income3,896 1,686 4,713 5,276 126 (934)14,763 
Total revenue18,819 6,676 9,533 7,329 51 (1,146)41,262 
Provision for credit losses1,741 (17)1,185 35 (24) 2,920 
Noninterest expense12,065 3,382 4,304 6,035 877  26,663 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)5,013 3,311 4,044 1,259 (802)(1,146)11,679 
Income tax expense (benefit)1,258 828 1,016 315 (375)(1,146)1,896 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests3,755 2,483 3,028 944 (427) 9,783 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 6   (152) (146)
Net income (loss)$3,755 2,477 3,028 944 (275) 9,929 
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Net interest income$12,368 2,941 4,047 1,715 (1,437)(215)19,419 
Noninterest income4,702 1,878 2,996 5,747 840 (814)15,349 
Total revenue17,070 4,819 7,043 7,462 (597)(1,029)34,768 
Provision for credit losses423 (323)(258)(44)(5)— (207)
Noninterest expense12,431 3,009 3,823 6,086 1,364 — 26,713 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)4,216 2,133 3,478 1,420 (1,956)(1,029)8,262 
Income tax expense (benefit)1,053 529 884 352 (421)(1,029)1,368 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests3,163 1,604 2,594 1,068 (1,535)— 6,894 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests— — — (42)— (36)
Net income (loss)$3,163 1,598 2,594 1,068 (1,493)— 6,930 
(1)All other business activities that are not included in the reportable operating segments have been included in Corporate. For additional information, see the “Corporate” section below.
(2)Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for low-income housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results.
(income/expense in millions, Community Banking  Wholesale Banking  Wealth and Investment Management  Other (1)  
Consolidated
Company
 
average balances in billions) 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Quarter ended Sep 30,                    
Revenue $12,060
 12,387
 7,085
 7,147
 4,246
 4,099
 (1,465) (1,305) 21,926
 22,328
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses 650
 651
 69
 157
 (1) 4
 (1) (7) 717
 805
Noninterest expense 7,834
 6,953
 4,248
 4,120
 3,106
 2,999
 (837) (804) 14,351
 13,268
Net income (loss) 2,229
 3,227
 2,046
 2,047
 710
 677
 (389) (307) 4,596
 5,644
Average loans $473.5
 489.2
 463.8
 454.3
 72.4
 68.4
 (57.4) (54.4) 952.3
 957.5
Average deposits 734.5
 708.0
 463.4
 441.2
 188.1
 189.2
 (79.6) (76.9) 1,306.4
 1,261.5
Nine months ended Sep 30,                    
Revenue $36,442
 37,205
 21,074
 21,389
 12,621
 11,872
 (4,040) (3,781) 66,097
 66,685
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses 1,919
 2,060
 (39) 905
 2
 (8) (5) 8
 1,877
 2,965
Noninterest expense 22,278
 20,437
 12,551
 12,124
 9,387
 9,017
 (2,532) (2,416) 41,684
 39,162
Net income (loss) 8,231
 9,702
 6,549
 6,041
 2,015
 1,773
 (932) (852) 15,863
 16,664
Average loans $477.8
 486.4
 465.0
 445.2
 71.6
 66.4
 (56.8) (52.8) 957.6
 945.2
Average deposits 726.4
 698.3
 464.1
 431.7
 190.6
 185.4
 (78.8) (76.1) 1,302.3
 1,239.3
(1)Includes the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, most of which represents products and services for WIM customers served through Community Banking distribution channels.Wells Fargo & Company13


Earnings Performance (continued) (continued)




CommunityConsumer Banking and Lendingoffers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses includingwith annual sales generally up to $10 million. These financial products and services include checking and savings accounts, credit and
debit cards and automobile, student, mortgage,as well as home, equityauto, personal, and small business lending, as well as referrals to Wholesalelending. Table 6a and Table 6b provide additional information for Consumer Banking and WIM business partners. The Community Banking segment
also includes the results of our Corporate Treasury activities net of allocations in support of the other operating segments and results of investments in our affiliated venture capital partnerships. Table 4a provides additional financial information for Community Banking.Lending.
Table 4a:Community6a: Consumer Banking and Lending – Income Statement and Selected Metrics
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions, unless otherwise noted)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Income Statement
Net interest income$7,490 6,372 1,118 18 %$14,923 12,368 2,555 21 %
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees666 779 (113)(15)1,338 1,624 (286)(18)
Card fees1,022 1,038 (16)(2)1,980 1,999 (19)(1)
Mortgage banking132 211 (79)(37)292 865 (573)(66)
Other145 107 38 36 286 214 72 34 
Total noninterest income1,965 2,135 (170)(8)3,896 4,702 (806)(17)
Total revenue9,455 8,507 948 11 18,819 17,070 1,749 10 
Net charge-offs621 358 263 73 1,210 733 477 65 
Change in the allowance for credit losses253 255 (2)(1)531 (310)841 271 
Provision for credit losses874 613 261 43 1,741 423 1,318 312 
Noninterest expense6,027 6,036 (9)— 12,065 12,431 (366)(3)
Income before income tax expense2,554 1,858 696 37 5,013 4,216 797 19 
Income tax expense640 465 175 38 1,258 1,053 205 19 
Net income$1,914 1,393 521 37 $3,755 3,163 592 19 
Revenue by Line of Business
Consumer and Small Business Banking$6,576 5,510 1,066 19 $13,062 10,581 2,481 23 
Consumer Lending:
Home Lending847 972 (125)(13)1,710 2,462 (752)(31)
Credit Card1,321 1,304 17 2,626 2,569 57 
Auto378 436 (58)(13)770 880 (110)(13)
Personal Lending333 285 48 17 651 578 73 13 
Total revenue$9,455 8,507 948 11 $18,819 17,070 1,749 10 
Selected Metrics
Consumer Banking and Lending:
Return on allocated capital (1)16.9 %11.1 16.7 %12.7 
Efficiency ratio (2)64 71 64 73 
Retail bank branches (#)4,455 4,660 (4)4,455 4,660 (4)
Digital active customers (# in millions) (3)34.2 33.4 34.2 33.4 
Mobile active customers (# in millions) (3)29.1 28.0 29.1 28.0 
Consumer and Small Business Banking:
Deposit spread (4)2.6 %1.7 2.6 %1.7 
Debit card purchase volume ($ in billions) (5)$124.9 125.2 (0.3)— $242.2 240.2 2.0 
Debit card purchase transactions (# in millions) (5)2,535 2,517 4,904 4,855 
(continued on following page)

 Quarter ended Sep 30,    Nine months ended Sep 30,   
(in millions, except average balances which are in billions)2017
 2016
 % Change 2017
 2016
 % Change
Net interest income$7,645
 7,430
 3 % $22,820
 22,277
 2 %
Noninterest income:           
Service charges on deposit accounts738
 821
 (10) 2,203
 2,347
 (6)
Trust and investment fees:          
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees (1)460
 479
 (4) 1,356
 1,384
 (2)
Trust and investment management (1)225
 222
 1
 659
 631
 4
Investment banking (2)(13) (23) 43
 (60) (92) 35
Total trust and investment fees672
 678
 (1) 1,955
 1,923
 2
Card fees910
 911
 
 2,703
 2,670
 1
Other fees362
 362
 
 1,152
 1,100
 5
Mortgage banking936
 1,481
 (37) 3,081
 4,314
 (29)
Insurance36
 2
 NM
 64
 4
 NM
Net gains (losses) from trading activities18
 33
 (45) 87
 (54) 261
Net gains on debt securities169
 131
 29
 455
 744
 (39)
Net gains from equity investments (3)195
 109
 79
 731
 448
 63
Other income of the segment379
 429
 (12) 1,191
 1,432
 (17)
Total noninterest income4,415
 4,957
 (11) 13,622
 14,928
 (9)
           
Total revenue12,060
 12,387
 (3) 36,442
 37,205
 (2)
           
Provision for credit losses650
 651
 
 1,919
 2,060
 (7)
Noninterest expense:          
Personnel expense5,027
 4,606
 9
 15,193
 13,886
 9
Equipment511
 462
 11
 1,569
 1,421
 10
Net occupancy532
 520
 2
 1,573
 1,551
 1
Core deposit and other intangibles112
 123
 (9) 335
 380
 (12)
FDIC and other deposit assessments171
 159
 8
 547
 453
 21
Outside professional services464
 300
 55
 1,355
 749
 81
Operating losses1,294
 525
 146
 1,853
 1,224
 51
Other expense of the segment(277) 258
 NM
 (147) 773
 NM
Total noninterest expense7,834
 6,953
 13
 22,278
 20,437
 9
Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests3,576
 4,783
 (25) 12,245
 14,708
 (17)
Income tax expense1,286
 1,546
 (17) 3,817
 4,910
 (22)
Net income from noncontrolling interests (4)61
 10
 510
 197
 96
 105
Net income$2,229
 3,227
 (31) $8,231
 9,702
 (15)
Average loans$473.5
 489.2
 (3) $477.8
 486.4
 (2)
Average deposits734.5
 708.0
 4
 726.4
 698.3
 4
NM - Not meaningful
(1)14Represents income on products and services for WIM customers served through Community Banking distribution channels and is eliminated in consolidation.
Wells Fargo & Company
(2)Includes syndication and underwriting fees paid to Wells Fargo Securities which are offset in our Wholesale Banking segment.
(3)Predominantly represents gains resulting from venture capital investments.
(4)Reflects results attributable to noncontrolling interests predominantly associated with the Company’s consolidated venture capital investments.


Community Banking reported(continued from previous page)
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions, unless otherwise noted)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Home Lending:
Mortgage banking:
Net servicing income$62 77 (15)(19)%$146 193 (47)(24)%
Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales70 134 (64)(48)146 672 (526)(78)
Total mortgage banking$132 211 (79)(37)$292 865 (573)(66)
Originations ($ in billions):
Retail$7.7 19.6 (11.9)(61)$13.3 43.7 (30.4)(70)
Correspondent0.1 14.5 (14.4)(99)1.1 28.3 (27.2)(96)
Total originations$7.8 34.1 (26.3)(77)$14.4 72.0 (57.6)(80)
% of originations held for sale (HFS)45.3 %46.1 46.0 %48.9 
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end) ($ in billions) (6)$609.1 696.9 (87.8)(13)$609.1 696.9 (87.8)(13)
Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) carrying value (period-end)8,251 9,163 (912)(10)8,251 9,163 (912)(10)
Ratio of MSR carrying value (period-end) to third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end) (6)1.35 %1.31 1.35 %1.31 
Home lending loans 30+ days delinquency rate (7)(8)0.25 0.28 0.25 0.28 
Credit Card:
Point of sale (POS) volume ($ in billions)$34.0 30.1 3.9 13 $64.1 56.1 8.0 14 
New accounts (# in thousands)611 524 17 1,178 1,008 17 
Credit card loans 30+ days delinquency rate2.39 %1.54 2.39 %1.54 
Credit card loans 90+ days delinquency rate1.17 0.74 1.17 0.74 
Auto:
Auto originations ($ in billions)$4.8 5.4 (0.6)(11)$9.8 12.7 (2.9)(23)
Auto loans 30+ days delinquency rate (8)2.55 %1.95 2.55 %1.95 
Personal Lending:
New volume ($ in billions)$3.3 3.3 — — $6.2 5.9 0.3 
(1)Return on allocated capital is segment net income (loss) applicable to common stock divided by segment average allocated capital. Segment net income (loss) applicable to common stock is segment net income (loss) less allocated preferred stock dividends.
(2)Efficiency ratio is segment noninterest expense divided by segment total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(3)Digital and mobile active customers is the number of $2.2 billion, down $998 million,consumer and small business customers who have logged on via a digital or 31%, from thirdmobile device, respectively, in the prior 90 days. Digital active customers includes both online and mobile customers.
(4)Deposit spread is (i) the internal funds transfer pricing credit on segment deposits minus interest paid to customers for segment deposits, divided by (ii) average segment deposits.
(5)Debit card purchase volume and transactions reflect combined activity for both consumer and business debit card purchases.
(6)Excludes residential mortgage loans subserviced for others.
(7)Excludes residential mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and loans held for sale.
(8)Excludes nonaccrual loans.
Second quarter 2016, and $8.2 billion for the first nine months of 2017, down $1.5 billion, or 15%, compared with the same period a year ago. Third2023 vs. second quarter 2017 results included a $1 billion discrete litigation accrual (not tax deductible) for previously disclosed mortgage-related regulatory investigations. 2022
Revenue of $12.1 billion decreased $327 million, or 3%, from third quarter 2016, and was $36.4 billion for the first nine months of 2017, a decrease of $763 million, or 2%, compared with the same period last year. The decrease from third quarter 2016 was predominantly due to lower mortgage banking revenue and deposit service charges, partially offset by increased driven by:
higher net interest income driven by higher interest rates and gains on equity investments. The decrease from the first nine months of 2016 was predominantlydeposit spreads, partially offset by lower deposit balances;
partially offset by:
lower deposit-related fees reflecting our efforts to help customers avoid overdraft fees; and
lower mortgage banking noninterest income due to lower residential mortgage banking revenue, gains on sales of debt securities, and other incomeorigination volumes.

Provision for credit losses increased due to higher net charge-offs driven by net hedge ineffectiveness accounting relatedcredit card loans.

Noninterest expense was stable, reflecting:
lower personnel expense driven by lower revenue-related incentive compensation in Home Lending due to our long-term debt hedging results, lower production, and the impact of efficiency initiatives; and
lower operating losses reflecting lower expense for customer remediation and litigation matters;

partially offset by by:
higher operating costs, advertising expense, and FDIC assessments.

First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Revenue increased driven by:
higher net interest income and gains on
equity investments. Average loans of $473.5 billion in third quarter 2017 decreased $15.7 billion, or 3%, from third quarter 2016, and average loans of $477.8 billion in the first nine months of 2017 decreased $8.6 billion, or 2%, from the first nine months of 2016. The decline in average loans was due to lower loan origination in the consumer lending portfolio. Average deposits of $734.5 billion increased $26.5 billion, or 4%, from third quarter 2016 and average deposits of $726.4 billion in the first nine months of 2017 increased $28.1 billion, or 4%, from the first nine months of 2016. Primary consumer checking customers (customers who actively use their checking account with transactions such as debit card purchases, online bill payments, and direct deposit) as of August 2017 were down 0.2% from August 2016. Noninterest expense increased 13% from third quarter 2016 and 9% from the first nine months of 2016. The increase from third quarter 2016 was driven by higher operating losses (including the $1 billion discrete litigation accrual in third quarter 2017)interest rates and higher personnel expenses mainly due to the

impact of annual salary increases and higher professional services driven by increased project spending, partially offset by higher expenses allocated to the Wholesale Banking and Wealth and Investment Management operating segments related to increased project and technology spending on regulatory and compliance related initiatives. The increase from the first nine months of 2016 was predominantly due to higher personnel expenses, including deferred compensation plan expense (offset in trading revenue), and higher operating losses and professional services,deposit spreads, partially offset by lower other expense. The provisiondeposit balances;
partially offset by:
lower mortgage banking noninterest income due to lower residential mortgage origination volumes and lower revenue related to the resecuritization of loans we purchased from GNMA loan securitization pools; and
lower deposit-related fees reflecting the elimination of non-sufficient funds fees and our efforts to help customers avoid overdraft fees.

Provision for credit losses was flat compared with third quarter 2016included a $841 million increase in the allowance for credit losses reflecting a less favorable economic
Wells Fargo & Company15


Earnings Performance (continued)
outlook and portfolio credit normalization, as well as higher net charge-offs driven by credit card loans.
Noninterest expensedecreased $141 million from the first nine months of 2016 predominantlydriven by:
lower operating losses reflecting lower expense for customer remediation and litigation matters; and
lower personnel expense driven by lower revenue-related incentive compensation in Home Lending due to an improvementlower production, and the impact of efficiency initiatives;
partially offset by:
higher operating costs, advertising expense, and FDIC assessments.
Table 6b: Consumer Banking and Lending – Balance Sheet
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Selected Balance Sheet Data (average)
Loans by Line of Business:
Consumer and Small Business Banking$9,215 10,453 (1,238)(12)%$9,289 10,529 (1,240)(12)%
Consumer Lending:
Home Lending220,641 218,371 2,270 221,596 216,055 5,541 
Credit Card39,225 32,825 6,400 19 38,710 32,168 6,542 20 
Auto52,476 56,813 (4,337)(8)53,073 57,044 (3,971)(7)
Personal Lending14,794 12,397 2,397 19 14,657 12,177 2,480 20 
Total loans$336,351 330,859 5,492 $337,325 327,973 9,352 
Total deposits823,339 898,650 (75,311)(8)832,252 890,042 (57,790)(6)
Allocated capital44,000 48,000 (4,000)(8)44,000 48,000 (4,000)(8)
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Loans by Line of Business:
Consumer and Small Business Banking$9,299 10,400 (1,101)(11)$9,299 10,400 (1,101)(11)
Consumer Lending:
Home Lending219,595 222,088 (2,493)(1)219,595 222,088 (2,493)(1)
Credit Card40,053 34,075 5,978 18 40,053 34,075 5,978 18 
Auto52,175 56,224 (4,049)(7)52,175 56,224 (4,049)(7)
Personal Lending15,095 12,945 2,150 17 15,095 12,945 2,150 17 
Total loans$336,217 335,732 485 — $336,217 335,732 485 — 
Total deposits820,495 892,373 (71,878)(8)820,495 892,373 (71,878)(8)
Second quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022
Total loans (average and period-end) increased driven by:
higher point of sale volume and the impact of new product launches in theour Credit Card business; and
higher loan balances in our Personal Lending business due to higher origination volumes and slower payment rates;
partially offset by:
a decline in loan balances in our Auto business due to lower origination volumes reflecting credit tightening actions and rising interest rates; and
a decline in Paycheck Protection Program loans in Consumer and Small Business Banking.

Total deposits (average and period-end) decreased due to consumer lendingdeposit outflows on consumer spending, as well as customer migration to higher yielding alternatives.
portfolio, primarilyFirst half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Total loans (average) increased driven by:
higher point of sale volume and the impact of new product launches in our Credit Card business;
higher loan balances in Home Lending; and
higher loan balances in our Personal Lending business due to higher origination volumes and slower payment rates;
partially offset by:
a decline in loan balances in our Auto business due to lower origination volumes reflecting credit tightening actions and rising interest rates; and
a decline in Paycheck Protection Program loans in Consumer and Small Business Banking.

Total deposits (average) decreased due to consumer real estate, compared with the same periods a year ago.deposit outflows on consumer spending, as well as customer migration to higher yielding alternatives.

Wholesale
16Wells Fargo & Company


Commercial Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United Statesprivate, family owned and globally with annual sales generally in excess of $5 million.certain public companies. Products and businessesservices include Business Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Corporate Banking, Financial Institutions Group, Governmentbanking and Institutional Banking, Insurance, Middle Market Banking, Principal Investments, Treasury Management, Wells Fargo Commercial Capital,credit products across multiple
industry sectors and Wells Fargo Securities.municipalities, secured lending and lease products, and treasury management. Table 4b provides6c and Table 6d provide additional financial information for WholesaleCommercial Banking.
Table 4b:Wholesale6c:Commercial Banking – Income Statement and Selected Metrics
 Quarter ended Sep 30,    Nine months ended Sep 30,   
(in millions, except average balances which are in billions)2017
 2016
 % Change 2017
 2016
 % Change
Net interest income$4,353
 4,062
 7 % $12,779
 11,729
 9 %
Noninterest income:           
Service charges on deposit accounts539
 549
 (2) 1,662
 1,667
 
Trust and investment fees:          
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees65
 91
 (29) 231
 276
 (16)
Trust and investment management130
 117
 11
 390
 351
 11
Investment banking478
 444
 8
 1,407
 1,265
 11
Total trust and investment fees673
 652
 3
 2,028
 1,892
 7
Card fees90
 85
 6
 260
 263
 (1)
Other fees513
 562
 (9) 1,487
 1,660
 (10)
Mortgage banking110
 186
 (41) 343
 367
 (7)
Insurance224
 291
 (23) 736
 1,002
 (27)
Net gains from trading activities156
 302
 (48) 614
 853
 (28)
Net gains (losses) on debt securities(5) (25) 80
 (135) 52
 NM
Net gains from equity investments40
 26
 54
 92
 118
 (22)
Other income of the segment392
 457
 (14) 1,208
 1,786
 (32)
Total noninterest income2,732
 3,085
 (11) 8,295
 9,660
 (14)
           
Total revenue7,085
 7,147
 (1) 21,074
 21,389
 (1)
           
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses69
 157
 (56) (39) 905
 NM
Noninterest expense:          
Personnel expense1,607
 1,806
 (11) 5,048
 5,563
 (9)
Equipment12
 18
 (33) 42
 55
 (24)
Net occupancy106
 116
 (9) 326
 350
 (7)
Core deposit and other intangibles102
 101
 1
 310
 286
 8
FDIC and other deposit assessments120
 125
 (4) 358
 299
 20
Outside professional services301
 269
 12
 842
 759
 11
Operating losses22
 55
 (60) 34
 130
 (74)
Other expense of the segment1,978
 1,630
 21
 5,591
 4,682
 19
Total noninterest expense4,248
 4,120
 3
 12,551
 12,124
 4
Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests2,768
 2,870
 (4) 8,562
 8,360
 2
Income tax expense729
 827
 (12) 2,034
 2,341
 (13)
Net loss from noncontrolling interests(7) (4) (75) (21) (22) 5
Net income$2,046
 2,047
 
 $6,549
 6,041
 8
Average loans$463.8
 454.3
 2
 $465.0
 445.2
 4
Average deposits463.4
 441.2
 5
 464.1
 431.7
 8
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Income Statement
Net interest income$2,501 1,580 921 58 %$4,990 2,941 2,049 70 %
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees248 310 (62)(20)484 638 (154)(24)
Lending-related fees131 122 260 243 17 
Lease income167 179 (12)(7)336 358 (22)(6)
Other322 301 21 606 639 (33)(5)
Total noninterest income868 912 (44)(5)1,686 1,878 (192)(10)
Total revenue3,369 2,492 877 35 6,676 4,819 1,857 39 
Net charge-offs63 59 NM24 (25)49 196 
Change in the allowance for credit losses(37)17 (54)NM(41)(298)257 86 
Provision for credit losses26 21 24 (17)(323)306 95 
Noninterest expense1,630 1,478 152 10 3,382 3,009 373 12 
Income before income tax expense1,713 993 720 73 3,311 2,133 1,178 55 
Income tax expense429 249 180 72 828 529 299 57 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests3 — — 6 — — 
Net income$1,281 741 540 73 $2,477 1,598 879 55 
Revenue by Line of Business
Middle Market Banking$2,199 1,459 740 51 $4,354 2,705 1,649 61 
Asset-Based Lending and Leasing1,170 1,033 137 13 2,322 2,114 208 10 
Total revenue$3,369 2,492 877 35 $6,676 4,819 1,857 39 
Revenue by Product
Lending and leasing$1,332 1,308 24 $2,656 2,563 93 
Treasury management and payments1,584 943 641 68 3,146 1,722 1,424 83 
Other453 241 212 88 874 534 340 64 
Total revenue$3,369 2,492 877 35 $6,676 4,819 1,857 39 
Selected Metrics
Return on allocated capital19.3 %14.3 18.7 %15.6 
Efficiency ratio48 59 51 62 
NM – Not meaningful
Wholesale Banking reported net income of $2.0 billion in thirdSecond quarter 2017, down $1 million from third2023 vs. second quarter 2016. In the first nine months of 2017, net income of $6.5 billion2022

Revenue increased $508 million, or 8%, from the same period a year ago. Net income results for the first nine months of 2017 included a tax benefit resulting from our agreement to sell Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA and related businesses. Revenue decreased $62 million, or 1%, from third quarter 2016 and $315 million, or 1%, from the first nine months of 2016 as an increase indriven by:
higher net interest income was more than offset by lower noninterest income. Netreflecting higher interest income increased $291 million, or 7%, from third quarter 2016rates and $1.1 billion, or 9%, from the first nine months of 2016 driven by strong loan growth, which
included the benefit from the GE Capital business acquisitions in 2016, and rising interest rates. Noninterest income decreased $353 million, or 11%, from third quarter 2016 due predominantly to lower customer accommodation trading, mortgage banking fees, and insurance income. Noninterest income decreased $1.4 billion, or 14%, from the first nine months of 2016 largely due to the first quarter 2016 sale of our crop insurance business, which resulted in lower insurance and gain on sale income, and the second quarter 2016 gain on the sale of our health benefits services business,deposit spreads as well as higher loan balances;
partially offset by:
lower gains on debt securities and customer accommodation trading. The decreasedeposit-related fees driven by the impact of higher earnings credit rates, which result in noninterest income fromlower fees for commercial customers.

Provision for credit losses increased reflecting higher net charge-offs driven by a small number of borrowers, with little signs of systemic weakness across the first nine months of 2016 wasportfolio, partially offset by a $54 million decrease in the allowance for credit losses.

Noninterest expense increased primarily due to higher personnel expense and operating costs, partially offset by the impact of efficiency initiatives.
First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Revenue increased driven by:
higher net interest income reflecting higher interest rates and deposit spreads as well as higher loan balances;
partially offset by:
lower deposit-related fees driven by the impact of higher earnings credit rates, which result in lower fees for commercial customers.

Provision for credit losses reflected loan growth.

Noninterest expense increased driven by higher operating costs and personnel expense, partially offset by the impact of efficiency initiatives.
Wells Fargo & Company17


Earnings Performance (continued)
Table 6d:Commercial Banking – Balance Sheet
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Selected Balance Sheet Data (average)
Loans:
Commercial and industrial$165,980 143,833 22,147 15 %$164,603 139,835 24,768 18 %
Commercial real estate45,855 44,790 1,065 45,858 44,921 937 
Lease financing and other13,989 13,396 593 13,872 13,472 400 
Total loans$225,824 202,019 23,805 12 $224,333 198,228 26,105 13 
Loans by Line of Business:
Middle Market Banking$122,204 113,033 9,171 $121,916 110,820 11,096 10 
Asset-Based Lending and Leasing103,620 88,986 14,634 16 102,417 87,408 15,009 17 
Total loans$225,824 202,019 23,805 12 $224,333 198,228 26,105 13 
Total deposits166,747 188,286 (21,539)(11)168,597 194,458 (25,861)(13)
Allocated capital25,500 19,500 6,000 31 25,500 19,5006,000 31 
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Loans:
Commercial and industrial$168,492 146,656 21,836 15 $168,492 146,656 21,836 15 
Commercial real estate45,784 44,992 792 45,784 44,992 792 
Lease financing and other14,435 13,593 842 14,435 13,593 842 
Total loans$228,711 205,241 23,470 11 $228,711 205,241 23,470 11 
Loans by Line of Business:
Middle Market Banking$122,104 116,064 6,040 $122,104 116,064 6,040 
Asset-Based Lending and Leasing106,607 89,177 17,430 20 106,607 89,177 17,430 20 
Total loans$228,711 205,241 23,470 11 $228,711 205,241 23,470 11 
Total deposits164,764 183,145 (18,381)(10)164,764 183,145 (18,381)(10)
Second quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022
Total loans (average and period-end) increased driven by new customer growth and higher line utilization.

Total deposits (average and period-end) decreased due to customer migration to higher yielding alternatives, partially offset by additions of deposits from new and existing customers.
First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Total loans (average) increased driven by new customer growth and higher line utilization.
Total deposits (average) decreased due to customer migration to higher yielding alternatives, partially offset by additions of deposits from new and existing customers.
18Wells Fargo & Company


Corporate and Investment Banking delivers a suite of capital markets, banking, and financial products and services to corporate, commercial real estate, government and institutional clients globally. Products and services include corporate banking, investment banking, treasury management, commercial real
estate lending and servicing, equity and fixed income solutions as well as sales, trading, and research capabilities. Table 6e and Table 6fprovide additional information for Corporate and Investment Banking.
Table 6e:Corporate and Investment Banking – Income Statement and Selected Metrics
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Income Statement
Net interest income$2,359 2,057 302 15 %$4,820 4,047 773 19 %
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees247 280 (33)(12)483 573 (90)(16)
Lending-related fees191 195 (4)(2)385 380 
Investment banking fees390 307 83 27 704 769 (65)(8)
Net gains from trading activities1,081 378 703 186 2,338 606 1,732 286 
Other363 356 803 668 135 20 
Total noninterest income2,272 1,516 756 50 4,713 2,996 1,717 57 
Total revenue4,631 3,573 1,058 30 9,533 7,043 2,490 35 
Net charge-offs83 (11)94 855 100 (42)142 338
Change in the allowance for credit losses850 (51)901 NM1,085 (216)1,301 602 
Provision for credit losses933 (62)995 NM1,185 (258)1,443 559 
Noninterest expense2,087 1,840 247 13 4,304 3,823 481 13 
Income before income tax expense1,611 1,795 (184)(10)4,044 3,478 566 16 
Income tax expense401 459 (58)(13)1,016 884 132 15 
Net income$1,210 1,336 (126)(9)$3,028 2,594 434 17 
Revenue by Line of Business
Banking:
Lending$685 528 157 30 $1,377 1,049 328 31 
Treasury Management and Payments762 529 233 44 1,547 961 586 61 
Investment Banking311 222 89 40 591 553 38 
Total Banking1,758 1,279 479 37 3,515 2,563 952 37 
Commercial Real Estate1,333 1,060 273 26 2,644 2,055 589 29 
Markets:
Fixed Income, Currencies, and Commodities (FICC)1,133 934 199 21 2,418 1,811 607 34 
Equities397 253 144 57 834 520 314 60 
Credit Adjustment (CVA/DVA) and Other14 13 85 38 47 124 
Total Markets1,544 1,200 344 29 3,337 2,369 968 41 
Other(4)34 (38)NM37 56 (19)(34)
Total revenue$4,631 3,573 1,058 30 $9,533 7,043 2,490 35 
Selected Metrics
Return on allocated capital10.2 %13.8 13.0 %13.5 
Efficiency ratio45 51 45 54 
NM – Not meaningful
Second quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022

Revenue increased driven by:
higher net gains from trading activities driven by higher trading revenue in equities, structured products, credit products, rates, and foreign exchange;
higher net interest income reflecting higher interest rates; and
higher investment banking fees, as second quarter 2022 included a $107 million write-down on unfunded leveraged finance commitments.

Provision for credit losses increased reflecting a $901 million increase in the allowance for credit losses driven by commercial real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as higher lease incomenet charge-offs.

Noninterest expense increased driven by higher operating costs and personnel expense, partially offset by the impact of efficiency initiatives.


Wells Fargo & Company19


Earnings Performance (continued) (continued)




relatedFirst half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022

Revenue increased driven by:
higher net gains from trading activities driven by higher trading results across all asset classes; and
higher net interest income reflecting higher interest rates;
partially offset by:
lower deposit-related fees driven by the impact of higher earnings credit rates, which result in lower fees for corporate banking customers; and
lower investment banking fees due to the GE Capital business acquisitions. Average loans of $463.8lower market activity.
Provision for credit losses increased reflecting a $1.3 billion in third quarter 2017 increased $9.5 billion, or 2%, from third quarter 2016, and average loans of $465.0 billionincrease in the first nine months of 2017 increased $19.8 billion, or 4%, from the first nine months of 2016. Average loan growth wasallowance for credit losses driven by growth in asset backed finance, capital finance, government and institutional banking, middle market banking, and structuredcommercial real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as the GE Capital business acquisitions in 2016. Average deposits of $463.4 billion increased $22.2 billion, or 5%, from third quarter 2016 and $32.4 billion, or 8%, from the first nine months of 2016 reflecting growth in corporate banking, commercial real estate, corporate trust, financial institutions and structured real estate. higher net charge-offs.
Noninterest expense increased $128 million, or 3%, from thirddriven by higher operating costs and personnel expense, partially offset by the impact of efficiency initiatives.
Table 6f:Corporate and Investment Banking – Balance Sheet
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Selected Balance Sheet Data (average)
Loans:
Commercial and industrial$190,529 200,527 (9,998)(5)%$192,141 195,865 (3,724)(2)%
Commercial real estate100,941 98,167 2,774 100,956 95,770 5,186 
Total loans$291,470 298,694 (7,224)(2)$293,097 291,635 1,462 
Loans by Line of Business:
Banking$95,413 109,123 (13,710)(13)$97,235 105,822 (8,587)(8)
Commercial Real Estate136,473 133,212 3,261 136,639 129,749 6,890 
Markets59,584 56,359 3,225 59,223 56,064 3,159 
Total loans$291,470 298,694 (7,224)(2)$293,097 291,635 1,462 
Trading-related assets:
Trading account securities$118,462 110,499 7,963 $115,561 113,079 2,482 
Reverse repurchase agreements/securities borrowed60,164 48,909 11,255 23 58,997 51,854 7,143 14 
Derivative assets17,522 30,845 (13,323)(43)17,724 28,557 (10,833)(38)
Total trading-related assets$196,148 190,253 5,895 $192,282 193,490 (1,208)(1)
Total assets550,091 564,306 (14,215)(3)549,453 557,891 (8,438)(2)
Total deposits160,251 164,860 (4,609)(3)158,908 167,009 (8,101)(5)
Allocated capital44,000 36,000 8,000 22 44,000 36,000 8,000 22 
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Loans:
Commercial and industrial$190,317 207,414 (17,097)(8)$190,317 207,414 (17,097)(8)
Commercial real estate101,028 100,872 156 — 101,028 100,872 156 — 
Total loans$291,345 308,286 (16,941)(5)$291,345 308,286 (16,941)(5)
Loans by Line of Business:
Banking$93,596 111,639 (18,043)(16)$93,596 111,639 (18,043)(16)
Commercial Real Estate136,257 137,083 (826)(1)136,257 137,083 (826)(1)
Markets61,492 59,564 1,928 61,492 59,564 1,928 
Total loans$291,345 308,286 (16,941)(5)$291,345 308,286 (16,941)(5)
Trading-related assets:
Trading account securities$130,008 109,634 20,374 19 $130,008 109,634 20,374 19 
Reverse repurchase agreements/securities borrowed59,020 42,696 16,324 38 59,020 42,696 16,324 38 
Derivative assets17,804 24,540 (6,736)(27)17,804 24,540 (6,736)(27)
Total trading-related assets$206,832 176,870 29,962 17 $206,832 176,870 29,962 17 
Total assets559,520 567,733 (8,213)(1)559,520 567,733 (8,213)(1)
Total deposits158,770 162,439 (3,669)(2)158,770 162,439 (3,669)(2)
Second quarter 20162023 vs. second quarter 2022

Total assets (average and $427 million, or 4%, from the first nine months of 2016,period-end) decreased reflecting:
lower loan balances driven by lower originations; and
lower trading-related derivative assets due to higher expenses allocated from Community Banking related to declines in derivative balances for commodities and equities;
partially offset by:
increased projectvolume of reverse repurchase agreements; and technology spending on regulatory and compliance related initiatives, and higher expense related to growth initiatives. The provision for credit losses decreased $88 million from third
quarter 2016 and $944 million from the first nine months of 2016higher trading account securities driven by improvementhigher mortgage-backed securities, equity, and bond trading balances.

Total deposits (average and period-end) decreased due to customer migration to higher yielding alternatives, partially offset by additions of deposits from new and existing customers.

20Wells Fargo & Company


First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Total assets (average) decreased driven by lower trading-related derivative assets due to declines in the oilderivative balances for commodities and gas portfolio.equities.


Total deposits (average) decreased due to customer migration to higher yielding alternatives, partially offset by additions of deposits from new and existing customers.

Wealth and Investment Managementprovides a full range of personalized wealth management, investmentbrokerage, financial planning, lending, private banking, trust and retirementfiduciary products and services to clients across U.S. based businesses including Wells Fargo Advisors, The Private Bank, Abbot Downing, Wells Fargo Institutional Retirement and Trust, and Wells Fargo Asset Management. We deliver financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and fiduciary services toaffluent, high-net worth and ultra-high-net worth individualsclients. We operate through financial advisors in our brokerage and families. We also serve clients’ brokerage needs, supply retirementwealth offices, consumer bank branches, independent offices, and trust services to institutional clientsdigitally through WellsTrade® and Intuitive Investor®. Table 6g and Table 6h provide investment management capabilities delivered to global institutional clients through separate accounts and the Wells Fargo Funds. Table 4c provides additional financial information for WIM.
Table 4c:Wealth and Investment Management
(WIM).
 Quarter ended Sep 30,    Nine months ended Sep 30,   
(in millions, except average balances which are in billions)2017
 2016
 % Change 2017
 2016
 % Change
Net interest income$1,159
 977
 19 % $3,360
 2,852
 18 %
Noninterest income:           
Service charges on deposit accounts2
 5
 (60) 12
 15
 (20)
Trust and investment fees:           
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees2,241
 2,256
 (1) 6,741
 6,618
 2
Trust and investment management718
 738
 (3) 2,138
 2,168
 (1)
Investment banking (1)(1) 
 NM
 (3) (1) NM
Total trust and investment fees2,958
 2,994
 (1) 8,876
 8,785
 1
Card fees1
 2
 (50) 4
 5
 (20)
Other fees5
 4
 25
 14
 13
 8
Mortgage banking(2) (2) 
 (7) (6) (17)
Insurance21
 
 NM
 63
 
 NM
Net gains from trading activities71
 80
 (11) 220
 144
 53
Net gains on debt securities2
 
 NM
 2
 1
 NM
Net gains from equity investments3
 5
 (40) 6
 7
 (14)
Other income of the segment26
 34
 (24) 71
 56
 27
Total noninterest income3,087
 3,122
 (1) 9,261
 9,020
 3
            
Total revenue4,246
 4,099
 4
 12,621
 11,872
 6
            
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses(1) 4
 NM
 2
 (8) 125
Noninterest expense:           
Personnel expense1,983
 1,966
 1
 6,068
 5,902
 3
Equipment
 12
 (100) 20
 40
 (50)
Net occupancy108
 111
 (3) 323
 332
 (3)
Core deposit and other intangibles74
 75
 (1) 219
 225
 (3)
FDIC and other deposit assessments39
 44
 (11) 118
 106
 11
Outside professional services198
 241
 (18) 613
 668
 (8)
Operating losses16
 (1) NM
 81
 17
 376
Other expense of the segment688
 551
 25
 1,945
 1,727
 13
Total noninterest expense3,106
 2,999
 4
 9,387
 9,017
 4
Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests1,141
 1,096
 4
 3,232
 2,863
 13
Income tax expense427
 415
 3
 1,206
 1,087
 11
Net income from noncontrolling interests4
 4
 
 11
 3
 267
Net income$710
 677
 5
 $2,015
 1,773
 14
Average loans$72.4
 68.4
 6
 $71.6
 66.4
 8
Average deposits188.1
 189.2
 (1) 190.6
 185.4
 3
Table 6g:Wealth and Investment Management
NM – Not meaningful
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions, unless otherwise noted)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Income Statement
Net interest income$1,009 916 93 10 %$2,053 1,715 338 20 %
Noninterest income:
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees2,110 2,306 (196)(8)4,171 4,782 (611)(13)
Commissions and brokerage services fees494 459 35 1,035 913 122 13 
Other35 24 11 46 70 52 18 35 
Total noninterest income2,639 2,789 (150)(5)5,276 5,747 (471)(8)
Total revenue3,648 3,705 (57)(2)7,329 7,462 (133)(2)
Net charge-offs(1)— (1)(100)(2)(4)50
Change in the allowance for credit losses25 (7)32 457 37 (40)77 193 
Provision for credit losses24 (7)31 443 35 (44)79 180 
Noninterest expense2,974 2,911 63 6,035 6,086 (51)(1)
Income before income tax expense650 801 (151)(19)1,259 1,420 (161)(11)
Income tax expense163 198 (35)(18)315 352 (37)(11)
Net income$487 603 (116)(19)$944 1,068 (124)(12)
Selected Metrics
Return on allocated capital30.5 %27.1 29.7 %24.1 
Efficiency ratio82 79 82 82 
Client assets ($ in billions, period-end):
Advisory assets$850 800 50 $850 800 50 
Other brokerage assets and deposits1,148 1,035 113 11 1,148 1,035 113 11 
Total client assets$1,998 1,835 163 $1,998 1,835 163 
Selected Balance Sheet Data (average)
Total loans$83,045 85,912 (2,867)(3)$83,331 85,342 (2,011)(2)
Total deposits112,360 173,670 (61,310)(35)119,443 179,708 (60,265)(34)
Allocated capital6,250 8,750 (2,500)(29)6,250 8,750 (2,500)(29)
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Total loans$82,456 85,342 (2,886)(3)$82,456 85,342 (2,886)(3)
Total deposits108,532 165,633 (57,101)(34)108,532 165,633 (57,101)(34)
(1)Includes syndication and underwriting fees paid to Wells Fargo Securities which are offset in our Wholesale Banking segment.
WIM reported net income of $710 million in thirdSecond quarter 2017, up $33 million from third2023 vs. second quarter 2016. Net income for the first nine months of 2017 was $2.0 billion, up $242 million, or 14%, compared with the same period a year ago. 2022

Revenue was up $147 million, or 4%, from third quarter 2016, decreased driven by:
lower investment advisory and other asset-based fees due to an increase inlower average market valuations and net outflows of advisory assets;
partially offset by:
higher net interest income and up $749 million, or 6%, from the first nine months of 2016, resulting from increases in both net interest
income and noninterest income. Net interest income increased 19% from third quarter 2016 and 18% from the first nine months of 2016, due toreflecting higher interest rates, and growth in investment securities and loan balances. Noninterest income decreased 1% from third quarter 2016 substantially driven by lower brokerage transaction revenue, and increased 3% from the first nine months of 2016 substantially driven by higher asset-based fees and

deferred compensation plan investments (offset in employee benefits expense), partially offset by lower deposit balances.

Noninterest expense increased driven by:
higher operating costs;
partially offset by:
lower personnel expense driven by lower revenue-related incentive compensation; and
the impact of efficiency initiatives.
Total deposits (average and period-end) decreased due to customer migration to higher yielding alternatives.

Wells Fargo & Company21


Earnings Performance (continued)
First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Revenue decreased driven by:
lower investment advisory and other asset-based fees due to lower average market valuations and net outflows of advisory assets;
partially offset by:
higher net interest income reflecting higher interest rates, partially offset by lower deposit balances; and
higher commissions and brokerage transaction revenue. Asset-basedservices fees were up predominantly due to higher brokerage advisory account client assets driven by higher market valuations and positive net flows. Average loans of $72.4 billion in third quarter 2017 increased 6% from third quarter 2016. Average loansservice fee rates.
Provision for credit losses included a $77 million increase in the first nine months of 2017 increased 8% from the same period a year ago. Average loan growth was driven by growth in non-conforming mortgage loans. Average deposits in third quarter 2017 of $188.1 billion decreased 1% from third quarter 2016. Average deposits in the first nine months of 2017 increased 3% from the same period a year ago. Noninterest expense was up 4% from both the third quarter and first nine months of 2016, due to higher expenses allocated from Community Banking related to increased project and technology spending on regulatory and compliance related initiatives, and higher broker commissions mainly due to higher brokerage revenue. The increase in noninterest expense from the first nine months of 2016 was also affected by higher deferred compensation plan expense (offset in trading revenue). Total provisionallowance for credit losses reflecting a less favorable economic outlook and portfolio credit normalization.

Noninterest expensedecreased $5 million from third quarter 2016driven by:
lower personnel expense driven by lower net charge-offs,revenue-related incentive compensation; and increased $10 million from
the first nine monthsimpact of 2016 driven by efficiency initiatives;
partially offset by:
higher operating costs.
Total deposits (average) decreased due to customer migration to higher yielding alternatives.
net charge-offs.
The following discussions provide additional information for client assets we oversee in our retail brokerage advisory and trust and investment management business lines.

Retail Brokerage ClientWIM Advisory Assets Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees are received for providing full-service and discount brokerage services predominantlyIn addition to retail brokerage clients. Offeringtransactional accounts, WIM offers advisory account relationships to our brokerage clients is an important component of our broader strategy of meeting their financial needs. Although a majority of our retail brokerage client assets are in accounts that earn brokerage commissions, the fees from those accounts generally represent transactional commissions based on the number and size of transactions executed at the client’s direction.customers. Fees earned from advisory accounts are asset-based and dependbased on changes ina percentage of the market value of the client’s assets as of the beginning of the quarter, which vary across the account types based on the distinct services provided, and are affected by investment performance as well as the level of assets resulting fromasset inflows and outflows. A majority of our brokerage advisory, commissions and other fee income is earned from advisory accounts. Table 4d shows advisory account client assets as a percentage of total retail brokerage client assets at September 30, 2017 and 2016.
Table 4d:Retail Brokerage Client Assets
 September 30, 
(in billions)2017
 2016
Retail brokerage client assets$1,612.1
 1,483.3
Advisory account client assets521.8
 458.3
Advisory account client assets as a percentage of total client assets32% 31
Retail Brokerage advisoryAdvisory accounts include assets that are financial advisor-directed and separately managed by third-party managers as well as certain client-directed brokerage assets where we earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have investment discretion. These advisory accounts generate fees as
WIM also manages personal trust and other assets for high net worth clients, with fee income earned based on a percentage of the market value of these assets. Table 6h presents advisory assets activity by WIM line of business. Management believes that advisory assets is a useful metric because it allows management, investors, and others to assess how changes in asset amounts may impact the assets, which vary across the account types based on the distinct services provided,
generation of certain asset-based fees.
For both second quarter 2023 and are affected by investment performance as well as asset inflows and outflows. For the third quarter and first nine months of 2017 and 2016,2022, the average fee rate by account type ranged from 8050 to 120 basis points.
Table 4e presents retail brokerage6h:WIM Advisory Assets
Quarter endedSix months ended
(in billions)Balance, beginning of periodInflows (1)Outflows (2)Market impact (3)Balance, end of periodBalance, beginning of periodInflows (1)Outflows (2)Market impact (3)Balance, end of period
June 30, 2023
Client-directed (4)$171.9 8.2 (9.1)6.4 177.4 $165.2 16.4 (17.5)13.3 177.4 
Financial advisor-directed (5)233.1 9.5 (10.1)11.2 243.7 222.9 18.9 (19.3)21.2 243.7 
Separate accounts (6)182.7 5.8 (6.8)6.8 188.5 176.5 11.7 (12.9)13.2 188.5 
Mutual fund advisory (7)80.6 1.8 (3.1)2.6 81.9 78.6 3.8 (6.2)5.7 81.9 
Total Wells Fargo Advisors$668.3 25.3 (29.1)27.0 691.5 $643.2 50.8 (55.9)53.4 691.5 
The Private Bank (8)156.8 6.1 (8.9)4.0 158.0 153.6 13.4 (18.2)9.2 158.0 
Total WIM advisory assets$825.1 31.4 (38.0)31.0 849.5 $796.8 64.2 (74.1)62.6 849.5 
June 30, 2022
Client-directed (4)$193.7 7.5 (10.0)(24.2)167.0 $205.6 16.3 (20.2)(34.7)167.0 
Financial advisor-directed (5)247.2 9.8 (11.3)(27.1)218.6 255.5 22.4 (21.2)(38.1)218.6 
Separate accounts (6)192.8 6.1 (7.2)(20.1)171.6 203.3 13.6 (14.2)(31.1)171.6 
Mutual fund advisory (7)95.1 2.1 (4.0)(11.0)82.2 102.1 5.3 (8.0)(17.2)82.2 
Total Wells Fargo Advisors$728.8 25.5 (32.5)(82.4)639.4 $766.5 57.6 (63.6)(121.1)639.4 
The Private Bank (8)183.6 7.1 (13.5)(16.8)160.4 198.0 14.5 (25.2)(26.9)160.4 
Total WIM advisory assets$912.4 32.6 (46.0)(99.2)799.8 $964.5 72.1 (88.8)(148.0)799.8 
(1)Inflows include new advisory account assets, contributions, dividends and interest.
(2)Outflows include closed advisory account assets, withdrawals and client management fees.
(3)Market impact reflects gains and losses on portfolio investments.
(4)Investment advice and other services are provided to client, but decisions are made by the client and the fees earned are based on a percentage of the advisory account assets, activitynot the number and size of transactions executed by account type for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017 and 2016.
client.
Table 4e:Retail Brokerage Advisory Account Client Assets
 Quarter ended  Nine months ended 
(in billions)Balance, beginning of period
Inflows (1)
Outflows (2)
Market impact (3)
Balance, end of period
 Balance, beginning of period
Inflows (1)
Outflows (2)
Market impact (3)
Balance, end of period
September 30, 2017           
Client directed (4)$163.8
8.2
(8.9)3.7
166.8
 159.1
28.5
(30.1)9.3
166.8
Financial advisor directed (5)131.7
6.7
(5.2)6.0
139.2
 115.7
23.0
(17.4)17.9
139.2
Separate accounts (6)137.7
5.6
(5.0)4.7
143.0
 125.7
20.1
(17.2)14.4
143.0
Mutual fund advisory (7)69.3
3.2
(2.3)2.6
72.8
 63.3
9.9
(8.0)7.6
72.8
Total advisory client assets$502.5
23.7
(21.4)17.0
521.8
 463.8
81.5
(72.7)49.2
521.8
September 30, 2016           
Client directed (4)$158.5
9.2
(9.5)3.1
161.3
 154.7
27.4
(27.7)6.9
161.3
Financial advisor directed (5)104.2
6.3
(4.7)4.7
110.5
 91.9
21.4
(13.5)10.7
110.5
Separate accounts (6)118.9
6.0
(5.6)3.5
122.8
 110.4
19.0
(15.6)9.0
122.8
Mutual fund advisory (7)62.1
2.2
(2.6)2.0
63.7
 62.9
6.1
(8.5)3.2
63.7
Total advisory client assets$443.7
23.7
(22.4)13.3
458.3
 419.9
73.9
(65.3)29.8
458.3
(1)Inflows include new advisory account assets, contributions, dividends and interest.
(2)Outflows include closed advisory account assets, withdrawals, and client management fees.
(3)Market impact reflects gains and losses on portfolio investments.
(4)Investment advice and other services are provided to client, but decisions are made by the client and the fees earned are based on a percentage of the advisory account assets, not the number and size of transactions executed by the client.
(5)(5)Professionally managed portfolios with fees earned based on respective strategies and as a percentage of certain client assets.
(6)Professional advisory portfolios managed by Wells Fargo Asset Management advisors or third-party asset managers. Fees are earned based on a percentage of certain client assets.
(7)Program with portfolios constructed of load-waived, no-load and institutional share class mutual funds. Fees are earned based on a percentage of certain client assets.

Earnings Performance (continued)




Trust and Investment Client Assets Under Management We earn trust and investment management fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, institutional separate accounts, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets through our asset management, wealth and retirement businesses. Our asset management business is conducted by Wells Fargo Asset Management (WFAM), which offers Wells Fargo proprietary mutual funds and manages institutional separate accounts. Our wealth business manages assets for high net worth clients, and our retirement business
provides total retirement management, investments, and trust and custody solutions tailored to meet the needs of institutional clients. Substantially all of our trust and investment management fee income is earned from AUM where we have discretionary management authority over the investments and generate fees as a percentage of the market valuecertain client assets.
(6)Professional advisory portfolios managed by third-party asset managers. Fees are earned based on a percentage of the AUM. Table 4f presents AUM activity for the third quartercertain client assets.
(7)Program with portfolios constructed of load-waived, no-load and first nine monthsinstitutional share class mutual funds. Fees are earned based on a percentage of 2017certain client assets.
(8)Discretionary and 2016.non-discretionary portfolios held in personal trusts, investment agency, or custody accounts with fees earned based on a percentage of client assets.
Table 4f:WIM Trust and Investment – Assets Under Management
 Quarter ended 
Nine months ended 
(in billions)Balance, beginning of period
Inflows (1)
Outflows (2)
Market impact (3)
Balance, end of period
 Balance, beginning of period
Inflows (1)
Outflows (2)
Market impact (3)
Balance, end of period
September 30, 2017           
Assets managed by WFAM (4):    

      
Money market funds (5)$94.7
7.7


102.4
 102.6

(0.2)
102.4
Other assets managed392.5
25.4
(31.2)7.3
394.0
 379.6
89.0
(98.8)24.2
394.0
Assets managed by Wealth and Retirement (6)175.6
10.1
(8.7)4.0
181.0
 168.5
29.5
(29.1)12.1
181.0
Total assets under management$662.8
43.2
(39.9)11.3
677.4
 650.7
118.5
(128.1)36.3
677.4
September 30, 2016           
Assets managed by WFAM (4):
 
 
      
Money market funds (5)$108.9
7.4


116.3
 123.6

(7.3)
116.3
Other assets managed374.9
31.0
(30.3)6.2
381.8
 366.1
86.9
(85.2)14.0
381.8
Assets managed by Wealth and Retirement (6)164.6
8.4
(7.4)3.1
168.7
 162.1
25.7
(25.4)6.3
168.7
Total assets under management$648.4
46.8
(37.7)9.3
666.8
 651.8
112.6
(117.9)20.3
666.8
(1)22Inflows include new managed account assets, contributions, dividends and interest.Wells Fargo & Company


Corporate includes corporate treasury and enterprise functions, net of allocations (including funds transfer pricing, capital, liquidity and certain expenses), in support of the reportable operating segments as well as our investment portfolio and affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses.
Corporate also includes certain lines of business that management has determined are no longer consistent with the long-term strategic goals of the Company as well as results for previously divested businesses. Table 6i and Table 6j provide additional information for Corporate.
Table 6i:Corporate – Income Statement
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Income Statement
Net interest income$(91)(619)528 85 %$(75)(1,437)1,362 95 %
Noninterest income121 (102)223 219 126 840 (714)(85)
Total revenue30 (721)751 104 51 (597)648 109
Net charge-offs(2)(6)67 (4)(12)67
Change in the allowance for credit losses(142)21 (163)NM(20)(27)NM
Provision for credit losses(144)15 (159)NM(24)(5)(19)NM
Noninterest expense269 597 (328)(55)877 1,364 (487)(36)
Loss before income tax benefit(95)(1,333)1,238 93 (802)(1,956)1,154 59
Income tax benefit(103)(233)130 56 (375)(421)46 11
Less: Net loss from noncontrolling interests (1)(38)(169)131 78 (152)(42)(110)NM
Net income (loss)$46 (931)977 105 $(275)(1,493)1,218 82
NM – Not meaningful
(1)Reflects results attributable to noncontrolling interests predominantly associated with the Company’s consolidated venture capital investments.
Second quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022

Revenue increased driven by:
higher net interest income reflecting higher interest rates; and
lower impairments of equity securities and higher unrealized gains on marketable equity securities, partially offset by lower unrealized gains on nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses;
partially offset by:
lower gains on the sales of debt securities in our investment portfolio.

Provision for credit losses reflected a decrease in allowance for credit losses.

Noninterest expense decreased driven by lower operating losses.
First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022

Revenue increased driven by:
higher net interest income reflecting higher interest rates;
partially offset by:
lower unrealized and realized gains on nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses, partially offset by lower impairment of equity securities and higher unrealized gains on marketable equity securities.

Noninterest expense decreased driven by:
the impact of divestitures; and
lower operating losses.


(2)Outflows include closed managed account assets, withdrawals and client management fees.Wells Fargo & Company23


Earnings Performance (continued)
Corporate includes our rail car leasing business, which had long-lived operating lease assets, net of accumulated depreciation, of $4.5 billion and $4.7 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The average age of our rail cars is 22 years and the rail cars are typically leased to customers under short-term leases of 3 to 5 years. Our four largest concentrations, which represented 67% of our rail car fleet as of June 30, 2023, were rail cars used for the transportation of cement/sand, agricultural grain, plastics, and coal products. We
may incur impairment charges in the future based on changing economic and market conditions affecting the long-term demand and utility of specific types of rail cars. Our assumptions for impairment are sensitive to estimated utilization and rental rates as well as the estimated economic life of the leased asset. For additional information on the accounting for impairment of operating lease assets, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 8 (Leasing Activity) to Financial Statements in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 6j: Corporate – Balance Sheet
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022$ Change% Change20232022$ Change% Change
Selected Balance Sheet Data (average)
Cash and due from banks, and interest-earning deposits with banks$132,505 145,637 (13,132)(9)%$125,004 162,101 (37,097)(23)%
Available-for-sale debt securities (1)130,496 127,997 2,499 129,638 142,297 (12,659)(9)
Held-to-maturity debt securities (1)270,999 291,710 (20,711)(7)271,854 283,655 (11,801)(4)
Equity securities15,327 15,681 (354)(2)15,422 15,720 (298)(2)
Total loans9,216 9,083 133 9,185 9,187 (2)— 
Total assets610,417 642,606 (32,189)(5)603,293 664,853 (61,560)(9)
Total deposits84,752 20,327 64,425 317 72,846 23,665 49,181 208 
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Cash and due from banks, and interest-earning deposits with banks$128,077 123,872 4,205 $128,077 123,872 4,205 
Available-for-sale debt securities (1)123,169 114,469 8,700 123,169 114,469 8,700 
Held-to-maturity debt securities (1)269,414 298,895 (29,481)(10)269,414 298,895 (29,481)(10)
Equity securities15,097 15,004 93 15,097 15,004 93 
Total loans9,231 9,133 98 9,231 9,133 98 
Total assets593,597 611,657 (18,060)(3)593,597 611,657 (18,060)(3)
Total deposits92,023 21,563 70,460 327 92,023 21,563 70,460 327 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we reclassified HTM debt securities with a fair value of $23.2 billion to AFS debt securities in connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-01 – Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Second quarter 2023 vs. second quarter 2022
Total assets (average and period-end) decreased reflecting:
a decrease in average cash and due from banks, and interest-earning deposits with banks that are managed by corporate treasury as a result of a decrease in deposits in the operating segments and an increase in loans originated in the operating segments; and
sales of and net unrealized losses on AFS debt securities.

Total deposits (average and period-end) increased driven by issuances of certificates of deposit (CDs).
First half of 2023 vs. first half of 2022
Total assets (average) decreased reflecting:
a decrease in cash and due from banks, and interest-earning deposits with banks that are managed by corporate treasury as a result of a decrease in deposits in the operating segments and an increase in loans originated in the operating segments; and
sales of and net unrealized losses on AFS debt securities.

Total deposits (average) increased driven by issuances of CDs.
(3)24Market impact reflects gains and losses on portfolio investments.Wells Fargo & Company


(4)Assets managed by WFAM consist of equity, alternative, balanced, fixed income, money market, and stable value, and include client assets that are managed or sub-advised on behalf of other Wells Fargo lines of business.
(5)Money Market funds activity is presented on a net inflow or net outflow basis, because the gross flows are not meaningful nor used by management as an indicator of performance.
(6)
Includes $5.7 billion and $7.7 billion as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, of client assets invested in proprietary funds managed by WFAM.


Balance Sheet Analysis
At SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, our assets totaled $1.93$1.88 trillion, up $4.8down $4.7 billion from December 31, 2016. Asset growth was predominantly driven by growth in trading assets and investment securities, which increased $14.0 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively, from December 31, 2016, partially offset by a $15.7 billion decrease in loans. Total equity growth of $6.3 billion from December 31, 2016, was the predominant source that funded our asset growth from December 31, 2016. Equity growth benefited from $8.7 billion in earnings net of dividends paid.2022.
The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our consolidated balance sheet. Information regarding our capital andSee the “Capital Management” section in this Report for information on changes in our asset mix is included in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income”equity.
Available-for-Sale and “Capital Management” sections and Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities

Investment Securities
Table 5:Investment Securities – Summary
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)Amortized Cost
 
Net
 unrealized
gain (loss)

 Fair value
 Amortized Cost
 
Net
unrealized
gain (loss)

 Fair value
Available-for-sale securities:  




      
Debt securities$269,779
 1,538
 271,317
 309,447
 (2,294) 307,153
Marketable equity securities606
 287
 893
 706
 505
 1,211
Total available-for-sale securities270,385
 1,825
 272,210
 310,153
 (1,789) 308,364
Held-to-maturity debt securities142,423
 395
 142,818
 99,583
 (428) 99,155
Total investment securities (1)$412,808
 2,220
 415,028
 409,736
 (2,217) 407,519
Table 7:Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
(1)Available-for-sale securities are carried on the balance sheet at fair value. Held-to-maturity securities are carried on the balance sheet at amortized cost.
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in millions)Amortized
cost, net (1)
Net
 unrealized gains (losses)
Fair valueWeighted
average expected maturity (yrs)
Amortized
cost, net (1)
Net
 unrealized gains (losses)
Fair valueWeighted average expected maturity (yrs)
Available-for-sale (2)$142,283 (8,032)134,251 4.9 $121,725 (8,131)113,594 5.4 
Held-to-maturity (3)272,360 (38,524)233,836 8.2 297,059 (41,538)255,521 8.1 
Total$414,643 (46,556)368,087 n/a$418,784 (49,669)369,115 n/a
(1)Represents amortized cost of the securities, net of the allowance for credit losses of $7 million and $6 million related to available-for-sale debt securities and $76 million and $85 million related to held-to-maturity debt securities at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)Available-for-sale debt securities are carried on our consolidated balance sheet at fair value.
(3)Held-to-maturity debt securities are carried on our consolidated balance sheet at amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses.
Table 57 presents a summary of our investment securities portfolio which increased $6.7 billionof investments in balance sheet carrying value from December 31, 2016, predominantly due to purchases of federal agency mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by salesavailable-for-sale (AFS) and paydownsheld-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities. See the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities” section in our 2022 Form 10-K for information on other security classes including securities of U.S. treasury and federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities.
The total net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities were $1.8 billion at September 30, 2017, up from net unrealized losses of $1.8 billion at December 31, 2016, primarily due to lower long-term interest rates, tighter credit spreads and the transfer of available-for-sale securities to held-to-maturity. For a discussion of our investment management objectives and practices see the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section in our 2016 Form 10-K. Also, seeand the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report for information on our use of investments to manage liquidity and interest rate risk.
We analyzeThe amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses, of AFS and HTM debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) quarterly ordecreased from December 31, 2022. Purchases of AFS and HTM debt securities were more often ifthan offset by portfolio runoff and sales of AFS debt securities.
In addition, we transferred AFS debt securities with a potential loss-triggering event occurs. Of the $293 million in OTTI write-downs recognized in earningsfair value of $3.7 billion to HTM debt securities in the first nine monthshalf of 2017, $107 million related2023 due to debtactions taken to reposition the overall portfolio for capital management purposes. Debt securities $5 million relatedtransferred from AFS to marketable equity securities, which are included in available-for-sale securities, and $181 million related to nonmarketable equity investments, which are included in other assets. OTTI write-downs recognized in earnings related to oil and gas investments totaled $77 millionHTM in the first nine monthshalf of 2017,2023 had $320 million of which $24 million relatedpre-tax unrealized losses at the time of the transfers.
Additionally, in first quarter 2023, we also reclassified HTM debt securities with an aggregate fair value of $23.2 billion and amortized cost of $23.9 billion to investmentAFS debt securities in connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-01, Derivatives and $53 million related to nonmarketable equity investments.Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method. For a discussionadditional information on our adoption of our OTTI accounting policies and underlying considerations and analysisASU 2022-01, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-Kthis Report.
The total net unrealized losses on AFS and Note 4 (Investment Securities)HTM debt securities decreased from December 31, 2022 due to Financial Statementschanges in this Report.interest rates.
At SeptemberJune 30, 2017, investment2023, 99% of the combined AFS and HTM debt securities included $59.1 billion of municipal bonds, of which 95.9% wereportfolio was rated “A-”AA- or betterabove. Ratings are based largely on external ratings where available and, in some cases,where not available, based on internal ratings. Additionally, some of the securities in our total municipal
bond portfolio are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These guaranteed bonds are predominantly investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the determination to purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. The credit quality of our municipal bond holdings are monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis.
The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available-for-sale was 6.8 years at September 30, 2017. The expected remaining maturity is shorter than the remaining contractual maturity for the 59% of this portfolio that is MBS because borrowers generally have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effects of a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the MBS available-for-sale portfolio are shown in Table 6.
Table 6:Mortgage-Backed Securities Available for Sale
(in billions)Fair value
 Net unrealized gain (loss)
 
Expected remaining maturity
(in years)

At September 30, 2017     
Actual$161.2
 0.8
 6.5
Assuming a 200 basis point:     
Increase in interest rates143.9
 (16.5) 8.5
Decrease in interest rates167.4
 7.0
 2.6
The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities held-to-maturity was 6.5 years at September 30, 2017.grades. See Note 4 (Investment3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on AFS and HTM debt securities, including a summary of investmentdebt securities by security type.
Wells Fargo & Company25


Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)(continued)


Loan Portfolios
Table 78 provides a summary of total outstanding loans by portfolio segment. TotalCommercial loans decreased $15.7 billion from December 31, 2016, reflecting2022, predominantly due to a decrease in the commercial real estate loan portfolio as paydowns a continued decline inexceeded
junior lienoriginations and advances. Consumer loans decreased from December 31, 2022, as increases in the credit card portfolio were more than offset by decreases in all other consumer loan portfolios, primarily the residential mortgage loans, and an expected decline in automobile loans as the effect of tighter underwriting standards implemented last year resulted in lower origination volume.loan portfolio.
Table 7:8:Loan Portfolios
(in millions)September 30, 2017
 December 31, 2016
($ in millions)($ in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022$ Change% Change
Commercial$500,150
 506,536
Commercial$555,621 557,516 (1,895)— %
Consumer451,723
 461,068
Consumer392,339 398,355 (6,016)(2)
Total loans$951,873
 967,604
Total loans$947,960 955,871 (7,911)(1)
Change from prior year-end$(15,731) 51,045
A discussion of averageAverage loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable is included in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section in this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related
information are in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 8 showsSee the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Loan Portfolios” section in our 2022 Form 10-K for additional information regarding contractual loan maturities for loan categories normally not subject to regular periodic principal reduction and the contractual distribution of loans in those categories to changes in interest rates.
Table 8:Maturities for Selected Commercial Loan Categories
  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions) 
Within
one
 year

 
After one
year
through
five years

 
After
 five
years

 Total
 
Within
one
year

 
After one
year
through
 five years

 
After
five
years

 Total
Selected loan maturities:                
Commercial and industrial $98,776
 203,785
 25,383
 327,944
 105,421
 199,211
 26,208
 330,840
Real estate mortgage 19,720
 66,245
 42,510
 128,475
 22,713
 68,928
 40,850
 132,491
Real estate construction 10,431
 12,801
 1,288
 24,520
 9,576
 13,102
 1,238
 23,916
Total selected loans $128,927
 282,831
 69,181
 480,939
 137,710
 281,241
 68,296
 487,247
Distribution of loans to changes in interest
rates:
                
Loans at fixed interest rates $18,405
 28,261
 26,234
 72,900
 19,389
 29,748
 26,859
 75,996
Loans at floating/variable interest rates 110,522
 254,570
 42,947
 408,039
 118,321
 251,493
 41,437
 411,251
Total selected loans $128,927
 282,831
 69,181
 480,939
 137,710
 281,241
 68,296
 487,247


Deposits
Deposits were $1.3 trillion at September 30, 2017, up $627 milliondecreased from December 31, 2016, reflecting growth in retail2022, reflecting:
customer migration to higher yielding alternatives; and
consumer deposit outflows on consumer spending;
partially offset by:
higher time deposits and Treasury institutionaldriven by issuances of certificates of deposit partially offset by lower wealth and commercial deposits. (CDs).

Table 9
provides additional information regarding deposits.deposit balances. Information regarding the impact of deposits on net interest income and a comparison of average deposit balances is provided in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” section and Table 1 earlier in this Report. In response to higher interest rates, our average deposit cost in second quarter 2023 increased to 1.13%, compared with 0.46% in fourth quarter 2022.
Table 9:Deposits
($ in millions)Jun 30,
2023
% of
total
deposits
Dec 31,
2022
% of
total 
deposits 
$ Change% Change
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$402,322 30 %$458,010 33 %$(55,688)(12)%
Interest-bearing demand deposits417,159 31 428,877 31 (11,718)(3)
Savings deposits376,538 28 410,139 30 (33,601)(8)
Time deposits126,387 9 66,197 60,190 91
Interest-bearing deposits in non-U.S. offices22,178 2 20,762 1,416 
Total deposits$1,344,584 100 %$1,383,985 100 %$(39,401)(3)

($ in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 
% of
total
deposits

 Dec 31,
2016

 % of
total
deposits

 

% Change

Noninterest-bearing$366,528
 28% $375,967
 29% (3)
Interest-bearing checking47,366
 4
 49,403
 4
 (4)
Market rate and other savings687,323
 52
 687,846
 52
 
Savings certificates21,396
 2
 23,968
 2
 (11)
Other time deposits66,884
 5
 52,649
 4
 27
Deposits in foreign offices (1)117,209
 9
 116,246
 9
 1
Total deposits$1,306,706
 100% $1,306,079
 100% 
(1)26Includes Eurodollar sweep balances of $72.8 billion and $74.8 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.Wells Fargo & Company


Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. See our 2016 Form 10-K for a description of our critical accounting policy related to fair value of financial instruments and a discussion of our fair value measurement techniques.
Table 10 presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments). The fair value of the remaining assets and liabilities were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information (collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements).
Table 10:Fair Value Level 3 Summary

 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
($ in billions)
Total
balance

 Level 3 (1)
 
Total
balance

 Level 3 (1)
Assets carried
at fair value
$407.9
 24.1
 436.3
 23.5
As a percentage
of total assets
21% 1
 23
 1
Liabilities carried
at fair value
$28.6
 2.0
 30.9
 1.7
As a percentage of
total liabilities
2% *
 2
 *
* Less than 1%.
(1)Before derivative netting adjustments.

See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on fair value measurements and a description of the Level 1, 2 and 3 fair value hierarchy.

Equity
Total equity was $206.8 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $200.5 billion at December 31, 2016. The increase was predominantly driven by a $8.7 billion increase in retained earnings from earnings net of dividends paid, partially offset by a net reduction in common stock due to repurchases.




Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded on theour consolidated balance sheet, or may be recorded on theour consolidated balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. Our off-balance sheet arrangements include unfunded credit commitments, to lend and purchase securities, transactions with unconsolidated entities, guarantees, commitments to purchase debt and equity securities, derivatives, and other commitments. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, and/or (3) diversify our funding sources.

Unfunded Credit Commitments to Lend and Purchase Securities
We enter intoUnfunded credit commitments are legally binding agreements to lend funds to customers which are usually at a statedwith terms covering usage of funds, contractual interest rate, if funded,rates, expiration dates, and for specific purposes and time periods. When we make commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. However, theany required collateral. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments is expected tomay expire without being used byor may be cancelled at the customer.customer’s request. Our credit risk monitoring activities include managing the amount of commitments, both to individual customers and in total, and the size and maturity structure of these commitments. For moreadditional information, on lending commitments, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. We also enter into commitments to purchase securities under resale agreements. For more information on commitments to purchase securities under resale agreements, see Note 3 (Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions and are considered variable interest entities (VIEs). For moreadditional information, on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 713 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Guarantees and Certain ContingentOther Arrangements
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby and direct pay letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, written put options, recourse obligations, exchange and clearing house guarantees, indemnifications, and other types of similar arrangements. For moreadditional information, on guarantees and certain contingent arrangements, see Note 1014 (Guarantees Pledged Assets and Collateral)Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.


Commitments to Purchase Debt and Equity Securities
We enter into commitments to purchase securities under resale agreements. We also may enter into commitments to purchase debt and equity securities to provide capital for customers’ funding, liquidity or other future needs. For additional information, see Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivatives are recorded on theour consolidated balance sheet at fair value, and volume can be measured in terms of the notional amount, which is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. The notional amount is not recorded on theour consolidated balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. For moreadditional information, on derivatives, see Note 1211 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Other Commitments
We also have other off-balance sheet transactions, including obligations to make rental payments under noncancelable operating leases and commitments to purchase certain debt and equity securities. Our operating lease obligations are discussed in Note 7 (Premises, Equipment, Lease Commitments and Other Assets) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K. For more information on commitments to purchase debt and equity securities, see the “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements – Contractual Cash Obligations” section in our 2016 Form 10-K.


Wells Fargo & Company27


Risk Management
Wells Fargo manages a variety of risks that can significantly affect our financial performance and our ability to meet the expectations of our customers, stockholders,shareholders, regulators and other stakeholders. Among the risks that we manage are conduct risk, operational risk, credit risk, and asset/liability management related risks, which include interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity risk, and funding related risks. We operate under a Board-level approved risk framework which outlines our company-wide approach to risk management and oversight, and describes the structures and practices employed to manage current and emerging risks inherent to Wells Fargo.
For moreadditional information about how we manage these risks,risk, see the “Risk Management” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows provides an update regarding these risks.
Conduct Risk Management
Our Board oversees the alignmentsupplements our discussion of team member conduct to the Company’s risk appetite (which the Board approves annually) and culture as reflected in our Vision and Values and Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. The Board’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for enterprise-wide conduct risk, while certain other Board committees have primary oversight responsibility for specific components of conduct risk.
At the management level, several committees have primary oversight responsibility for key elements of conduct risk, including internal investigations, sales practices oversight, complaints oversight, and ethics oversight. These management-level committees have escalation and informational reporting paths to the relevant Board committee.
Our Conduct Management Office, which reports to our Chief Risk Officer and has an informational reporting path to the Board's Risk Committee, is responsible for fostering and promoting an enterprise-wide culture of prudent conduct risk management and compliance with internal directives, rules, regulations, and regulatory expectations throughout the Company and to provide assurance that the Company’s internal operations and its treatment of customers and other external stakeholders are safe and sound, fair, and ethical.

Operational Risk Management
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or resulting from external events. These losses may be caused by events such as fraud, breaches of customer privacy, business disruptions, vendors that do not adequately or appropriately perform their responsibilities, and regulatory fines and penalties.
Information security is a significant operational risk for financial institutions such as Wells Fargo, and includes the risk of losses resulting from cyber attacks. Wells Fargo and other financial institutions continue to be the target of various evolving and adaptive cyber attacks, including malware and denial-of-service, as part of an effort to disrupt the operations of financial institutions, potentially test their cybersecurity capabilities, or obtain confidential, proprietary or other information. Cyber attacks have also focused on targeting the infrastructure of the internet, causing the widespread unavailability of websites and degrading website performance. Wells Fargo has not experienced any material losses relating to these or other cyber attacks. Addressing cybersecuritycertain risks is a priority for Wells Fargo, and we continue to develop and enhance our controls, processes and systemscontained in order to protect our networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. We are
also proactively involved in industry cybersecurity efforts and working with other parties, including our third-party service providers and governmental agencies, to continue to enhance defenses and improve resiliency to cybersecurity threats. See the “Risk Factors”Management” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the risks associated with a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including as a result of cyber attacks.10-K.


Credit Risk Management
We define credit risk as the risk of loss associated with a borrower or counterparty default (failure to meet obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms). Credit risk exists with many of ourthe Company’s assets and exposures such as debt security holdings, certain derivatives, and loans.
The following discussion focuses on ourBoard’s Risk Committee has primary oversight responsibility for credit risk. A Credit Subcommittee of the Risk Committee assists the Risk Committee in providing oversight of credit risk. At the management level, Corporate Credit Risk, which is part of Independent Risk Management, has oversight responsibility for credit risk. Corporate Credit Risk reports to the Chief Risk Officer and supports periodic reports related to credit risk provided to the Board’s Risk Committee or its Credit Subcommittee.

Loan Portfolio Our loan portfolios which represent the largest component of assets on our consolidated balance sheet for which we have credit risk. Table 1110 presents our total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable.

Table 11:10:Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable
(in millions)Sep 30, 2017
 Dec 31, 2016
Commercial:   
Commercial and industrial$327,944
 330,840
Real estate mortgage128,475
 132,491
Real estate construction24,520
 23,916
Lease financing19,211
 19,289
Total commercial500,150
 506,536
Consumer:   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage280,173
 275,579
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage41,152
 46,237
Credit card36,249
 36,700
Automobile55,455
 62,286
Other revolving credit and installment38,694
 40,266
Total consumer451,723
 461,068
Total loans$951,873
 967,604

(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial$386,011 386,806 
Commercial real estate154,276 155,802 
Lease financing15,334 14,908 
Total commercial555,621 557,516 
Residential mortgage265,085 269,117 
Credit card47,717 46,293 
Auto51,587 53,669 
Other consumer27,950 29,276 
Total consumer392,339 398,355 
Total loans$947,960 955,871 
We manage our credit risk by establishing what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the performance of our existing loan portfolios. We employ various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with multiple risk factors affecting loans we hold could acquire or originate including:
Loan concentrations and related credit qualityquality;
Counterparty credit riskrisk;
Economic and market conditionsconditions;
Legislative or regulatory mandatesmandates;
Changes in interest ratesrates;
Merger and acquisition activitiesactivities; and
Reputation riskrisk.

In addition, the Company will continue to integrate climate considerations into its credit risk management activities.
Our credit risk management oversight process is governed centrally, but provides for decentralizeddirect management and accountability by our lines of business. Our overall credit process


includes comprehensive credit policies, disciplined credit underwriting, frequent and detailed risk measurement and modeling, extensive credit training programs, and a continual loan review and audit process.
A key to our credit risk management is adherence to a well-controlled underwriting process, which we believe is appropriate for the needs of our customers as well as investors who purchase the loans or securities collateralized by the loans.
Credit Quality OverviewSolidTable 11 provides credit quality continued in third quarter 2017, as our net charge-off rate remained low at 0.30% (annualized) of average total loans. We continued to benefit from improvements in the performance of our residential real estate portfolio as well as reduced losses in our oil and gas portfolio. In particular:trends.
Nonaccrual loans were $8.6 billion at September 30, 2017, down from $10.4 billion at December 31, 2016. Commercial nonaccrual loans declined to $3.1 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $4.1 billion at December 31, 2016, and consumer nonaccrual loans declined to $5.5 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $6.3 billion at December 31, 2016. The decline in consumer nonaccrual loans reflected an improved housing market, while the decline in commercial nonaccrual loans was predominantly driven by loans in our oil and gas portfolio. Nonaccrual loans represented 0.91% of total loans at September 30, 2017, compared with 1.07% at December 31, 2016.
Table 11:Credit Quality Overview
Net charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans decreased to 0.30% in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with 0.33% and 0.37% in the same periods a year ago.Net charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of our average commercial and consumer portfolios were 0.09% and 0.53% in the third quarter and 0.09% and 0.54% in the first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with 0.17% and 0.51% in the third quarter and 0.22% and 0.52% in the first nine months of 2016.
Loans that are not government insured/guaranteed and 90 days or more past due and still accruing were$38 million and $923 million in our commercial and consumer portfolios, respectively, at September 30, 2017, compared with $64 million and $908 million at December 31, 2016.
Our provision for credit losses was $717 million and $1.9 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with $805 million and $3.0 billion for the same periods a year ago.
The allowance for credit losses totaled $12.1 billion, or 1.27% of total loans, at September 30, 2017, down from $12.5 billion, or 1.30%, at December 31, 2016.

During third quarter 2017, Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria caused considerable damage in several geographic markets where the Company has significant lending exposure. The impact was in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios. Based on our analysis to date of the level of insurance coverage, types of loans, location, and potential damage to collateral, we believe the ultimate collectability of these loans will be impacted. Our allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2017 included $450 million for coverage of our preliminary estimate of potential hurricane-related losses. We will continue to assess the impact to our customers and our business as a result of the hurricanes and refine our estimates as more information becomes available. However, in light of the ongoing recovery challenges in Puerto Rico after Hurricane Maria, it may take longer to assess the hurricane’s impact on our portfolios there.
We are still evaluating the impact on our portfolio from the California wildfires that occurred in October 2017.
($ in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Nonaccrual loans
Commercial loans$3,429 1,823 
Consumer loans3,457 3,803 
Total nonaccrual loans$6,886 5,626 
Nonaccrual loans as a % of total loans0.73 %0.59 
Allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans$14,786 13,609 
ACL for loans as a % of total loans1.56 %1.42 
Quarter ended June 30,
20232022
Net loan charge-offs as a % of:
Average commercial loans0.15 %0.02 
Average consumer loans0.58 0.33 
Six months ended June 30,
20232022
Average commercial loans0.10 %— 
Average consumer loans0.57 0.34 
Additional information on our loan portfolios and our credit quality trends follows.

PURCHASED CREDIT-IMPAIRED (PCI) LOANSLoans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and where it is probable that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are PCI loans. Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired in the Wachovia acquisition on December 31, 2008. PCI loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the historical allowance for credit losses related to these loans is not carried over. The carrying value of PCI loans at September 30, 2017, totaled $13.6 billion, compared with $16.7 billion at December 31, 2016, and $58.8 billion at December 31, 2008. The decrease from December 31, 2016, was due in part to higher prepayment trends observed in our Pick-a-Pay PCI portfolio, as home price appreciation and the resulting reduction in loan to collateral value ratios enabled more borrowers to qualify for refinancing options, as well as the sale of $569 million of Pick-a-Pay PCI loans in second quarter 2017. PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield amount, which represents the cash expected to be collected in excess of their carrying value, and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments. The accretable yield at September 30, 2017, was $9.2 billion.
A nonaccretable difference is established for PCI loans to absorb losses expected on the contractual amounts of those loans in excess of the fair value recorded at the date of acquisition. Amounts absorbed by the nonaccretable difference do not affect the income statement or the allowance for credit losses. Since December 31, 2008, we have released $13.6 billion in nonaccretable difference, including $11.6 billion transferred from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield due to decreases in our initial estimate of loss on contractual amounts, and $2.0 billion released to income through loan resolutions. Also, we have provided $1.7 billion for losses on certain PCI loans or pools of PCI loans that have had credit-related decreases to cash flows expected to be collected. The net result is an $11.9 billion reduction from December 31, 2008, through September 30, 2017, in our initial projected losses of $41.0 billion on all PCI loans acquired in the Wachovia acquisition. At September 30, 2017, $454 million in nonaccretable difference remained to absorb losses on PCI loans.
For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans – Pick-a-Pay Portfolio” section in this Report, Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K, and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.


Significant Loan Portfolio ReviewsMeasuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, FICO scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses. The following discussion provides additional characteristics and analysis of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information for each of the following portfolios.


COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING
For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. We generally subject commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of pass and criticized categories with criticized divided betweensegmented among special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss categories.
The
28Wells Fargo & Company


We had $13.0 billion of the commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio totaled $347.2 billion, or 36% of total loans, at September 30, 2017. The annualized net charge-off rate for this portfolio was 0.15% in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, compared with 0.30% and 0.36% for the same periods a year ago. At September 30, 2017, 0.71% of this portfolio was nonaccruing, compared with 0.95% at December 31, 2016, reflecting a decrease of $853 million in nonaccrual loans, predominantly due to improvement in the oil and gas portfolio. Also, $20.0 billion of the commercial and industrial loan and lease financing portfolio was internally classified as criticized in accordance with regulatory guidance at SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, compared with $24.0$12.6 billion at December 31, 2016. 2022.
The decrease in criticized loans, which also includes the decrease in nonaccrual loans, was primarily due to improvement in the oil and gas portfolio.
Mostmajority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and debt securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Generally, the primary source of repayment for this portfolio is
the operating cash flows of customers, with the collateral securing this portfolio representsrepresenting a secondary source of repayment.
The portfolio was stable at June 30, 2023, compared with December 31, 2022. Table 12 provides a breakout ofour commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry. The industry categories are based on the North American Industry Classification System.
Table 12:Commercial and includes $59.7Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in millions)Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance% of total loans Total commitments (1)Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance% of total loans Total commitments (1)
Financials except banks$10 148,643 16 %$232,177 44 147,171 15 %$229,822 
Technology, telecom and media43 27,186 365,437 31 27,767 366,340 
Real estate and construction61 25,180 355,929 73 24,478 356,393 
Retail83 20,658 250,233 47 19,487 249,334 
Equipment, machinery and parts manufacturing187 26,032 348,614 83 23,675 247,507 
Materials and commodities185 16,073 240,820 86 16,610 239,667 
Food and beverage manufacturing3 16,161 233,081 17 17,393 233,951 
Oil, gas and pipelines32 10,456 132,157 55 9,991 131,077 
Health care and pharmaceuticals19 14,996 230,655 21 14,861 230,294 
Auto related8 13,888 128,264 10 13,168 127,451 
Commercial services57 11,206 126,355 50 11,418 126,693 
Utilities1 7,709 *24,736 18 9,457 *26,899 
Diversified or miscellaneous2 8,069 *20,156 8,161 *21,498 
Entertainment and recreation25 12,935 119,273 28 13,085 118,741 
Transportation services147 8,993 *16,057 237 8,389 *16,064 
Insurance and fiduciaries1 5,016 *15,347 4,691 *15,592 
Government and education27 6,168 *12,320 25 6,482 *12,590 
Banks 11,080 111,984 — 14,403 216,537 
Agribusiness6 6,107 *11,510 24 6,180 *11,457 
Other (2)25 4,789 *12,187 13 4,847 *12,301 
Total$922 401,345 42 %$787,292 865 401,714 42 %$790,208 
*Less than 1%.
(1)Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments, excluding issued letters of credit. Effective first quarter 2023, unfunded credit commitments exclude discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation. For additional information on issued letters of credit, see Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)No other single industry had total loans in excess of $2.8 billion of foreign loans at SeptemberJune 30, 2017. Foreign loans totaled $19.42023, and $3.4 billion within the investorat December 31, 2022, respectively.

Wells Fargo & Company29

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 12a provides further loan segmentation for our largest industry category, $16.2 billion within the financial institutions category and $1.4 billion within the oil and gas category.
The investorsfinancials except banks. This category includes loans to special purposeinvestment firms, financial vehicles, (SPVs) formed by sponsoring entitiesnonbank creditors, rental and leasing companies, securities firms, and investment banks. These loans are generally secured and have features to invest in financial assets backed predominantly by commercial
help manage credit risk, such as structural credit enhancements, collateral eligibility requirements, contractual re-margining of collateral supporting the loans, and residential real estate or corporate cash flow, and are repaid from the asset cash flows or the sale of assets by the SPV. We limit loan amounts limited to a percentage of the value of the underlying assets as determined by us, based on analysis ofconsidering underlying credit risk, and other factors such as asset duration, and ongoing performance.
Table 12a:Financials Except Banks Industry Category
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in millions)Nonaccrual loans Loans outstanding balance% of total loans Total commitments (1)Nonaccrual loansLoans outstanding balance% of total loansTotal commitments (1)
Asset managers and funds (2)$ 51,525 5 %$96,166 52,254 %$97,998 
Commercial finance (3)2 55,057 6 79,987 31 53,269 76,016 
Consumer finance (4) 17,639 2 28,854 17,028 29,047 
Real estate finance (5)8 24,422 3 27,170 24,620 26,761 
Total$10 148,643 16 %$232,177 44 147,171 15 %$229,822 
We provide financial institutions(1)Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments. Effective first quarter 2023, unfunded credit commitments exclude discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with a varietythe current period presentation. For additional information on issued letters of relationship focused productscredit, see Note 14 (Guarantees and services,Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Includes loans for subscription or capital calls and loans to prime brokerage customers and securities firms.
(3)Includes asset-based lending and leasing, including loans supporting short-term trade financeto special purpose entities, loans to commercial leasing entities, structured lending facilities to commercial loan managers, and working capital needs. The $16.2also includes collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) in loan form, all of which were rated AA or above, of $7.7 billion and $7.8 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(4)Includes originators or servicers of foreignfinancial assets collateralized by consumer loans such as auto loans and leases, and credit cards.
(5)Includes originators or servicers of financial assets collateralized by commercial or residential real estate loans.
Our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio included non-U.S. loans of $75.8 billion and $79.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. Significant industry concentrations of non-U.S. loans at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, included:
$43.5 billion and $45.7 billion in the financial institutions category were predominantly originated by our Financial Institutions business.financials except banks industry;
The oil$11.1 billion and gas loan portfolio totaled $12.8$14.1 billion or 1% of total outstanding loans at September 30, 2017, compared with $14.8in the banks industry; and
$1.5 billion or 2% of total outstanding loans, at December 31, 2016. Unfunded loan commitmentsand $1.2 billion in the oil, gas and gas loan portfolio totaled $22.6 billion at September 30, 2017. Approximately half of our oil and gas loans were to businesses in the exploration and production (E&P) sector. Most of these E&P loans are secured by oil and/or gas reserves and have underlying borrowing base arrangements which include regular (typically semi-annual) “redeterminations” that consider refinements to borrowing structure and prices used to determine borrowing limits. The majority of the other oil and gas loans were to midstream companies. We proactively monitor our oil and gas loan portfolio and work with customers to address any emerging issues. Oil and gas nonaccrual loans decreased to $1.6 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $2.4 billion at December 31, 2016, due to improved portfolio performance.pipelines industry.
Table 12:Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry (1)
 September 30, 2017 
(in millions)
Nonaccrual
loans

 
Total
portfolio

 (2) 
% of
total
loans

Investors$6
 60,929
   6%
Financial institutions2
 37,951
   4
Cyclical retailers92
 25,919
   3
Food and beverage10
 16,876
   2
Healthcare27
 15,969
   2
Industrial equipment175
 15,177
   2
Real estate lessor10
 14,391
   2
Technology33
 13,737
   1
Oil and gas1,559
 12,825
   1
Transportation130
 9,109
   1
Public administration28
 9,101
   1
Business services23
 8,474
   1
Other383
 106,697
 (3) 10
Total$2,478
 347,155
   36%
(1)30Industry categories are based on the North American Industry Classification System and the amounts reported include foreign loans. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for a breakout of commercial foreign loans.
Wells Fargo & Company
(2)
Includes $116 million of PCI loans, which are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(3)
No other single industry had total loans in excess of $6.8 billion


Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) We generally subjectOur CRE loans to individual risk assessment using our internal borrowerloan portfolio is comprised of CRE mortgage and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of passCRE construction loans. The total CRE loan portfolio decreased $1.5 billion from December 31, 2022, as paydowns exceeded originations and criticized categories with criticized divided among special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss categories. The CRE portfolio, which included $8.7 billion of foreign CRE loans, totaled $153.0 billion, or 16% of total loans, at September 30, 2017, and consisted of $128.5 billion of mortgage loans and $24.5 billion of construction loans.
Table 13 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals.advances. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of CRE loans are in California, New York, Texas,
and Florida, which represented a combined represented 49%48% of the total CRE portfolio. ByThe largest property type the largest concentrations are office buildings at 28% and apartments at 16%26% and office at 21% of the portfolio. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 0.4% of the CRE outstanding balanceUnfunded credit commitments were $8.7 billion and $8.8 billion at SeptemberJune 30, 2017, compared with 0.5% at2023, and December 31, 2016. At September 30, 2017, we had $4.8 billion of criticized2022, respectively, for CRE mortgage loans and $16.6 billion and $20.7 billion, respectively, for CRE construction loans.
We generally subject CRE loans to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. We had
$14.9 billion of CRE mortgage loans classified as criticized at June 30, 2023, compared with $5.4$11.3 billion at December 31, 2016,2022, and $327 million$1.1 billion of criticized CRE construction loans compared with $461 millionclassified as criticized at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2016.
At September 30, 2017, the recorded investment2022. The increase in PCIcriticized CRE loans totaled $118 million, down from $12.3 billion when acquiredwas primarily driven by the office property type. The credit quality of the office property type continued to be adversely affected as weakened demand for office space continued to drive higher vacancy rates and deteriorating operating performance. We continue to closely monitor this portfolio. At June 30, 2023, nearly one-third of the CRE loans in the office property type had recourse to a guarantor, typically through a repayment guarantee, in addition to the related collateral. Loans in California and New York represented approximately 40% of the office property type at December 31, 2008, reflecting principal payments, loan resolutionsJune 30, 2023.
Table 13 provides our CRE loans by state and write-downs.property type.

Table 13:CRE Loans by State and Property Type
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
Real estate mortgage Real estate construction Total commercial real estateTotal commercial real estate
($ in millions)Nonaccrual loansLoans outstanding balanceNonaccrual loansLoans outstanding balanceNonaccrual loansLoans outstanding balanceLoans as % of total loansTotal commitments (1)Loans outstanding balanceTotal commitments (1)
By state:
California$740 28,465 1 4,300 741 32,765 3%$37,556 34,285 39,594 
New York319 14,121  2,476 319 16,597 218,358 17,294 19,360 
Texas20 11,509  1,393 20 12,902 114,815 12,807 14,941 
Florida65 9,714  2,091 65 11,805 114,417 11,418 14,690 
Georgia90 4,862  932 90 5,794 *7,288 5,428 6,651 
Washington349 4,218  1,520 349 5,738 *6,753 5,603 6,868 
North Carolina4 4,302  1,179 4 5,481 *6,700 5,227 6,650 
Arizona16 4,600  601 16 5,201 *6,107 5,302 6,288 
New Jersey6 2,745  1,490 6 4,235 *5,346 4,119 5,660 
Massachusetts4 2,763 41 1,311 45 4,074 *5,187 4,094 5,324 
Other (2)851 42,256 1 7,428 852 49,684 557,097 50,225 59,294 
Total$2,464 129,555 43 24,721 2,507 154,276 16%$179,624 155,802 185,320 
By property:
Apartments$9 30,513  10,239 9 40,752 4%$50,699 39,743 51,567 
Office (3)1,517 29,437  3,652 1,517 33,089 336,757 36,144 40,827 
Industrial/warehouse38 19,654  4,246 38 23,900 327,802 20,634 24,546 
Hotel/motel149 11,911  1,012 149 12,923 113,910 12,751 13,758 
Retail (excl shopping center)355 11,301 2 111 357 11,412 112,334 11,753 12,486 
Shopping center193 8,848  401 193 9,249 *9,816 9,534 10,131 
Institutional118 4,160  1,939 118 6,099 *6,906 7,725 9,178 
Mixed use properties72 4,440 41 903 113 5,343 *6,330 5,887 7,139 
Collateral pool 2,987  44  3,031 *3,410 3,062 3,662 
Storage facility 2,819  164  2,983 *3,299 2,929 3,201 
Other13 3,485  2,010 13 5,495 *8,361 5,640 8,825 
Total$2,464 129,555 43 24,721 2,507 154,276 16 %$179,624 155,802 185,320 
*    Less than 1%.
(1)Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments, excluding issued letters of credit. For additional information on issued letters of credit, see Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Includes 40 states and non-U.S. loans. No state in Other had loans in excess of $4.1 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022. Non-U.S. loans were $7.5 billion and $7.6 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(3)In second quarter 2023, we reclassified certain CRE loans to better align with regulatory reporting guidance, which resulted in a decrease in loans outstanding of approximately $2.0 billion to the office property type.
 September 30, 2017 
 Real estate mortgage    Real estate construction    Total     
(in millions)
Nonaccrual
loans

 
Total
portfolio

 (1) 
Nonaccrual
loans

 
Total
portfolio

 (1) 
Nonaccrual
loans

 
Total
portfolio

 (1) 
% of
total
loans

By state:                   
California$127
 36,398
   2
 4,245
   129
 40,643
   4%
New York12
 10,366
   
 2,869
   12
 13,235
   1
Texas102
 9,245
   
 2,160
   102
 11,405
   1
Florida33
 8,016
   
 1,830
   33
 9,846
   1
North Carolina31
 4,100
   6
 785
   37
 4,885
   1
Arizona27
 3,944
   
 643
   27
 4,587
   *
Georgia17
 3,356
   1
 852
   18
 4,208
   *
Virginia11
 3,230
   
 893
   11
 4,123
   *
Washington15
 3,381
   
 619
   15
 4,000
   *
Illinois5
 3,263
   
 590
   5
 3,853
   *
Other213
 43,176
   29
 9,034
   242
 52,210
 (2) 5
Total$593
 128,475
   38
 24,520
   631
 152,995
   16%
By property:                   
Office buildings$130
 39,959
   2
 3,187
   132
 43,146
   5%
Apartments24
 15,417
   
 8,857
   24
 24,274
   3
Industrial/warehouse142
 15,801
   2
 1,847
   144
 17,648
   2
Retail (excluding shopping center)66
 16,873
   
 617
   66
 17,490
   2
Shopping center16
 11,835
   
 1,158
   16
 12,993
   1
Hotel/motel8
 9,685
   4
 1,716
   12
 11,401
   1
Real estate - other90
 6,849
   
 170
   90
 7,019
   1
Institutional36
 3,247
   
 1,564
   36
 4,811
   1
Agriculture30
 2,613
   
 19
   30
 2,632
   *
1-4 family structure
 10
   7
 2,460
   7
 2,470
   *
Other51
 6,186
   23
 2,925
   74
 9,111
   1
Total$593
 128,475
   38
 24,520
   631
 152,995
   16%
*Less than 1%.Wells Fargo & Company31
(1)
Includes a total of $118 million PCI loans, consisting of $108 million of real estate mortgage and $10 million of real estate construction, which are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)
Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $3.6 billion.


Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)


FOREIGNNON-U.S. LOANS AND COUNTRY RISK EXPOSURE We classifyOur classification of non-U.S. loans for financial statement and certain regulatory purposes as foreign primarilyis based on whether the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States. At SeptemberJune 30, 2017, foreign2023, non-U.S. loans totaled $68.8$83.5 billion, representing approximately 7%9% of our total consolidated loans outstanding, compared with $65.7$87.5 billion, or approximately 7%9% of our total consolidated loans outstanding, at December 31, 2016. Foreign2022. Non-U.S. loans were approximately 4% and 5% of our total consolidated total assets at SeptemberJune 30, 20172023, and 3% at December 31, 2016.2022, respectively.

COUNTRY RISK EXPOSURE Our country risk monitoring process incorporates centralized monitoring of economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks in countries where we do or plan to do business, along with frequent dialogue with our financial institution customers, counterparties and regulatory agencies, enhanced by centralized monitoring of macroeconomic and capital markets conditions in the respective countries.agencies. We establish exposure limits for each country through a centralized oversight process based on customer needs, and inthrough consideration of the relevant economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks.distinct risk of each country. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our country limits in response to changing conditions.
We evaluate our individual country risk exposure based on our assessment of thea borrower’s ability to repay,
which gives consideration for allowable transfers of risk, such as guarantees and collateral, and may be different from the reporting based on thea borrower’s primary address.
Our largest single foreign country exposure based on our assessment of riskoutside the U.S. at SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, was the United Kingdom, which totaled $29.6
$28.6 billion, or approximately 2% of our total assets, and included $7.1$3.2 billion of sovereign claims. Our United Kingdom sovereign claims arise predominantly from deposits we have placed with the Bank of England pursuant to regulatory requirements in support of our London branch. The United Kingdom officially announced its intention to leave the European Union (Brexit) on March 29, 2017, starting the two-year negotiation process leading to its departure. We continue to conduct assessments and are executing our implementation plans to ensure we can continue to prudently serve our customers post-Brexit.
We conduct periodic stress tests of our significant country risk exposures, analyzing the direct and indirect impacts on the risk of loss from various macroeconomic and capital markets scenarios. We do not have significant exposure to foreign country risks because our foreign credit exposure is relatively small. However, we have identified exposure to increased loss from U.S. borrowers associated with the potential impact of a regional or worldwide economic downturn on the U.S. economy. We seek to mitigate these potential impacts on the risk of loss through our normal risk management processes which include active monitoring and, if necessary, the application of aggressive loss mitigation strategies.
Table 14 provides information regarding our top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) and our Eurozone exposure,, based on our assessment of risk, which gives consideration to the country of any guarantors and/or underlying collateral. OurWith respect to Table 14:
Lending and deposits exposure includes outstanding loans, unfunded credit commitments (excluding discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase), and deposits with non-U.S. banks. These balances are presented prior to the deduction of allowance for credit losses or collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements, if any.
Securities exposure represents debt and equity securities of non-U.S. issuers. Long and short positions are netted, and net short positions are reflected as negative exposure.
Derivatives and other exposure represents foreign exchange contracts, derivative contracts, securities resale agreements, and securities lending agreements.
Table 14:Select Country Exposures
June 30, 2023
Lending and depositsSecuritiesDerivatives and otherTotal exposure
($ in millions)SovereignNon-sovereignSovereignNon-sovereignSovereignNon-sovereignSovereignNon-sovereign (1)Total
Top 20 country exposures:
United Kingdom$3,184 23,434 — 599 — 1,372 3,184 25,405 28,589 
Canada16,658 382 447 96 175 487 17,280 17,767 
Cayman Islands— 8,089 — — — 336 — 8,425 8,425 
Japan6,058 737 — 383 — 178 6,058 1,298 7,356 
Luxembourg— 6,608 — (1)— 281 — 6,888 6,888 
France107 3,893 540 239 644 61 1,291 4,193 5,484 
Ireland4,733 — 141 — 233 5,107 5,113 
Bermuda— 3,407 — 34 — 57 — 3,498 3,498 
Germany— 3,000 — 19 — 242 — 3,261 3,261 
Guernsey— 3,078 — — — — 3,087 3,087 
Netherlands— 2,644 — 146 — 102 — 2,892 2,892 
South Korea— 1,989 336 2,327 2,331 
Australia— 1,669 — 254 — 16 — 1,939 1,939 
Chile— 1,639 — 242 — — 1,882 1,882 
China12 1,221 (23)323 25 35 14 1,579 1,593 
Brazil— 1,415 — (7)— — 1,411 1,411 
Switzerland— 1,155 — (12)— 145 — 1,288 1,288 
Belgium— 1,057 — (4)— — 1,054 1,054 
Norway— 776 — 220 22 1,018 1,019 
Spain— 643 — 144 — 172 — 959 959 
Total top 20 country exposures$9,376 87,845 902 3,503 767 3,443 11,045 94,791 105,836 
(1)Total non-sovereign exposure comprised $45.6 billion exposure to Puerto Rico (considered part of U.S. exposure) is largely through automobile lendingfinancial institutions and was not material$49.2 billion to our consolidated country exposure. For information on potential credit impacts from recent hurricanes, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Credit Quality Overview” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
non-financial corporations at June 30, 2023.
Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 14:Select Country Exposures-
 September 30, 2017 
 Lending (1)  Securities (2)  Derivatives and other (3)  Total exposure 
(in millions)Sovereign
 
Non-
sovereign

 Sovereign
 
Non-
sovereign

 Sovereign
 
Non-
sovereign

 Sovereign
 
Non-
sovereign (4)

 Total
Top 20 country exposures:                 
United Kingdom$7,079
 20,200
 
 1,852
 
 473
 7,079
 22,525
 29,604
Canada29
 18,240
 61
 189
 
 507
 90
 18,936
 19,026
Cayman Islands
 6,723
 
 
 
 151
 
 6,874
 6,874
Germany3,349
 1,664
 5
 162
 3
 392
 3,357
 2,218
 5,575
Ireland
 3,528
 
 118
 
 140
 
 3,786
 3,786
Bermuda
 2,827
 
 112
 
 196
 
 3,135
 3,135
China
 2,761
 (2) 182
 32
 30
 30
 2,973
 3,003
Netherlands
 2,278
 22
 285
 2
 247
 24
 2,810
 2,834
India
 2,092
 
 112
 
 
 
 2,204
 2,204
Luxembourg
 1,258
 
 656
 
 120
 
 2,034
 2,034
Guernsey
 1,971
 
 3
 
 3
 
 1,977
 1,977
Australia
 1,581
 
 282
 
 78
 
 1,941
 1,941
Brazil
 1,689
 
 17
 
 
 
 1,706
 1,706
Chile
 1,485
 
 21
 
 
 
 1,506
 1,506
South Korea
 1,352
 2
 85
 2
 8
 4
 1,445
 1,449
Switzerland
 1,210
 
 (2) 
 35
 
 1,243
 1,243
Jersey, Channel lslands
 645
 
 469
 
 14
 
 1,128
 1,128
Japan285
 710
 6
 42
 
 63
 291
 815
 1,106
France
 798
 
 205
 
 67
 
 1,070
 1,070
Mexico56
 925
 
 4
 
 4
 56
 933
 989
Total top 20 country exposures$10,798
 73,937
 94
 4,794
 39
 2,528
 10,931
 81,259
 92,190
Eurozone exposure:                 
Eurozone countries included in Top 20 above (5)$3,349
 9,526
 27
 1,426
 5
 966
 3,381
 11,918
 15,299
Austria
 590
 
 3
 
 3
 
 596
 596
Spain
 362
 
 54
 
 19
 
 435
 435
Belgium
 274
 
 (45) 
 5
 
 234
 234
Other Eurozone exposure (6)24
 211
 
 47
 
 
 24
 258
 282
Total Eurozone exposure$3,373
 10,963
 27
 1,485
 5
 993
 3,405
 13,441
 16,846
(1)
Lending exposure includes funded loans and unfunded commitments, leveraged leases, and money market placements presented on a gross basis prior to the deduction of impairment allowance and collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements. For the countries listed above, includes $17 million in PCI loans to customers in Germany and the Netherlands, and $680 million in defeased leases secured primarily by U.S. Treasury and government agency securities.
(2)Represents exposure on debt and equity securities of foreign issuers. Long and short positions are netted and net short positions are reflected as negative exposure.
(3)
Represents counterparty exposure on foreign exchange and derivative contracts, and securities resale and lending agreements. This exposure is presented net of counterparty netting adjustments and reduced by the amount of cash collateral. It includes credit default swaps (CDS) predominantly used for market making activities in the U.S. and London based trading businesses, which sometimes results in selling and purchasing protection on the identical reference entities. Generally, we do not use market instruments such as CDS to hedge the credit risk of our investment or loan positions, although we do use them to manage risk in our trading businesses At September 30, 2017, the gross notional amount of our CDS sold that reference assets in the Top 20 or Eurozone countries was $348 million, which was offset by the notional amount of CDS purchased of $469 million. We did not have any CDS purchased or sold that reference pools of assets that contain sovereign debt or where the reference asset was solely the sovereign debt of a foreign country.
(4)
For countries presented in the table, total non-sovereign exposure comprises $39.9 billion exposure to financial institutions and $42.9 billion to non-financial corporations at September 30, 2017.
(5)Consists of exposure to Germany, Ireland, Netherlands, Luxembourg, and France included in Top 20.
(6)
Includes non-sovereign exposure to Italy, Portugal, and Greece in the amount of $133 million, $17 million and $1 million, respectively. We had no sovereign debt exposure to Portugal and Greece, and the exposure to Italy was immaterial at September 30, 2017.

REAL ESTATE 1-4 FAMILY FIRST AND JUNIOR LIENRESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANSOur real estate 1-4residential mortgage loan portfolio is comprised of 1–4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans. Residential mortgage – first lien loans as presented in Table 15, includecomprised 95% of the total residential mortgage loan portfolio at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
The residential mortgage loan portfolio includes loans we have made to customers and retained as partwith adjustable-rate features. We monitor the risk of our asset/liability management strategy, the Pick-a-Pay portfolio acquired from
Wachovia which is discussed later in this Report and other purchased loans, and loans included on our balance sheetdefault as a result of consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs).
Table 15:Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)Balance
 
% of
portfolio

 Balance
 
% of
portfolio

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage$280,173
 87% $275,579
 86%
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage41,152
 13
 46,237
 14
Total real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans$321,325
 100% $321,816
 100%

The real estate 1-4 familyrate increases on adjustable-rate mortgage loan portfolio includes some(ARM) loans, with adjustable-ratewhich may be mitigated by product features and some with an interest-only feature as partthat limit the amount of the loan terms. Interest-onlyincrease in the contractual interest rate. The default risk of these loans is considered in our ACL for loans.
ARM loans were approximately 5% and 7% of total loans at Septemberboth June 30, 2017,2023, and December 31, 2016, respectively. We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM)2022, with an initial reset risk across our owned mortgage loan portfolios.date in 2025 or later for the majority of this portfolio at June 30, 2023. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans.
The option ARMs we doresidential mortgage – junior lien portfolio consists of residential mortgage lines of credit and loans that are subordinate in rights to an existing lien on the same property. These lines and loans may have are included in the Pick-a-Pay portfolio whichdraw periods, interest-only
32Wells Fargo & Company


payments, balloon payments, adjustable rates and similar features. The outstanding balance of residential mortgage lines of credit was acquired from Wachovia. Since our acquisition$16.4 billion at June 30, 2023, compared with $18.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The unfunded credit commitments for these lines of the Pick-a-Pay loan portfoliocredit totaled $31.9 billion at the end of 2008, the option payment portion of the portfolio has reduced from 86% to 36%June 30, 2023, compared with $35.5 billion at September 30, 2017, as a result of our modification and loss mitigation efforts.December 31, 2022. For more information, see the “Pick-a-Pay Portfolio” section in this Report.
We continue to modify real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. For moreadditional information on our modification programs,residential loan portfolio, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior LienResidential Mortgage Loans” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K.
Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, current FICO scores and loan/combined loan to collateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio. These credit risk indicators, which exclude government insured/guaranteed loans, continued to improve in third quarter 2017 on the non-PCI mortgage portfolio. Loans 30 days or more delinquent at September 30, 2017, totaled $5.3 billion, or 2% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $5.9 billion, or 2%, at December 31, 2016. Loans with FICO scores lower than 640 totaled $12.2 billion, or 4% of total non-PCI mortgages at September 30, 2017, compared with $16.6 billion, or 5%, at December 31, 2016. Mortgages with a LTV/CLTV greater than 100% totaled $6.7 billion at September 30, 2017, or 2% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $8.9 billion, or 3%, at December 31, 2016. Information regarding credit quality indicators, including PCI credit quality indicators, can be found in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 16. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans (including PCI loans) to borrowers in California represented approximately 13% of total loans at September 30, 2017, located mostly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 5% of total loans. We monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for all geographic areas of our real estate 1-4 familyresidential mortgage portfolio as part of
our credit risk management process. Our underwriting and periodic review of loans secured by residential real estate collateralthis portfolio includes original appraisals adjusted for the change in Home Price Index (HPI) or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. AdditionalFor additional information about our use of appraisals and AVMs, and our policy for their use can be found insee Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report and the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior LienResidential Mortgage Loans” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K.
Table 16:Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans by State
 September 30, 2017 
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage

 
Total real
estate 1-4
family
mortgage

 
% of
total
loans

Real estate 1-4 family loans (excluding PCI):       
California$99,380
 11,006
 110,386
 12%
New York26,008
 1,989
 27,997
 3
Florida13,278
 3,824
 17,102
 2
New Jersey13,116
 3,704
 16,820
 2
Virginia7,899
 2,442
 10,341
 1
Washington8,589
 900
 9,489
 1
Texas8,732
 746
 9,478
 1
North Carolina6,053
 1,930
 7,983
 1
Pennsylvania5,681
 2,275
 7,956
 1
Other (1)64,530
 12,307
 76,837
 8
Government insured/
guaranteed loans (2)
13,606
 
 13,606
 1
Real estate 1-4 family loans (excluding PCI)266,872
 41,123
 307,995
 33
Real estate 1-4 family PCI loans (3)13,301
 29
 13,330
 1
Total$280,173
 41,152
 321,325
 34%
(1)
Consists of 41 states; no state had loans in excess of $6.9 billion.
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
(3)
Includes $9.1 billion in real estate 1-4 family mortgage PCI loans in California.

Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

First Lien Mortgage PortfolioOur total real estate 1-4 family first lien mortgage portfolio increased $3.6 billion in third quarter 2017 and $4.6 billion in the first nine months of 2017, as non-conforming loan growth was partially offset by a decline in Pick-a-Pay loan balances. We retained $14.2 billion and $36.6 billion in non-conforming originations, consisting of loans that exceed conventional conforming loan amount limits established by federal government-sponsored entities (GSEs) in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively.
The credit performance associated with our real estate 1-4 family first lien mortgage portfolio continued to improve in third quarter 2017, as measured through net charge-offs and nonaccrual loans. Net charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average real estate 1-4 family first lien mortgage loans improved
to a net recovery of 0.02% and 0.01% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, compared with a net charge-off of 0.03% and 0.04% for the same periods a year ago. Nonaccrual loans were $4.2 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $5.0 billion at December 31, 2016. Improvement in the credit performance was driven by an improving housing environment. Real estate 1-4 family first lien mortgage loans originated after 2008, which generally utilized tighter underwriting standards, have resulted in minimal losses to date and were approximately 77%Part of our total real estate 1-4 family first lien mortgage portfolio as of September 30, 2017.
Table 17 shows certaincredit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, current Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores and loss information for the first lien mortgage portfolio and lists the top five states by outstanding balance.
loan/
Table 17:First Lien Mortgage Portfolio Performance
 Outstanding balance  % of loans 30 days or more past due Loss (recovery) rate (annualized) quarter ended 
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2017

Dec 31,
2016
 Sep 30,
2017

Jun 30,
2017

Mar 31,
2017

Dec 31,
2016

Sep 30,
2016

California$99,380
94,015
 0.97%1.21 (0.09)(0.08)(0.05)(0.08)(0.08)
New York26,008
23,815
 1.75
1.97 0.05
0.02
0.06
0.04
0.07
Florida13,278
13,737
 4.17
3.62 (0.22)(0.18)(0.08)(0.18)(0.04)
New Jersey13,116
12,669
 2.83
3.66 0.15
0.17
0.22
0.21
0.37
Texas8,732
8,584
 2.60
2.19 

(0.01)(0.01)0.06
Other92,752
91,136
 2.11
2.51 0.02
0.01
0.05
0.06
0.10
Total253,266
243,956
 1.79
2.07 (0.03)(0.03)0.01

0.03
Government insured/guaranteed loans13,606
15,605
         
PCI13,301
16,018
         
Total first lien mortgages$280,173
275,579
         
Pick-a-Pay PortfolioThe Pick-a-Pay portfolio was one of the consumer residential first lien mortgage portfolios we acquired from Wachovia and a majority of the portfolio was identified as PCI loans.
The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes loans that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), and also includes loans that were originated without the option payment feature, loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our modification efforts since the acquisition, and loans where the customer voluntarily converted to a fixed-rate product. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is included in the consumer real estate 1-4 family
first mortgage class of loans throughout this Report. Table 18 provides balances by types of loans as of September 30, 2017, as a result of modification efforts, compared to the types of loans included in the portfolio at acquisition. Total adjusted unpaid principal balance of PCI Pick-a-Pay loans was $17.3 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $61.0 billion at acquisition. Due to loan modification and loss mitigation efforts, the adjusted unpaid principal balance of option payment PCI loans has declined to 14% of the total Pick-a-Pay portfolio at September 30, 2017, compared with 51% at acquisition.
Table 18:Pick-a-Pay Portfolio – Comparison to Acquisition Date
   December 31, 
 September 30, 2017  2016  2008 
(in millions)
Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (1)

 
% of
total

 
Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (1)

 
% of
total

 
Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (1)

 
% of
total

Option payment loans$11,460
 36% $13,618
 37% $99,937
 86%
Non-option payment adjustable-rate
and fixed-rate loans
3,951
 13
 4,630
 13
 15,763
 14
Full-term loan modifications15,958
 51
 18,598
 50
 
 
Total adjusted unpaid principal balance$31,369
 100% $36,846
 100% $115,700
 100%
Total carrying value$27,295
   32,292
   95,315
  
(1)Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

Table 19 reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. The LTV ratio is a useful metric in evaluating future real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value, including write-downs for expected credit losses, the ratio
of the carrying value to the current collateral value will be lower compared with the LTV based on the adjusted unpaid principal balance. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios for PCI loans in the following table.
Table 19:Pick-a-Pay Portfolio (1)
 September 30, 2017 
 PCI loans  All other loans 
(in millions)
Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (2)

 
Current
LTV
ratio (3)

 
Carrying
value (4)

 
Ratio of
carrying
value to
current
value (5)

 
Carrying
value (4)

 
Ratio of
carrying
value to
current
value (5)

California$11,753
 61% $9,033
 47% $6,703
 44%
Florida1,481
 69
 1,076
 49
��1,439
 54
New Jersey586
 76
 429
 55
 953
 62
New York446
 69
 363
 52
 477
 59
Texas135
 48
 102
 36
 570
 37
Other2,928
 68
 2,208
 51
 3,942
 56
Total Pick-a-Pay loans$17,329
 64
 $13,211
 48
 $14,084
 50
            
(1)
The individual states shown in this table represent the top five states based on the total net carrying value of the Pick-a-Pay loans at the beginning of 2017.
(2)Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.
(3)The current LTV ratio is calculated as the adjusted unpaid principal balance divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.
(4)Carrying value does not reflect related allowance for loan losses but does reflect remaining purchase accounting adjustments and any charge-offs.
(5)The ratio of carrying value to current value is calculated as the carrying value divided by the collateral value.

Since the Wachovia acquisition, we have completed over 137,800 proprietary and Home Affordability Modification Program (HAMP) Pick-a-Pay loan modifications, including over 200 modifications in third quarter 2017. Pick-a-Pay loan modifications have resulted in over $6.1 billion of principal forgiveness since December 31, 2008. We have also provided interest rate reductions and loan term extensions to enable sustainable homeownership for our Pick-a-Pay customers. As a result of these loss mitigation programs, approximately 71% of our Pick-a-Pay PCI adjusted unpaid principal balance as of September 30, 2017 has been modified.
The predominant portion of our PCI loans is included in the Pick-a-Pay portfolio. We regularly evaluate our estimates of cash flows expected to be collected on our PCI loans. Our cash flows expected to be collected have been favorably affected over time by lower expected defaults and losses as a result of observed and forecasted economic strengthening, particularly in housing prices, and our loan modification efforts. When we periodically update our cash flow estimates we have historically expected that the credit-stressed borrower characteristics and distressed collateral values associated with our Pick-a-Pay PCI loans would limit the ability of these borrowers to prepay their loans, thus increasing the future expected weighted-average life of the portfolio since acquisition. However, the higher prepayment trend that emerged in our Pick-a-Pay PCI loans portfolio in the prior year, which we attribute to the benefits of home price appreciation has continued to result in more loan (unpaid principal balance) to value ratios reaching an important industry refinancing inflection point of below 80%. As a result, we have continued to experience an increased level of borrowers qualifying for products to refinance their loans which may not have previously been available to them. Therefore, during first quarter 2017, we revised our Pick-a-Pay PCI loan cash flow estimates to reflect our expectation that the modified portion of the portfolio will have higher prepayments over the remainder of
its life. The increase in expected prepayments in the first quarter and passage of time lowered our estimated weighted-average life to approximately 6.8 years at September 30, 2017, from 7.4 years at December 31, 2016. The accretable yield balance related to our Pick-a-Pay PCI loan portfolio declined $104 million ($126 million for all PCI loans) during third quarter 2017, driven by realized accretion of $315 million ($340 million for all PCI loans), $233 million reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving cash flows and a $22 million reduction in expected interest cash flows resulting from improved cash flow timing. The accretable yield percentage for Pick-a-Pay PCI loans for third quarter 2017 was 9.32%, up from 8.22% for fourth quarter 2016, due to an increase in the amount of accretable yield relative to the shortened weighted-average life. Due to the improving cash flow timing, we expect the accretable yield percentage to be 9.83% for fourth quarter 2017.
Since acquisition, due to better than expected performance observed on the PCI portion of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio compared with the original acquisition estimates, we have reclassified $8.9 billion from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield. Fluctuations in the accretable yield are driven by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans, prepayment assumptions, and expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life of the portfolio, which will be affected by the pace and degree of improvements in the U.S. economy and housing markets and projected lifetime performance resulting from loan modification activity. Changes in the projected timing of cash flow events, including loan liquidations, modifications and short sales, can also affect the accretable yield and the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio.
For further information on the judgment involved in estimating expected cash flows for PCI loans, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

For further information on the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, including recast risk, deferral of interest and loan modifications, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Pick-a-Pay Portfolio” section in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Junior Lien Mortgage Portfolio  The junior lien mortgage portfolio consists of residential mortgage lines and loans that are subordinate in rights to an existing lien on the same property. It is not unusual for these lines and loans to have draw periods, interest only payments, balloon payments, adjustable rates and similar features. Junior lien loan products are mostly amortizing payment loans with fixed interest rates and repayment periods between five to 30 years. 
We continuously monitor the credit performance of our junior lien mortgage portfolio for trends and factors that influence the frequency and severity of loss. We have observed that the severity of loss for junior lien mortgages is high and generally not affected by whether we or a third party own or service the related first lien mortgage, but the frequency of delinquency is typically lower when we own or service the first lien mortgage. In general, we have limited information available on the delinquency status of the third party owned or serviced senior lien where we also hold a junior lien. To capture this inherent loss content, our allowance process for junior lien mortgages considers the relative difference in loss experience for
junior lien mortgages behind first lien mortgage loans we own or service, compared with those behind first lien mortgage loans owned or serviced by third parties. In addition, our allowance process for junior lien mortgages that are current, but are in their revolving period, considers the inherent loss where the borrower is delinquent on the corresponding first lien mortgage loans.
Table 20 shows certain delinquency and loss information for the junior lien mortgage portfolio and lists the top five states by outstanding balance. The decrease in outstanding balances since December 31, 2016, predominantly reflects loan paydowns. As of September 30, 2017, 10% of the outstanding balance of the junior lien mortgage portfolio was associated with loans that had a combined loan to value (CLTV) ratio in excess of 100%. Of those junior lien mortgages with acollateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire residential mortgage loan portfolio. CLTV ratio in excess of 100%, 2.96% were 30 days or more past due. CLTV meansrepresents the ratio of the total loan balance of first lien mortgages and junior lien mortgages (including unused line amounts for credit line products) to property collateral value. The unsecured portion (the outstanding amount that was in excess of the most recent property collateral value) of the outstanding balances of these loans totaled 3% of the junior lien mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2017. For additional information on consumer loans by LTV/CLTV,regarding credit quality indicators, see Table 5.12 in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
We continue to modify residential mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. For additional information on loan modifications, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report and the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Residential Mortgage Loans” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.

Residential Mortgage – First Lien Portfolio Our residential mortgage – first lien portfolio decreased $2.8 billion from
December 31, 2022, due to loan paydowns, partially offset by originations.
Table 15 shows certain delinquency and loss information for the residential mortgage – first lien portfolio and lists the top five states by outstanding balance.
Table 20:Junior15:Residential Mortgage – First Lien Mortgage Portfolio Performance
Outstanding balance% of total loans% of loans 30 days
or more past due
Net loan charge-off rate quarter ended (1)
($ in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
California (2)$110,513 110,877 11.66 %11.60 0.36 0.45 (0.01)— 
New York31,569 31,753 3.33 3.32 0.65 0.80 (0.01)(0.02)
Washington10,688 10,523 1.13 1.10 0.23 0.30 (0.01)0.02 
Florida10,307 10,535 1.09 1.10 0.96 1.13 (0.05)(0.14)
New Jersey10,292 10,416 1.09 1.09 1.05 1.24 0.01 (0.01)
Other (3)71,619 72,843 7.56 7.62 0.73 0.93 (0.02)— 
Total244,988 246,947 25.86 25.83 0.55 0.69 (0.01)(0.01)
Government insured/guaranteed loans (4)8,067 8,860 0.85 0.93 
Total first lien mortgage portfolio$253,055 255,807 26.71 %26.76 
 Outstanding balance  % of loans 30 days or more past due Loss (recovery) rate (annualized) quarter ended 
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016
 Sep 30,
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

 Mar 31,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2016

California$11,006
 12,539
 1.89% 1.86 (0.46) (0.42) (0.37) (0.18) (0.13)
Florida3,824
 4,252
 2.78
 2.17 0.06
 (0.10) 0.30
 0.47
 0.56
New Jersey3,704
 4,031
 2.79
 2.79 0.58
 0.44
 1.06
 1.36
 0.96
Virginia2,442
 2,696
 1.93
 1.97 0.33
 0.17
 0.48
 0.67
 0.55
Pennsylvania2,275
 2,494
 2.07
 2.07 0.47
 0.29
 0.67
 1.01
 0.75
Other17,872
 20,189
 2.11
 2.09 0.06
 0.05
 0.28
 0.39
 0.51
 Total41,123

46,201
 2.16
 2.09 
 (0.03) 0.21
 0.38
 0.40
PCI29
 36
              
Total junior lien mortgages$41,152
 46,237
              
(1)Quarterly net charge-offs as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.

(2)Our residential mortgage loans to borrowers in California are located predominantly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 4% of total loans.

(3)Consists of 45 states; no state in Other had loans in excess of $7.6 billion and $7.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Our junior lien, as well as first lien, lines(4)Represents loans, substantially all of credit portfolios generally have draw periods of 10, 15 or 20 years with variable interest rate and payment options duringwhich were purchased from GNMA loan securitization pools, where the draw period of (1) interest only or (2) 1.5% of outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest. During the draw period, the borrower has the option of converting all or a portion of the line from a variable interest rate to a fixed rate with terms including interest-only payments for a fixed period between three to seven years or a fully amortizing payment with a fixed period between five to 30 years. At the end of the draw period, a line of credit generally converts to an amortizing payment schedule with repayment terms of up to 30 years based on the balance at time of conversion. Certain lines and loans have been structured with a balloon payment, which requires full repayment of the outstanding balance atloans is predominantly insured by the endFederal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). For additional information on GNMA loan securitization pools, see the term period. The conversion of lines or loans to fully amortizing or balloon payoff may result“Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Activities” section in a significant payment increase, which can affect some borrowers’ ability to repaythis Report.
Wells Fargo & Company33

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

Residential Mortgage – Junior Lien Portfolio Our residential mortgage – junior lien portfolio decreased $1.3 billion from December 31, 2022, driven by loan paydowns.
Table 16 shows certain delinquency and loss information for the residential mortgage – junior lien portfolio and lists the top five states by outstanding balance.
OnTable 16:Residential Mortgage – Junior Lien Portfolio Performance
Outstanding balance % of total loans
% of loans 30 days
or more past due
Net loan charge-off rate quarter ended (1)
($ in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
California$3,268 3,550 0.34 %0.37 1.78 2.02 (0.07)(0.16)
New Jersey1,236 1,383 0.13 0.14 2.71 2.76  0.21 
Florida1,025 1,165 0.11 0.12 2.52 2.69 (0.35)(0.92)
Pennsylvania744 832 0.08 0.09 2.80 2.76 0.03 (0.01)
New York721 794 0.08 0.08 2.67 2.86 0.36 0.05 
Other (2)5,036 5,586 0.53 0.58 2.02 2.05 (0.31)(0.36)
Total junior lien mortgage portfolio$12,030 13,310 1.27 %1.38 2.16 2.27 (0.16)(0.25)
(1)Quarterly net charge-offs as a monthly basis, we monitor the payment characteristicspercentage of borrowersaverage respective loans are annualized.
(2)Consists of 45 states; no state in our junior lien portfolio. In September 2017, approximately 48%Other had loans in excess of these borrowers paid only the minimum amount due$710 million and approximately 46% paid more than the minimum amount due. The rest were either delinquent or paid less than the minimum amount due. For the borrowers with an
$790 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
interest only payment feature, approximately 33% paid only the minimum amount due and approximately 62% paid more than the minimum amount due.
The lines that enter their amortization period may experience higher delinquencies and higher loss rates than the ones in their draw or term period. We have considered this increased inherent risk in our allowance for credit loss estimate.
In anticipation of our borrowers reaching the end of their contractual commitment, we have created a program to inform, educate and help these borrowers transition from interest-only to fully-amortizing payments or full repayment. We monitor the performance of the borrowers moving through the program in an effort to refine our ongoing program strategy.
CREDIT CARD, AUTO, AND OTHER CONSUMER LOANSTable 21 reflects17 shows the outstanding balance of our portfoliocredit card, auto, and other consumer loan portfolios. For information regarding credit quality indicators for these portfolios, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 17: Credit Card, Auto, and Other Consumer Loans
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
($ in millions)Outstanding
balance
% of
total
loans
Outstanding
balance
% of
total
loans
Credit card$47,717 5.03 %$46,293 4.84 %
Auto51,587 5.44 53,669 5.61 
Other consumer (1)27,950 2.95 29,276 3.06 
Total$127,254 13.42 %$129,238 13.51 %
(1)Includes $17.9 billion and $19.4 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, of junior lien mortgages, including linescommercial and consumer securities-based loans and senior lien lines segregated into scheduled end of draw or end of term periods and products that are currently amortizing, or in balloon repayment status. It excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien line reverse mortgages, which total $144 million, because they are predominantly insuredoriginated by the FHA,WIM operating segment.
Credit Card  The increase in the outstanding balance at June 30, 2023, compared with December 31, 2022, was due to higher purchase volume driven by new account growth.
Auto  The decrease in the outstanding balance at June 30, 2023, compared with December 31, 2022, was due to lower origination volumes reflecting credit tightening actions and it excludes PCI loans, which total $51 million, because their losses were generally reflectedcontinued price competition due to rising interest rates.
Other Consumer  The decrease in our nonaccretable difference establishedthe outstanding balance at the date of acquisition.June 30, 2023, compared with December 31, 2022, was due to a decline in securities-based lending.
Table 21:Junior Lien Mortgage Line and Loan and Senior Lien Mortgage Line Portfolios Payment Schedule
     Scheduled end of draw / term   
(in millions)Outstanding balance September 30, 2017
 Remainder of 2017
 2018
 2019
 2020
 2021
 
2022 and
thereafter (1)

 Amortizing
Junior lien lines and loans$41,123
 538
 1,771
 770
 703
 1,410
 22,562
 13,369
First lien lines13,809
 89
 578
 284
 263
 616
 9,899
 2,080
Total (2)(3)$54,932
 627
 2,349
 1,054
 966
 2,026
 32,461
 15,449
% of portfolios100% 1
 4
 2
 2
 4
 59
 28
(1)34
Substantially all lines and loans are scheduled to convert to amortizing loans by the end of 2026, with annual scheduled amounts through that date ranging from $4.2 billion to $7.2 billion and averaging $6.1 billion per year.
Wells Fargo & Company
(2)
Junior and first lien lines are mostly interest-only during their draw period. The unfunded credit commitments for junior and first lien lines totaled $63.1 billion at September 30, 2017.
(3)
Includes scheduled end-of-term balloon payments for lines and loans totaling $52 million, $257 million, $278 million, $304 million, $479 million and $279 million for 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022 and thereafter, respectively. Amortizing lines and loans include $100 million of end-of-term balloon payments, which are past due. At September 30, 2017, $533 million, or 4% of outstanding lines of credit that are amortizing, are 30 days or more past due compared to $649 million or 2% for lines in their draw period.


CREDIT CARDS  Our credit card portfolio totaled $36.2 billion at September 30, 2017, which represented 4% of our total outstanding loans. The net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card portfolio was 3.08% for third quarter 2017, compared with 2.82% for third quarter 2016 and 3.43% and 3.07% for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively, principally from seasoning of newer vintages.
AUTOMOBILEOur automobile portfolio, predominantly composed of indirect loans, totaled $55.5 billion at September 30, 2017. The net charge-off rate (annualized) for our automobile portfolio was 1.41% for third quarter 2017, compared with 0.87% for third quarter 2016 and 1.12% and 0.77% for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase in net charge-offs in 2017, compared with 2016, was due to increased loss severities resulting from a temporary moratorium on certain repossessions for customers who have had collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies purchased on their behalf while we remediate the previously disclosed CPI issues, as well as updated industry regulatory guidance regarding the timing of loss recognition for automobile loans in bankruptcy, and also reflected the current trend of increased charge-offs in the automobile lending industry.

OTHER REVOLVING CREDIT AND INSTALLMENTOther revolving credit and installment loans totaled $38.7 billion at September 30, 2017, and primarily included student and securities-based loans. Our private student loan portfolio totaled $12.2 billion at September 30, 2017. All remaining student loans guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) were sold as of March 31, 2017. The net charge-off rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 1.44% for third quarter 2017, compared with 1.40% for third quarter 2016 and 1.54% and 1.38% for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

NONPERFORMING ASSETS (NONACCRUAL LOANS AND FORECLOSED ASSETS)Table 22 summarizes nonperforming assets (NPAs) for each of the last four quarters. Total NPAs decreased $512 million from second quarter 2017 to $9.3 billion with improvement across our consumer and commercial portfolios. Nonaccrual loans decreased $437 million from second quarter 2017 to $8.6 billion reflecting declines in commercial and industrial nonaccruals, as well as continued lower consumer real estate nonaccruals. Foreclosed assets of $706 million were down $75 million from second quarter 2017.

WeFor information about when we generally place loans on nonaccrual status, when:
the full and timely collectionsee Note 1 (Summary of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any);
they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interestSignificant
Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2022 Form 10-K. Table 18 summarizes nonperforming assets (NPAs).
Table 18:Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)
($ in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial and industrial$845 746 
Commercial real estate2,507 958 
Lease financing77 119 
Total commercial3,429 1,823 
Residential mortgage (1)3,289 3,611 
Auto135 153 
Other consumer33 39 
Total consumer3,457 3,803 
Total nonaccrual loans$6,886 5,626 
As a percentage of total loans0.73 %0.59 
Foreclosed assets:
Government insured/guaranteed (2)$16 22 
Non-government insured/guaranteed117 115 
Total foreclosed assets133 137 
Total nonperforming assets$7,019 5,763 
As a percentage of total loans0.74 %0.60 
(1)Residential mortgage loans predominantly insured by the FHA or principal, unless both well-secured and inguaranteed by the process of collection;
part of the principal balance has been charged off;
for junior lien mortgages, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be 120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status; or
consumer real estate and automobile loans receive notification of bankruptcy, regardless of their delinquency status.

Credit card loansVA are not placed on nonaccrual status butbecause they are generally fully charged off wheninsured or guaranteed.
(2)Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate resulting from government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loan reaches 180 days past due.loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Receivables related to the foreclosure of certain government guaranteed real estate mortgage loans are excluded from this table and included in Accounts receivable in Other Assets. For additional information on the classification of certain government-guaranteed mortgage loans upon foreclosure, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Commercial nonaccrual loans increased $1.6 billion from December 31, 2022, driven by an increase in commercial real estate nonaccrual loans, predominantly within the office property type. For additional information on commercial nonaccrual loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing” and “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Commercial Real Estate” sections in this Report.
Consumer nonaccrual loans decreased $346 million from December 31, 2022, due to lower residential mortgage nonaccrual loans.

Table 22:Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)
  September 30, 2017  June 30, 2017  March 31, 2017  December 31, 2016 
($ in millions) Balance
 
% of
total
loans

 Balance
 
% of
total
loans

 Balance
 
% of
total
loans

 Balance
 
% of
total
loans

Nonaccrual loans:                
Commercial:                
Commercial and industrial $2,397
 0.73% $2,632
 0.79% $2,898
 0.88% $3,216
 0.97%
Real estate mortgage 593
 0.46
 630
 0.48
 672
 0.51
 685
 0.52
Real estate construction 38
 0.15
 34
 0.13
 40
 0.16
 43
 0.18
Lease financing 81
 0.42
 89
 0.46
 96
 0.50
 115
 0.60
Total commercial 3,109
 0.62
 3,385
 0.67
 3,706
 0.73
 4,059
 0.80
Consumer:                
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (1) 4,213
 1.50
 4,413
 1.60
 4,743
 1.73
 4,962
 1.80
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage 1,101
 2.68
 1,095
 2.56
 1,153
 2.60
 1,206
 2.61
Automobile 137
 0.25
 104
 0.18
 101
 0.17
 106
 0.17
Other revolving credit and installment 59
 0.15
 59
 0.15
 56
 0.14
 51
 0.13
Total consumer (2) 5,510
 1.22
 5,671
 1.26
 6,053
 1.34
 6,325
 1.37
Total nonaccrual loans (3)(4)(5) 8,619
 0.91
 9,056
 0.95
 9,759
 1.02
 10,384
 1.07
Foreclosed assets:                
Government insured/guaranteed (6) 137
   149
   179
   197
  
Non-government insured/guaranteed 569
   632
   726
   781
  
Total foreclosed assets 706
   781
   905
   978
  
Total nonperforming assets $9,325
 0.98% $9,837
 1.03% $10,664
 1.11% $11,362
 1.17%
Change in NPAs from prior quarter $(512)   (827)   (698)   (644)  
(1)
Includes MHFS of $133 million, $140 million, $145 million, and $149 million at September 30, June 30, and March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
Wells Fargo & Company
35
(2)Includes an incremental $171 million of nonaccrual loans at September 30, 2017, reflecting updated industry regulatory guidance related to loans in bankruptcy.
(3)Excludes PCI loans because they continue to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.
(4)Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans largely guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed. All remaining student loans guaranteed under the FFELP were sold as of March 31, 2017.
(5)See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for further information on impaired loans.
(6)
Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate resulting from government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. However, both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Foreclosure of certain government guaranteed residential real estate mortgage loans that meet criteria specified by Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-14, Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure, effective as of January 1, 2014 are excluded from this table and included in Accounts Receivable in Other Assets. For more information on the changes in foreclosures for government guaranteed residential real estate mortgage loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)


Table 2319 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.
Table 23:Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans
 Quarter ended 
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

 Mar 31,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2016

Commercial nonaccrual loans         
Balance, beginning of period$3,385
 3,706
 4,059
 4,262
 4,507
Inflows627
 704
 945
 951
 1,180
Outflows:         
Returned to accruing(97) (61) (133) (59) (80)
Foreclosures(3) (15) (1) (15) (1)
Charge-offs(173) (116) (202) (292) (290)
Payments, sales and other(630) (833) (962) (788) (1,054)
Total outflows(903) (1,025) (1,298) (1,154) (1,425)
Balance, end of period3,109

3,385

3,706

4,059

4,262
Consumer nonaccrual loans         
Balance, beginning of period5,671
 6,053
 6,325
 6,724
 7,456
Inflows (1)887
 676
 814
 863
 868
Outflows:         
Returned to accruing(397) (425) (428) (410) (597)
Foreclosures(56) (72) (81) (59) (85)
Charge-offs(109) (117) (151) (158) (192)
Payments, sales and other(486) (444) (426) (635) (726)
Total outflows(1,048) (1,058) (1,086) (1,262) (1,600)
Balance, end of period5,510

5,671

6,053

6,325

6,724
Total nonaccrual loans$8,619
 9,056
 9,759
 10,384
 10,986
(1)Quarter ended September 30, 2017, includes an incremental $171 million of nonaccrual loans, reflecting updated industry regulatory guidance related to loans in bankruptcy.

Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status in accordance with our policy,policies, offset by reductions for loans
that are paid down, charged off, sold, foreclosed, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities. Also, reductions can come from borrower repayments even if
Table 19:Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Commercial nonaccrual loans
Balance, beginning of period$2,275 1,953 $1,823 2,376 
Inflows1,761 165 2,807 356 
Outflows:
Returned to accruing(61)(88)(207)(282)
Foreclosures —  (19)
Charge-offs(215)(56)(330)(91)
Payments, sales and other(331)(255)(664)(621)
Total outflows(607)(399)(1,201)(1,013)
Balance, end of period3,429 1,719 3,429 1,719 
Consumer nonaccrual loans
Balance, beginning of period3,735 4,918 3,803 4,836 
Inflows336 408 683 1,002 
Outflows:
Returned to accruing(266)(729)(458)(915)
Foreclosures(25)(17)(51)(35)
Charge-offs(44)(70)(82)(144)
Payments, sales and other(279)(236)(438)(470)
Total outflows(614)(1,052)(1,029)(1,564)
Balance, end of period3,457 4,274 3,457 4,274 
Total nonaccrual loans$6,886 5,993 $6,886 5,993 
We considered the loan remainsrisk of losses on nonaccrual.
While nonaccrual loans are not free of loss content, wein developing our allowance for loan losses. We believe exposure to losslosses on nonaccrual loans is significantly mitigated by the following factors at SeptemberJune 30, 2017:2023:
98% of total commercial nonaccrual loans and 99%are secured, the majority of total consumer nonaccrual loans are secured. Of the consumer nonaccrual loans, 96%which are secured by real estate and 81% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or less.
estate.
losses of $380 million and $1.9 billion have already been recognized on 16% of commercial nonaccrual loans and 45% of consumer nonaccrual loans, respectively. Generally, when a consumer real estate loan is 120 days past due (except when required earlier by guidance issued by bank regulatory agencies), we transfer it to nonaccrual status. When the loan reaches 180 days past due, or is discharged in bankruptcy, it is our policy to write these loans down to net realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell), except for modifications in their trial period that are not written down as long as trial payments are made on time. Thereafter, we reevaluate each loan regularly and record additional write-downs if needed.

88%84% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest and 67% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on both principal and interest, but were on nonaccrual status because the full or timely collection of interest or principal had become uncertain.
82%
99% of commercialtotal consumer nonaccrual loans were current on both principalare secured, of which 95% are secured by real estate and interest, and will remain on nonaccrual until98% have a CLTV ratio of 80% or less.
$533 million of the full and timely collection of principal and interest becomes certain.
the remaining risk of loss of all nonaccrual loans has been considered and we believe is adequately covered by the allowance for loan losses.
of $2.4 billion$676 million of consumer loans in bankruptcy or discharged in bankruptcy, and classified as nonaccrual, $1.5 billionwere current.


We continue to work with our customers experiencing financial difficulty to determine if they can qualify for a loan modification so that they can stay in their homes. Under both our proprietary modification programs and the Making Home Affordable (MHA) programs, customers may be required to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of payment during trial periods to demonstrate sustained performance before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status.
Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 2420 provides a summary of foreclosed assets and an analysis of changes in foreclosed assets.


Table 24:20:Foreclosed Assets
(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Summary by loan segment
Government insured/guaranteed$16 22 
Commercial70 65 
Consumer47 50 
Total foreclosed assets$133 137 
(in millions)Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
2023202220232022
Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets
Balance, beginning of period$132 130 $137 112 
Net change in government insured/guaranteed (1)(2)(6)
Additions to foreclosed assets (2)135 99 258 201 
Reductions from sales and write-downs(132)(102)(256)(186)
Balance, end of period$133 130 $133 130 
(1)Foreclosed government insured/guaranteed loans are temporarily transferred to and held by us as servicer, until reimbursement is received from the FHA or the VA.
(2)Includes loans moved into foreclosed assets from nonaccrual status and repossessed autos.
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

 Mar 31,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2016

Summary by loan segment         
Government insured/guaranteed$137
 149
 179
 197
 282
PCI loans:         
Commercial67
 79
 84
 91
 98
Consumer72
 67
 80
 75
 88
Total PCI loans139
 146
 164
 166
 186
All other loans:         
Commercial226
 259
 275
 287
 298
Consumer204
 227
 287
 328
 254
Total all other loans430
 486
 562
 615
 552
Total foreclosed assets$706
 781
 905
 978
 1,020
Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets (1)
         
Balance, beginning of period$781
 905
 978
 1,020
 1,117
Net change in government insured/guaranteed (2)(12) (30) (18) (85) (39)
Additions to foreclosed assets (3)198
 233
 288
 405
 261
Reductions:         
Sales(257) (330) (307) (296) (421)
Write-downs and gains (losses) on sales(4) 3
 (36) (66) 102
Total reductions(261) (327) (343) (362) (319)
Balance, end of period$706
 781
 905
 978
 1,020
(1)36During fourth quarter 2016, we evaluated a population of foreclosed properties that were previously security for FHA insured loans, and made the decision to retain some of the properties as foreclosed real estate, thereby foregoing the FHA insurance claim. Accordingly, the loans for which we decided not to file a claim are reported as additions to foreclosed assets rather than included as net change in government insured/guaranteed foreclosures.
Wells Fargo & Company
(2)Foreclosed government insured/guaranteed loans are temporarily transferred to and held by us as servicer, until reimbursement is received from FHA or VA. The net change in government insured/guaranteed foreclosed assets is generally made up of inflows from mortgages held for investment and MHFS, and outflows when we are reimbursed by FHA/VA.
(3)Includes loans moved into foreclosure from nonaccrual status, PCI loans transitioned directly to foreclosed assets and repossessed automobiles.



Foreclosed assets at September 30, 2017, included $398 million of foreclosed residential real estate, of which 34% is predominantly FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have minimal or no loss content. The remaining foreclosed assets balance of $308 million has been written down to estimated net realizable value. Of the $706 million in foreclosed assets at September 30, 2017, 56% have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less.


TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

Table 25:Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017


Jun 30,
2017


Mar 31,
2017


Dec 31,
2016


Sep 30,
2016

Commercial:         
Commercial and industrial$2,424
 2,629
 2,484
 2,584
 2,445
Real estate mortgage953
 1,024
 1,090
 1,119
 1,256
Real estate construction48
 62
 73
 91
 95
Lease financing39
 21
 8
 6
 8
Total commercial TDRs3,464
 3,736
 3,655
 3,800
 3,804
Consumer:         
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage12,617
 13,141
 13,680
 14,134
 14,761
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage1,919
 1,975
 2,027
 2,074
 2,144
Credit Card340
 316
 308
 300
 294
Automobile88
 85
 80
 85
 89
Other revolving credit and installment124
 118
 107
 101
 93
Trial modifications183
 215
 261
 299
 348
Total consumer TDRs (1)15,271
 15,850
 16,463
 16,993
 17,729
Total TDRs$18,735
 19,586
 20,118
 20,793
 21,533
TDRs on nonaccrual status$5,218
 5,637
 5,819
 6,193
 6,429
TDRs on accrual status (1)13,517
 13,949
 14,299
 14,600
 15,104
Total TDRs$18,735
 19,586
 20,118
 20,793
 21,533
(1)
TDR loans include $1.4 billion, $1.4 billion, $1.5 billion, $1.5 billion, and $1.6 billion at September 30, June 30 and March 31,2017, and December 31 and September 30,2016, respectively, of government insured/guaranteed loans that are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and accruing.
Table 25 providesIn January 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, which eliminated the accounting and reporting guidance for TDRs. For additional information, regarding the recorded investmentsee Note 1 (Summary of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for loan losses for TDRs was $1.6 billion and $2.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses)Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding TDRs. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the entireReport.
At December 31, 2022, TDRs totaled $9.2 billion. The amount of such forgiveness is immediately charged offour TDRs for COVID-related loan modification programs would have otherwise been higher without the TDR relief provided by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) and the Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with
Customers Affected by the Coronavirus (Revised) (Interagency Statement). Customers who are unable to the extent not done so prior to the modification. When we delay the timing on the repayment of a portion of principal (principal forbearance), we charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible.
For more information on our nonaccrual policies when a restructuring is involved, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)” section in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Table 26 provides an analysis of the changes in TDRs. Loans modified more than once are reported as TDR inflows only in the period they are first modified. Other than resolutions such as foreclosures, sales and transfers to held for sale, we may remove loans held for investment from TDR classification, but only if they have been refinanced or restructured at market terms and qualify as a new loan.
Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 26:Analysis of Changes in TDRs
     Quarter ended 
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

 Mar 31,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2016

Commercial:         
Balance, beginning of quarter$3,736
 3,655
 3,800
 3,804
 3,386
Inflows (1)333
 730
 642
 615
 914
Outflows         
Charge-offs(74) (59) (108) (120) (76)
Foreclosures(2) (12) 
 (13) (2)
Payments, sales and other (2)(529) (578) (679) (486) (418)
Balance, end of quarter3,464
 3,736
 3,655
 3,800
 3,804
Consumer:         
Balance, beginning of quarter15,850
 16,463
 16,993
 17,729
 18,565
Inflows (1)461
 444
 517
 513
 542
Outflows         
Charge-offs(51) (51) (51) (48) (65)
Foreclosures(146) (159) (179) (166) (230)
Payments, sales and other (2)(811) (801) (779) (987) (1,067)
Net change in trial modifications (3)(32) (46) (38) (48) (16)
Balance, end of quarter15,271
 15,850
 16,463
 16,993
 17,729
Total TDRs$18,735
 19,586
 20,118
 20,793
 21,533
(1)Inflows include loans that modify, even if they resolve within the period as well as advances on loans that modified in a prior period.
(2)
Other outflows include normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments and loans transferred to held-for-sale. It also includes $6 million and $4 million of loans refinanced or restructured at market terms and qualifying as new loans and removed from TDR classification for the quarters ended September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, while no loans were removed from TDR classification for the quarters ended June 30 and March 31, 2017, and September 30, 2016.
(3)Net change in trial modifications includes: inflows of new TDRs entering the trial payment period, net of outflows for modifications that either (i) successfully perform and enter into a permanent modification, or (ii) did not successfully perform according to the terms of the trial period plan and are subsequently charged-off, foreclosed upon or otherwise resolved.


LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING
Loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing if they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans are not included in past due and still accruing loans even when they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing because they continue to earn interest from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance withresume making their contractual terms.
Excluding insured/guaranteed loans, loans 90 daysloan payments upon exiting from these programs may require further assistance and may receive or more past due and still accruing at September 30, 2017, were down $11 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2016, duebe eligible to payoffs, modifications and other loss mitigation activities and credit
stabilization. Also, fluctuations from quarter to quarter are influenced by seasonality.
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA for mortgages were $9.3 billion at September 30, 2017, down from $10.9 billion at December 31, 2016, due to improving credit trends. All remaining student loans guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP were sold as of March 31, 2017.
Table 27 reflects non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.receive modifications. For additional information on delinquencies bycustomer accommodations, including loan class,modifications, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses)1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.our 2022 Form 10-K.
NET CHARGE-OFFSTable 21 presents net loan charge-offs.

Table 27:Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing21:Net Loan Charge-offs
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
2023202220232022
($ in millions)Net loan
charge-
offs
% of
avg.
loans (1)
Net loan
charge-
offs
% of
avg.
loans (1)
Net loan
charge-
offs
% of
avg.
loans (1)
Net loan
charge-
offs
% of
avg.
loans (1)
Commercial and industrial$119 0.12 %$27 0.03 %$162 0.09 %$— %
Commercial real estate79 0.21 (4)(0.01)96 0.13 (9)(0.01)
Lease financing2 0.05 — — 5 0.06 (1)(0.02)
Total commercial200 0.15 23 0.02 263 0.10 (6)— 
Residential mortgage(12)(0.02)(16)(0.03)(23)(0.02)(37)(0.03)
Credit card396 3.39 199 2.02 740 3.22 375 1.94 
Auto89 0.68 68 0.49 210 0.81 164 0.24 
Other consumer91 1.31 70 0.98 178 1.26 153 1.08 
Total consumer564 0.58 321 0.33 1,105 0.57 655 0.34 
Total$764 0.32 %$344 0.15 %$1,368 0.29 %$649 0.14 %
(in millions)Sep 30, 2017
 Jun 30, 2017
 Mar 31, 2017
 Dec 31, 2016
 Sep 30, 2016
Total (excluding PCI (1)):$10,227
 9,716
 10,525
 11,858
 12,068
Less: FHA insured/VA guaranteed (2)(3)9,266
 8,873
 9,585
 10,883
 11,198
Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (4)
 
 
 3
 17
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$961
 843
 940
 972
 853
By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:
Commercial:
         
Commercial and industrial$27
 42
 88
 28
 47
Real estate mortgage11
 2
 11
 36
 4
Real estate construction
 10
 3
 
 
Total commercial38

54

102

64

51
Consumer:         
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (3)190
 145
 149
 175
 171
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (3)49
 44
 42
 56
 54
Credit card475
 411
 453
 452
 392
Automobile111
 91
 79
 112
 81
Other revolving credit and installment98
 98
 115
 113
 104
Total consumer923
 789

838

908

802
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$961
 843

940

972

853
(1)
PCI loans totaled $1.4 billion, $1.5 billion, $1.8 billion, $2.0 billion, and $2.2 billion at September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2017 and December 31 and September 30,2016, respectively.
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(3)Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.
(4)Represents loans whose repayments are largely guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP. All remaining student loans guaranteed under the FFELP were sold as of March 31, 2017.

Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

NET CHARGE-OFFS

Table 28:(1)Net Charge-offs
               Quarter ended  
 Sep 30, 2017  Jun 30, 2017  Mar 31, 2017  Dec 31, 2016  Sep 30, 2016 
($ in millions)
Net loan
charge-
offs

 
% of 
avg. 
loans(1) 

 
Net loan
charge-
offs

 % of avg. loans (1)
 
Net loan
charge-
offs

 % of avg. loans (1)
 
Net loan
charge-offs

 
% of
avg. loans (1)

 
Net loan
charge-offs

 
% of
avg.
loans (1)

Commercial:                   
Commercial and industrial$125
 0.15 % $78
 0.10 % $171
 0.21 % $256
 0.31 % $259
 0.32 %
Real estate mortgage(3) (0.01) (6) (0.02) (25) (0.08) (12) (0.04) (28) (0.09)
Real estate construction(15) (0.24) (4) (0.05) (8) (0.15) (8) (0.13) (18) (0.32)
Lease financing6
 0.12
 7
 0.15
 5
 0.11
 15
 0.32
 2
 0.04
Total commercial113
 0.09
 75
 0.06
 143
 0.11
 251
 0.20
 215
 0.17
Consumer:                   
Real estate 1-4 family
first mortgage
(16) (0.02) (16) (0.02) 7
 0.01
 (3) 
 20
 0.03
Real estate 1-4 family
junior lien mortgage
1
 
 (4) (0.03) 23
 0.21
 44
 0.38
 49
 0.40
Credit card277
 3.08
 320
 3.67
 309
 3.54
 275
 3.09
 245
 2.82
Automobile202
 1.41
 126
 0.86
 167
 1.10
 166
 1.05
 137
 0.87
Other revolving credit and
installment
140
 1.44
 154
 1.58
 156
 1.60
 172
 1.70
 139
 1.40
Total consumer (2)604
 0.53
 580
 0.51
 662
 0.59
 654
 0.56
 590
 0.51
Total$717
 0.30 % $655
 0.27 % $805
 0.34 % $905
 0.37 % $805
 0.33 %
                    
(1)Quarterly net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.
(2)
Quarter ended September 30, 2017, includes an incremental $29 million of charge-offs in accordance with updated industry regulatory guidance regarding the timing of loss recognition for real estate 1-4 family mortgage and automobile loans in bankruptcy.

loan charge-offs as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.
Table 28 presentsThe increase in commercial net charge-offs for third quarter 2017 and the previous four quarters. Netloan charge-offs in thirdsecond quarter 2017 were $717 million (0.30% of average total loans outstanding)2023, compared with $805 million (0.33%) in third quarter 2016.the same period a year ago, was driven by higher losses across all commercial portfolios.
The decreaseincrease in commercial and industrialconsumer net loan charge-offs from thirdin second quarter 2016 reflected continued improvement2023, compared with the same period a year ago, was driven by higher losses in all consumer portfolios, primarily in our oil and gas portfolio. Our commercial real estate portfolios were in a net recovery position. Total consumer net charge-offs increased slightly from the prior year due to an increase in credit card and automobile net charge-offs, partially offset by a decrease in residential real estate net charge-offs.portfolio.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSESTheWe maintain an allowance for credit losses which consists of the allowance(ACL) for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments,loans, which is management’s estimate of the expected lifetime credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value. The detail of the changesvalue or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an ACL for debt securities classified as either AFS or HTM, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, including deposits with banks, net investments in the allowance forleases, and other off-balance sheet credit losses by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.exposures.
We apply a disciplinedThe process and methodology to establish our allowance for credit losses each quarter. This processestablishing the ACL for loans takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific characteristics. The process involves subjective and complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These credit metrics and trends, however, do not solely determine the amount of the allowance as we use several analytical tools. Our estimation approach for the commercial portfolio reflects the estimated probability of default in accordance with the borrower’s financial strength, and the severity of loss in the event of default, considering the quality of any underlying collateral. Probability of default and severity at the time of default are statistically derived through historical observations of defaults and losses after default within each credit risk rating. Our estimation approach for the consumer portfolio uses forecasted losses that represent our best estimate of inherent loss based on historical experience, quantitative and other mathematical techniques. For additional information on our allowance for credit losses,ACL, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K and10-K. For additional information on our ACL for loans, see Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 29 presents the allocation of the allowanceReport, and for credit losses by loan segment and class for the most recent quarter end and last four year ends.

Table 29:Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)
 Sep 30, 2017  Dec 31, 2016  Dec 31, 2015  Dec 31, 2014  Dec 31, 2013 
(in millions)ACL
 
Loans
as %
of total
loans

 ACL
 
Loans
as %
of total
loans

 ACL
 
Loans
as %
of total
loans

 ACL
 
Loans
as %
of total
loans

 ACL
 
Loans
as %
of total
loans

Commercial:                   
Commercial and industrial$4,076
 34% $4,560
 34% $4,231
 33% $3,506
 32% $3,040
 29%
Real estate mortgage1,248
 14
 1,320
 14
 1,264
 13
 1,576
 13
 2,157
 14
Real estate construction1,262
 3
 1,294
 2
 1,210
 3
 1,097
 2
 775
 2
Lease financing246
 2
 220
 2
 167
 1
 198
 1
 131
 1
Total commercial6,832
 53
 7,394
 52
 6,872
 50
 6,377
 48
 6,103
 46
Consumer:                   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage1,173
 29
 1,270
 29
 1,895
 30
 2,878
 31
 4,087
 32
Real estate 1-4 family
junior lien mortgage
672
 4
 815
 5
 1,223
 6
 1,566
 7
 2,534
 8
Credit card1,900
 4
 1,605
 4
 1,412
 4
 1,271
 4
 1,224
 3
Automobile853
 6
 817
 6
 529
 6
 516
 6
 475
 6
Other revolving credit and installment679
 4
 639
 4
 581
 4
 561
 4
 548
 5
Total consumer5,277
 47
 5,146
 48
 5,640
 50
 6,792
 52
 8,868
 54
Total$12,109
 100% $12,540
 100% $12,512
 100% $13,169
 100% $14,971
 100%
                    
 Sep 30, 2017  Dec 31, 2016  Dec 31, 2015  Dec 31, 2014  Dec 31, 2013 
Components:         
Allowance for loan losses$11,078  11,419  11,545  12,319  14,502 
Allowance for unfunded
credit commitments
1,031  1,121  967  850  469 
Allowance for credit losses$12,109  12,540  12,512  13,169  14,971 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans1.16% 1.18  1.26  1.43  1.76 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total net charge-offs (1)390  324  399  418  322 
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans1.27  1.30  1.37  1.53  1.82 
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans141  121  110  103  96 
(1)
Total net charge-offs are annualized for quarter ended September 30, 2017.

In addition to the allowance for credit losses, there was $454 million at September 30, 2017, and $954 million at December 31, 2016 of nonaccretable difference to absorb losses for PCI loans, which totaled $13.6 billion at September 30, 2017. The allowance for credit losses is lower than otherwise would have been required without PCI loan accounting. As a result of PCI loans, certain ratios of the Company may not be directly comparable with credit-related metrics for other financial institutions. Additionally, loans purchased at fair value, including loans from the GE Capital business acquisitions, generally reflect a lifetime credit loss adjustment and therefore do not initially require additions to the allowance as is typically associated with loan growth. For additional information on PCI loans,our ACL for debt securities, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” sectionNote 3 (Available-for-Sale and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses)Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 22 presents the allocation of the ACL for loans by loan portfolio segment and class.
Wells Fargo & Company37

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

Table 22:Allocation of the ACL for Loans
Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
($ in millions)ACLACL
as %
of loan
class
Loans
as %
of total
loans
ACLACL
as %
of loan
class
Loans
as %
of total
loans
Commercial and industrial$4,266 1.11 %41 $4,507 1.17 %40 
Commercial real estate3,618 2.35 16 2,231 1.43 16 
Lease financing197 1.28 1 218 1.46 
Total commercial8,081 1.45 58 6,956 1.25 58 
Residential mortgage (1)734 0.28 28 1,096 0.41 28 
Credit card3,865 8.10 5 3,567 7.71 
Auto1,408 2.73 6 1,380 2.57 
Other consumer698 2.50 3 610 2.08 
Total consumer6,705 1.71 42 6,653 1.67 42 
Total$14,786 1.56 %100 $13,609 1.42 %100 
Components:
Allowance for loan losses$14,25812,985
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments528624
Allowance for credit losses$14,78613,609
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total net loan charge-offs (2)4.65x8.08 
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total nonaccrual loans2.07 2.31 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans1.50 %1.36 
(1)Includes negative allowance for expected recoveries of amounts previously charged off.
(2)Total net loan charge-offs are annualized for the quarter ended June 30, 2023.
The ratio ofratios for the allowance for creditloan losses to total nonaccrualand the ACL for loans presented in Table 22 may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength, and the value and marketability of collateral. Our nonaccrual
The ACL for loans consisted
primarily of real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans at September 30, 2017.
The allowance for credit losses decreased$431 million,increased $1.2 billion, or 3%9%, from December 31, 2016, due to a decrease in our2022, reflecting increases for commercial allowance reflecting credit quality improvement, including in the oil and gas portfolio,real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as improvementfor increases in our residential real estate portfolios,credit card loan balances, partially offset by increased allowancea decrease for residential mortgage loans related to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. For additional information on ASU 2022-02, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. The detail of the changes in the credit card, automobileACL for loans by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is included in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
We consider multiple economic scenarios to develop our estimate of the ACL for loans, which generally include a base scenario, along with an optimistic (upside) and one or more pessimistic (downside) scenarios. We weighted the base scenario and the downside scenarios in our estimate of the ACL for loans at June 30, 2023. The base scenario assumed elevated inflation and economic contraction in the near term, reflecting declining property values and increased unemployment rates from historically low levels. The downside scenarios assumed a more substantial economic contraction due to declining property values, high inflation, and lower business and consumer confidence.
Additionally, we consider qualitative factors that represent the risk of limitations inherent in our processes and assumptions such as economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, and other revolvingsubjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments.
The forecasted key economic variables used in our estimate of the ACL for loans at June 30, 2023, and March 31, 2023, are presented in Table 23.
Table 23:ForecastedKeyEconomic Variables
4Q 20232Q 20244Q 2024
Weighted blend of economic scenarios:
U.S. unemployment rate (1):
June 30, 20234.2 %5.2 5.9 
March 31, 20234.7 5.6 6.0 
U.S. real GDP (2):
June 30, 2023(1.5)(0.8)1.0 
March 31, 2023(0.3)0.5 1.4 
Home price index (3):
June 30, 2023(4.3)(5.9)(6.4)
March 31, 2023(5.5)(7.7)(6.6)
Commercial real estate asset prices (3):
June 30, 2023(12.4)(12.6)(7.2)
March 31, 2023(5.2)(8.0)(8.1)
(1)Quarterly average.
(2)Percent change from the preceding period, seasonally adjusted annualized rate.
(3)Percent change year over year of national average; outlook differs by geography and property type.
Future amounts of the ACL for loans will be based on a variety of factors, including loan balance changes, portfolio credit quality and installment portfolios. Total provisionmix changes, and changes in general economic conditions and expectations (including for credit losses was $717 million in third quarter 2017, compared with $805 million in third quarter 2016, reflecting the same changes mentioned above for the allowance for credit losses.unemployment and real GDP), among other factors.

38Wells Fargo & Company


We believe the allowanceACL for credit lossesloans of $12.1$14.8 billion at SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, was appropriate to cover expected credit losses, inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at that date. Approximately $797 million of the allowance at September 30, 2017, was allocated to our oil and gas portfolio, compared with $1.3 billion at December 31, 2016. This represented 6.2% and 8.5% of total oil and gas loans outstanding at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. The allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2017 also included
Risk Management - Credit Risk Management (continued)

$450 million for coverage of our preliminary estimate of potential hurricane-related losses from Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria. However, the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent infrom the total loan portfolio. The allowanceACL for credit lossesloans is subject to change and reflects existing factors as of the date of determination, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowanceACL for credit lossesloans to changes in the economic and business environment, it is possible that we will incur incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Future allowance levels will be based on a variety of factors, including loan growth, portfolio performance and general economic conditions. Our process for determining the allowance for credit lossesACL is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K.

LIABILITY FOR
MORTGAGE LOAN REPURCHASE LOSSES 
BANKING ACTIVITIES We sell residential and commercial mortgage loans to various parties. In connection with our sales and securitization of residential mortgage loans, to various parties, we have established a mortgage repurchase liability, initially at fair value, related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of losses for loans for which we could have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Our mortgage repurchase liability estimation process also incorporates a forecast of repurchase demands associated with mortgage insurance rescission activity.
Because we typically retain the servicing for the mortgage loans we sell or securitize, we believe the quality of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio provides helpful information in evaluating our repurchase liability. Of the $1.6 trillion in the residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio at September 30, 2017, 95% was current and less than 1% was subprime at origination. Our combined delinquency and foreclosure rate on this portfolio was 4.83% at September 30, 2017, and at December 31, 2016. Two percent of this portfolio is private label securitizations for which we originated the loans and, therefore have some repurchase risk.
The overall level of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions outstanding at September 30, 2017, was $120 million, representing 549 loans, up from a year ago both in number of outstanding loans and in total dollar balances. The increase was largely due to private investor demands we expect to resolve with minimal repurchase risk.
Our liability for mortgage repurchases, included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheet, represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we expect to incur for various representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans. The liability was $179 million at September 30, 2017, and $229 million at December 31, 2016. In third quarter 2017, we released $6 million due to re-estimation of our liability based on recently observed trends, which increased net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities, compared with a release of $13 million in third quarter 2016. Additionally, in third quarter 2017, we recognized a $10 million reserve build for an MSR acquisition. We incurred net losses on repurchased loans and investor reimbursements totaling $3 million in third quarter 2017 and in third quarter 2016.
Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses exceeded our recorded liability by $180 million at September 30, 2017, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions (particularly to assume significant changes in investor repurchase demand practices) used in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions.
For additional information on our repurchase liability, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability For Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses”Banking Activities” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.10-K.

RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIESIn addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential and commercial mortgage loans included in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations of FHA-insured/VA-guaranteed mortgages and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors.
As a servicer, we are required to advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest on mortgage loans we service. The amount and timing of reimbursement for advances of delinquent payments vary by investor and the applicable servicing agreements. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information about residential and commercial servicing rights, servicer advances and servicing fees.
In connectionaccordance with applicable servicing guidelines, upon transfer as servicer, we retain the option to repurchase loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, which generally becomes exercisable when three scheduled loan payments remain unpaid by the borrower. We may repurchase these loans for cash and as a result, our total consolidated assets do not change. Repurchased loans that regain current status or are otherwise modified in accordance with applicable servicing activities,guidelines may be included in future GNMA loan securitization pools. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, these loans, which we have entered into various settlementsrepurchased or have the option to repurchase, were $8.5 billion and $9.8 billion, respectively, which included $7.8 billion and $8.6 billion, respectively, in loans held for investment, with federalthe remainder in loans held for sale. See Note 13 (Securitizations and state regulatorsVariable Interest Entities) to resolve certain alleged servicing issues and practices. In general, these settlements required us to provide customersFinancial Statements in this Report for additional information about our involvement with mortgage loan modification relief, refinancing relief, and foreclosure prevention and assistance, as well as imposed certain monetary penalties on us.securitizations.
For additional information about the risks and various settlements related to our servicing activities, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to ServicingMortgage Banking Activities” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K. For additional information on mortgage banking activities, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.



Asset/Liability Management
Asset/liability management involves evaluating, monitoring and managing interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. PrimaryFor information on our oversight of interest rate risk and market risk resides withasset/liability risks, see the Finance Committee of“Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in our Board of Directors (Board), which oversees the administration and effectiveness of financial risk management policies and processes used to assess and manage these risks. Primary oversight of liquidity and funding resides with the Risk Committee of the Board. At the management level we utilize a Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO), which consists of senior financial, risk, and business executives, to oversee these risks and report on them periodically to the Board’s Finance Committee and Risk Committee as appropriate. As discussed in more detail for trading activities below, we employ separate management level oversight specific to market risk.2022 Form 10-K.

INTEREST RATE RISK Interest rate risk which potentiallyis the risk that market fluctuations in interest rates, credit spreads, or foreign exchange can havecause a significantloss of the Company’s earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary.and capital stemming from mismatches in the Company’s asset and liability cash flows primarily arising from customer-related activities such as lending and deposit-taking. We are subject to interest rate risk because:
assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times (for example, iftimes. If assets reprice faster than liabilities and interest rates are generally falling,rising, earnings will initially decline);increase;
assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts (for example, when the general level of interest rates is falling, we may reduce rates paid on checking and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general decline in market interest rates);amounts;
short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts (foramounts. For example, the shape of the yield curve may affect yield for new loan yieldsloans and funding costs differently);differently;
the remaining maturity offor various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change (forchange. For example, if long-term mortgage interest rates declineincrease sharply, MBS held in the investment securities portfoliomortgage-related products may prepay significantly earlierpay down at a slower rate than anticipated, which could reduceimpact portfolio income);income; or
interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, collateral values, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, and the fair value of MSRs and other financial instruments, the value of the pension liability and other items affecting earnings.

instruments.
We assess interest rate risk by comparing outcomes under various net interest income simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. These simulations require assumptions regarding drivers of earnings and balance sheet composition such as loan originations, prepayment speedsrates on loans and investmentdebt securities, deposit flows and mix, as well as pricing strategies.
Currently, our profile is such that we projectOur most recent simulations, as presented in Table 24, estimate net interest income willsensitivity over the next 12 months using instantaneous movements across the yield curve with both lower and higher interest rates relative to our base scenario. Steeper and flatter scenarios measure non-parallel changes in the yield curve, with long-term interest rates defined as all tenors three years and longer and short-term interest rates defined as all tenors less than three years. Where applicable, U.S. dollar interest rates are floored at 0.00%. The following describes the simulation assumptions for the scenarios presented in Table 24:
Simulations are dynamic and reflect anticipated changes to our assets and liabilities.
Other macroeconomic variables that could be correlated with the changes in interest rates are held constant.
Mortgage prepayment and origination assumptions vary across scenarios and reflect only the impact of the higher or lower interest rates.
Wells Fargo & Company39


Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)
Our base scenario deposit forecast incorporates mix changes consistent with the base interest rate trajectory. Deposit mix is modeled to be the same in the base scenario and the alternative scenarios. In higher interest rate scenarios, customer deposit activity that shifts balances into higher yielding products could impact expected net interest income.
The interest rate sensitivity of deposits is modeled using the historical behavior of our deposits portfolio and reflects the expectations of deposit products repricing as market interest rates change (referred to as deposit betas). Our actual experience in base and alternative scenarios may differ from expectations due to the lag or acceleration of deposit repricing, changes in consumer behavior, and other factors.
We hold the size of the projected debt and equity securities portfolios constant across scenarios.
Table 24:Net Interest Income Sensitivity Over the Next 12 Months Using Instantaneous Movements
($ in billions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in interest rates$1.8 2.3 
-100 bps shift in interest rates(2.1)(1.7)
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term interest rates1.0 0.8 
-100 bps shift in short-term interest rates(1.1)(1.0)
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term interest rates0.8 1.5 
-100 bps shift in long-term interest rates(1.0)(0.7)
The changes in our interest rate sensitivity from December 31, 2022, to June 30, 2023, in Table 24 reflected updates to our base scenario, including expectations for balance sheet composition and interest rates. Our interest rate sensitivity indicates that we would expect to benefit modestly from higher interest rates as our assets would reprice faster and to a greater degree than our liabilities, while in the case of lower interest rates, our assets would reprice downward and to a greater degree than our liabilities.
As of September 30, 2017, our most recent simulations estimateliabilities resulting in lower net interest income sensitivity over the next two years under a range of both lower and higher interest rates. Measured impacts from standardized ramps (gradual changes) and shocks
(instantaneous changes) are summarized in Table 30, indicating net interest income sensitivity relative to the Company's base net interest income plan. Ramp scenarios assume interest rates move gradually in parallel across the yield curve relative to the base scenario in year one, and the full amount of the ramp is held as a constant differential to the base scenario in year two. The following describes the simulation assumptions for the scenarios presented in Table 30:
Simulations are dynamic and reflect anticipated growth across assets and liabilities.
Other macroeconomic variables that could be correlated with the changes in interest rates are held constant.
Mortgage prepayment and origination assumptions vary across scenarios and reflect only the impact of the higher or lower interest rates.
Our base scenario deposit forecast incorporates mix changes consistent with the base interest rate trajectory. Deposit mix is modeled to be the same as in the base scenario across the alternative scenarios. In higher rate scenarios, customer activity that shifts balances into higher-yielding products could reduce expected net interest income.
We hold the size of the projected investment securities portfolio constant across scenarios.
Table 30:Net Interest Income Sensitivity Over Next Two-Year Horizon Relative to Base Expectation
  Lower Rates Higher Rates
($ in billions)Base
100 bps
Ramp
Parallel
 Decrease
 
100 bps Instantaneous
Parallel
Increase
 
200 bps
Ramp
Parallel
Increase
First Year of Forecasting Horizon      
Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Base Scenario (0.7) - (0.2) 1.1 - 1.6 0.9 - 1.4
Key Rates at Horizon End      
Fed Funds Target2.091.09 3.09 4.09
10-year CMT (1)2.971.97 3.97 4.97
Second Year of Forecasting Horizon      
Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Base Scenario (1.1) - (0.6) 1.5 - 2.0 2.1 - 2.6
Key Rates at Horizon End      
Fed Funds Target2.501.50 3.50 4.50
10-year CMT (1)3.592.59 4.59 5.59
(1)U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate

The sensitivity results above do not capture interest rate sensitive noninterest income andor expense impacts. Our interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense is significantly drivenare impacted by mortgage activity, andbanking activities that may have sensitivity impacts that move in the opposite direction of our net interest income. Typically, in response to higher interest rates, mortgage activity, primarily refinancing activity, generally declines. And in response to lower interest rates, mortgage activity generally increases. Mortgage results are also impacted by the valuation of MSRs and related hedge positions. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in our 2022 Form 10-K for additional information.
Interest rate sensitive noninterest income is also impacted by changes in earnings credit for noninterest-bearing deposits that reduce treasury management deposit-related service fees on commercial accounts, and by trading assets. In addition, the impact to net interest income does not include the fair value changes of trading securities, which, along with the effects of related economic hedges, are recorded in noninterest income. In addition to changes in interest rates, net interest income and noninterest income from trading securities may be impacted by the actual composition of the trading portfolio. For additional information on our trading assets and liabilities, see Note 2 (Trading Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report for more information.Report.
We use the investmentdebt securities portfolio and exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedgemanage our interest rate exposures. See the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Investment Securities” sectionAs interest rates increase, changes in this Report for more information on the use of the available-for-sale and held-to-
Asset/Liability Management (continued)

maturity securities portfolios. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount andthe fair value of AFS debt securities may negatively affect accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), which lowers the derivatives usedamount of our regulatory capital. AOCI also includes unrealized gains or losses related to hedge ourthe transfer of debt securities from AFS to HTM, which are subsequently amortized into earnings over the life of the security with no further impact from interest rate risk exposures aschanges. See Note 1 (Summary of September 30, 2017,Significant Accounting Policies) and December 31, 2016, are presented in Note 12 (Derivatives)3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report.Report for additional information on the debt securities portfolios. We use derivatives for asset/liability management in twothe following main ways:
to convert the cash flows from selected asset and/or liability instruments/portfolios including investments,certain interest-earning deposits, commercial loans and long-term debt, from fixed-ratefloating-rate payments to floating-ratefixed-rate payments, or vice versa;
to reduce AOCI sensitivity of our AFS debt securities portfolio; and
to economically hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans, and MSRs usingMSRs.

Derivatives used to hedge our interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options.risk exposures are presented in Note 11 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.

MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity andmarket, interest rate, risks.credit, and liquidity risks that can be substantial. Based on market conditions and other factors, we reduce credit and liquidity risks by selling or securitizing mortgage loans. We determine whether mortgage loans will be held for investment or held for sale at the time of commitment, but may change our intent to hold loans for investment or sale as part of our corporate asset/liability management activities. We may also retain securities in our investment portfolio at the time we securitize mortgage loans.
Changes in interest rates may impact mortgage banking noninterest income, including origination and servicing fees, and the fair value of our residential MSRs, LHFS, and derivative loan commitments (interest rate “locks”) extended to mortgage applicants. Interest rate changes will generally impact our mortgage banking noninterest income on a lagging basis due to the time it takes for the market to reflect a shift in customer demand, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment, and securitizing and selling the loan. The amount and timing of the impact will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the changes in interest rates. For moreadditional information on mortgage banking, interest rateincluding key assumptions and market risk,the sensitivity of the fair value of MSRs, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section and Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities), Note 14 (Derivatives), and Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K.
While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, hedge-carry income on our economic hedges for the MSRs may not continue at recent levels if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases or there are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that affect the implied carry.
The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $14.7 billion at September 30, 2017, and $14.4 billion at December 31, 2016. The weighted-average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 4.23% at September 30, 2017, and 4.26% at December 31, 2016. The carrying value of our total MSRs represented 0.87% of mortgage loans serviced for others at September 30, 2017, and 0.85% at December 31, 2016.
MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIESThe Finance Committee of our Board of Directors reviews the acceptable market risk appetite for our trading activities. We engage in trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers (which generally comprises a subset of the transactions recorded as trading and derivative assets and liabilities on our balance sheet), and to execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks. These activities primarily occur within our Wholesale Banking businesses and to a lesser extent other divisions of the Company. All of our trading assets, and derivative assets and liabilities, (including securities, foreign exchange transactions, and commodity transactions) are carried at fair value. Income earned related to these trading activities include net interest income and changes in fair value related to trading assets and derivative assets and liabilities. Net interest income earned from trading activity is reflected in the interest income and interest expense components of our income statement. Changes in fair value related to trading assets, and derivative assets and liabilities are reflected in net gains on trading activities, a component of noninterest income in our income statement.
Table 31 presents total revenue from trading activities.
Table 31:Net Gains (Losses) from Trading Activities
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions) 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Interest income (1) $754
 593
 $2,107
 1,761
Less: Interest expense (2) 109
 88
 309
 260
Net interest income 645
 505
 1,798
 1,501
Noninterest income:        
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (3):        
Customer accommodation 188
 348
 720
 947
Economic hedges and other (4) 57
 67
 201
 (4)
Total net gains from trading activities 245
 415
 921
 943
Total trading-related net interest and noninterest income $890
 920
 $2,719
 2,444
(1)Represents interest and dividend income earned on trading securities.
(2)Represents interest and dividend expense incurred on trading securities we have sold but have not yet purchased.
(3)Represents realized gains (losses) from our trading activity and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions, attributable to the type of business activity.
(4)Excludes economic hedging of mortgage banking and asset/liability management activities, for which hedge results (realized and unrealized) are reported with the respective hedged activities.
Customer accommodation Customer accommodation activities are conducted to help customers manage their investment and risk management needs. We engage in market-making activities or act as an intermediary to purchase or sell financial instruments in anticipation of or in response to customer needs. This category also includes positions we use to manage our exposure to customer transactions.
In our customer accommodation trading, we serve as intermediary between buyer and seller. For example, we may purchase or sell a derivative to a customer who wants to manage interest rate risk exposure. We typically enter into offsetting derivative or security positions with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our exposure to the derivative with our customer. We earn income on this activity based on the transaction price difference between the customer and offsetting derivative or security positions, which is reflected in the fair value changes of the positions recorded in net gains on trading activities.
Customer accommodation trading also includes net gains related to market-making activities in which we take positions to facilitate customer order flow. For example, we may own securities recorded as trading assets (long positions) or sold securities we have not yet purchased, recorded as trading liabilities (short positions), typically on a short-term basis, to facilitate support of buying and selling demand from our customers. As a market maker in these securities, we earn income due to: (1) the difference between the price paid or received for the purchase and sale of the security (bid-ask spread), (2) the net interest income, and (3) the change in fair value of the long or short positions during the short-term period held on our balance sheet. Additionally, we may enter into separate derivative or security positions to manage our exposure related to our long or short security positions. Income earned on this type of market-making activity is reflected in the fair value changes of these positions recorded in net gains on trading activities.

Economic hedges and other Economic hedges in trading activities are not designated in a hedge accounting relationship and exclude economic hedging related to our asset/liability risk management and mortgage banking risk management activities. Economic hedging activities include the use of trading securities to economically hedge risk exposures related to non-trading activities or derivatives to hedge risk exposures related to trading assets or trading liabilities. Economic hedges are unrelated to our customer accommodation activities. Other activities include financial assets held for investment purposes that we elected to carry at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings in order to mitigate accounting measurement mismatches or avoid embedded derivative accounting complexities.
Daily Trading-Related Revenue Table 32 provides information on the distribution of daily trading-related revenues for the Company’s trading portfolio. This trading-related revenue is defined as the change in value of the trading assets and trading liabilities, trading-related net interest income, and trading-related intra-day gains and losses. Net trading-related revenue does not include activity related to long-term positions held for economic hedging purposes, period-end adjustments, and other activity not representative of daily price changes driven by market factors.
Table 32:Distribution of Daily Trading-Related Revenues
mktrisk3q.jpg
Market RiskMarket risk is the risk of possible economic loss from adverse changes in market risk factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, mortgage rates,and the risk of possible loss due to counterparty exposure. This applies to implied volatility risk, basis risk, and market liquidity.liquidity risk. It includes price risk in the trading book, mortgage servicing rights and the hedge effectiveness risk associated with mortgage loans held at fair value, and impairment of private equity investments. For
40Wells Fargo & Company


information on our oversight of market risk, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Market risk is intrinsicRisk” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.

MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIES We engage in trading activities to accommodate the Company’s sales and trading, market making, investing,investment and risk management activities of our customers and to execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks. These trading activities predominantly occur within our CIB businesses and, to a lesser extent, other businesses of the Company. Debt securities held for trading, equity securities held for trading, trading loans and trading derivatives are financial instruments used in our trading activities, and all are carried at fair value. Income earned on the financial instruments used in our trading activities include net interest income, changes in fair value and realized gains and losses. Net interest income earned from our trading activities is reflected in the interest income and interest expense components of our consolidated statement of income. Changes in fair value of the financial instruments used in our trading activities are reflected in net gains from trading activities. For additional information on the financial instruments used in our trading activities and the income from these trading activities,
The Company uses value-at-risk
see Note 2 (Trading Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Value-at-risk (VaR) metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing in measuring and monitoring market risk. VaR is a statistical risk measure used to estimate the potential loss from adverse moves in the financial markets. The Company uses VaR metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing in measuring and monitoring market risk. For moreadditional information on VaR,our monitoring activities, sensitivity analysis and stress testing, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Market Risk – Trading Activities” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K.
Trading VaR is the measure used to provide insight into the market risk exhibited by the Company’s trading positions. The
Company calculates Trading VaR for risk management purposes to establish and monitor line of business and Company-wide risk limits. Trading VaR is calculated based on all trading positions classified as trading assets or other liabilities, derivative assets or derivative liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet.
Asset/Liability Management (continued)

Table 3325 shows the Company’s Trading General VaR by risk category. As presentedThe increase in the table, average Company Trading General VaR was $15 million for the quarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, compared with $29 million for the quarter
ended June 30, 2017. The decrease was mainly driven by changes in historical VaR dates dropping out of the 1-year time horizon.
Table 33:Trading 1-Day 99% General VaR by Risk Category
   Quarter ended 
 September 30, 2017  June 30, 2017 
(in millions)
Period
end

 Average
 Low
 High
 
Period
end

 Average
 Low
 High
Company Trading General VaR Risk Categories               
Credit$18
 26
 18
 35
 23
 29
 23
 36
Interest rate7
 13
 7
 20
 10
 20
 10
 27
Equity13
 11
 9
 14
 10
 11
 9
 14
Commodity2
 1
 1
 2
 1
 1
 1
 2
Foreign exchange0
 1
 0
 1
 1
 1
 0
 1
Diversification benefit (1)(22) (37)     (29) (33)    
Company Trading General VaR$18
 15
     16
 29
    
(1)The period-end VaR was less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and high metrics since they may occur on different days.

Regulatory Market Risk Capital  reflects U.S. regulatory agency risk-based capital regulations that are based on the Basel Committee Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The Company must calculate regulatory capital under the Basel III market risk capital rule, which requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to reflect the market risks of those activities based on comprehensive and risk sensitive methods and models. The market risk capital rule is intended to cover the risk of loss in value of covered positions due to changes in market conditions.
Composition of Material Portfolio of Covered Positions The positions that are “covered” by the market risk capital rule are generally a subset of our trading assets, and derivative assets and liabilities, specifically those held by the Company for the purpose of short-term resale or with the intent of benefiting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or to lock in arbitrage profits. Positions excluded from market risk regulatory capital treatment are subject to the credit risk capital rules applicable to the “non-covered” trading positions.
The material portfolio of the Company’s “covered” positions is mostly concentrated in the trading assets, and derivative assets and liabilities within Wholesale Banking where the substantial portion of market risk capital resides. Wholesale Banking engages in the fixed income, traded credit, foreign exchange, equities, and commodities markets businesses. Other business segments hold smaller trading positions covered under the market risk capital rule.
Regulatory Market Risk Capital Components  The capital required for market risk on the Company’s “covered” positions is determined by internally developed models or standardized specific risk charges. The market risk regulatory capital models are subject to internal model risk management and validation. The models are continuously monitored and enhanced in response to changes in market conditions, improvements in system capabilities, and changes in the Company’s market risk exposure. The Company is required to obtain and has received prior written approval from its regulators before using its internally developed models to calculate the market risk capital charge.
Basel III prescribes various VaR measures in the determination of regulatory capital and RWAs. The Company uses the same VaR models for both market risk management purposes as well as regulatory capital calculations. For regulatory purposes, we use the following metrics to determine the Company’s market risk capital requirements:
General VaR measures the risk of broad market movements such as changes in the level of credit spreads, interest rates, equity prices, commodity prices, and foreign exchange rates. General VaR uses historical simulation analysis based on 99% confidence level andperiod a 10-day holding period.

Table 34 shows the General VaR measure categorized by major risk categories. Average 10-day Company Regulatory General VaR was $31 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2017, compared with $30 million for the quarter
ended June 30, 2017. The increaseyear ago, was primarily driven by changes in portfolio composition.
Table 34:Regulatory 10-Day25:Trading 1-Day 99% General VaR by Risk Category
Quarter ended
June 30, 2023March 31, 2023June 30, 2022
(in millions)Period
end
AverageLowHighPeriod
end
AverageLowHighPeriod
end
AverageLowHigh
Company Trading General VaR Risk Categories
Credit50 39 21 51 34 27 20 37 28 31 21 40 
Interest rate42 44 29 65 40 32 19 48 26 23 11 35 
Equity19 19 13 24 24 24 19 31 20 24 17 36 
Commodity4 4 3 6 
Foreign exchange1 1 0 4 1
Diversification benefit (1)(78)(72)(67)(49)(44)(52)
Company Trading General VaR$38 35 34 39 36 32 
   Quarter ended 
 September 30, 2017  June 30, 2017 
(in millions)
Period
end

 Average
 Low
 High
 
Period
end

 Average
 Low
 High
Wholesale Regulatory General VaR Risk Categories              
Credit$51
 66
 45
 86
 60
 72
 57
 93
Interest rate14
 23
 14
 38
 17
 39
 17
 71
Equity (1)7
 12
 4
 23
 6
 4
 2
 7
Commodity6
 8
 4
 21
 11
 4
 3
 11
Foreign exchange3
 6
 2
 16
 8
 6
 3
 29
Diversification benefit (2)(57) (86)     (71) (96)    
Wholesale Regulatory General VaR$24
 29
 20
 36
 31
 29
 24
 37
Company Regulatory General VaR26
 31
 22
 39
 35
 30
 25
 40
(1)(1)The period-end VaR was less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification benefit arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and high metrics since they may occur on different days.

Specific Risk measures the risk of loss that could result from factors other than broad market movements, or name-specific market risk. Specific Risk uses Monte Carlo simulation analysis based on a 99% confidence level and a 10-day holding period.

Total VaR (as presented in Table 35) is composed of General VaR and Specific Risk and uses the previous 12 months of historical market data in compliance with regulatory requirements.

Total Stressed VaR (as presented in Table 35) uses a historical period of significant financial stress over a continuous 12 month period using historically available market data and is composed of Stressed General VaR and Stressed Specific Risk. Total Stressed VaR uses the same methodology and models as Total VaR. 

Incremental Risk Charge (as presented in Table 35) captures losses due to both issuer default and migration risk at the 99.9% confidence level over the one-year capital horizon under the assumption of constant level of risk or a constant position assumption. The model covers non-securitized credit-sensitive trading products.
The Company calculates Incremental Risk by generating a portfolio loss distribution using Monte Carlo simulation, which assumes numerous scenarios, where an assumption is made that the portfolio’s composition remains constant for a one-year time horizon. Individual issuer credit grade migration and issuer default risk is modeled through generation of the issuer’s credit rating transition based upon statistical modeling. Correlation between credit grade migration and default is captured by a multifactor proprietary model which takes into account industry classifications as well as regional effects. Additionally, the impact of market and issuer specific concentrations is reflected in the modeling framework by assignment of a higher charge for portfolios that have increasing concentrations in particular issuers or sectors. Lastly, the model captures product basis risk; that is, it reflects the material disparity between a position and its hedge.
Table 35 provides information on Total VaR, Total Stressed VaR and the Incremental Risk Charge results for the quarter ended September 30, 2017. Incremental Risk Charge uses the higher of the quarterly average or the quarter end result. For third quarter 2017, the required capital for market risk equals the quarter end results.

Table 35:Market Risk Regulatory Capital Modeled Components
 Quarter ended September 30, 2017  September 30, 2017 
(in millions)Average
 Low
 High
 Period end
 Risk-
based
capital (1)

 Risk-
weighted
assets (1)

Total VaR$54
 47
 65
 62
 163
 2,039
Total Stressed VaR279
 232
 321
 292
 837
 10,461
Incremental Risk Charge32
 26
 38
 34
 34
 423
(1)Results represent the risk-based capital and RWAs based on the VaR and Incremental Risk Charge models.

Securitized Products ChargeBasel III requires a separate market risk capital charge for positions classified as a securitization or re-securitization. The primary criteria for classification as a securitization are whether there is a transfer of risk and whether the credit risk associated with the underlying exposures has been separated into at least two tranches reflecting different levels of
seniority. Covered trading securitizations positions include consumer and commercial asset-backed securities (ABS), commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), and collateralized loan and other debt obligations (CLO/CDO) positions. The securitization capital requirements are the greater of the capital requirements
Asset/Liability Management (continued)

of the net long or short exposure, and are capped at the maximum loss that could be incurred on any given transaction.
Table 36 shows the aggregate net fair market value of securities and derivative securitization positions by exposure type that meet the regulatory definition of a covered trading securitization position atSeptember 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016.
Table 36:Covered Securitization Positions by Exposure Type (Net Market Value)
(in millions)ABS
 CMBS
 RMBS
 CLO/CDO
September 30, 2017       
Securitization exposure:       
Securities$559
 220
 744
 738
Derivatives3
 (4) 1
 (2)
Total$562
 216
 745
 736
December 31, 2016       
Securitization exposure:       
Securities$801
 397
 911
 791
Derivatives3
 4
 1
 (8)
Total$804
 401
 912
 783
Securitization Due Diligence and Risk Monitoring The market risk capital rule requires that the Company conduct due diligence on the risk of each securitization position within three days of its purchase. The Company’s due diligence seeks to provide an understanding of the features that would materially affect the performance of a securitization or re-securitization. The due diligence analysis is re-performed on a quarterly basis for each
securitization and re-securitization position. The Company uses an automated solution to track the due diligence associated with securitization activity. The Company aims to manage the risks associated with securitization and re-securitization positions through the use of offsetting positions and portfolio diversification.

Standardized Specific Risk ChargeFor debt and equity positions that are not evaluated by the approved internal specific risk models, a regulatory prescribed standard specific risk charge is applied. The standard specific risk add-on for sovereign entities, public sector entities, and depository institutions is based on the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) country risk classifications (CRC) and the remaining contractual maturity of the position. These risk add-ons for debt positions range from 0.25% to 12%. The add-on for corporate debt is based on creditworthiness and the remaining contractual maturity of the position. All other types of debt positions are subject to an 8% add-on. The standard specific risk add-on for equity positions is generally 8%.
Comprehensive Risk Charge / Correlation TradingThe market risk capital rule requires capital for correlation trading positions. The Company's remaining correlation trading exposure covered under the market risk capital rule matured in fourth quarter 2014.
Table 37 summarizes the market risk-based capital requirements charge and market RWAs in accordance with the Basel III market risk capital rule as of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016. The market RWAs are calculated as the sum of the VaR components indescribed above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the table below.

Table 37:Market Risk Regulatory Capitalrisks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and RWAs
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Risk-
based
capital

 
Risk-
weighted
assets

 
Risk-
based
capital

 
Risk-
weighted
assets

Total VaR$163
 2,039
 247
 3,091
Total Stressed VaR837
 10,461
 1,135
 14,183
Incremental Risk Charge34
 423
 217
 2,710
Securitized Products Charge678
 8,469
 561
 7,007
Standardized Specific Risk Charge1,248
 15,606
 1,357
 16,962
De minimis Charges (positions not included in models)10
 132
 11
 147
Total$2,970
 37,130
 3,528
 44,100


high metrics since they may occur on different days.
RWA RollforwardTable 38depicts the changes in the market risk regulatory capital and RWAs under Basel III for the first nine months and third quarter of 2017.
Table 38:Analysis of Changes in Market Risk Regulatory Capital and RWAs
(in millions)
Risk-
based
capital

 
Risk-
weighted
assets

Balance, December 31, 2016$3,528
 44,100
Total VaR(84) (1,052)
Total Stressed VaR(298) (3,722)
Incremental Risk Charge(183) (2,288)
Securitized Products Charge117
 1,461
Standardized Specific Risk Charge(108) (1,356)
De minimis Charges(2) (13)
Balance, September 30, 2017$2,970
 37,130
    
Balance, June 30, 2017$3,026
 37,827
Total VaR11
 141
Total Stressed VaR(62) (774)
Incremental Risk Charge4
 47
Securitized Products Charge55
 689
Standardized Specific Risk Charge(66) (831)
De minimis Charges2
 31
Balance, September 30, 2017$2,970
 37,130

The largest contributor to the changes to market risk regulatory capital and RWAs in the first nine months of 2017 was associated with changes in positions due to normal trading activity.

VaRBacktestingThe market risk capital rule requires backtesting as one form of validation of the VaR model. Backtesting is a comparison of the daily VaR estimate with the actual clean profit and loss (clean P&L) as defined by the market risk capital rule. Clean P&L is the change in the value of the Company’s covered trading positions that would have occurred had previous end-of-day covered trading positions remained unchanged (therefore, excluding fees, commissions, net interest income, and intraday trading gains and losses). The backtesting analysis compares the daily Total VaR for each of the trading days in the preceding 12 months with the net clean P&L. Clean P&L does not include credit adjustments and other activity not representative of daily price changes driven by market risk factors. The clean P&L measure of revenue is used to evaluate the performance of the Total VaR and is not comparable to our actual daily trading net revenues, as reported elsewhere in this Report.
Any observed clean P&L loss in excess of the Total VaR is considered a market risk regulatory capital backtesting exception. The actual number of exceptions (that is, the number of business days for which the clean P&L losses exceed the corresponding 1-day, 99% Total VaR measure) over the preceding 12 months is used to determine the capital multiplier for the capital calculation. The number of actual backtesting exceptions is dependent on current market performance relative to historic market volatility in addition to model performance and assumptions. This capital multiplier increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions. No backtesting exceptions occurred over the preceding 12 months. Backtesting is also performed at line of business levels within the Company.
Table 39 shows daily Total VaR (1-day, 99%) used for regulatory market risk capital backtesting for the 12 months ended September 30, 2017. The Company’s average Total VaR for third quarter 2017 was $19 million with a low of $17 million and a high of $21 million. The decrease in Total 1-day VaR in second quarter 2017 was attributable to a decline in modeled Specific Risk.

Asset/Liability Management (continued)

Table 39: Daily Total 1-Day 99% VaR Measure (Rolling 12 Months)
marketrisk40.jpg
Market Risk Governance,Measurement, Monitoring and Model Risk ManagementWe employ a well-defined and structured market risk governance process and market risk measurement process, which incorporates value-at-risk (VaR) measurements combined with sensitivity analysis and stress testing to help us monitor our market risk. These monitoring measurements require the use of market risk models, which we govern by our Corporate Model Risk policies and procedures. For more information on our governance, measurement, monitoring, and model risk management practices, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Market Risk – Trading Activities” section in our 2016 Form 10-K.

MARKET RISK – EQUITY INVESTMENTSSECURITIES We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. We make and manage direct equity investments in start-up businesses, emerging growth companies, management buy-outs, acquisitions and corporate recapitalizations. We also invest in non-affiliated funds that make similar private equity investments. These private equity investments are made within capital allocations approved by management and the Board. The Board’s policy is to review business developments, key risks and historical returns for the private equity investment portfolio at least annually. Management reviews these investments at least quarterly and assesses them for possible OTTI. For nonmarketable investments, the analysis is based on facts and circumstances of each individual investment and the expectations for that investment’s cash flows and capital needs, the viability of its business model and our exit strategy. Nonmarketable investments include private equity investments accounted for under the cost method, equity method and fair value option.
In conjunction with the March 2008 initial public offering (IPO) of Visa, Inc. (Visa), we received approximately 20.7 million shares of Visa Class B common stock, the class which was apportioned to member banks of Visa at the time of the IPO. To
manage our exposure to Visa and realize the value of the appreciated Visa shares, we incrementally sold these shares
through a series of sales over the past few years, thereby eliminating this position as of September 30, 2015. As part of these sales, we agreed to compensate the buyer for any additional contributions to a litigation settlement fund for the litigation matters associated with the Class B shares we sold. Our exposure to this retained litigation risk has been updated quarterly and is reflected on our balance sheet. For additional information, about the associated litigation matters, see the “Interchange Litigation”“Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Market Risk – Equity Securities” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.
We also have marketable equity securities that include investments relating to our venture capital activities. The fair value changes in these marketable equity securities are recognized in net income. For additional information, see Note 11 (Legal Actions)4 (Equity Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
As part of our business to support our customers, we trade public equities, listed/OTC equity derivatives and convertible bonds. We have parameters that govern these activities. We also have marketable equity securities in the available-for-sale securities portfolio, including securities relating to our venture capital activities. We manage these investments within capital risk limits approved by management and the Board and monitored by Corporate ALCO and the Corporate Market Risk Committee. Gains and losses on these securities are recognized in net income when realized and periodically include OTTI charges.
Changes in equity market prices may also indirectly affect our net income by (1) the value of third partythird-party assets under management and, hence, fee income, (2) borrowers whose ability to repay principal and/or interest may be affected by the stock market, or (3) brokerage activity, related commission income and other business activities. Each business line monitors and manages these indirect risks.
Table 40 provides information regarding our marketable
LIQUIDITY RISK AND FUNDING Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the inability of the Company to meet obligations when they
come due, or roll over funds at a reasonable cost, without incurring heightened costs. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, including funding for customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities and nonmarketable equity investments aswithdrawals, debt service, leases for premises and equipment, and other cash commitments. Liquidity risk also considers the stability of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016.

Table 40:Nonmarketable and Marketable Equity Investments
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Nonmarketable equity investments:   
Cost method:   
Federal bank stock$5,839
 6,407
Private equity1,428
 1,465
Auction rate securities400
 525
Total cost method7,667
 8,397
Equity method:   
LIHTC (1)9,884
 9,714
Private equity3,758
 3,635
Tax-advantaged renewable energy1,954
 2,054
New market tax credit and other291
 305
Total equity method15,887
 15,708
Fair value (2)4,523
 3,275
Total nonmarketable equity investments (3)$28,077
 27,380
Marketable equity securities:   
Cost$606
 706
Net unrealized gains287
 505
Total marketable equity securities (4)$893
 1,211
(1)Represents low income housing tax credit investments.
(2)Represents nonmarketable equity investments for which we have elected the fair value option. See Note 6 (Other Assets) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(3)Included in other assets on the balance sheet. See Note 6 (Other Assets) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(4)Included in available-for-sale securities. See Note 4 (Investment Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDINGdeposits, including the risk of losing uninsured or non-operational deposits. The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawalsour contractual obligations and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under periods of Wells Fargo-specific and/or market stress.
To help achieve this objective, the Board of Directors establishes liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. These guidelines are monitored on a monthly basis by the management-level Corporate ALCOAsset/Liability Committee and on a quarterly basis by the Board of Directors.Board. These guidelines are established and monitored for both the consolidated companyCompany and for the Parent on a stand-alone basis to ensureso that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries. For additional information on liquidity risk and funding management,

Wells Fargo & Company41


Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)
see the “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Liquidity Standards On September 3, 2014, We are subject to a rule issued by the FRB, OCC and FDIC issuedthat establishes a final rule that implements a quantitative minimum liquidity requirement consistent with the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). The rule requires a covered banking institutions, such as Wells Fargo,organization to hold high-quality liquid assets (HQLA), such as central bank reserves and government and corporate debt that can be converted easily and quickly into cash, in an amount equal to or greater than its projected net cash outflows during a 30-day stress period. Our HQLA under the rule predominantly consists of central bank deposits, government debt securities, and mortgage-backed securities of federal agencies. The rule is applicableLCR applies to the Company on a consolidated basis and to our insured depository institutions (IDIs) with total assets greater thanof $10 billion.billion or more. In addition, rules issued by the FRB finalized rules imposingimpose enhanced liquidity risk management standards on large bank holding companies (BHC)(BHCs), such as Wells Fargo, and finalizedFargo.
We are also subject to a rule that requires large bank holding companies to publicly disclose on a quarterly basis beginning
April 1, 2017, certain quantitative and qualitative information regarding their LCR calculations.
Theissued by the FRB, OCC and FDIC have proposed a rule that would implementestablishes a stable funding requirement, known as the
net stable funding ratio (NSFR), which would require largerequires a covered banking organizations,organization, such as Wells Fargo, to maintain a sufficientminimum amount of stable funding, including common equity, long-term debt and most types of deposits, in relation to theirits assets, derivative exposures and commitments over a one-year horizon period. The NSFR applies to the Company and to our IDIs with total assets of $10 billion or more. As proposed,of June 30, 2023, we were compliant with the rule would become effective on January 1, 2018.NSFR requirement.


Liquidity Coverage Ratio As of SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, the consolidated Company, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. were above, and Wells Fargo National Bank West exceeded the minimum LCR requirement of 100%, which is calculated as HQLA divided by projected net cash outflows, as each is defined under the LCR rule. .
Table 4126 presents the Company’s quarterly average values for the daily-calculated LCR and its components calculated pursuant to the LCR rule requirements. The LCR represents average HQLA divided by average projected net cash outflows, as each is defined under the LCR rule.

Table 41: 26:Liquidity Coverage Ratio
Average for quarter ended
(in millions, except ratio)Jun 30, 2023Mar 31, 2023Jun 30, 2022
HQLA (1):
Eligible cash$121,126108,725 137,147 
Eligible securities (2)227,955239,123 232,815 
Total HQLA349,081347,848 369,962 
Projected net cash outflows (3)283,609284,290 305,212 
LCR123 %122 121 
(in millions)Average for Quarter ended September 30, 2017
HQLA (1)(2)$398,381
Projected net cash outflows311,592
LCR128%
HQLA in excess of projected net cash outflows$86,789
(1)Excludes excess HQLA at certain subsidiaries that are not transferable to other Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.entities.
(2)Net of applicable haircuts required under the LCR rule.
(3)Projected net cash outflows are calculated by applying a standardized set of outflow and inflow assumptions, defined by the LCR rule, to various exposures and liability types, such as deposits and unfunded loan commitments, which are prescribed based on a number of factors, including the type of customer and the nature of the account.
Liquidity Sources We maintain liquidity in the form of cash, cash equivalentsinterest-earning deposits with banks, and unencumbered high-quality, liquid debt securities. These assets make up our primary sources of liquidity which are presented in Table 42.liquidity. Our primary sources of liquidity are substantially the same in composition as HQLA under the LCR rule; however, our primary sources of liquidity will generally
exceed HQLA calculated under the LCR rule due to the applicable haircuts to HQLA and the exclusion of excess HQLA at our subsidiary insured depository institutionsIDIs required under the LCR rule. Our primary sources of liquidity are presented in Table 27 at fair value, which also includes encumbered securities that are not included as available HQLA in the calculation of the LCR.
Table 27:Primary Sources of Liquidity
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)TotalEncumberedUnencumberedTotalEncumberedUnencumbered
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)$122,503  122,503 124,561 — 124,561 
Debt securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies49,267 11,549 37,718 59,570 12,080 47,490 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities (2)241,250 24,523 216,727 230,881 34,151 196,730 
Total$413,020 36,072 376,948 415,012 46,231 368,781 
(1)Excludes time deposits, which are included in interest-earning deposits with banks in our consolidated balance sheet.
(2)Encumbered securities at June 30, 2023, included securities with a fair value of $1.5 billion which were purchased in June 2023, but settled in July 2023.

Our cash is predominantlyinterest-earning deposits with banks are mainly on deposit with the Federal Reserve. Securities included as part of our primary sources of liquidity are comprised of U.S. Treasury and federal agency debt, and mortgage-backed securities issued by federal agencies within our investment securities portfolio. We believe thesethe debt securities included in Table 27 provide quick and reliable sources of liquidity through sales or by pledging to obtain financing, regardless of market conditions. Some of theseDebt securities are within the held-to-maturity portion of our investment securitiesHTM portfolio and as such are not intended for sale but may be pledged to obtain financing. Some
As of June 30, 2023, we had approximately $438.1 billion of available borrowing capacity at various Federal Home Loan Banks and the legal entities within our consolidated groupFederal Reserve Discount Window, based on collateral pledged. Although available, we do not view this borrowing capacity as a primary source of companies are subject to various regulatory, tax, legal and other restrictions that can limit the transferability of their funds. We believe we maintain adequate liquidity for these entities in consideration of such funds transfer restrictions.
liquidity.
Asset/Liability Management (continued)

Table 42:Primary Sources of Liquidity
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)Total
 Encumbered
 Unencumbered
 Total
 Encumbered
 Unencumbered
Interest-earning deposits$205,648
 
 205,648
 $200,671
 
 200,671
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies51,632
 1,101
 50,531
 70,898
 1,160
 69,738
Mortgage-backed securities of federal agencies (1)239,798
 46,137
 193,661
 205,655
 52,672
 152,983
Total$497,078
 47,238
 449,840
 $477,224
 53,832
 423,392
(1)
Included in encumbered securities at September 30, 2017, were securities with a fair value of $8.0 billion which were purchased in September 2017, but settled in October 2017.

In addition, to our primary sources of liquidity shown in Table 42, liquidity is also available through the sale or financing of other debt securities, including trading and/or available-for-saleAFS debt securities, as well as through the sale, securitization, or financing of loans, to the extent such debt securities and loans are not encumbered. In addition, other securities

Funding Sources The Parent acts as a source of funding for the Company through the issuance of long-term debt and equity. WFC Holdings, LLC (the “IHC”) is an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent, which provides funding support for the ongoing operational requirements of the Parent and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. For additional
42Wells Fargo & Company


information on the IHC, see the “Regulatory Matters – ‘Living Will’ Requirements and Related Matters” section in our held-to-maturity portfolio, to the extent not encumbered, may be pledged to obtain financing.this Report. Additional subsidiary funding is provided by deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt.
Deposits have historically provided a sizable source of relatively low-cost funds. Deposits were 137%142% and 145% of total loans at SeptemberJune 30, 20172023, and 135% at December 31, 2016.2022, respectively.
Table 28 presents a summary of our short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days. The balances of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to
Additional funding is provided by long-term debtrepurchase may vary over time due to client activity, our own demand for financing, and our overall mix of liabilities. For additional information on the classification of our short-term borrowings. borrowings, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2022 Form 10-K. We pledge certain financial instruments that we own to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. For additional information, see the “Pledged Assets” section of Note 15 (Pledged Assets and Collateral) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 28:Short-Term Borrowings
(in millions)
Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$67,602 30,623 
Other short-term borrowings (1)16,653 20,522 
Total$84,255 51,145 
(1)Includes $2.0 billion and $7.0 billion of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
We access domestic and international capital markets for long-term funding (generally greater than one year) through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding.
Table 43 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.
Table 43:Short-Term Borrowings
 Quarter ended 
(in millions)Sep 30
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

 Mar 31,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2016

Balance, period end         
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$79,824
 78,683
 76,366
 78,124
 108,468
Commercial paper
 11
 10
 120
 123
Other short-term borrowings13,987
 16,662
 18,495
 18,537
 16,077
Total$93,811
 95,356
 94,871
 96,781
 124,668
Average daily balance for period         
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$81,980
 79,826
 79,942
 107,271
 101,252
Commercial paper4
 10
 51
 121
 137
Other short-term borrowings17,209
 15,927
 18,556
 17,306
 14,839
Total$99,193
 95,763
 98,549
 124,698
 116,228
Maximum month-end balance for period         
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (1)$83,260
 78,683
 81,284
 109,645
 108,468
Commercial paper (2)11
 11
 78
 121
 138
Other short-term borrowings (3)18,301
 18,281
 19,439
 18,537
 16,077
(1)
Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in August, June and February 2017, October and September 2016.
(2)
Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in July, June and January 2017, November and July 2016.
(3)
Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in July, April and February 2017, December and September 2016.

Long-Term Debt We issue long-term debt in a variety of maturities and currencies to achieve cost-efficient funding and to maintain an appropriate maturity profile. Long-termProceeds from securities issued were used for general corporate purposes unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, and we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for
the same purposes. Depending on market conditions and our liquidity position, we may redeem or repurchase, and subsequently retire, our outstanding debt of $238.9 billion at September 30, 2017, decreased $16.2 billion from December 31, 2016.securities in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise. We issued $10.4 billion and $38.4$8.5 billion of long-term debt in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively.July 2023. Table 4429 provides the aggregate carrying value of long-term debt maturities (based on contractual payment dates) for the remainder of 20172023 and the following years thereafter, as of SeptemberJune 30, 2017.2023.

Table 44:29:Maturity of Long-Term Debt
June 30, 2023
(in millions)Remaining 20232024202520262027ThereafterTotal
Wells Fargo & Company (Parent Only)
Senior notes$2,099 8,536 14,185 23,463 7,510 56,341 112,134 
Subordinated notes1,568 710 959 2,611 2,329 12,110 20,287 
Junior subordinated notes— — — — 349 821 1,170 
Total long-term debt – Parent3,667 9,246 15,144 26,074 10,188 69,272 133,591 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and other bank entities (Bank)
Senior notes (1)5,002 17,513 1,173 79 132 23,902 
Subordinated notes949 — 148 — 27 3,226 4,350 
Junior subordinated notes— — — — 407 — 407 
Other bank debt (2)1,835 1,790 858 479 418 2,184 7,564 
Total long-term debt – Bank7,786 19,303 2,179 558 855 5,542 36,223 
Other consolidated subsidiaries
Senior notes11 82 410 220 — 95 818 
Total long-term debt – Other consolidated subsidiaries11 82 410 220 — 95 818 
Total long-term debt$11,464 28,631 17,733 26,852 11,043 74,909 170,632 
(1)Includes $23.0 billion of FHLB advances.
(2)Primarily relates to unfunded commitments for low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC) investments. For additional information, see Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in our 2022 Form 10-K.
 September 30, 2017 
(in millions)Remaining 2017
 2018
 2019
 2020
 2021
 Thereafter
 Total
Wells Fargo & Company (Parent Only)             
Senior notes$3,084
 8,002
 6,791
 13,300
 18,036
 71,083
 120,296
Subordinated notes
 608
 
 
 
 26,380
 26,988
Junior subordinated notes
 
 
 
 
 1,658
 1,658
Total long-term debt - Parent$3,084
 8,610
 6,791
 13,300
 18,036
 99,121
 148,942
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and other bank entities (Bank)             
Senior notes$4,512
 31,622
 18,888
 5,511
 10,238
 240
 71,011
Subordinated notes1,026
 
 
 
 
 5,406
 6,432
Junior subordinated notes
 
 
 
 
 340
 340
Securitizations and other bank debt1,732
 1,803
 728
 649
 117
 3,639
 8,668
Total long-term debt - Bank$7,270
 33,425
 19,616
 6,160
 10,355
 9,625
 86,451
Other consolidated subsidiaries             
Senior notes$
 807
 1,200
 
 1,016
 404
 3,427
Junior subordinated notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securitizations and other bank debt
 73
 
 
 
 
 73
Total long-term debt - Other consolidated subsidiaries$
 880
 1,200
 
 1,016
 404
 3,500
Total long-term debt$10,354
 42,915
 27,607
 19,460
 29,407
 109,150
 238,893
Parent In February 2017, the Parent filed a registration statement with the SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities.The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. As of September 30, 2017, the Parent was authorized by the Board to issue up to $50 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $180 billion in outstanding long-term debt. The Parent’s short-term debt issuance authority granted by the Board is limited to debt issued to affiliates, while the Parent’s long-term debt issuance authority granted by the Board includes debt issued to affiliates and others. At September 30, 2017, the Parent had available $50.0 billion in short-term debt issuance authority and $26.9 billion in long-term debt issuance authority. During the first nine months of 2017, the Parent issued $21.9 billion of senior notes, of which $16.1 billion were registered with the SEC.
The Parent’s proceeds from securities issued were used for general corporate purposes, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for the same purposes. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase our outstanding debt securities from time to time in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise.

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. As of September 30, 2017, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. was authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $175 billion in outstanding long-term debt and had available $97.4 billion in short-term debt issuance authority and $98.2 billion in long-term debt issuance authority. In April 2015, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. established a $100 billion bank note program under which, subject to any other debt outstanding under the limits described above, it may issue $50 billion in outstanding short-term senior notes and $50 billion in outstanding long-term senior or subordinated notes. At September 30, 2017, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had remaining issuance capacity under the bank note program of $50.0 billion
Wells Fargo & Company43


Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)
in short-term senior notes and $38.0 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes. During the first nine months of 2017, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. issued $1.0 billion of unregistered senior notes, none of which were issued under the bank note program. In addition, during the first nine months of 2017, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. executed advances of $20.4 billion with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, and as of September 30, 2017, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had outstanding advances of $60.0 billion across the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

Credit RatingsInvestors in the long-term capital markets, as well as other market participants, generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, our debt securities do not contain credit rating covenants.
On SeptemberMay 18, 2017, S&P Global Ratings2023, DBRS Morningstar affirmed all of the Company’s ratings and maintained its negative ratings outlook.the stable trend. On September 20, 2017, DBRS, Inc. (DBRS) downgraded the Company’s long-term ratings by one notch andJune 1, 2023, Fitch Ratings affirmed the Company’s short-term ratings. DBRS revised ratings and retained
the trend onstable ratings outlook. There were no other actions undertaken by the Company's long-termrating agencies with regard to our credit ratings from negative to stable. On October 3, 2017, Fitch Ratings, Inc. downgraded certain of the Company’s ratings by one notch and revised the ratings outlook from negative to stable. Both the Parent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. remain among the top-rated financial firms in the U.S.during second quarter 2023.
See the “Risk Factors” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K for additional information regarding our credit ratings and the potential impact a credit rating downgrade would have on our liquidity and operations as well as Note 1211 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for information regarding additional collateral and funding obligations required for certain
Asset/Liability Management (continued)

derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade.
The credit ratings of the Parent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as of SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, are presented in Table 45.

30.
Table 45:30:Credit Ratings as of SeptemberJune 30, 2017
2023
Wells Fargo & CompanyWells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Senior debt
Short-term
borrowings 
Long-term
deposits 
Short-term
borrowings 
Moody'sMoody’s A2A1P-1Aa1P-1
S&P Global Ratings ABBB+ A-1A-2 AA-A+ A-1+A-1
Fitch Ratings Inc.A+F1AAF1+
DBRS Morningstar AA(low)AA (low) R-1(middle)R-1 (middle)AA R-1(high)R-1 (high)
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK MEMBERSHIP The Federal Home Loan Banks (the FHLBs) are a group of cooperatives that lending institutions use to finance housing and economic development in local communities. We are a member of the FHLBs based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco. Each member of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.


Capital Management44Wells Fargo & Company



Capital Management
We have an active program for managing capital through a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, and to meet both regulatory and market expectations. We primarily fund our capital needs through the retention of earnings net of both dividends and share repurchases, as well as through the issuance of preferred stock and longlong- and short-term debt. Retained earnings at June 30, 2023, increased $8.7$7.2 billion from December 31, 2016,2022, predominantly fromas a result of $9.9 billion of Wells Fargo net income, of $15.9partially offset by $2.9 billion lessof common and preferred stock dividendsdividends. During the first half of $7.0 billion. During third quarter 2017,2023, we issued 10.1$860 million shares of common stock. During third quarter 2017,stock, substantially all of which was issued in connection with employee compensation and benefits. In the first half of 2023, we repurchased 49.0187 million shares of common stock in open market transactions, private transactions and from employee benefit plans, at a cost of $2.6$8.1 billion. We also entered into a $1 billion forward repurchase contract with an unrelated third party in October 2017 that is expected to settle in first quarter 2018 for approximately 19 million shares. For additional information about capital planning, see the “Capital Planning and Stress Testing” section below.
In July 2023, we issued $1.725 billion of our forward repurchase agreements, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.Preferred Stock, Series EE.

Regulatory Capital GuidelinesRequirements
The Company and each of our insured depository institutionsIDIs are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelinesrules establish a risk-adjusted ratioratios relating regulatory capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures as discussed below.


RISK-BASED CAPITAL AND RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS The Company is subject to final and interim final rules issued by federal banking regulators to implement Basel III capital requirements for U.S. banking organizations. TheseThe rules contain two frameworks for calculating capital requirements, a Standardized Approach and an Advanced Approach applicable to certain institutions, including Wells Fargo, and we must calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both approaches. The Company is required to satisfy the risk-based capital ratio requirements to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments.
On July 27, 2023, federal banking regulators issued a proposed rule that would impact the way in which risk-based capital requirements are determined for certain banks. The proposed rule would eliminate the current Advanced Approach and replace it with a new expanded risk-based approach for the measurement of risk-weighted assets, including more granular risk weights for credit risk, a new market risk framework, and a new standardized approach for measuring operational risk. The new requirements would be phased in over a three-year period beginning July 1, 2025. The Company expects a significant increase in its risk-weighted assets and a net increase in its capital requirements based on international guidelines for determining regulatorya preliminary assessment of the proposed rule. The Company is considering a range of potential actions to address the impact of the proposed rule, including balance sheet and capital issued byoptimization strategies.
Table 31 and Table 32 present the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). The federal banking regulators’risk-based capital rules, among other things, require on a fully phased-in basis:
a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 9.0%, comprised of a 4.5% minimum requirement plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and for us, as a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), a capital surcharge to be calculated annually, which is 2.0% based on our year-end 2015 data;
a minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 10.5%, comprised of a 6.0% minimum requirement plus the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and the G-SIB capital surcharge of 2.0%;
a minimum total capital ratio of 12.5%, comprised of a 8.0% minimum requirement plus the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and the G-SIB capital surcharge of 2.0%;
a potential countercyclical buffer of up to 2.5% to be addedrequirements applicable to the minimumCompany under the Standardized Approach and Advanced Approach, respectively, as of June 30, 2023.
Table 31: Risk-Based Capital Requirements – Standardized Approach
2223
Table 32: Risk-Based Capital Requirements – Advanced Approach
2232
In addition to the risk-based capital ratios, which is currently notrequirements described in effect but could be imposed by regulators at their discretionTable 31 and Table 32, if it is determinedthe FRB determines that a period of excessive credit growth is contributing to an increase in systemic risk;
risk, a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%; and
a minimum supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) of 5.0% (comprised of a 3.0% minimum requirement plus a supplementary leveragecountercyclical buffer of 2.0%) for large and internationally active bank holding companies (BHCs)up to 2.50% could be added to the risk-based capital ratio requirements under federal banking regulations. The countercyclical buffer in effect at June 30, 2023, was 0.00%.

We were required to comply with the final Basel IIIThe capital rules beginning January 2014, with certain provisions subject to phase-in periods. The Basel III capital rules are scheduled to be fully phased in by the end of 2021. The Basel III capital rules contain two frameworks for calculating capital requirements, a Standardized Approach, which replaced Basel I, and an Advanced Approachconservation buffer is applicable to certain institutions, including Wells Fargo. Accordingly,Fargo, under the Advanced Approach and is intended to absorb losses during times of economic or financial stress.

Wells Fargo & Company45


Capital Management (continued)
The stress capital buffer is calculated based on the decrease in a BHC’s risk-based capital ratios under the severely adverse scenario in the assessmentFRB’s annual supervisory stress test and related Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends. Because the stress capital buffer is calculated annually based on data that can differ over time, our stress capital adequacy, we must report the lower ofbuffer, and thus our CET1, tier 1 and totalrisk-based capital ratios calculatedratio requirements under the Standardized Approach, and underare subject to change in future periods. Our stress capital buffer for the Advanced Approach.period October 1, 2022, through September 30, 2023, is 3.20%. On July 27, 2023, the FRB confirmed that the Company’s stress capital buffer for the period October 1, 2023, through September 30, 2024, will be 2.90%.
Because the Company has been designated asAs a G-SIB,global systemically important bank (G-SIB), we willare also be subject to the FRB’s rule implementing thean additional capital surcharge of between 1.0-4.5%1.00-4.50% on the risk-based capital ratio requirements of G-SIBs. Under the rule, we must annually calculate our surcharge under two methods and use the higher
of the two surcharges. The first method (method one) will considerconsiders our size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity, consistent with athe methodology developed by the BCBS and the Financial Stability Board (FSB). The second method (method two) will useuses similar inputs, but will replacereplaces substitutability with use of short-term
wholesale funding and will generally result in higher surcharges than the BCBS methodology. The phase-in period forunder method one. Because the G-SIB surcharge began on January 1, 2016 and will become fully effective on January 1, 2019. Based on year-end 2015 data, our 2017 G-SIB surcharge under method two is 2.0% of the Company’s RWAs, which is the higher of method one and method two. Because the G-SIBcapital surcharge is calculated annually based on data that can differ over time, the amount of the surcharge is subject to change in future years. If our annual calculation results in a decrease to our G-SIB capital surcharge, the decrease takes effect the next calendar year. If our annual calculation results in an increase to our G-SIB capital surcharge, the increase takes effect in two calendar years. Our G-SIB capital surcharge will continue to be 1.50% in 2023. On July 27, 2023, the FRB issued a proposed rule that would impact the methodology used to calculate the G-SIB capital surcharge.
Under the Standardized Approach (fully phased-in), our CET1 ratiorisk-based capital rules, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of 11.82% exceededderivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the minimumobligor, or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of 9.0%any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by 282 basis points at September 30, 2017.the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets (RWAs).
The tables that follow provide information about our risk- basedrisk-based capital and related ratios as calculated under Basel III capital guidelines. For banking industry regulatory reporting purposes, we report our capital in accordance with Transition Requirements but are managing our capital based on a fully phased-in calculation. For information about our capital requirements calculated in accordance with Transition Requirements, see Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Capital Management (continued)

rules. Table 4633 summarizes our CET1, tierTier 1 capital, total capital, risk-weighted assetsRWAs and capital ratios on a fully phased-in basis at September 30, 2017ratios.
Table 33:Capital Components and December 31, 2016. As of September 30, 2017, our CET1 and tier 1 capital ratios were lower using RWAs calculatedRatios
Standardized ApproachAdvanced Approach
($ in millions)Required
Capital
Ratios (1)
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Required
Capital
Ratios (1)
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Common Equity Tier 1(A)$134,221 133,527 134,221 133,527 
Tier 1 capital(B)153,201 152,567 153,201 152,567 
Total capital(C)187,563 186,747 176,926 177,258 
Risk-weighted assets(D)1,250,690 1,259,889 1,118,379 1,112,307 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio(A)/(D)9.20 %10.73 *10.60 8.50 12.00 12.00 
Tier 1 capital ratio(B)/(D)10.70 12.25 *12.11 10.00 13.70 13.72 
Total capital ratio(C)/(D)12.70 15.00 *14.82 12.00 15.82 15.94 
*Denotes the binding ratio under the Standardized Approach.and Advanced Approaches at June 30, 2023.
(1)Represents the minimum ratios required to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments at June 30, 2023.




Table 46:Capital Components and Ratios (Fully Phased-In) (1)
  September 30, 2017   December 31, 2016  
(in millions) Advanced Approach
 Standardized Approach
  Advanced Approach
 Standardized Approach
 
Common Equity Tier 1(A)$152,808
 152,808
  146,424
 146,424
 
Tier 1 Capital(B)176,263
 176,263
  169,063
 169,063
 
Total Capital(C)207,593
 217,279
  200,344
 210,796
 
Risk-Weighted Assets(D)1,243,355
 1,292,841
  1,298,688
 1,358,933
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio(A)/(D)12.29% 11.82
* 11.27
 10.77
*
Tier 1 Capital Ratio(B)/(D)14.18
 13.63
* 13.02
 12.44
*
Total Capital Ratio(C)/(D)16.70
*16.81
  15.43
*15.51
 
*Denotes the lowest capital ratio as determined under the Advanced and Standardized Approaches.
(1)46
Fully phased-in regulatory capital amounts, ratios and RWAs are considered non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management, bank regulatory agencies, investors and analysts to assess and monitor the Company’s capital position. See Table 47 for information regarding the calculation and components of CET1, tier 1 capital, total capital and RWAs, as well as the corresponding reconciliation of our regulatory capital amounts to GAAP financial measures.
Wells Fargo & Company



Table 4734 provides information regarding the calculation and composition of our risk-based capital under the Standardized and Advanced and Standardized Approaches at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.Approaches.



Table 47:34:Risk-Based Capital Calculation and Components
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Total equity (1)$181,952 182,213 
Effect of accounting policy change (1) 338 
Total equity (as reported)181,952 181,875 
Adjustments:
Preferred stock(19,448)(19,448)
Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock173 173 
Noncontrolling interests(1,761)(1,986)
Total common stockholders’ equity$160,916 160,614 
Adjustments:
Goodwill(25,175)(25,173)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)(145)(152)
Goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies (included in other assets)(2,511)(2,427)
Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (2)905 890 
CECL transition provision (3)120 180 
Other111 (405)
Common Equity Tier 1 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches$134,221 133,527 
Preferred stock19,448 19,448 
Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock(173)(173)
Other(295)(235)
Total Tier 1 capital under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches(A)$153,201 152,567 
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 219,681 20,503 
Qualifying allowance for credit losses (4)15,110 13,959 
Other(429)(282)
Total Tier 2 capital under the Standardized Approach(B)$34,362 34,180 
Total qualifying capital under the Standardized Approach(A)+(B)$187,563 186,747 
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 219,681 20,503 
Qualifying allowance for credit losses (4)4,473 4,470 
Other(429)(282)
Total Tier 2 capital under the Advanced Approach(C)$23,725 24,691 
Total qualifying capital under the Advanced Approach(A)+(C)$176,926 177,258 
  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions) Advanced Approach
 Standardized Approach
 Advanced Approach
 Standardized Approach
Total equity $206,824
 206,824
 200,497
 200,497
Adjustments:        
Preferred stock (25,576) (25,576) (24,551) (24,551)
Additional paid-in capital on ESOP preferred stock (130) (130) (126) (126)
Unearned ESOP shares 1,904
 1,904
 1,565
 1,565
Noncontrolling interests (895) (895) (916) (916)
Total common stockholders' equity
182,127
 182,127
 176,469
 176,469
Adjustments:        
Goodwill (26,581) (26,581) (26,693) (26,693)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) (1,913) (1,913) (2,723) (2,723)
Other assets (1) (2,282) (2,282) (2,088) (2,088)
Applicable deferred taxes (2) 1,550
 1,550
 1,772
 1,772
Investment in certain subsidiaries and other (93) (93) (313) (313)
Common Equity Tier 1 (Fully Phased-In)
152,808
 152,808
 146,424
 146,424
Effect of Transition Requirements 740
 740

2,361
 2,361
Common Equity Tier 1 (Transition Requirements) $153,548
 153,548
 148,785
 148,785
         
Common Equity Tier 1 (Fully Phased-In) $152,808
 152,808
 146,424
 146,424
Preferred stock 25,576
 25,576
 24,551
 24,551
Additional paid-in capital on ESOP preferred stock 130
 130
 126
 126
Unearned ESOP shares (1,904) (1,904) (1,565) (1,565)
Other (347) (347) (473) (473)
Total Tier 1 capital (Fully Phased-In)(A)176,263
 176,263
 169,063
 169,063
Effect of Transition Requirements 733
 733
 2,301
 2,301
Total Tier 1 capital (Transition Requirements) $176,996
 176,996
 171,364
 171,364
         
Total Tier 1 capital (Fully Phased-In) $176,263
 176,263
 169,063
 169,063
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 29,183
 29,183
 29,465
 29,465
Qualifying allowance for credit losses (3) 2,423
 12,109
 2,088
 12,540
Other (276) (276) (272) (272)
Total Tier 2 capital (Fully Phased-In)(B)31,330
 41,016
 31,281
 41,733
Effect of Transition Requirements 1,196
 1,196
 1,780
 1,780
Total Tier 2 capital (Transition Requirements) $32,526
 42,212
 33,061
 43,513
         
Total qualifying capital (Fully Phased-In)(A)+(B)$207,593
 217,279
 200,344
 210,796
Total Effect of Transition Requirements 1,929
 1,929
 4,081
 4,081
Total qualifying capital (Transition Requirements) $209,522
 219,208
 204,425
 214,877
         
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs) (4)(5):        
Credit risk $910,562
 1,255,711
 960,763
 1,314,833
Market risk 37,130
 37,130
 44,100
 44,100
Operational risk 295,663
 N/A
 293,825
 N/A
Total RWAs (Fully Phased-In) $1,243,355
 1,292,841
 1,298,688
 1,358,933
Credit risk $884,907
 1,231,508
 936,664
 1,292,098
Market risk 37,130
 37,130
 44,100
 44,100
Operational risk 295,663
 N/A
 293,825
 N/A
Total RWAs (Transition Requirements) $1,217,700
 1,268,638
 1,274,589
 1,336,198
(1)Represents goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity investments and on held-for-sale assets, which are included in other assets.
(2)Applicable deferred taxes relate to goodwill and other intangible assets. They were determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period end.
(3)Under the Advanced Approach the allowance for credit losses that exceeds expected credit losses is eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 Capital, to the extent the excess allowance does not exceed 0.6% of Advanced credit RWAs, and under the Standardized Approach, the allowance for credit losses is includable in Tier 2 Capital up to 1.25% of Standardized credit RWAs, with any excess allowance for credit losses being deducted from total RWAs.
(4)RWAs calculated under the Advanced Approach utilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the use of internal credit models based upon our experience with internal rating grades. Advanced Approach also includes an operational risk component, which reflects the risk of operating loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems.
(5)Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor, or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total RWAs.
Capital Management (continued)
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12. We adopted this ASU with retrospective application, which required revision of prior period financial statements. Prior period risk-based capital and certain other regulatory related metrics were not revised. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.

(2)Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period-end.
(3)In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of the current expected credit loss accounting standard (CECL) on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the allowance for credit losses (ACL) under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out period in which the benefit is reduced by 25% in year one, 50% in year two and 75% in year three.
(4)Differences between the approaches are driven by the qualifying amounts of ACL includable in Tier 2 capital. Under the Advanced Approach, eligible credit reserves represented by the amount of qualifying ACL in excess of expected credit losses (using regulatory definitions) is limited to 0.60% of Advanced credit RWAs, whereas the Standardized Approach includes ACL in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of Standardized credit RWAs. Under both approaches, any excess ACL is deducted from the respective total RWAs.
Table 48 presents35 provides the changes in Common Equity Tier 1composition of our RWAs under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches.

Table 35: Risk-Weighted Assets
Standardized ApproachAdvanced Approach (1)
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs):
Credit risk$1,210,424 1,218,006 757,013 757,436 
Market risk40,266 41,883 40,266 41,883 
Operational risk — 321,100 312,988 
Total RWAs$1,250,690 1,259,889 1,118,379 1,112,307 
(1)RWAs calculated under the Advanced Approach forutilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the nine months ended September 30, 2017.use of internal credit models based upon our experience with internal rating grades. Advanced Approach also includes an operational risk component, which reflects the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events.


Wells Fargo & Company47


Capital Management (continued)
Table 48:36 provides an analysis of changes in CET1.
Table 36:Analysis of Changes in Common Equity Tier 1
(in millions)  
Common Equity Tier 1 (Fully Phased-In) at December 31, 2016 $146,424
Net income 14,645
Common stock dividends (5,738)
Common stock issued, repurchased, and stock compensation-related items (4,750)
Goodwill 112
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) 811
Other assets (1) (195)
Applicable deferred taxes (2) (221)
Investment in certain subsidiaries and other 1,720
Change in Common Equity Tier 1 6,384
Common Equity Tier 1 (Fully Phased-In) at September 30, 2017 $152,808
(1)(in millions)Represents goodwill
Common Equity Tier 1 at December 31, 2022$133,527 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1)323 
Net income applicable to common stock9,372 
Common stock dividends(2,253)
Common stock issued, repurchased, and stock compensation-related items(7,400)
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(79)
Goodwill(2)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)
Goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity investments and on held-for-sale assets, which are includedin consolidated portfolio companies (included in other assets.assets)
(84)
(2)Applicable deferred taxes relaterelated to goodwill and other intangible assets. They were determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets (2)15 
CECL transition provision (3)(60)
Other (4)855 
Change in Common Equity Tier 1694 
Common Equity Tier 1 at period end.June 30, 2023$134,221

(1)Effective January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period-end.
(3)In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the allowance for credit losses (ACL) under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out period in which the benefit is reduced by 25% in year one, 50% in year two and 75% in year three.
(4)Includes $338 million related to our first quarter 2023 adoption of ASU 2018-12. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 4937 presents net changes in the components of RWAs under the Standardized and Advanced and Standardized Approaches for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.Approaches.


Table 49:37:Analysis of Changes in RWAs
(in millions)
Standardized ApproachAdvanced Approach
Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) at December 31, 2022$1,259,889 1,112,307 
Net change in credit risk RWAs(7,582)(423)
Net change in market risk RWAs(1,617)(1,617)
Net change in operational risk RWAs— 8,112 
Total change in RWAs(9,199)6,072 
RWAs at June 30, 2023$1,250,690 1,118,379 
(in millions)Advanced Approach
Standardized Approach
RWAs (Fully Phased-In) at December 31, 2016$1,298,688
1,358,933
Net change in credit risk RWAs(50,201)(59,122)
Net change in market risk RWAs(6,970)(6,970)
Net change in operational risk RWAs1,838
N/A
Total change in RWAs(55,333)(66,092)
RWAs (Fully Phased-In) at September 30, 20171,243,355
1,292,841
Effect of Transition Requirements(25,655)(24,203)
RWAs (Transition Requirements) at September 30, 2017$1,217,700
1,268,638

48Wells Fargo & Company




TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY We also evaluate our business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible common equity. Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill, and certain identifiable intangible assets (including(other than MSRs) and goodwill and intangible assets associated with certain of our nonmarketable equityother intangibles on investments but excluding mortgage servicing rights),in consolidated portfolio companies, net of applicable deferred taxes. These tangible common equityThe ratios are as follows:
Tangible(i) tangible book value per common share, which represents tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.
Returnoutstanding; and (ii) return on average tangible common
equity (ROTCE), which represents our annualized earnings contribution as a percentage of tangible common equity.

The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that tangible book value per common share and return on average tangible common equity, which utilize tangible common equity, are useful financial measures because they enable management, investors, and others to assess the Company'sCompany’s use of equity.
Table 5038 provides a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures.

Table 50:38:Tangible Common Equity
Balance at period-endAverage balance
Quarter endedQuarter endedSix months ended
(in millions, except ratios)Jun 30,
2023
Mar 31,
2023
Jun 30,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Mar 31,
2023
Jun 30,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Jun 30,
2022
Total equity$181,952 183,220 179,798 184,443184,297 180,926 184,371183,507 
Adjustments:
Preferred stock (1)(19,448)(19,448)(20,057)(19,448)(19,448)(20,057)(19,448)(20,057)
Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock (1)173 173 135 173 173 135 173 135 
Unearned ESOP shares (1) — 646  — 646  646 
Noncontrolling interests(1,761)(2,052)(2,262)(1,924)(2,019)(2,386)(1,971)(2,427)
Total common stockholders’ equity(A)160,916 161,893 158,260 163,244 163,003 159,264 163,125 161,804 
Adjustments:
Goodwill(25,175)(25,173)(25,178)(25,175)(25,173)(25,179)(25,174)(25,180)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)(145)(139)(191)(140)(145)(200)(142)(209)
Goodwill and other intangibles on investments in consolidated portfolio companies (included in other assets)(2,511)(2,486)(2,307)(2,487)(2,440)(2,304)(2,464)(2,349)
Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (2)905 897 880 903 895 877 899 840 
Tangible common equity(B)$133,990 134,992 131,464 136,345 136,140 132,458 136,244 134,906 
Common shares outstanding(C)3,667.7 3,763.2 3,793.0 N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
Net income applicable to common stock(D)N/AN/AN/A$4,659 4,713 2,863 $9,372 6,372 
Book value per common share(A)/(C)$43.87 43.02 41.72 N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
Tangible book value per common share(B)/(C)36.53 35.87 34.66 N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A
Return on average common stockholders’ equity (ROE)(D)/(A)N/AN/AN/A11.45 %11.73 7.21 11.59 %7.94 
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE)(D)/(B)N/AN/AN/A13.71 14.04 8.67 13.87 9.52 
   Balance at period end Average balance
   Quarter ended Quarter ended Nine months ended
(in millions, except ratios)  Sep 30,
2017

Jun 30,
2017

Sep 30,
2016

 Sep 30,
2017

 Jun 30,
2017

Sep 30,
2016

 Sep 30,
2017

Sep 30,
2016

Total equity  $206,824
206,145
203,958
 207,934
 205,968
203,883
 205,246
200,502
Adjustments:             
Preferred stock  (25,576)(25,785)(24,594) (25,780) (25,849)(24,813) (25,600)(24,291)
Additional paid-in capital on ESOP preferred stock  (130)(136)(130) (136) (144)(148) (142)(172)
Unearned ESOP shares  1,904
2,119
1,612
 2,114
 2,366
1,850
 2,226
2,150
Noncontrolling interests  (895)(915)(930) (926) (910)(927) (931)(938)
Total common stockholders' equity(A) 182,127
181,428
179,916
 183,206
 181,431
179,845
 180,799
177,251
Adjustments:             
Goodwill  (26,581)(26,573)(26,688) (26,600) (26,664)(26,979) (26,645)(26,696)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)  (1,913)(2,147)(3,001) (2,056) (2,303)(3,145) (2,314)(3,383)
Other assets (1)  (2,282)(2,268)(2,230) (2,231) (2,160)(2,131) (2,163)(2,097)
Applicable deferred taxes (2)  1,550
1,624
1,832
 1,579
 1,648
1,855
 1,650
1,973
Tangible common equity(B) $152,901
152,064
149,829
 153,898
 151,952
149,445
 151,327
147,048
Common shares outstanding(C) 4,927.9
4,966.8
5,023.9
 N/A
 N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Net income applicable to common stock (3)(D) N/A
N/A
N/A
 $4,185
 5,404
5,243
 14,645
15,501
Book value per common share(A)/(C) $36.96
36.53
35.81
 N/A
 N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Tangible book value per common share(B)/(C) 31.03
30.62
29.82
 N/A
 N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Return on average common stockholders’ equity (ROE) (annualized)(D)/(A) N/A
N/A
N/A
 9.06
%11.95
11.60
 10.83
11.68
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (annualized)(D)/(B) N/A
N/A
N/A
 10.79
 14.26
13.96
 12.94
14.08
(1)Represents goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity investments and on held-for-sale assets, which are included in other assets.
(2)Applicable deferred taxes relate to goodwill and other intangible assets. They were determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period end.
(3)Quarter ended net income applicable to common stock is annualized for the respective ROE and ROTCE ratios.
Capital Management (continued)
(1)In fourth quarter 2022, we redeemed all outstanding shares of our Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for shares of the Company's common stock. For additional information, see Note 11 (Preferred Stock) to Financial Statements in our 2022 Form 10-K.

(2)Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period-end.
SUPPLEMENTARY LEVERAGE RATIO In April 2014, federal banking regulators finalizedREQUIREMENTS As a rule that enhances the SLR requirements for BHCs, like Wells Fargo, and their insured depository institutions. The SLR consists of Tier 1 capital divided by the Company’s total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure consists of the total average on-balance sheet assets, plus off-balance sheet exposures, such as undrawn commitments and derivative exposures, less amounts permitted to be deducted from Tier 1 capital. The rule, which becomes effective on January 1, 2018, will require a covered BHC, we are required to maintain a SLR of at least 5.0% (comprised of the 3.0% minimum requirement plus a supplementary leverage buffer of 2.0%)ratio (SLR) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The rule will also require that all of our insured depository institutionspayments and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio. Table 39 presents the leverage requirements applicable to the Company as of June 30, 2023.
Table 39:Leverage Requirements Applicable to the Company
1984
In addition, our IDIs are required to maintain an SLR of 6.0%at least 6.00% to be considered well capitalized under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. In September 2014, federal banking regulators finalized additional changesrules and maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00%.
The FRB and OCC have proposed amendments to the SLR requirements to implement revisionsrules. For information regarding the proposed amendments to the Basel III leverage framework finalized bySLR rules, see the BCBS“Capital Management – Leverage Requirements” section in January 2014. These additional changes, among other things, modify the methodology for including off- balance sheet items, including credit derivatives, repo-style transactions and lines of credit, in the denominator of the SLR, and will become effective on January 1, 2018. At September 30, 2017, our SLR for the Company was 7.9% assuming full phase-in of the Advanced Approach capital framework. Based on our review, our current leverage levels would exceed the applicable requirements for each of our insured depository institutions as well. The fully phased-in SLR is considered a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by management, bank regulatory agencies, investors and analysts to assess and monitor the Company’s leverage exposure. See 2022 Form 10-K.
Wells Fargo & Company49


Capital Management (continued)
Table 51 for40 presents information regarding the calculation and components of the SLR.Company’s SLR and Tier 1 leverage ratio. At June 30, 2023, each of our IDIs exceeded their applicable SLR requirements.

Table 51:Fully Phased-In SLR40:Leverage Ratios for the Company
($ in millions)Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Tier 1 capital(A)$153,201 
Total average assets1,878,373 
Less: Goodwill and other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions (net of deferred tax liabilities)28,289 
Total adjusted average assets1,850,084 
Plus adjustments for off-balance sheet exposures:
Derivatives (1)57,430 
Repo-style transactions (2)4,023 
Other (3)306,038 
Total off-balance sheet exposures367,491 
Total leverage exposure(B)$2,217,575 
Supplementary leverage ratio(A)/(B)6.91 %
Tier 1 leverage ratio (4)8.28 %
(in millions, except ratio)September 30, 2017
Tier 1 capital$176,263
Total average assets1,938,522
Less: deductions from Tier 1 capital29,705
Total adjusted average assets1,908,817
Adjustments: 
Derivative exposures73,681
Repo-style transactions3,055
Other off-balance sheet exposures243,339
Total adjustments320,075
Total leverage exposure$2,228,892
Supplementary leverage ratio7.9%
(1)Adjustment represents derivatives and collateral netting exposures as defined for supplementary leverage ratio determination purposes.
OTHER REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS In December 2016,(2)Adjustment represents counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions where Wells Fargo & Company is the FRB finalized rulesprincipal counterparty facing the client.
(3)Adjustment represents credit equivalent amounts of other off-balance sheet exposures not already included as derivatives and repo-style transactions exposures.
(4)The Tier 1 leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total average assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items as determined under the rule.
TOTAL LOSS ABSORBING CAPACITYAs a G-SIB, we are required to address thehave a minimum amount of equity and unsecured long-term debt a U.S. G-SIB must hold to improve itsfor purposes of resolvability and resiliency, often referred to as Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC). Under the rules, which become effective on January 1, 2019, U.S. G-SIBs will beare required to have a minimum amount of TLAC amount (consisting of CET1 capital and additional tierTier 1 capital issued directly by the top-tier or covered BHC plus eligible external long-term debt) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments as well as a minimum amount of eligible unsecured long-term debt.The components used to calculate our minimum TLAC and eligible unsecured long-term debt requirements as of June 30, 2023, are presented in Table 41.
Table 41:Components Used to Calculate TLAC and Eligible Unsecured Long-Term Debt Requirements
TLAC requirement

Greater of:
18.00% of RWAs7.50% of total leverage exposure
(the denominator of the SLR calculation)
++
TLAC buffer (equal to 2.50% of RWAs + method one G-SIB capital surcharge + any countercyclical buffer)External TLAC leverage buffer
(
equal to 2.00% of total leverage exposure)
Minimum amount of eligible unsecured long-term debt

Greater of:
6.00% of RWAs4.50% of total leverage exposure
+
Greater of method one and method two G-SIB capital surcharge
The FRB and OCC have proposed amendments to the greater of (i) 18% of RWAs TLAC
and (ii) 7.5% of total leverage exposure (the denominator ofeligible unsecured long-term debt requirements. For information regarding these proposed amendments, see the SLR calculation). Additionally, U.S. G-SIBs will be required to maintain (i) a TLAC buffer equal to 2.5% of RWAs plus the firm’s applicable G-SIB capital surcharge calculated under method one plus any applicable countercyclical buffer that will be added to the 18% minimum and (ii) an external
“Capital Management – Total Loss Absorbing Capacity” section in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 42 provides our TLAC leverage buffer equal to 2.0% of total leverage exposure that will be added toand eligible unsecured long-term debt and related ratios.
Table 42: TLAC and Eligible Unsecured Long-Term Debt
June 30, 2023
($ in millions)TLAC (1)Regulatory Minimum (2)Eligible Unsecured Long-term DebtRegulatory Minimum
Total eligible amount$289,125130,576 
Percentage of RWAs (3)23.12 %21.50 10.44 7.50 
Percentage of total leverage exposure13.04 9.50 5.89 4.50 
(1)TLAC ratios are calculated using the 7.5%CECL transition provision issued by federal banking regulators.
(2)Represents the minimum in orderrequired to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The rules will also require U.S. G-SIBs to have a
(3)Our minimum amount ofTLAC and eligible unsecured long-term debt equal torequirements are calculated based on the greater of (i) 6.0% of RWAs plusdetermined under the firm’s applicable G-SIB capital surcharge calculated under method twoStandardized and (ii) 4.5% of the total leverage exposure. In addition, the rules will impose certain restrictions on the operations and liabilities of the top-tier or covered BHC in order to further facilitate an orderly resolution, including prohibitions on the issuance of short-term debt to external investors and on entering into derivatives and certain other types of financial contracts with external counterparties. While the rules permit permanent grandfathering of a significant portion of otherwise ineligible long-term debt that was issued prior to December 31, 2016, long-term debt issued after that date must be fully compliant with the eligibility requirements of the rules in order to count toward the minimum TLAC amount. As a result of the rules, we will need to issue additional long-term debt to remain compliant with the requirements.Advanced Approaches.
In addition, as discussed in the “Risk Management – Asset/ Liability Management – Liquidity and Funding – Liquidity Standards” section in this Report, federal banking regulators have issued a final ruleOTHER REGULATORY CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY MATTERS For information regarding the U.S. implementation of the Basel III LCR and a proposed rule regardingNSFR, see the NSFR.“Risk Management – Asset/ Liability Management – Liquidity Risk and Funding – Liquidity Standards” section in this Report.

Our principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, are subject to regulations to maintain minimum net capital requirements. As of June 30, 2023, these broker-dealer subsidiaries were in compliance with their respective regulatory minimum net capital requirements.
Capital Planning and Stress Testing
Our planned long-term capital structure is designed to meet regulatory and market expectations. We believe that our long-term targeted capital structure enables us to invest in and grow our business, satisfy our customers’ financial needs in varying environments, access markets, and maintain flexibility to return capital to our shareholders. Our long-term targeted capital structure also considers capital levels sufficient to exceed capital requirements, including the G-SIB surcharge. Accordingly, based oncapital surcharge and the final Basel IIIstress capital rules under the lower of the Standardized or Advanced Approaches CET1 capital ratios, we currently target a long-term CET1 capital ratio at or in excess of 10%, which includes a 2% G-SIB surcharge. Our capital targets are subject to change based on various factors, includingbuffer, as well as potential changes to the regulatory requirements for our capital framework and expectations for large banks promulgated by bank regulatory agencies,ratios, planned capital actions, changes in our risk profile and other factors. Accordingly, our long-term target capital levels are set above their respective regulatory minimums plus buffers.
Under the FRB’sThe FRB capital plan rule largeestablishes capital planning and other requirements that govern capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, by certain BHCs, are required to submit capital plans annually for review to determine if the FRB has any objections before making any capital distributions. The rule requires updates to capital plans in the event of material changes in a BHC’s risk profile, including as a result of any significant acquisitions.Wells Fargo. The FRB assesses, among other things, the overall financial condition, risk profile, and capital adequacy of BHCs while considering both quantitative and qualitative factors when evaluating their capital plans.
Our 2017 capital plan, which was submitted on April 4, 2017, as part of CCAR, included a comprehensive capital outlook supported by an assessment of expected sources and uses of capital over a given planning horizon under a range of expected and stress scenarios. As part of the 2017 CCAR,annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, the FRB also generatedgenerates a supervisory stress test, which assumed a sharp decline in the economy and significant decline in asset pricing using the information provided by the Company to estimate performance.test. The FRB reviewedreviews the supervisory stress test results both as required under the Dodd-Frank Act using a common set of capital actions for all large BHCs and by taking into accountalso reviews the Company’s proposed capital actions. The FRB published its

supervisory stress test results as required under the Dodd-Frank Act on June 22, 2017. 28, 2023.
On June 28, 2017,July 25, 2023, the FRB notified us that it did not objectBoard approved an increase to our capital plan included in the 2017 CCAR.Company's third quarter 2023 common stock dividend to $0.35 per share.
Federal banking regulators also require large BHCs and banks to conduct their own stress tests to evaluate whether an the
50Wells Fargo & Company


institution has sufficient capital to continue to operate during periods of adverse economic and financial conditions. These stress testing requirements set forth the timing and type of stress test activities large BHCs and banks must undertake as well as rules governing stress testing controls, oversight and disclosure requirements. The rules also limit a large BHC’s ability to make capital distributions to the extent its actual capital issuances were less than amounts indicated in its capital plan. As required under the FRB’s stress testing rule, we must submit a mid-cycle stress test based on second quarter data and scenarios developed by the Company. We submitted the results of the mid-cycle stress test to the FRB and disclosed a summary of the results in October 2017.

Securities Repurchases
From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Additionally, we may enter into plans to purchase stock that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and any acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including under the FRB’s responsecapital plan rule. Due to the various factors that may impact the amount of our share repurchases and the fact that we tend to be
in the market regularly to satisfy repurchase considerations under our capital plan, and to changes in our risk profile.share repurchases occur at various price levels. We may suspend share repurchase activity at any time.
In January 2016, the Board authorized the repurchase of 350 million shares of our common stock. At SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, we had remaining Board authority to repurchase approximately 12264 million shares, subject to regulatory and legal conditions. The Company publicly announced on July 25, 2023, that the Board authorized a new common stock repurchase program of up to $30 billion. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire and supersedes the prior share repurchase authority approved by the Board.
For moreadditional information about share repurchases during thirdsecond quarter 2017,2023, see Part II, Item 2 in this Report.
Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.
In connection with our participation in the Capital Purchase Program (CPP), a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock with an original exercise price of $34.01 per share expiring on October 28, 2018. The terms of the warrants require the exercise price to be adjusted under certain circumstances when the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend exceeds $0.34 per share, which began occurring in second quarter 2014. Accordingly, with each quarterly common stock dividend above $0.34 per share, we must calculate whether an adjustment to the exercise price is required by the terms of the warrants, including whether certain minimum thresholds have been met to trigger an adjustment, and notify the holders of any such change. The Board authorized the repurchase by the Company of up to $1 billion of the warrants. At September 30, 2017, there were 26,560,862 warrants outstanding, exercisable at $33.731 per share, and $452 million of unused warrant repurchase authority. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase from time to time additional warrants in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Regulatory Matters (continued)

Regulatory Matters
Since the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010, theThe U.S. financial services industry has beenis subject to a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives. This increased regulation and oversight has substantially changedmay continue to impact how most U.S. financial services companies conduct business and hasmay continue to result in increased their regulatory compliance costs.
For a discussion of certain consent orders applicable to the Company, see the “Overview” section in this Report. The following supplements our discussion of theother significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business contained in the “Regulatory Matters” and “Risk Factors” sections in our 20162022 Form 10-K10-K.

“Living Will” Requirements and the “Regulatory Matters” section in our 2017 First and Second Quarter Reports on Form 10-Q.

REGULATION OF CONSUMER FINANCIAL PRODUCTS The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to ensure consumers receive clear and accurate disclosures regarding financial products and to protect them from hidden fees and unfair or abusive practices. With respect to residential mortgage lending, the CFPB issued a number of final rules implementing new origination, notification, disclosure and other requirements, as well as additional limitations on the fees and charges that may be increased from the estimates provided by lenders. In October 2015, the CFPB finalized amendments to the rule implementing the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, resulting in a significant expansion of the data points lenders will be required to collect beginning January 1, 2018 and report to the CFPB beginning January 1, 2019. The CFPB also expanded the transactions covered by the rule and increased the reporting frequency from annual to quarterly for large volume lenders, such as Wells Fargo, beginning January 1, 2020. With respect to other financial products, in October 2016, the CFPB finalized rules, most of which become effective on April 1, 2018, to make prepaid cards subject to similar consumer protections as those provided by more traditional debit and credit cards such as fraud protection and expanded access to account information. In July 2017, the CFPB finalized a rule, which became effective on September 18, 2017, prohibiting covered providers of certain consumer financial products and services, such as Wells Fargo, from using arbitration agreements that prevent consumers from filing or participating in class action litigation. However, Congress subsequently used its powers under the Congressional Review Act to overturn the CFPB's arbitration rule and prohibited the CFPB from writing a “substantially similar” rule in the future without congressional action.
In addition to these rulemaking activities, the CFPB is continuing its on-going supervisory examination activities of the financial services industry with respect to a number of consumer businesses and products, including mortgage lending and servicing, fair lending requirements, student lending activities, and automobile finance. At this time, the Company cannot predict the full impact of the CFPB’s rulemaking and supervisory authority on our business practices or financial results.

LIVING WILL REQUIREMENTS AND RELATED MATTERSRelated Matters
Rules adopted by the FRB and the FDIC under the Dodd-Frank Act require large financial institutions, including Wells Fargo, to prepare and periodically revisesubmit resolution plans, so-called “living-wills”,also known as “living wills,” that would facilitate their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. Under the rules, rapid and orderly resolution plans are required to provide strategies for resolutionmeans a reorganization or liquidation of the covered company under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other applicable insolvency regimes that can be accomplished in a reasonable period of time and in a
manner that substantially mitigates the risk that failure would have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States. We submitted our 2017In addition to the Company’s resolution plan, our national bank subsidiary, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), is also required to the FRBprepare and FDIC on June 30, 2017, but have not yet received regulatory feedback on theperiodically submit a resolution plan. If the FRB andand/or FDIC determine that our 2017 resolution plan has deficiencies, they may impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements on us or restrict our growth, activities or operations until we adequately remedy the deficiencies. If the FRB andand/or FDIC ultimately determine that we have been unable to remedy any deficiencies, they could require us to divest certain assets or operations.
We must also prepare and submit On June 27, 2023, we submitted our most recent resolution plan to the FRB a recovery plan that identifies a range of options that we may consider during times of idiosyncratic or systemic economic stress to remedy any financial weaknesses and restore market confidence without extraordinary government support. Recovery options include the possible sale, transfer or disposal of assets, securities, loan portfolios or businesses. Our insured national bank subsidiary, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), must also prepare and submit to the OCC a recovery plan that sets forth the bank’s plan to remain a going concern when the bank is experiencing considerable financial or operational stress, but has not yet deteriorated to the point where liquidation or resolution is imminent. If either the FRB or the OCC determine that our recovery plan is deficient, they may impose fines, restrictions on our business or ultimately require us to divest assets.FDIC.
If Wells Fargo were to fail, it may be resolved in a bankruptcy proceeding or, if certain conditions are met, under the resolution regime created by the Dodd-Frank Act known as the “orderly liquidation authority.” The orderly liquidation authority allows for the appointment of the FDIC as receiver for a systemically important financial institution that is in default or in danger of default if, among other things, the resolution of the institution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States. If the FDIC is appointed as receiver for Wells Fargo & Company (the “Parent”),the Parent, then the orderly liquidation authority, rather than the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, would
determine the powers of the receiver and the rights and obligations of our security holders. The FDIC’s orderly liquidation authority requires that security holders of a company in receivership bear all losses before U.S. taxpayers are exposed to any losses,losses. There are substantial differences in the rights of creditors between the orderly liquidation authority and allowsthe U.S. Bankruptcy Code, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in certain circumstances.circumstances and the use of an administrative claims procedure instead of a judicial procedure to determine creditors’ claims.
WhetherThe strategy described in our most recent resolution plan is a single point of entry strategy, in which the Parent would be the only material legal entity to enter resolution proceedings. However, the strategy described in our resolution plan is not binding in the event of an actual resolution of Wells Fargo, whether conducted under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or by the FDIC under the orderly liquidation authority, Wells Fargo could be resolved using a “multiple point of entry” strategy, in which the Parent and one or more of its subsidiaries would each undergo separate resolution proceedings, or a “single point of entry” strategy, in which the Parent would likely be the only material legal entity to enter resolution proceedings.authority. The FDIC has announced that a single point of entry strategy may be a desirable strategy under its implementation of the orderly liquidation authority, but not all aspects of how the FDIC might exercise this authority are known and additional rulemaking is possible.
The strategy described in our most recent resolution plan submission is a multiple point of entry strategy; however, we have made a decision to move to a single point of entry strategy for our next resolution plan submission. We are not obligated to maintain either a single point of entry or multiple point of entry strategy, and the strategies reflected in our resolution plan submissions are not binding in the event of an actual resolution

of Wells Fargo, whether conducted under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or by the FDIC under the orderly liquidation authority.
To facilitate the orderly resolution of systemically important financial institutions in case of material distress or failure, federal banking regulations require that institutions, such as Wells Fargo, maintain a minimum amount of equity and unsecured debt to absorb losses and recapitalize operating subsidiaries. Federal banking regulators have also required measures to facilitate the continued operation of operating subsidiaries notwithstanding the failure of their parent companies, such as limitations on parent guarantees, and have issued guidance encouraging institutions to take legally binding measures to provide capital and liquidity resources to certain subsidiaries in order to facilitate an orderly resolution. In response to the regulators’ guidance and to facilitate the orderly resolution of the Company, using either a single point of entry or multiple point of entry resolution strategy, on June 28, 2017, the Parent entered into a support agreement, as amended and restated on June 26, 2019 (the “Support Agreement”), with WFC Holdings, LLC, an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent (the “IHC”), and the Bank, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“WFS”), and Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC (“WFCS”), each an indirect subsidiaryand certain other subsidiaries of the Parent.Parent designated from time to time as material entities for resolution planning purposes (the “Covered Entities”) or identified from time to time as related support entities in our resolution plan (the “Related Support Entities”). Pursuant to the Support Agreement, the
Wells Fargo & Company51


Regulatory Matters (continued)
Parent transferred a significant amount of its assets, including the majority of its cash, deposits, liquid securities and intercompany loans (but excluding its equity interests in its subsidiaries and certain other assets), to the IHC
and will continue to transfer those types of assets to the IHC from time to time. In the event of our material financial distress or failure, the IHC will be obligated to use the transferred assets to provide capital and/or liquidity to the Bank, WFS, WFCS, and the Covered Entities pursuant to the Support Agreement and to WFS and WFCS through repurchase facilities entered into in connection with the Support Agreement. Under the Support Agreement, the IHC will also provide funding and liquidity to the Parent through subordinated notes and a committed line of credit, which, together with the issuance of dividends, is expected to provide the Parent, during business as usual operating conditions, with the same access to cash necessary to service its debts, pay dividends, repurchase its shares, and perform its other obligations as it would have had if it had not entered into these arrangements and transferred any assets. If certain liquidity and/or capital metrics fall below defined triggers, or if the Parent’s board of directors authorizes it to file a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the subordinated notes would be forgiven, and the committed line of credit would terminate, and the IHC’s ability to pay dividends to the Parent would be restricted, any of which could materially and adversely impact the Parent’s liquidity and its ability to satisfy its debts and other obligations, and could result in the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings by the Parent at an earlier time than might have otherwise occurred if the Support Agreement were not implemented. The Parent's and the IHC's respective obligations under the Support Agreement of the Parent, the IHC, the Bank, and the Related Support Entities are secured pursuant to a related security agreement.

In addition to our resolution plans, we must also prepare and periodically submit to the FRB a recovery plan that identifies a range of options that we may consider during times of idiosyncratic or systemic economic stress to remedy any financial weaknesses and restore market confidence without extraordinary government support. Recovery options include the possible sale, transfer or disposal of assets, securities, loan portfolios or businesses. The Bank must also prepare and periodically submit to the OCC a recovery plan that sets forth the Bank’s plan to remain a going concern when the Bank is experiencing considerable financial or operational stress, but has not yet deteriorated to the point where liquidation or resolution is imminent. If either the FRB or the OCC determines that our recovery plan is deficient, they may impose fines, restrictions on our business or ultimately require us to divest assets.
52Wells Fargo & Company


Critical Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:
the allowance for credit losses;
PCI loans;
the valuation of residential MSRs;
the fair value of financial instruments;
income taxes; and
liability for contingent litigation losses.losses; and

goodwill impairment.
Starting second quarter 2017, the liability for contingent litigation losses
Management has been designated as one of ourdiscussed these critical accounting policies. The remaining five ofpolicies and the related estimates and judgments with the Board’s Audit Committee. For additional information on these policies, are described further insee the “Financial Review – Critical“Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K.

Liability for Contingent Litigation Losses
The Company is involved in a number10-K and Note 1 (Summary of judicial, regulatory, arbitration and other proceedings concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities, and many of those proceedings expose the Company to potential financial loss. We establish accruals for these legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. For such accruals, we record the amount we consider to be the best estimate within a range of potential losses that are both probable and estimable; however, if we
cannot determine a best estimate, then we record the low end of the range of those potential losses. The actual costs of resolving legal actions may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those actions.
We apply judgment when establishing an accrual for potential losses associated with legal actions and in establishing the range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the accrual. Our judgment in establishing accruals and the range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the Company's accrual for probable and estimable losses is influenced by our understanding of information currently available related to the legal evaluation and potential outcome of actions, including input and advice on these matters from our internal counsel, external counsel and senior management. These matters may be in various stages of investigation, discovery or proceedings. They may also involve a wide variety of claims across our businesses, legal entities and jurisdictions. The eventual outcome may be a scenario that was not considered or was considered remote in anticipated occurrence. Accordingly, our estimate of potential losses will change over time and the actual losses may vary significantly.
The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible. It is also inherently difficult to estimate the amount of any loss and there may be matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but not currently estimable. Accordingly, actual losses may be in excess of the established accrual or the range of reasonably possible loss.
See Note 11 (Legal Actions)Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report for further information.
Management and the Board's Audit and Examination Committee have reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies.
Current Accounting Developments (continued)Report.

Wells Fargo & Company53


Current Accounting Developments
Table 5243 provides the significant accounting pronouncementsupdates applicable to us that have been issued by the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) but are not yet effective.

Table 52:43:Current Accounting Developments – Issued Standards
StandardDescription and Effective DateDescriptionEffective date and financialFinancial statement impact
Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2017-12 - Derivatives(ASU) 2023-02 – Investments – Equity Method and HedgingJoint Ventures (Topic 815)323):Targeted Improvements to
Accounting for Hedging ActivitiesInvestments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method
The Update, makes targeted changes to the hedge accounting model intended to facilitate financial reporting that more closely reflects an entity’s risk management activities and to simplify application of hedge accounting. Changes include expanding the types of risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting, easing the documentation and effectiveness assessment requirements, changing how ineffectiveness is measured and changing the presentation and disclosure requirements for hedge accounting activities.We adopted the Update in fourth quarter 2017. Our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, will include a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings and adjustments to our 2017 earnings to reflect application of the new guidance effective January 1, 2017.2024 (with early adoption permitted), permits entities to elect to account for additional tax credit investments using the proportional amortization method. The new guidance significantly reduces but does not eliminate interest-rate and foreign-currency related hedge ineffectiveness. However, we may continueUpdate requires a separate accounting policy election for each tax credit program. For any tax credit program where the proportional amortization method is elected, all investments within that program that meet eligibility criteria are required to experience hedge ineffectiveness volatility related to certain hedges of foreign-currency denominated debt liabilities.apply the proportional amortization method. The adjustment as of January 1, 2017, reduced retained earnings by approximately $381 million and increased other comprehensive income by approximately $168 million. Through September 30, 2017, year-to-date net income will increase approximately $169 million ($242 million pre-tax) and other comprehensive income will decrease by $163 million upon applicationUpdate also requires additional disclosures for any tax credit program where the proportional amortization method is elected.The Update eliminates the low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC)-only scope limitation of the new guidance.
ASU 2017-08 – Receivables – Nonrefundable Feesproportional amortization method and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities
permits entities to account for all tax credit investments made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits and income tax benefits using a consistent accounting method. Under the proportional amortization method, tax credit investments are carried at amortized cost and amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and income tax benefits received. The amortization of the investment and the related income tax credits and income tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense. The Update changes the accounting for certain purchased callable debt securities held atmay be adopted on either a premium to shorten the amortization period for the premium to the earliest call date rather than to the maturity date. Accounting for purchased callable debt securities held at a discount does not change. The discount would continue to amortize to the maturity date.We expect to adopt the guidance in first quarter 2019 using thefull retrospective or modified retrospective method with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. Our investment securities portfolio includes holdings of available-for-sale (AFS)basis and held-to-maturity (HTM) callable debt securities held at a premium. Atearly adoption the guidance is expected to result in a cumulative effect adjustment which will be primarily offset with a corresponding adjustment to other comprehensive income related to AFS securities. Afterpermitted.

Upon adoption the guidance will reduce interest income prior to the call date because the premium will be amortized over a shorter time period. Our implementation effort includes identifying the population of debt securities subject to the new guidance, which are primarily obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions, and quantifying the expected impacts. The impact of the Update, onwe will identify our consolidated financial statementstax credit programs and make a separate accounting policy election as to whether to apply the proportional amortization method for each program. For any investments that will apply the proportional amortization method upon adoption of the Update, the cumulative effect of the difference between the current carrying value and the carrying value under the proportional amortization method will be affected by our portfolio composition at the time of adoption, which may change between September 30, 2017 and the adoption date.

StandardDescriptionEffective date and financial statement impact
ASU 2016-13 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
The Update changes the accounting for credit losses on loans and debt securities. For loans and held-to-maturity debt securities, the Update requires a current expected credit loss (CECL) approach to determine the allowance for credit losses. CECL requires loss estimates for the remaining estimated life of the financial asset using historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Also, the Update eliminates the existing guidance for PCI loans, but requiresrecorded as an allowance for purchased financial assets with more than insignificant deterioration since origination. In addition, the Update modifies the other-than-temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities to require an allowance for credit impairment instead of a direct write-down, which allows for reversal of credit impairments in future periods based on improvements in credit.The guidance is effective in first quarter 2020 with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, asthe period of the beginning of the year of adoption. While early adoptionwhich is permitted beginning in first quarter 2019, we do not expect to elect that option. dependent upon which transition method is selected.

We are currently evaluating the impact of the Update on our consolidated financial statements. We expect the Update will result in an increase in the allowance for credit losses given the change to estimated losses over the contractual life adjusted for expected prepayments with an anticipated material impact from longer duration portfolios, as well as the addition of an allowance for debt securities. The amount of the increase will be impacted by the portfolio composition and credit quality at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.
ASU 2016-02 – Leases (Topic 842)The Update requires lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet with lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets based on the present value of lease payments. Lessor accounting activities are largely unchanged from existing lease accounting. The Update also eliminates leveraged lease accounting but allows existing leveraged leases to continue their current accounting until maturity, termination or modification.We expect to adopt the guidance in first quarter 2019 using the modified retrospective method and practical expedients for transition. The practical expedients allow us to largely account for our existing leases consistent with current guidance except for the incremental balance sheet recognition for lessees. We have started our implementation of the Update which has included an initial evaluation of our leasing contracts and activities. As a lessee we are developing our methodology to estimate the right-of use assets and lease liabilities, which is based on the present value of lease payments (the December 31, 2016 future minimum lease payments were $6.9 billion). We do not expect a material change to the timing of expense recognition. Given the limited changes to lessor accounting, we do not expect material changes to recognition or measurement, but we are early in the implementation process and will continue to evaluate the impact. We are evaluating our existing disclosures and may need to provide additional information as a result of adoption of the Update.
Current Accounting Developments (continued)

StandardDescriptionEffective date and financial statement impact
ASU 2016-01 – Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
The Update amends the presentation and accounting for certain financial instruments, including liabilities measured at fair value under the fair value option and equity investments. The guidance also updates fair value presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments measured at amortized cost.
We will adopt the guidance in first quarter 2018 with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption, except for changes related to nonmarketable equity investments, which are applied prospectively.
Our investments in marketable equity securities classified as available-for-sale as of the adoption date will be accounted for at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reflected in earnings. As of September 30, 2017, the carrying value of these securities was $893 million, which included a $287 million net unrealized pre-tax gain reflected in other comprehensive income. Upon adoption, the amount of net unrealized gain or loss related to our available-for-sale equity securities portfolio as of December 31, 2017 will be reclassified from other comprehensive income to retained earnings.
    Our investments in nonmarketable equity instruments accounted for under the cost method of accounting, except for Federal bank stock, will be measured either at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected in earnings or the measurement alternative. The measurement alternative is similar to the cost method of accounting, except the carrying value is adjusted, through earnings, for subsequent observable transactions in the same or similar investment. We expect to account for substantially all of our private equity cost method investments using the measurement alternative and our auction rate securities portfolio at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected in earnings. Upon adoption, we do not expect a significant transition adjustment for the accounting change related to our nonmarketable cost method equity investments.
    Additionally, for purposes of disclosing the fair value of loans carried at amortized cost, we are evaluating our valuation methods to determine the necessary changes to present fair value disclosures based on “exit price” as required by the Update. Accordingly, the fair value amounts disclosed for such loans may change upon adoption.

StandardDescriptionEffective date and financial statement impact
ASU 2014-09 – Revenue from Contracts With Customers (Topic 606) and subsequent related UpdatesThe Update modifies the guidance used to recognize revenue from contracts with customers for transfers of goods or services and transfers of nonfinancial assets, unless those contracts are within the scope of other guidance. The Update also requires new qualitative and quantitative disclosures, including disaggregation of revenues and descriptions of performance obligations.We will adopt the guidance in first quarter 2018 using the modified retrospective method with a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings. Our revenue is the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. The scope of the guidance explicitly excludes net interest income as well as many other revenues for financial assets and liabilities including loans, leases, securities, and derivatives. Accordingly, the majority of our revenues will not be affected. We have performed an assessment of our revenue contracts as well as worked with industry participants on matters of interpretation and application. Our accounting policies will not change materially since the principles of revenue recognition from the Update are largely consistent with existing guidance and current practices applied by our businesses. We have not identified material changes to the timing or amount of revenue recognition. Based on changes to guidance applied by broker-dealers, we expect a minor change to the presentation of our broker-dealer’s costs for underwriting activities which will be presented in expenses rather than the current presentation against the related revenues. We will provide qualitative disclosures of our performance obligations related to our revenue recognition and we continue to evaluate disaggregation for significant categories of revenue in the scope of the guidance. 
In addition to the list above, theOther Accounting Developments
The following updates areUpdate is applicable to us but subject to completion of our assessment, areis not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements:
ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share2022-03 – Fair Value Measurement (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope ExceptionSecurities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions
ASU 2017-09 – Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic718): Scope of Modification Accounting
ASU 2017-04 – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment
ASU 2017-03 – Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs
Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016 EITF Meetings (SEC Update)
ASU 2017-01 – Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business
ASU 2016-18 – Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash
ASU 2016-16 – Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory
ASU 2016-15 – Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments
ASU 2016-04 – Liabilities – Extinguishment of Liabilities (Subtopic 405-20): Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value Products

We have determined that other existing accounting updates are either not applicable to us or have completed our assessment and determined will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.


Forward-Looking Statements (continued)

54Wells Fargo & Company


Forward-Looking Statements
This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.forward-looking statements. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed or furnished with the SEC,Securities and Exchange Commission, and our management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. In particular, forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) the future operating or financial performance of the Company, including our outlook for future growth; (ii) our expectations regarding noninterest expense and our efficiency ratio; (iii) future credit quality and performance, including our expectations regarding future loan losses, and allowance levels; (iv) the appropriateness of theour allowance for credit losses; (v)losses, and the economic scenarios considered to develop the allowance; (iv) our expectations regarding net interest income and net interest margin; (vi)(v) loan growth or the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios; (vii)(vi) future capital or liquidity levels, ratios or targets andtargets; (vii) our estimated Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under Basel III capital standards; (viii) the performance ofexpectations regarding our mortgage business and any related commitments or exposures; (ix)(viii) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, as well as our expectations regarding compliance therewith; (x)(ix) future common stock dividends, common share repurchases and other uses of capital; (xi)(x) our targeted range for return on assets, return on equity, and return on tangible common equity; (xi) expectations regarding our effective income tax rate; (xii) the outcome of contingencies, such as legal proceedings; (xiii) environmental, social and (xiii)governance related goals or commitments; and (xiv) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies.
Forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, declines in commercial real estate prices, U.S. fiscal debt, budget and tax matters, geopolitical matters (including the conflict in Ukraine), and the overallany slowdown in global economic growth;
the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions;
our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;
financial services reform and other
current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Actrules and other legislation and regulationregulations relating to bank products and financial services;
the extent of our successdevelopments in our loan modification efforts, as well as the effects of regulatory requirements or guidance regarding loan modifications;
the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive and our ability to satisfybanking business, including any such demands without having to repurchase loans related thereto or otherwise indemnify or reimburse third parties, and the credit quality of or losses on such repurchased mortgage loans;
negative effects relating to our mortgage servicing, andloan modification or foreclosure practices, as well asand any changes in industry standards, or practices, regulatory or judicial requirements, penalties or fines, increased servicing and other costs or obligations, including loan modification requirements, or delays or moratoriums on foreclosures;our strategic plans for the business;
our ability to realize ourany efficiency ratio or expense target as part of our expense management initiatives, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters;
losses related to recent hurricanes, which primarily affected Texas, Florida and Puerto Rico, and related to recent California wildfires, in each case including from damage or loss to our collateral for loans in our consumer and commercial loan portfolios and from the impact on the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans;
the effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates or in the level or composition of our assets or liabilities on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgagesmortgage loans held for sale;
significant turbulence or a disruption in the capital or financial markets, which could result in, among other things, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans, a reduction in the availability of funding or increased funding costs, and declines in asset values and/or recognition of other-than-temporary impairment onimpairments of securities held in our investmentdebt securities portfolio;and equity securities portfolios;
the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage asset and wealth management businesses;
negative effects from the retail banking sales practices matter and from instances where customers may have experienced financial harm, including on our legal, operational and compliance costs, our ability to engage in certain business activities or offer certain products or services, our ability to keep and attract customers, our ability to attract and retain qualified team members,employees, and our reputation;
reputational damage from negative publicity, protests,regulatory matters, including the failure to resolve outstanding matters on a timely basis and the potential impact of new matters, litigation, or other legal actions, which may result in, among other things, additional costs, fines, penalties, andrestrictions on our business activities, reputational harm, or other negative consequences from regulatory violations and legal actions;adverse consequences;
a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third partythird-party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks;
the effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;
fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board;
changes to U.S. tax guidance and regulations as well as the effect of discrete items on our effective income tax rate;
our ability to develop and execute effective business plans and strategies; and
the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.2022.
Wells Fargo & Company55


Forward-Looking Statements (continued)
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or repurchases will depend on the earnings, cash requirements and

financial condition of the Company, market conditions, capital requirements (including under Basel capital standards), common stock issuance requirements, applicable law and regulations (including federal securities laws and federal banking regulations), and other factors deemed relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors,Company, and may be subject to regulatory approval or conditions.
For moreadditional information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, refer to our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the discussion under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016,2022, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available on its website at www.sec.gov.1
Any forward-looking statement made by us speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.







































1 We do not control this website. Wells Fargo has provided this link for your convenience, but does not endorse and is not responsible for the content, links, privacy policy, or security policy of this website.

Forward-looking Non-GAAP Financial Measures. From time to time management may discuss forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures, such as forward-looking estimates or targets for return on average tangible common equity. We are unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because we are unable to provide, without unreasonable effort, a meaningful or accurate calculation or estimation of amounts that would be necessary for the reconciliation due to the complexity and inherent difficulty in forecasting and quantifying future amounts or when they may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant to future results.
56Wells Fargo & Company


Risk Factors
An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. For a discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company, we refer you to the “Risk Factors” section in our 20162022 Form 10-K.

Controls and Procedures
Wells Fargo & Company57


Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of SeptemberJune 30, 2017.2023.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during thirdsecond quarter 20172023 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions, except per share amounts)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Interest income       
Trading assets$754
 593
 2,107
 1,761
Investment securities2,662
 2,298
 8,035
 6,736
Mortgages held for sale219
 207
 598
 549
Loans held for sale5
 2
 10
 7
Loans10,522
 9,978
 31,021
 29,377
Other interest income896
 409
 2,228
 1,175
Total interest income15,058
 13,487
 43,999
 39,605
Interest expense       
Deposits870
 356
 2,090
 995
Short-term borrowings226
 85
 503
 229
Long-term debt1,377
 1,006
 3,838
 2,769
Other interest expense109
 88
 309
 260
Total interest expense2,582
 1,535
 6,740
 4,253
Net interest income12,476
 11,952
 37,259

35,352
Provision for credit losses717
 805
 1,877
 2,965
Net interest income after provision for credit losses11,759
 11,147
 35,382
 32,387
Noninterest income       
Service charges on deposit accounts1,276
 1,370
 3,865
 4,015
Trust and investment fees3,609
 3,613
 10,808
 10,545
Card fees1,000
 997
 2,964
 2,935
Other fees877
 926
 2,644
 2,765
Mortgage banking1,046
 1,667
 3,422
 4,679
Insurance269
 293
 826
 1,006
Net gains from trading activities245
 415
 921
 943
Net gains on debt securities (1)166
 106
 322
 797
Net gains from equity investments (2)238
 140
 829
 573
Lease income475
 534
 1,449
 1,404
Other249
 315
 788
 1,671
Total noninterest income9,450
 10,376
 28,838
 31,333
Noninterest expense       
Salaries4,356
 4,224
 12,960
 12,359
Commission and incentive compensation2,553
 2,520
 7,777
 7,769
Employee benefits1,279
 1,223
 4,273
 3,993
Equipment523
 491
 1,629
 1,512
Net occupancy716
 718
 2,134
 2,145
Core deposit and other intangibles288
 299
 864
 891
FDIC and other deposit assessments314
 310
 975
 815
Other4,322
 3,483
 11,072
 9,678
Total noninterest expense14,351
 13,268
 41,684
 39,162
Income before income tax expense6,858
 8,255
 22,536

24,558
Income tax expense2,204
 2,601
 6,486
 7,817
Net income before noncontrolling interests4,654
 5,654
 16,050

16,741
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests58
 10
 187
 77
Wells Fargo net income$4,596
 5,644
 15,863

16,664
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other411
 401
 1,218
 1,163
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock$4,185
 5,243
 14,645
 15,501
Per share information       
Earnings per common share$0.85
 1.04
 2.94
 3.06
Diluted earnings per common share0.84
 1.03
 2.91
 3.03
Dividends declared per common share0.390
 0.380
 1.150
 1.135
Average common shares outstanding4,948.6
 5,043.4
 4,982.1
 5,061.9
Diluted average common shares outstanding4,996.8
 5,094.6
 5,035.4
 5,118.2
(1)58
Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses were $5 million and $36 million for third quarter 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $7 million and $51 million were recognized in earnings, and reversal of losses of $(2) million and $(15) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for third quarter 2017 and 2016, respectively. Total OTTI losses were $54 million and $123 million for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $107 million and $142 million were recognized in earnings, and reversal of losses of $(53) million and $(19) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Wells Fargo & Company
(2)
Includes OTTI losses of $84 million and $85 million for third quarter 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $186 million and $322 million for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively.



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

Financial Statements
Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries        
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)    
  Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions) 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Wells Fargo net income $4,596
 5,644
 15,863
 16,664
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:        
Investment securities:        
Net unrealized gains arising during the period 891
 112
 2,825
 2,478
Reclassification of net gains to net income (200) (193) (522) (1,001)
Derivatives and hedging activities:        
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period 36
 (445) 279
 2,611
Reclassification of net gains on cash flow hedges to net income (105) (262) (460) (783)
Defined benefit plans adjustments:        
Net actuarial and prior service gains (losses) arising during the period 11
 (447) 4
 (474)
Amortization of net actuarial loss, settlements and other to net income 41
 39
 120
 115
Foreign currency translation adjustments:        
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period 40
 (10) 87
 27
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax 714
 (1,206) 2,333
 2,973
Income tax benefit (expense) related to other comprehensive income (265) 461
 (852) (1,110)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 449
 (745) 1,481
 1,863
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) from noncontrolling interests (34) 19
 (29) (24)
Wells Fargo other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 483
 (764) 1,510
 1,887
Wells Fargo comprehensive income 5,079
 4,880
 17,373
 18,551
Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests 24
 29
 158
 53
Total comprehensive income $5,103
 4,909
 17,531
 18,604
Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions, except per share amounts)2023202220232022
Interest income
Debt securities$4,037 2,702 $7,820 5,265 
Loans held for sale94 126 191 266 
Loans14,115 8,116 27,433 15,334 
Equity securities194 193 364 363 
Other interest income2,390 419 4,378 509 
Total interest income20,830 11,556 40,186 21,737 
Interest expense
Deposits3,805 158 6,566 241 
Short-term borrowings961 31 1,531 17 
Long-term debt2,693 1,011 5,204 1,772 
Other interest expense208 158 386 288 
Total interest expense7,667 1,358 13,687 2,318 
Net interest income13,163 10,198 26,499 19,419 
Noninterest income
Deposit and lending-related fees1,517 1,729 3,021 3,544 
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees2,163 2,346 4,277 4,844 
Commissions and brokerage services fees570 542 1,189 1,079 
Investment banking fees376 286 702 733 
Card fees1,098 1,112 2,131 2,141 
Mortgage banking202 287 434 980 
Net gains (losses) from trading and securities1,032 (26)2,017 770 
Other (1)412 566 992 1,258 
Total noninterest income7,370 6,842 14,763 15,349 
Total revenue20,533 17,040 41,262 34,768 
Provision for credit losses1,713 580 2,920 (207)
Noninterest expense
Personnel8,606 8,442 18,021 17,713 
Technology, telecommunications and equipment947 799 1,869 1,675 
Occupancy707 705 1,420 1,427 
Operating losses232 576 499 1,249 
Professional and outside services1,304 1,310 2,533 2,596 
Advertising and promotion184 102 338 201 
Restructuring charges —  
Other (1)1,007 928 1,983 1,847 
Total noninterest expense12,987 12,862 26,663 26,713 
Income before income tax expense5,833 3,598 11,679 8,262 
Income tax expense (1)930 622 1,896 1,368 
Net income before noncontrolling interests4,903 2,976 9,783 6,894 
Less: Net loss from noncontrolling interests(35)(166)(146)(36)
Wells Fargo net income (1)$4,938 3,142 $9,929 6,930 
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other279 279 557 558 
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock$4,659 2,863 $9,372 6,372 
Per share information
Earnings per common share$1.26 0.75 $2.50 1.67 
Diluted earnings per common share1.25 0.75 2.48 1.66 
Average common shares outstanding3,699.9 3,793.8 3,742.6 3,812.3 
Diluted average common shares outstanding3,724.9 3,819.6 3,772.4 3,845.0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of these statements.

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries   
Consolidated Balance Sheet   
(in millions, except shares)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Assets(Unaudited)
  
Cash and due from banks$19,206
 20,729
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments273,105
 266,038
Trading assets88,404
 74,397
Investment securities:   
Available-for-sale, at fair value 272,210
 308,364
Held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value $142,818 and $99,155)142,423
 99,583
Mortgages held for sale (includes $16,484 and $22,042 carried at fair value) (1) 20,009
 26,309
Loans held for sale157
 80
Loans (includes $410 and $758 carried at fair value) (1)951,873
 967,604
Allowance for loan losses (11,078) (11,419)
Net loans940,795
 956,185
Mortgage servicing rights:    
Measured at fair value 13,338
 12,959
Amortized 1,406
 1,406
Premises and equipment, net 8,449
 8,333
Goodwill 26,581
 26,693
Derivative assets12,580
 14,498
Other assets (includes $4,523 and $3,275 carried at fair value) (1) 116,276
 114,541
Total assets (2) $1,934,939
 1,930,115
Liabilities    
Noninterest-bearing deposits $366,528
 375,967
Interest-bearing deposits 940,178
 930,112
Total deposits 1,306,706
 1,306,079
Short-term borrowings 93,811
 96,781
Derivative liabilities9,497
 14,492
Accrued expenses and other liabilities79,208
 57,189
Long-term debt 238,893
 255,077
Total liabilities (3) 1,728,115
 1,729,618
Equity    
Wells Fargo stockholders' equity:    
Preferred stock 25,576
 24,551
Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 5,481,811,474 shares 9,136
 9,136
Additional paid-in capital 60,759
 60,234
Retained earnings 141,761
 133,075
 Cumulative other comprehensive income (loss)(1,627) (3,137)
Treasury stock – 553,940,326 shares and 465,702,148 shares (27,772) (22,713)
Unearned ESOP shares (1,904) (1,565)
Total Wells Fargo stockholders' equity 205,929
 199,581
Noncontrolling interests 895
 916
Total equity 206,824
 200,497
Total liabilities and equity$1,934,939
 1,930,115
(1)Parenthetical amounts represent assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option.
(2)
Our consolidated assets at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $115 million and $168 million; Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments, $402 million and $74 million; Trading assets, $130 million at both period ends; Investment securities, $0 million at both period ends; Net loans, $11.9 billion and $12.6 billion; Derivative assets, $0 million and $1 million; Other assets, $352 million and $452 million; and Total assets, $12.9 billion and $13.4 billion, respectively.
(3)
Our consolidated liabilities at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Derivative liabilities, $26 million and $33 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $141 million and $107 million; Long-term debt, $2.1 billion and $3.7 billion; and Total liabilities, $2.3 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries       
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)    
      
 Preferred stock  Common stock 
(in millions, except shares)Shares
 Amount
 Shares
 Amount
Balance December 31, 201511,259,917
 $22,214
 5,092,128,810
 $9,136
Cumulative effect from change in consolidation accounting (1)       
Balance January 1, 201611,259,917
 $22,214
 5,092,128,810
 $9,136
Net income       
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax       
Noncontrolling interests       
Common stock issued    47,151,609
  
Common stock repurchased    (134,787,773)  
Preferred stock issued to ESOP1,150,000
 1,150
    
Preferred stock released by ESOP       
Preferred stock converted to common shares(920,314) (920) 19,396,555
  
Common stock warrants repurchased/exercised       
Preferred stock issued86,000
 2,150
    
Common stock dividends       
Preferred stock dividends       
Tax benefit from stock incentive compensation       
Stock incentive compensation expense       
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans       
Net change315,686

2,380

(68,239,609)

Balance September 30, 201611,575,603

$24,594

5,023,889,201

$9,136
Balance January 1, 201711,532,712
 $24,551
 5,016,109,326
 $9,136
Net income       
Other comprehensive income, net of tax       
Noncontrolling interests       
Common stock issued    45,738,310
  
Common stock repurchased    (145,143,692)  
Preferred stock issued to ESOP950,000
 950
    
Preferred stock released by ESOP       
Preferred stock converted to common shares(614,529) (615) 11,167,204
  
Common stock warrants repurchased/exercised       
Preferred stock issued27,600
 690
    
Common stock dividends       
Preferred stock dividends       
Tax benefit from stock incentive compensation (2)       
Stock incentive compensation expense       
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans       
Net change363,071

1,025

(88,238,178)

Balance September 30, 201711,895,783

$25,576

4,927,871,148

$9,136
(1)
Effective January 1, 2016, we adopted changes in consolidation accounting pursuant to ASU 2015-02 (Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis). Accordingly, we recorded a $121 million increase to beginning noncontrolling interests as a cumulative-effect adjustment.
(2)
Effective January 1, 2017, we adopted Accounting Standards Update 2016-09 (Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting). Accordingly, tax benefit from stock incentive compensation is reported in income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

Significant Accounting Policies).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



               
               
      Wells Fargo stockholders' equity     
Additional
paid-in
capital

 
Retained
earnings

 
Cumulative
other
comprehensive
income

 
Treasury
stock

 
Unearned
ESOP
shares

 
Total
Wells Fargo
stockholders'
equity

 
Noncontrolling
interests

 
Total
equity

60,714
 120,866
 297
 (18,867) (1,362) 192,998
 893
 193,891
            121
 121
60,714
 120,866
 297
 (18,867) (1,362) 192,998
 1,014
 194,012
  16,664
       16,664
 77
 16,741
    1,887
     1,887
 (24) 1,863
1
         1
 (137) (136)
(194) (286)   2,256
   1,776
   1,776
500
     (6,582)   (6,082)   (6,082)
99
       (1,249) 
   
(79)       999
 920
   920
(16)     936
   
   
(17)         (17)   (17)
(49)         2,101
   2,101
39
 (5,791)       (5,752)   (5,752)
  (1,165)       (1,165)   (1,165)
203
         203
   203
547
         547
   547
(1,063)     10
   (1,053)   (1,053)
(29)
9,422

1,887

(3,380)
(250)
10,030

(84)
9,946
60,685

130,288

2,184

(22,247)
(1,612)
203,028

930

203,958
60,234
 133,075
 (3,137) (22,713) (1,565) 199,581
 916
 200,497
  15,863
       15,863
 187
 16,050
    1,510
     1,510
 (29) 1,481
1
         1
 (179) (178)
(87) (184)   2,183
   1,912
   1,912
750
     (7,813)   (7,063)   (7,063)
31
       (981) 
   
(27)       642
 615
   615
61
     554
   
   
(87)         (87)   (87)
(13)         677
   677
37
 (5,775)       (5,738)   (5,738)
  (1,218)       (1,218)   (1,218)

         
   
669
         669
   669
(810)     17
   (793)   (793)
525

8,686

1,510

(5,059)
(339)
6,348

(21)
6,327
60,759

141,761

(1,627)
(27,772)
(1,904)
205,929

895

206,824



Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries   
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)   
 Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
Cash flows from operating activities:   
Net income before noncontrolling interests$16,050
 16,741
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:   
Provision for credit losses1,877
 2,965
Changes in fair value of MSRs, MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value828
 1,695
Depreciation, amortization and accretion3,794
 3,598
Other net (gains) losses659
 (74)
Stock-based compensation1,595
 1,474
Originations and purchases of MHFS and LHFS (1)(134,363) (144,022)
Proceeds from sales of and paydowns on mortgages originated for sale and LHFS (1)97,116
 91,877
Net change in:   
Trading assets (1)28,463
 30,774
Deferred income taxes1,748
 (1,617)
Derivative assets and liabilities (1)(3,777) (836)
Other assets (1)2,115
 (7,895)
Other accrued expenses and liabilities (1)2,375
 1,502
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities18,480
 (3,818)
Cash flows from investing activities:   
Net change in:   
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments(13,896) (28,296)
Available-for-sale securities:   
Sales proceeds37,520
 28,147
Prepayments and maturities35,392
 27,768
Purchases(74,260) (66,685)
Held-to-maturity securities:   
Paydowns and maturities7,557
 5,085
Purchases
 (23,593)
Nonmarketable equity investments:   
Sales proceeds2,838
 1,298
Purchases(2,027) (3,001)
Loans:   
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected5,665
 (28,155)
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans held for investment8,473
 6,958
Purchases (including participations) of loans(2,436) (4,007)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans9,072
 8,736
Loans originated by nonbank entities(7,400) (9,091)
Net cash paid for acquisitions(23) (29,797)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets and short sales4,175
 5,560
Other, net (1)(1,336) (115)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities9,314
 (109,188)
Cash flows from financing activities:   
Net change in:   
Deposits627
 52,582
Short-term borrowings4,655
 26,882
Long-term debt:   
Proceeds from issuance38,358
 67,677
Repayment(60,103) (23,505)
Preferred stock:   
Proceeds from issuance677
 2,101
Cash dividends paid(1,226) (1,173)
Common stock:   
Proceeds from issuance905
 1,024
Stock tendered for payment of withholding taxes (1)(376) (486)
Repurchased(7,063) (6,082)
Cash dividends paid(5,605) (5,609)
Net change in noncontrolling interests(72) (159)
Other, net(94) (70)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities(29,317) 113,182
Net change in cash and due from banks(1,523) 176
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period20,729
 19,111
Cash and due from banks at end of period$19,206
 19,287
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:   
Cash paid for interest$6,514
 3,920
Cash paid for income taxes4,687
 7,158
(1)Prior periods have been revised to conform to the current period presentation.Wells Fargo & Company59



Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Net income before noncontrolling interests (1)$4,903 2,976 9,783 6,894 
Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax:
Net change in debt securities(308)(3,620)54 (8,768)
Net change in derivatives and hedging activities(610)(83)(232)(63)
Defined benefit plans adjustments21 (22)42 50 
Other (1)29 (44)57 (40)
Other comprehensive loss, after tax(868)(3,769)(79)(8,821)
Total comprehensive income (loss) before noncontrolling interests4,035 (793)9,704 (1,927)
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests1 —  
Less: Net loss from noncontrolling interests(35)(166)(146)(36)
Wells Fargo comprehensive income (loss)$4,069 (627)9,850 (1,892)
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
60Wells Fargo & Company



Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
(in millions, except shares)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Assets
Cash and due from banks$31,915 34,596 
Interest-earning deposits with banks123,418 124,561 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements66,500 68,036 
Debt securities:
Trading, at fair value (includes assets pledged as collateral of $50,474 and $26,932)
96,857 86,155 
Available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $142,283 and $121,725, net of allowance for credit losses)
134,251 113,594 
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses (fair value $233,836 and $255,521)
272,360 297,059 
Loans held for sale (includes $2,974 and $4,220 carried at fair value)
6,029 7,104 
Loans947,960 955,871 
Allowance for loan losses(14,258)(12,985)
Net loans933,702 942,886 
Mortgage servicing rights (includes $8,251 and $9,310 carried at fair value)
9,345 10,480 
Premises and equipment, net8,392 8,350 
Goodwill25,175 25,173 
Derivative assets17,990 22,774 
Equity securities (includes $31,609 and $28,383 carried at fair value; and assets pledged as collateral of $1,515 and $747)
67,471 64,414 
Other assets (1)82,915 75,838 
Total assets (2)$1,876,320 1,881,020 
Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits$402,322 458,010 
Interest-bearing deposits942,262 925,975 
Total deposits1,344,584 1,383,985 
Short-term borrowings (includes $201 and $181 carried at fair value)
84,255 51,145 
Derivative liabilities (1)21,431 20,067 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (includes $27,604 and $20,290 carried at fair value) (1)
73,466 68,740 
Long-term debt (includes $1,600 and $1,346 carried at fair value)
170,632 174,870 
Total liabilities (3)1,694,368 1,698,807 
Equity
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock – aggregate liquidation preference of $20,216 and $20,216
19,448 19,448 
Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 5,481,811,474 shares9,136 9,136 
Additional paid-in capital60,173 60,319 
Retained earnings (1)195,164 187,968 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (1)(13,441)(13,362)
Treasury stock, at cost – 1,814,145,600 shares and 1,648,007,022 shares
(89,860)(82,853)
Unearned ESOP shares(429)(429)
Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity180,191 180,227 
Noncontrolling interests1,761 1,986 
Total equity181,952 182,213 
Total liabilities and equity$1,876,320 1,881,020 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Our consolidated assets at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Debt securities, $71 million and $71 million; Loans, $4.9 billion and $4.8 billion; All other assets, $205 million and $191 million; and Total assets, $5.2 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively.
(3)Our consolidated liabilities at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, include $208 million and $201 million, respectively, of VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
Wells Fargo & Company61



Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
Preferred stockCommon stock
($ and shares in millions)SharesAmountSharesAmountAdditional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
Treasury
stock
Unearned
ESOP
shares
Noncontrolling
interests
Total
equity
Balance March 31, 20234.7 $19,448 3,763.2 $9,136 59,946 191,688 (12,572)(86,049)(429)2,052 183,220 
Net income (loss)4,938 (35)4,903 
Other comprehensive income (loss),
net of tax
(869)1 (868)
Noncontrolling interests(257)(257)
Common stock issued4.7 (50)234 184 
Common stock repurchased(100.2)(4,043)(4,043)
Common stock dividends18 (1,133)(1,115)
Preferred stock dividends(279)(279)
Stock-based compensation237 237 
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans(28)(2)(30)
Net change  (95.5) 227 3,476 (869)(3,811) (291)(1,268)
Balance June 30, 20234.7 $19,448 3,667.7 $9,136 60,173 195,164 (13,441)(89,860)(429)1,761 181,952 
Balance March 31, 2022 (1)5.3 $20,057 3,789.9 $9,136 59,899 182,563 (6,799)(85,059)(646)2,446 181,597 
Net income (loss) (1)3,142 (166)2,976 
Other comprehensive loss,
net of tax (1)
(3,769)— (3,769)
Noncontrolling interests(18)(18)
Common stock issued3.2 (26)162 136 
Common stock repurchased(0.1)(4)(4)
Common stock dividends13 (961)(948)
Preferred stock dividends(279)(279)
Stock-based compensation152 152 
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans(40)(5)(45)
Net change— — 3.1 — 125 1,876 (3,769)153 — (184)(1,799)
Balance June 30, 20225.3 $20,057 3,793.0 $9,136 60,024 184,439 (10,568)(84,906)(646)2,262 179,798 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
62Wells Fargo & Company



Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
Preferred stockCommon stock
($ and shares in millions)SharesAmountSharesAmountAdditional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
Treasury
stock
Unearned
ESOP
shares
Noncontrolling
interests
Total
equity
Balance December 31, 2022 (1)4.7 $19,448 3,833.8 $9,136 60,319 187,968 (13,362)(82,853)(429)1,986 182,213 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (2)323 323 
Balance January 1, 20234.7 19,448 3,833.8 9,136 60,319 188,291 (13,362)(82,853)(429)1,986 182,536 
Net income (loss)9,929 (146)9,783 
Other comprehensive loss,
net of tax
(79) (79)
Noncontrolling interests(79)(79)
Common stock issued20.5  (204)1,064 860 
Common stock repurchased(186.6)(8,092)(8,092)
Common stock dividends42 (2,295)(2,253)
Preferred stock dividends(557)(557)
Stock-based compensation711 711 
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans(899)21 (878)
Net change  (166.1) (146)6,873 (79)(7,007) (225)(584)
Balance June 30, 20234.7 $19,448 3,667.7 $9,136 60,173 195,164 (13,441)(89,860)(429)1,761 181,952 
Balance December 31, 20215.3 $20,057 3,885.8 $9,136 60,196 180,322 (1,702)(79,757)(646)2,504 190,110 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1)(176)(44)(1)(221)
Balance January 1, 20225.3 20,057 3,885.8 9,136 60,196 180,146 (1,746)(79,757)(646)2,503 189,889 
Net income (loss) (1)6,930 (36)6,894 
Other comprehensive income (loss),
net of tax (1)
(8,822)(8,821)
Noncontrolling interests(206)(206)
Common stock issued17.4 — (143)859 716 
Common stock repurchased(110.2)(6,022)(6,022)
Common stock dividends29 (1,936)(1,907)
Preferred stock dividends(558)(558)
Stock-based compensation646 646 
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans(847)14 (833)
Net change— — (92.8)— (172)4,293 (8,822)(5,149)— (241)(10,091)
Balance June 30, 20225.3 $20,057 3,793.0 $9,136 60,024 184,439 (10,568)(84,906)(646)2,262 179,798 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Effective January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
Wells Fargo & Company63


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income before noncontrolling interests (1)$9,783 6,894 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses2,920 (207)
Changes in fair value of MSRs and LHFS carried at fair value403 (1,236)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion3,180 3,563 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (1)732 (244)
Other, net3,270 (12,071)
Originations and purchases of loans held for sale(16,312)(43,271)
Proceeds from sales of and paydowns on loans originally classified as held for sale13,385 41,623 
Net change in:
Debt and equity securities, held for trading(10,426)20,943 
Derivative assets and liabilities (1)6,129 3,658 
Other assets(8,433)(13,763)
Other accrued expenses and liabilities (1)2,020 1,898 
Net cash provided by operating activities6,651 7,787 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net change in:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements1,227 10,677 
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Proceeds from sales9,906 15,330 
Paydowns and maturities7,326 11,850 
Purchases(16,759)(31,292)
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Paydowns and maturities8,712 15,966 
Purchases(4,225)(2,360)
Equity securities, not held for trading:
Proceeds from sales and capital returns1,269 3,090 
Purchases(1,637)(2,744)
Loans:
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected4,169 (56,839)
Proceeds from sales of loans originally classified as held for investment2,615 8,171 
Purchases of loans(908)(376)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans3,240 2,705 
Loans originated by nonbank entities(1,893)(2,244)
Other, net(396)597 
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities12,646 (27,469)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net change in:
Deposits(39,401)(57,326)
Short-term borrowings33,110 2,494 
Long-term debt:
Proceeds from issuance5,624 16,378 
Repayment(12,212)(11,978)
Preferred stock:
Cash dividends paid(557)(558)
Common stock:
Repurchased(8,021)(6,022)
Cash dividends paid(2,249)(1,904)
Other, net(330)(492)
Net cash used by financing activities(24,036)(59,408)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(4,739)(79,090)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period (2)159,157 234,230 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period (2)$154,418 155,140 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid for interest$12,848 2,240 
Net cash paid (refunded) for income taxes(1,984)3,817 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Includes Cash and due from banks and Interest-earning deposits with banks on our consolidated balance sheet and excludes time deposits, which are included in Interest-earning deposits with banks.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) for noncash activities.
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

64Wells Fargo & Company
See


Notes to Financial Statements
-See the Glossary“Glossary of AcronymsAcronyms“ at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes.
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, trustinvestment and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage,products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, through branches,banking locations and offices, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers,individuals, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in foreign countries.countries outside the U.S. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.
Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. For discussion of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (20162022 (2022 Form 10-K). There were no material changes to these policies in the first half of 2023.
To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be significantly differentworse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including:
allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses));
valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Note 76 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities)) and;
valuations of financial instruments (Note 1312 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities));
income taxes; and
liabilities for contingent litigation losses (Note 1110 (Legal Actions));
income taxes; and
goodwill impairment (Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets)).

Actual results could differ from those estimates.


These unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim financial statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our 20162022 Form 10-K.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 20172023
In first quarter 2017,2023, we adopted the following new accounting guidance:
Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2016-09(ASU) 2022-02, Financial InstrumentsCompensation – Stock CompensationCredit Losses (Topic 718)326):
Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures
Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting;
ASU 2016-07 - Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting;
ASU 2016-06 - 2022-01, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent PutFair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method
ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Call OptionsContract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers
ASU 2018-12, Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts and subsequent related updates

ASU 2022-02 eliminates the accounting and reporting for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) by creditors and introduces new required disclosures for loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. The new required disclosures include information about modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty in Debt Instruments;the form of principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, other-than-insignificant payment delays, term extensions, or a combination of these modifications. The ASU also requires new disclosures for the financial effects of these modifications and
for loan performance in the twelve months following the modification. The Update also amends the guidance for vintage disclosures to require disclosure of current period gross charge-offs by year of origination. See Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) for additional information related to the new disclosures for loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty and for gross charge-offs by year of origination, which are provided on a prospective basis.
The Update eliminates the requirement to use a discounted cash flow (DCF) approach to measure the allowance for credit losses (ACL) for TDRs and instead allows for the use of a current expected credit loss approach for all loans. Under a current expected credit loss approach, the impact of loan modifications and the subsequent performance of modified loans, including defaults, is reflected in the historical loss data used to calculate expected lifetime credit losses. Upon adoption on January 1, 2023, we discontinued utilizing a DCF approach to measure credit impairment for consumer loans and certain commercial loans previously modified in a TDR and we removed the interest concession component recognized in the ACL. We elected to apply the modified-retrospective transition approach method, resulting in a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings upon adoption, which reflects the difference between the pre-modification and post-modification effective interest rates that would have been recognized over the remaining life of the loans as interest income. Upon adoption, we recognized a decrease in our ACL of $429 million, pre-tax, and an increase to our retained earnings of $323 million, after tax. We continue to use a DCF approach for certain non-accruing, non-collateral dependent commercial loans.

ASU 2016-05 - Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect2022-01 establishes the portfolio layer method, which expands an entity's ability to achieve fair value hedge accounting for interest rate risk hedges of Derivative Contract Novationsclosed portfolios of financial assets. The Update also provides guidance on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships.

ASU 2016-09Simplifies the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees. hedged item basis adjustments under the portfolio layer method.

Wells Fargo & Company65


Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
We have income tax effects basedadopted ASU 2022-01 on changes in our stock price from the grant date to the vesting date of the employee stock compensation. The Update requires these income tax effects to be recognized in the statement of income within income tax expense instead of within additional paid-in capital. In addition, the Update requires changes to the Statement of Cash Flows including the classification between the operating and financing section for tax activity related to employee stock compensation, which we adopted retrospectively. We recorded excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies within income tax expense in the statement of income in first quarter 2017,January 1, 2023 on a prospective basis.

ASU 2016-07 eliminates No cumulative effect adjustment to the requirement for companiesopening balance of stockholders’ equity was required upon adoption, as impacts to retroactively applyus were reflected prospectively. The portfolio layer method improves our ability to use derivatives to hedge interest rate risk exposures associated with portfolios of financial assets, such as fixed-rate available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities and loans. The Update allows us to hedge a larger proportion of these portfolios by expanding the equitynumber and type of derivatives permitted as eligible hedges, as well as by increasing the scope of eligible hedged items to include both prepayable and nonprepayable assets. Unlike other fair value hedging relationships where basis adjustments adjust the carrying amount of the individual hedged item, basis adjustments related to active portfolio layer method of accounting for investments when increases in ownership interests or degree of influence resulthedges are maintained at a portfolio level and not allocated to the individual assets in the portfolio.
Upon adoption, any election to designate portfolio layer method hedges is applied prospectively. Additionally, the Update permits a one-time reclassification of debt securities from held-to-maturity (HTM) to AFS classification as long as the securities are designated in a portfolio layer method hedge no later than 30 days after the adoption date.
In January 2023, we reclassified fixed-rate debt securities with an aggregate fair value of $23.2 billion and amortized cost of $23.9 billion from HTM to AFS and designated interest rate swaps with notional amounts of $20.1 billion as fair value hedges using the portfolio layer method. The transfer of debt securities was recorded at fair value and resulted in approximately $566 million of unrealized losses associated with AFS debt securities being recorded to other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes.
See Note 3 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) for additional information about the Company's portfolio layer method hedge basis adjustments and HTM to AFS transfers in connection with adoption of the equity method. Under the guidance, the equityUpdate and Note 11 (Derivatives) for disclosures regarding our portfolio layer method should be applied prospectivelyhedging relationships.

ASU 2021-08 amends Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – Business Combinations to require entities to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in the perioda business combination in which the ownership changes occur.accordance with ASC 606 – Revenue Recognition. Prior to ASU 2021-08, there was diversity in practice related to recognition treatment, and acquirers generally measured such items at acquisition date fair value. We adopted this change in first quarter 2017. The Update did not impact our consolidated financial statements, as the standard is appliedprospectively on a prospective basis.

ASU 2016-06 clarifies the criteria entities should use when evaluating whether embedded contingent put and call options in debt instruments should be separated from the debt instrument and accounted for separately as derivatives. The Update clarifies that companies should not consider whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise put or call options is related to interest rates or credit risk. We adopted this change in first quarter 2017. TheJanuary 1, 2023. This Update did not have a material impact onto our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2016-05 clarifies2018-12 changes the accounting for long-duration insurance contracts or contract features that provide benefits to the policyholder in addition to the policyholder’s account value. These features, which the ASU defines as market risk benefits, protect the policyholder to some degree from capital markets risk and expose the insurer or reinsurer to that risk. The ASU requires all market risk benefits to be measured at fair value through earnings with changes in fair value attributable to our own credit risk recognized in other comprehensive income. We reinsure certain variable annuity products for a limited number of insurance clients with guaranteed minimum benefits which are accounted for as market risk benefits under the ASU. Our reinsurance business is no longer entering into new contracts.
We utilize a discounted cash flow model to value our market risk benefits. Market risk benefits are level 3 fair value liabilities because they are valued using significant unobservable inputs. The fair value of our market risk benefits is sensitive to changes in fixed income and equity markets, as well as policyholder behavior (e.g., withdrawals, lapses, utilization rate) and changes in mortality assumptions. Beginning first quarter 2023, we use derivative instruments, where feasible, to economically hedge the interest rate and equity markets volatility. The fair value of market risk benefits is measured at the contract level and is recognized in accrued expenses and other liabilities. We recognize changes in fair value for our market risk benefits, excluding the change in fair value related to our own credit risk, in noninterest income along with the counterpartychanges in fair value of economic hedges. Changes in fair value attributable to our own credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income. Upon adoption on January 1, 2023, as required under the ASU, we implemented the accounting changes for market risk benefits retrospectively, to the earliest period presented, which resulted in an after-tax cumulative effect adjustment to reduce retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income by $176 million and $44 million, respectively, as of January 1, 2022.
The ASU also requires more frequent updates for insurance assumptions, mandates the use of a derivative instrument that has been designated as anstandardized discount rate for traditional long-duration contracts, and simplifies the amortization of deferred acquisition costs. The accounting hedge does not requirechanges for the hedging relationship to be dedesignated as long as allliability of future policyholder benefits for traditional long-duration contracts (included in accrued expenses and other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. We adopted the guidanceliabilities) and deferred acquisition costs (included in first quarter 2017. The Updateother assets) did not have a material impact onupon adoption.
Table 1.1 presents the impact of adoption to prior period financial statement line items within our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Standards with Retrospective Application
The following accounting pronouncements have been issued bystatement of income and consolidated balance sheet for the FASB butthree and six months ended June 30, 2022, and as of December 31, 2022. These adjustments are not yet effective:
ASU 2016-15 – Statementalso reflected in our consolidated statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receiptschanges in equity and Cash Payments
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

ASU 2016-18 – Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash

ASU 2016-15 addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice for reporting in the Statement of Cash Flows. The Update is effective for us in first quarter 2018 with retrospective application. Subject to completion of our assessment, we are not expecting this Update to have a material impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2016-18 requires that amounts described as restricted cash and cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents in theconsolidated statement of cash flows. In addition, we will be


66Wells Fargo & Company


Table 1.1:Impact of Adoption of ASU 2018-12
Quarter ended June 30, 2022Six months ended June 30, 2022
($ in millions, except per share amounts)As reportedEffect of adoptionAs revisedAs reportedEffect of adoptionAs revised
Selected Income Statement Data
Noninterest income$6,830 12 6,842 $15,201 148 15,349 
Noninterest expense12,883 (21)12,862 26,753 (40)26,713 
Income tax expense613 622 1,320 48 1,368 
Net income3,119 23 3,142 6,790 140 6,930 
Diluted earnings per common share0.74 0.01 0.75 1.62 0.04 1.66 
At December 31, 2022
As reportedEffect of adoptionAs revised
Selected Balance Sheet Data
Other assets75,834 75,838 
Derivative liabilities20,085 (18)20,067 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities69,056 (316)68,740 
Retained earnings187,649 319 187,968 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(13,381)19 (13,362)
Table 1.2 presents the transition adjustments required to disclose information in our footnotes aboutupon the natureadoption of the restriction on cash and cash equivalents. The Update is effective for us in first quarter 2018 with retrospective application. Subject to completionASU 2018-12 as of our assessment, we are not expecting this Update to have a material impact on our financial statements.

Private Share Repurchases
From time to time we enter into private forward repurchase transactions with unrelated third parties to complement our open-market common stock repurchase strategies, to allow us to manage our share repurchases in a manner consistent with ourJanuary 1, 2021.
capital plans submitted annually under the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and to provide an economic benefit to the Company.
Our payments to the counterparties for these contracts are recorded in permanent equity in the quarter paid and are not subject to re-measurement. The classificationTable 1.2:Transition Adjustment of the up-front payments as permanent equity assures that we have appropriate repurchase timing consistent with our capital plans, which contemplate a fixed dollar amount available per quarter for share repurchases pursuant to Federal Reserve Board (FRB) supervisory guidance. In return, the counterparty agrees to deliver a variable number of shares based on a per share discount to the volume-weighted average stock price over the contract period. There are no scenarios where the contracts would not either physically settle in shares or allow us to choose the settlement method. Our total number of outstanding shares of common stock is not reduced until settlement of the private share repurchase contract.ASU 2018-12
We had no unsettled private share repurchase contracts at both September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016.
Dec 31,
2020
Transition adjustment upon adoptionJan 1, 2021
Selected Balance Sheet Data
Other assets$87,337 159 87,496 
Derivative liabilities16,509 (27)16,482 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities74,360 903 75,263 
Retained earnings162,683 (738)161,945 
Accumulated other comprehensive income194 20 214 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Significant noncash activities are presented below.
in Table 1.3.

Table 1.1:1.3:Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022
Available-for-sale debt securities purchased from securitization of LHFS$ 1,506 
Held-to-maturity debt securities purchased from securitization of LHFS48 693 
Transfers from loans to LHFS850 4,970 
Transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities3,687 43,041 
Transfers from held-to-maturity debt securities to available-for-sale debt securities (1)23,919 ��� 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we reclassified HTM debt securities to AFS debt securities in connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-01.

Subsequent Events
 Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
Trading assets retained from securitization of MHFS$43,394
 47,291
Transfers from loans to MHFS4,015
 5,257
Transfers from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity securities50,405
 816

Subsequent Events
We have evaluated the effects of events that have occurred subsequent to SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, and except as disclosed in Note 9 (Preferred Stock), there have been no material events that would require recognition in our thirdsecond quarter 20172023 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements.




Note 2: Business Combinations
Wells Fargo & Company67

We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed. For information on additional contingent consideration related to acquisitions, which is considered to be a guarantee, see Note 10 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral).
On July 1, 2017, we completed a step acquisition involving an investment management firm with approximately $10 billion of
assets under management. We had previously been the majority owner.
At September 30, 2017, we had no pending business combinations.



Note 3: Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and OtherShort-Term Investments2: Trading Activities
Table 3.1 provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under short-term resale agreements(generally less than one year) and other short-term investments. Substantially all of the interest-earning deposits at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, were held at Federal Reserve Banks.
Table 3.1:Fed Funds Sold and Other Short-Term Investments
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$66,156
 58,215
Interest-earning deposits205,648
 200,671
Other short-term investments1,301
 7,152
Total$273,105
 266,038

As part of maintaining our memberships in certain clearing organizations, we are required to stand ready to provide liquidity meant to sustain market clearing activity in the event unforeseen events occur or are deemed likely to occur. This includes commitments we have entered into to purchase securities under resale agreements from a central clearing organization that, at its option, require us to provide funding under such agreements. We do not have any outstanding amounts funded, and the amount of our unfunded contractual commitment was $1.5 billion and $2.9 billion as of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.
We have classified securities purchased under long-term resale agreements (generally one year or more), which totaled $20.6 billion and $21.3 billion in loans at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. For additional information on the collateral we receive from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings, see the “Offsetting of Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowing and Lending Agreements” section in Note 10 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral).




Note 4:  Investment Securities
Table 4.12.1 presents a summary of our trading assets and liabilities measured at fair value through earnings.

Table 2.1:Trading Assets and Liabilities
(in millions)
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Trading assets:
Debt securities$96,857 86,155 
Equity securities30,327 26,910 
Loans held for sale1,402 1,466 
Gross trading derivative assets67,120 77,148 
Netting (1)(49,435)(54,922)
Total trading derivative assets17,685 22,226 
Total trading assets146,271 136,757 
Trading liabilities:
Short sale and other liabilities27,705 20,304 
Long-term debt1,600 1,346 
Gross trading derivative liabilities73,667 77,698 
Netting (1)(53,292)(59,232)
Total trading derivative liabilities20,375 18,466 
Total trading liabilities$49,680 40,116 
(1)Represents balance sheet netting for trading derivative asset and liability balances, and trading portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments.
Table 2.2 provides a summary of the net interest income earned from trading securities, and net gains and losses due to the realized and unrealized gains and losses from trading activities.
Net interest income also includes dividend income on trading securities and dividend expense on trading securities we have sold, but not yet purchased.
Table 2.2: Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) from Trading Activities
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Interest income:
Debt securities$894 549 $1,691 1,097 
Equity securities111 139 205 259 
Loans held for sale22 41 20 
Total interest income1,027 697 1,937 1,376 
Less: Interest expense161 158 304 290 
Net interest income866 539 1,633 1,086 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (1):
Debt securities(569)(3,103)902 (6,751)
Equity securities1,650 (3,606)3,339 (4,430)
Loans held for sale13 25 10 
Long-term debt9 11 (21)23 
Derivatives (2)19 7,143 (1,781)11,812 
Total net gains from trading activities1,122 446 2,464 664 
Total trading-related net interest and noninterest income$1,988 985 $4,097 1,750 
(1)Represents realized gains (losses) from our trading activities and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions.
(2)Excludes economic hedging of mortgage banking and asset/liability management activities, for which hedge results (realized and unrealized) are reported with the respective hedged activities.

68Wells Fargo & Company


Note 3: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Table 3.1 provides the amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses (ACL) for debt securities, and fair value by major categories of available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities, which are carried at fair value, and held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities, which are carried at
amortized cost.cost, net of the ACL. The net unrealized gains (losses) for available-for-saleAFS debt securities are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of cumulative OCI.accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), net of the ACL and applicable income taxes. Information on debt securities held for trading is included in Note 2 (Trading Activities).
Outstanding balances exclude accrued interest receivable on AFS and HTM debt securities, which are included in other assets. See Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable. Amounts considered to be uncollectible are reversed through interest income. The interest income reversed in the second quarter and first half of both 2023 and 2022 was insignificant.
Table 4.1:Amortized Cost3.1:Available-for-Sale and Fair ValueHeld-to-Maturity Debt Securities Outstanding
(in millions)Amortized
cost, net (1)
Gross
unrealized gains 
Gross
unrealized losses
Net unrealized gains (losses)Fair value
June 30, 2023
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$49,200 7 (2,311)(2,304)46,896 
Non-U.S. government securities163  (1)(1)162 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (2)22,163 30 (819)(789)21,374 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities61,974 3 (4,996)(4,993)56,981 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3)3,183  (134)(134)3,049 
Collateralized loan obligations3,778  (53)(53)3,725 
Other debt securities2,046 54 (36)18 2,064 
Total available-for-sale debt securities, excluding portfolio level basis adjustments142,507 94 (8,350)(8,256)134,251 
Portfolio level basis adjustments (4)(224)224  
Total available-for-sale debt securities142,283 94 (8,350)(8,032)134,251 
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies3,789  (1,418)(1,418)2,371 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions18,986 2 (3,351)(3,349)15,637 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities217,322 71 (33,124)(33,053)184,269 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3)1,266 2 (154)(152)1,114 
Collateralized loan obligations29,272 5 (435)(430)28,842 
Other debt securities1,725  (122)(122)1,603 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities272,360 80 (38,604)(38,524)233,836 
Total$414,643 174 (46,954)(46,556)368,087 
December 31, 2022
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$47,536 (2,260)(2,251)45,285 
Non-U.S. government securities162 — — — 162 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (2)10,958 20 (533)(513)10,445 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities53,302 (5,167)(5,165)48,137 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3)3,423 (140)(139)3,284 
Collateralized loan obligations4,071 — (90)(90)3,981 
Other debt securities2,273 75 (48)27 2,300 
Total available-for-sale debt securities121,725 107 (8,238)(8,131)113,594 
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies16,202 — (1,917)(1,917)14,285 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions30,985 (4,385)(4,377)26,608 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities216,966 30 (34,252)(34,222)182,744 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities (3)1,253 — (147)(147)1,106 
Collateralized loan obligations29,926 (727)(726)29,200 
Other debt securities1,727 — (149)(149)1,578 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities297,059 39 (41,577)(41,538)255,521 
Total$418,784 146 (49,815)(49,669)369,115 
(1)Represents amortized cost of the securities, net of the ACL of $7 million and $6 million related to AFS debt securities at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, and $76 million and $85 million related to HTM debt securities at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)Includes investments in tax-exempt preferred debt securities issued by investment funds or trusts that predominantly invest in tax-exempt municipal securities. The amortized cost, net of the ACL, and fair value of these types of securities, was $4.9 billion at June 30, 2023, and $5.1 billion at December 31, 2022.
(3)Predominantly consists of commercial mortgage-backed securities at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
(4)Represents fair value hedge basis adjustments related to active portfolio layer method hedges of AFS debt securities, which are not allocated to individual securities in the portfolio. For additional information, see Note 11 (Derivatives).
(in millions)Amortized Cost
 
Gross
unrealized
gains

 
Gross
unrealized
losses

 
Fair
value

September 30, 2017       
Available-for-sale securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$6,408
 8
 (66) 6,350
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions52,854
 774
 (854) 52,774
Mortgage-backed securities:       
Federal agencies149,872
 1,237
 (928) 150,181
Residential5,942
 455
 (3) 6,394
Commercial4,586
 74
 (8) 4,652
Total mortgage-backed securities160,400
 1,766
 (939) 161,227
Corporate debt securities8,962
 443
 (65) 9,340
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1) 35,298
 317
 (7) 35,608
Other (2)5,857
 168
 (7) 6,018
Total debt securities269,779
 3,476
 (1,938) 271,317
Marketable equity securities:       
Perpetual preferred securities412
 12
 (5) 419
Other marketable equity securities194
 282
 (2) 474
Total marketable equity securities606
 294
 (7) 893
Total available-for-sale securities270,385
 3,770
 (1,945) 272,210
Held-to-maturity securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies44,712
 606
 (36) 45,282
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,321
 70
 (45) 6,346
    Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities (3)90,071
 305
 (509) 89,867
Collateralized loan obligations661
 3
 
 664
Other (2)658
 1
 
 659
Total held-to-maturity securities142,423
 985
 (590) 142,818
Total$412,808
 4,755
 (2,535) 415,028
December 31, 2016       
Available-for-sale securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$25,874
 54
 (109) 25,819
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions52,121
 551
 (1,571) 51,101
Mortgage-backed securities:       
Federal agencies163,513
 1,175
 (3,458) 161,230
Residential7,375
 449
 (8) 7,816
Commercial8,475
 101
 (74) 8,502
Total mortgage-backed securities179,363
 1,725
 (3,540) 177,548
Corporate debt securities11,186
 381
 (110) 11,457
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1)34,764
 287
 (31) 35,020
Other (2)6,139
 104
 (35) 6,208
Total debt securities309,447
 3,102
 (5,396) 307,153
Marketable equity securities:       
Perpetual preferred securities445
 35
 (11) 469
Other marketable equity securities261
 481
 
 742
Total marketable equity securities706
 516
 (11) 1,211
Total available-for-sale securities310,153
 3,618
 (5,407) 308,364
Held-to-maturity securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies44,690
 466
 (77) 45,079
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,336
 17
 (144) 6,209
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities (3)45,161
 100
 (804) 44,457
Collateralized loan obligations1,065
 6
 (1) 1,070
Other (2)2,331
 10
 (1) 2,340
Total held-to-maturity securities99,583
 599
 (1,027) 99,155
Total$409,736
 4,217
 (6,434) 407,519
(1)
The available-for-sale portfolio includes collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) with a cost basis and fair value of $914 million and $1.0 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2017, and $819 million and $847 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.
Wells Fargo & Company
69


Note 3:  Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued)
Table 3.2 details the breakout of purchases of and transfers to HTM debt securities by major category of security. The table excludes the transfer of HTM debt securitieswith a fair value of $23.2 billion to AFS debt securities in first quarter 2023 in
connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-01, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).

Table 3.2:Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Purchases and Transfers
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities (1):
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$ $ 843 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities — 4,225 2,051 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities22 55 48 159 
Total purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities22 64 4,273 3,053 
Transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities (2):
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 28,390 3,687 43,041 
Total transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities$ 28,390 $3,687 43,041 
(1)Inclusive of securities purchased but not yet settled and noncash purchases from securitization of loans held for sale (LHFS).
(2)Represents fair value as of the date of the transfers. Debt securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity had pre-tax unrealized losses recorded in AOCI of $0 and $320 million in the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $3.5 billion and $3.9 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively, at the time of the transfers.
Table 3.3 shows the composition of interest income, provision for credit losses, and gross realized gains and losses
from sales and impairment write-downs included in earnings related to AFS and HTM debt securities (pre-tax).
Table 3.3:Income Statement Impacts for Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Interest income (1):
Available-for-sale$1,346 683 $2,586 1,385 
Held-to-maturity1,797 1,470 3,543 2,783 
Total interest income3,143 2,153 6,129 4,168 
Provision for credit losses:
Available-for-sale (39)
Held-to-maturity(1)(1)(9)(14)
Total provision for credit losses(1)(48)(10)
Realized gains and losses (2):
Gross realized gains6 247 6 249 
Gross realized losses(2)(104)(2)(104)
Net realized gains$4 143 $4 145 
(1)Excludes interest income from trading debt securities, which is disclosed in Note 2 (Trading Activities).
(2)Realized gains and losses relate to AFS debt securities. There were no realized gains or losses from HTM debt securities in all periods presented.
Credit Quality
We monitor credit quality of debt securities by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the ACL for debt securities. The credit quality indicators that we most closely monitor include credit ratings and delinquency status and are based on information as of our financial statement date.
CREDIT RATINGS Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a debt security. We determine the credit rating of a security according to the lowest credit rating made available by national recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs). Debt securities rated investment grade, that is those with ratings similar to BBB-/Baa3 or above, as defined by NRSROs, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market
participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, debt securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade debt securities. For debt securities not rated by NRSROs, we determine an internal credit grade of the debt securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit ratings assigned by major credit agencies. Substantially all of our debt securities were rated by NRSROs at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Table 3.4 shows the percentage of fair value of AFS debt securities and amortized cost of HTM debt securities determined to be rated investment grade, inclusive of securities rated based on internal credit grades.

(2)70
The “Other” category of available-for-sale securities largely includes asset-backed securities collateralized by student loans. Included in the “Other” category of held-to-maturity securities are asset-backed securities collateralized by automobile leases or loans and cash with a cost basis and fair value of $158 million each at September 30, 2017, and $1.3 billion each at December 31, 2016. Also included in the “Other” category of held-to-maturity securities are asset-backed securities collateralized by dealer floorplan loans with a cost basis and fair value of $500 million and $501 million, respectively at September 30, 2017, and $1.1 billion each at December 31, 2016.
Wells Fargo & Company


Table 3.4:Investment Grade Debt Securities
Available-for-SaleHeld-to-Maturity
($ in millions)Fair value % investment gradeAmortized cost% investment grade
June 30, 2023
Total portfolio (1)$134,251 99 %$272,436 99 %
Breakdown by category:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (2)$103,877 100 %$221,110 100 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions21,374 99 18,997 100 
Collateralized loan obligations (3)3,725 100 29,307 100 
All other debt securities (4)5,275 90 3,022 61 
December 31, 2022
Total portfolio (1)$113,594 99 %$297,144 99 %
Breakdown by category:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (2)$93,422 100 %$233,169 100 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions10,445 99 31,000 100 
Collateralized loan obligations (3)3,981 100 29,972 100 
All other debt securities (4)5,746 89 3,003 63 
(1)99% were rated AA- and above at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
(2)Includes federal agency mortgage-backed securities.
(3)100% were rated AA- and above at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
(4)Includes non-U.S. government, non-agency mortgage-backed, and all other debt securities.
DELINQUENCY STATUS AND NONACCRUAL DEBT SECURITIESDebt security issuers that are delinquent in payment of amounts due under contractual debt agreements have a higher probability of recognition of credit losses. As such, as part of our monitoring of the credit quality of the debt security portfolio, we consider whether debt securities we own are past due in payment of principal or interest payments and whether any securities have been placed into nonaccrual status.
Debt securities that are past due and still accruing or in nonaccrual status were insignificant at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022. Net charge-offs on debt securities were insignificant in the second quarter and first half of both 2023 and 2022.
Purchased debt securities with credit deterioration (PCD) are not considered to be in nonaccrual status, as payments from issuers of these securities remain current. PCD securities were insignificant in the second quarter and first half of both 2023 and 2022.
(3)
Predominantly consists of federal agency mortgage-backed securities at both September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
Wells Fargo & Company
71


Note 4: Investment3:  Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued)(continued)

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Valueof Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
Table 4.23.5 shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of AFS debt securities in the investment securities portfolio by length of time thatthose individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we have taken credit-related OTTI write-downsrecorded credit impairment are
categorized as being “less
than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the amortized cost basis, and not the periodnet of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.allowance for credit losses.
Table 4.2:3.5:Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value – Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total 
(in millions)Gross unrealized losses (1)Fair value Gross unrealized losses (1)Fair value Gross unrealized losses (1)Fair value 
June 30, 2023
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$(449)13,243 (1,862)32,037 (2,311)45,280 
Non-U.S. government securities  (1)83 (1)83 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(368)10,972 (451)3,117 (819)14,089 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities(667)22,760 (4,329)33,923 (4,996)56,683 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities(4)166 (130)2,862 (134)3,028 
Collateralized loan obligations  (53)3,699 (53)3,699 
Other debt securities(2)155 (34)1,310 (36)1,465 
Total available-for-sale debt securities$(1,490)47,296 (6,860)77,031 (8,350)124,327 
December 31, 2022
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$(291)9,870 (1,969)27,899 (2,260)37,769 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(72)2,154 (461)2,382 (533)4,536 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities(3,580)39,563 (1,587)8,481 (5,167)48,044 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities(43)1,194 (97)2,068 (140)3,262 
Collateralized loan obligations(65)3,195 (25)786 (90)3,981 
Other debt securities(31)1,591 (17)471 (48)2,062 
Total available-for-sale debt securities$(4,082)57,567 (4,156)42,087 (8,238)99,654 
 Less than 12 months  12 months or more  Total 
(in millions)
Gross
unrealized
losses

 
Fair
value

 
Gross
unrealized
losses

 
Fair
value

 
Gross
unrealized
losses

 
Fair
value

September 30, 2017           
Available-for-sale securities:           
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$(4) 2,582
 (62) 1,968
 (66) 4,550
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(23) 6,117
 (831) 19,188
 (854) 25,305
Mortgage-backed securities:          
Federal agencies(383) 50,708
 (545) 22,103
 (928) 72,811
Residential(2) 145
 (1) 64
 (3) 209
Commercial(1) 393
 (7) 348
 (8) 741
Total mortgage-backed securities(386) 51,246
 (553) 22,515
 (939) 73,761
Corporate debt securities(5) 305
 (60) 886
 (65) 1,191
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(1) 3,171
 (6) 581
 (7) 3,752
Other(1) 494
 (6) 526
 (7) 1,020
Total debt securities(420) 63,915
 (1,518) 45,664
 (1,938) 109,579
Marketable equity securities:        
 
Perpetual preferred securities(1) 21
 (4) 67
 (5) 88
Other marketable equity securities(2) 10
 
 
 (2) 10
Total marketable equity securities(3) 31
 (4) 67
 (7) 98
Total available-for-sale securities(423) 63,946
 (1,522) 45,731
 (1,945) 109,677
Held-to-maturity securities:        
 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(36) 3,345
 
 
 (36) 3,345
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(19) 2,016
 (26) 785
 (45) 2,801
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed
   securities
(465) 53,128
 (44) 5,212
 (509) 58,340
Collateralized loan obligations
 
 
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
 
 
Total held-to-maturity securities(520) 58,489
 (70) 5,997
 (590) 64,486
Total$(943) 122,435
 (1,592) 51,728
 (2,535) 174,163
December 31, 2016           
Available-for-sale securities:           
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$(109) 10,816
 
 
 (109) 10,816
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(341) 17,412
 (1,230) 16,213
 (1,571) 33,625
Mortgage-backed securities:           
Federal agencies(3,338) 120,735
 (120) 3,481
 (3,458) 124,216
Residential(4) 527
 (4) 245
 (8) 772
Commercial(43) 1,459
 (31) 1,690
 (74) 3,149
Total mortgage-backed securities(3,385) 122,721
 (155) 5,416
 (3,540) 128,137
Corporate debt securities(11) 946
 (99) 1,229
 (110) 2,175
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(2) 1,899
 (29) 3,197
 (31) 5,096
Other(9) 971
 (26) 1,262
 (35) 2,233
Total debt securities(3,857) 154,765
 (1,539) 27,317
 (5,396) 182,082
Marketable equity securities:           
Perpetual preferred securities(3) 41
 (8) 45
 (11) 86
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
Total marketable equity securities(3) 41
 (8) 45
 (11) 86
Total available-for-sale securities(3,860) 154,806
 (1,547) 27,362
 (5,407) 182,168
Held-to-maturity securities:           
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(77) 6,351
 
 
 (77) 6,351
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(144) 4,871
 
 
 (144) 4,871
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities(804) 40,095
 
 
 (804) 40,095
Collateralized loan obligations
 
 (1) 266
 (1) 266
Other
 
 (1) 633
 (1) 633
Total held-to-maturity securities(1,025) 51,317
 (2) 899
 (1,027) 52,216
Total$(4,885) 206,123
 (1,549) 28,261
 (6,434) 234,384

(1)Excludes portfolio level basis adjustments.
We have assessed each debt security with gross unrealized losses included in the previous table for credit impairment. As part of that assessment we evaluated and concluded that we do not intend to sell any of the debt securities, and that it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell, prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. For debt securities, weWe evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the debt securities’ amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whetherCredit impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securitiesis recorded as an ACL for a period of time sufficient to recover the cost basis of thedebt securities.
For descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment as well as methodology and significant inputs used to measure credit losses, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 5 (Investment Securities) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K. There were no material changes to our methodologies for assessing impairment in the first nine months of 2017. 
Table 4.3 shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred investment securities by those rated investment grade and those rated less than investment grade,
according to their lowest credit rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table below based on our internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade based on internal credit grades were $27 million and $5.7 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2017, and $54 million and $7.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2016. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade. 
Table 4.3:Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value by Investment Grade
 Investment grade  Non-investment grade 
(in millions)
Gross
unrealized
losses

 
Fair
value

 
Gross
unrealized
losses

 
Fair
value

September 30, 2017       
Available-for-sale securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$(66) 4,550
 
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(822) 25,098
 (32) 207
Mortgage-backed securities:       
Federal agencies(928) 72,811
 
 
Residential(1) 134
 (2) 75
Commercial(2) 527
 (6) 214
Total mortgage-backed securities(931) 73,472
 (8) 289
Corporate debt securities(14) 674
 (51) 517
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(7) 3,752
 
 
Other(5) 781
 (2) 239
Total debt securities(1,845) 108,327
 (93) 1,252
Perpetual preferred securities(4) 70
 (1) 18
Total available-for-sale securities(1,849)
108,397

(94)
1,270
Held-to-maturity securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(36) 3,345
 
 
  Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(45) 2,801
 
 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities(508) 58,248
 (1) 92
Collateralized loan obligations
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
Total held-to-maturity securities(589) 64,394
 (1) 92
Total$(2,438) 172,791
 (95) 1,362
December 31, 2016  
    
Available-for-sale securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$(109) 10,816
 
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(1,517) 33,271
 (54) 354
Mortgage-backed securities:       
Federal agencies(3,458) 124,216
 
 
Residential(1) 176
 (7) 596
Commercial(15) 2,585
 (59) 564
Total mortgage-backed securities(3,474) 126,977
 (66) 1,160
Corporate debt securities(31) 1,238
 (79) 937
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(31) 5,096
 
 
Other(30) 1,842
 (5) 391
Total debt securities(5,192) 179,240
 (204) 2,842
Perpetual preferred securities(10) 68
 (1) 18
Total available-for-sale securities(5,202) 179,308
 (205) 2,860
Held-to-maturity securities:       
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(77) 6,351
 
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions(144) 4,871
 
 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities(803) 40,078
 (1) 17
Collateralized loan obligations(1) 266
 
 
Other(1) 633


 
Total held-to-maturity securities(1,026) 52,199
 (1) 17
Total$(6,228) 231,507
 (206) 2,877
72Wells Fargo & Company

Note 4: Investment Securities (continued)


Contractual Maturities
Table 4.4 shows3.6 and Table 3.7 show the remaining contractual maturities, amortized cost, net of the ACL, fair value and contractual weighted-averageweighted average effective yields (taxable-equivalent basis) of available-for-saleAFS and HTM debt securities.securities, respectively. The remaining contractual principal
maturities for MBSmortgage-backed securities (MBS) do not consider
prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
Table 3.6:Contractual Maturities – Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
By remaining contractual maturity ($ in millions)TotalWithin
one year
After
one year
through
five years
After
five years
through
ten years
After
ten years
June 30, 2023
Available-for-sale debt securities (1)(2): 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
Amortized cost, net$49,200 9,180 28,345 10,168 1,507 
Fair value46,896 8,935 27,075 9,421 1,465 
Weighted average yield1.61 %1.47 1.67 1.58 1.44 
Non-U.S. government securities
Amortized cost, net$163 137 24 — 
Fair value162 136 24 — 
Weighted average yield4.48 %5.15 4.39 4.91 — 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
Amortized cost, net$22,163 2,473 4,838 5,066 9,786 
Fair value21,374 2,467 4,798 4,727 9,382 
Weighted average yield2.89 %2.94 3.46 2.99 2.55 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost, net$61,974 — 218 808 60,948 
Fair value56,981 — 208 748 56,025 
Weighted average yield3.62 %— 1.96 2.55 3.64 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost, net$3,183 — — 58 3,125 
Fair value3,049 — — 43 3,006 
Weighted average yield5.11 %— — 3.38 5.14 
Collateralized loan obligations
Amortized cost, net$3,778 — 3,349 425 
Fair value3,725 — 3,306 415 
Weighted average yield6.57 %— 6.70 6.57 6.59 
Other debt securities
Amortized cost, net$2,046 37 183 789 1,037 
Fair value2,064 36 178 788 1,062 
Weighted average yield6.20 %6.42 6.77 5.54 6.59 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
Amortized cost, net$142,507 11,692 33,725 20,262 76,828 
Fair value134,251 11,440 32,399 19,057 71,355 
Weighted average yield2.96 %1.80 1.95 2.95 3.58 
(1)Weighted average yields displayed by maturity bucket are weighted based on amortized cost without effect for any related hedging derivatives and are shown pre-tax.
(2)Amortized cost, net excludes portfolio level basis adjustments of $(224) million.
Table 4.4:Contractual Maturities
   Remaining contractual maturity 
  Total
   Within one year  
After one year
through five years
  
After five years
through ten years
  After ten years 
(in millions)amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
September 30, 2017                   
Available-for-sale debt securities (1):                    
Fair value:                   
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$6,350
 1.60% $81
 1.36% $6,221
 1.60% $48
 1.88% $
 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions52,774
 5.77
 1,375
 2.32
 10,788
 2.93
 2,237
 4.65
 38,374
 6.76
Mortgage-backed securities:                   
Federal agencies150,181
 3.24
 1
 5.03
 223
 2.78
 5,927
 2.83
 144,030
 3.26
Residential6,394
 3.88
 
 
 27
 5.66
 11
 2.42
 6,356
 3.88
Commercial4,652
 3.74
 
 
 
 
 64
 2.76
 4,588
 3.75
Total mortgage-backed securities161,227
 3.28
 1
 5.03
 250
 3.09
 6,002
 2.83
 154,974
 3.30
Corporate debt securities9,340
 4.94
 976
 4.08
 3,009
 5.57
 4,373
 4.61
 982
 5.28
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations35,608
 2.97
 
 
 100
 1.83
 16,498
 2.95
 19,010
 3.00
Other6,018
 2.29
 44
 3.42
 525
 2.69
 1,584
 1.97
 3,865
 2.35
Total available-for-sale debt securities at fair value$271,317
 3.72% $2,477
 3.00% $20,893
 2.90% $30,742
 3.23% $217,205
 3.88%
December 31, 2016                   
Available-for-sale debt securities (1):        `          
Fair value:                   
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$25,819
 1.44% $1,328
 0.92% $23,477
 1.45% $1,014
 1.80% $
 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions51,101
 5.65
 2,990
 1.69
 9,299
 2.74
 2,391
 4.71
 36,421
 6.78
Mortgage-backed securities:                   
Federal agencies161,230
 3.09
 
 
 128
 2.98
 5,363
 3.16
 155,739
 3.09
Residential7,816
 3.84
 
 
 25
 5.21
 35
 4.34
 7,756
 3.83
Commercial8,502
 4.58
 
 
 
 
 30
 3.13
 8,472
 4.59
Total mortgage-backed securities177,548
 3.19
 
 
 153
 3.34
 5,428
 3.16
 171,967
 3.19
Corporate debt securities11,457
 4.81
 2,043
 2.90
 3,374
 5.89
 4,741
 4.71
 1,299
 5.38
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations35,020
 2.70
 
 
 168
 1.34
 16,482
 2.66
 18,370
 2.74
Other6,208
 2.18
 57
 3.06
 971
 2.35
 1,146
 2.04
 4,034
 2.17
Total available-for-sale debt securities at fair value$307,153
 3.44% $6,418
 1.93% $37,442
 2.20% $31,202
 3.17% $232,091
 3.72%
(1)Weighted-average yields displayed by maturity bucket are weighted based on fair value and predominantly represent contractual coupon rates without effect for any related hedging derivatives.Wells Fargo & Company73




Note 3:  Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued)
Table 3.7: Contractual Maturities – Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
By remaining contractual maturity ($ in millions)TotalWithin
one year
After
one year
through
five years
After
five years
through
ten years
After
ten years
June 30, 2023
Held-to-maturity debt securities (1): 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
Amortized cost, net$3,789 — — — 3,789 
Fair value2,371 — — — 2,371 
Weighted average yield1.58 %— — — 1.58 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
Amortized cost, net$18,986 128 551 802 17,505 
Fair value15,637 127 532 785 14,193 
Weighted average yield2.36 %0.36 1.73 2.96 2.37 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost, net$217,322 — — — 217,322 
Fair value184,269 — — — 184,269 
Weighted average yield2.36 %— — — 2.36 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost, net$1,266 22 54 1,186 
Fair value1,114 22 51 1,036 
Weighted average yield3.19 %3.01 3.99 4.19 3.13 
Collateralized loan obligations
Amortized cost, net$29,272 — 53 14,947 14,272 
Fair value28,842 — 54 14,807 13,981 
Weighted average yield6.67 %— 6.94 6.77 6.57 
Other debt securities
Amortized cost, net$1,725 — 755 970 — 
Fair value1,603 — 719 884 — 
Weighted average yield4.47 %— 4.10 4.75 — 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities
Amortized cost, net$272,360 132 1,381 16,773 254,074 
Fair value233,836 132 1,327 16,527 215,850 
Weighted average yield2.83 %0.45 3.27 6.46 2.59 
(1)Weighted average yields displayed by maturity bucket are weighted based on amortized cost, excluding unamortized basis adjustments related to the transfer of certain debt securities from AFS to HTM, and are shown pre-tax.
Table 4.5 shows the amortized cost and weighted-average yields of held-to-maturity debt securities by contractual maturity.
Table 4.5:Amortized Cost by Contractual Maturity
   Remaining contractual maturity 
 Total
   Within one year  
After one year
through five years
  
After five years
through ten years
  After ten years 
(in millions)amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
 Amount
 Yield
September 30, 2017                   
Held-to-maturity securities (1):                    
Amortized cost:                   
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$44,712
 2.12% $
 % $32,323
 2.04% $12,389
 2.32% $
 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,321
 6.04
 
 
 49
 7.71
 655
 6.44
 5,617
 5.98
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities90,071
 3.11
 
 
 
 
 


 90,071
 3.11
Collateralized loan obligations661
 2.81
 
 
 
 
 661
 2.81
 
 
Other658
 2.17
 
 
 658
 2.17
 
 
 
 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities at amortized cost$142,423
 2.92% $
 % $33,030
 2.05% $13,705
 2.54% $95,688
 3.27%
December 31, 2016                   
Held-to-maturity securities (1):                   
Amortized cost:                   
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$44,690
 2.12% $
 % $31,956
 2.05% $12,734
 2.30% $
 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,336
 6.04
 
 
 24
 8.20
 436
 6.76
 5,876
 5.98
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities45,161
 3.23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 45,161
 3.23
Collateralized loan obligations1,065
 2.58
 
 
 
 
 1,065
 2.58
 
 
Other2,331
 1.83
 
 
 1,683
 1.81
 648
 1.89
 
 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities at amortized cost$99,583
 2.87% $
 % $33,663
 2.04% $14,883
 2.43% $51,037
 3.55%
(1)74Weighted-average yields displayed by maturity bucket are weighted based on amortized cost and predominantly represent contractual coupon rates.Wells Fargo & Company


Table 4.6 shows the fair value of held-to-maturity debt securities by contractual maturity.

Table 4.6:Fair Value by Contractual Maturity
   Remaining contractual maturity 
 Total
 Within one year
 
After one year
through five years

 
After five years
through ten years

 After ten years
(in millions)amount
 Amount
 Amount
 Amount
 Amount
September 30, 2017         
Held-to-maturity securities:         
Fair value:         
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$45,282
 
 32,733
 12,549
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,346
 
 48
 664
 5,634
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities89,867
 
 
 
 89,867
Collateralized loan obligations664
 
 
 664
 
Other659
 
 659
 
 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities at fair value$142,818
 
 33,440
 13,877
 95,501
December 31, 2016         
Held-to-maturity securities:         
Fair value:         
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$45,079
 
 32,313
 12,766
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions6,209
 
 24
 430
 5,755
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities44,457
 
 
 
 44,457
Collateralized loan obligations1,070
 
 
 1,070
 
Other2,340
 
 1,688
 652
 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities at fair value$99,155
 
 34,025
 14,918
 50,212
Note 4: Investment Securities (continued)

Realized Gains and Losses
Table 4.7 shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales and OTTI write-downs related to the available-for-sale securities
portfolio, which includes marketable equity securities, as well as net realized gains and losses on nonmarketable equity investments (see Note 6 (Other Assets)).
Table 4.7:Realized Gains and Losses
  Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Gross realized gains$298
 266
 859
 1,215
Gross realized losses(18) (23) (102) (67)
OTTI write-downs(8) (52) (112) (147)
Net realized gains from available-for-sale securities272
 191
 645
 1,001
Net realized gains from nonmarketable equity investments132
 55
 506
 369
Net realized gains from debt securities and equity investments$404
 246
 1,151
 1,370

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
Table 4.8 shows the detail of total OTTI write-downs included in earnings for available-for-sale debt securities, marketable equity
securities and nonmarketable equity investments. There were no OTTI write-downs on held-to-maturity securities during the first nine months of 2017 and 2016.
Table 4.8:OTTI Write-downs
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
OTTI write-downs included in earnings       
Debt securities:       
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$1
 30
 9
 40
Mortgage-backed securities:       
Residential1
 4
 7
 28
Commercial4
 10
 70
 11
Corporate debt securities1
 7
 21
 57
Other debt securities
 
 
 6
Total debt securities7
 51
 107
 142
Equity securities:       
Marketable equity securities:       
Other marketable equity securities1
 1
 5
 5
Total marketable equity securities1
 1
 5
 5
Total investment securities (1)8
 52
 112
 147
Nonmarketable equity investments (1)83
 84
 181
 317
Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings (1)$91
 136
 293
 464
(1)
The quarters ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, include $19 million and $32 million, respectively, in OTTI write-downs of oil and gas investments, of which $2 million and $6 million, respectively, related to investment securities and $17 million and $26 million, respectively, related to nonmarketable equity investments. Oil and gas related OTTI for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, totaled $77 million and $185 million, respectively, of which $24 million and $57 million, respectively, related to investment securities and $53 million and $128 million, respectively, related to nonmarketable equity investments.Note 4: Equity Securities

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired DebtTable 4.1 provides a summary of our equity securities by business purpose and accounting method.
Table 4.1: Equity Securities
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Held for trading at fair value:
Marketable equity securities$19,253 17,180 
Nonmarketable equity securities (1)11,074 9,730 
Total equity securities held for trading (2)30,327 26,910 
Not held for trading:
Fair value:
Marketable equity securities1,259 1,436 
Nonmarketable equity securities23 37 
Total equity securities not held for trading at fair value1,282 1,473 
Equity method:
Private equity3,144 2,836 
Tax-advantaged renewable energy (3)6,133 6,535 
New market tax credit and other300 298 
Total equity method9,577 9,669 
Other methods:
Low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC) investments (3)12,821 12,186 
Private equity (4)8,912 9,276 
Federal Reserve Bank stock and other at cost (5)4,552 4,900 
Total equity securities not held for trading37,144 37,504 
Total equity securities$67,471 64,414 
(1)Represents securities economically hedged with equity derivatives.
(2)Represents securities held as part of our customer accommodation trading activities. For additional information on these activities, see Note 2 (Trading Activities).
(3)See Note 13 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for information about tax credit investments.
(4)Represents nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative, which were predominantly securities associated with our affiliated venture capital business.
(5)Includes $3.5 billion of investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, and $1.0 billion and $1.4 billion of investments in Federal Home Loan Bank stock at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.    
Net Gains and Losses Not Held for Trading
Table 4.9 shows4.2 provides a summary of the detailnet gains and losses from equity securities not held for trading, which excludes equity method adjustments for our share of OTTI write-downs on available-for-sale debtthe investee’s earnings or
losses that are recognized in other noninterest income. Gains and losses for securities includedheld for trading are reported in earningsnet gains from trading and the related changes in OCI for the same securities.
Table 4.9:OTTI Write-downs Included4.2:Net Gains (Losses) from Equity Securities Not Held for Trading
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Net gains (losses) from equity securities carried at fair value:
Marketable equity securities$63 (226)$26 (228)
Nonmarketable equity securities(15)(16)(16)(38)
Total equity securities carried at fair value48 (242)10 (266)
Net gains (losses) from nonmarketable equity securities not carried at fair value (1):
Impairment write-downs(175)(576)(665)(1,014)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (2)(12)144 139 834 
Net realized gains from sale45 59 65 407 
Total nonmarketable equity securities not carried at fair value(142)(373)(461)227 
Total net losses from equity securities not held for trading$(94)(615)$(451)(39)
(1)Includes amounts related to private equity and venture capital investments in Earningsconsolidated portfolio companies, which are not reported in equity securities on our consolidated balance sheet.
(2)Includes unrealized gains (losses) due to observable price changes from equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative.
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
OTTI on debt securities       
Recorded as part of gross realized losses:       
Credit-related OTTI$6
 21
 105
 102
Intent-to-sell OTTI1
 30
 2
 40
Total recorded as part of gross realized losses7
 51
 107
 142
Changes to OCI for losses (reversal of losses) in non-credit-related OTTI (1):       
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 
 (5) 
Residential mortgage-backed securities(1) (4) (1) 1
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 (11) (47) (9)
Corporate debt securities
 
 1
 (13)
Other debt securities(1) 
 (1) 2
Total changes to OCI for non-credit-related OTTI(2) (15) (53) (19)
Total OTTI losses recorded on debt securities$5
 36
 54
 123
(1)Represents amounts recorded to OCI for impairment, due to factors other than credit, on debt securities that have also had credit-related OTTI write-downs during the period. Increases represent initial or subsequent non-credit-related OTTI on debt securities. Decreases represent partial to full reversal of impairment due to recoveries in the fair value of securities due to non-credit factors.Wells Fargo & Company75


Note 4: Equity Securities (continued)

Measurement Alternative
Table 4.3 provides additional information about the impairment write-downs and observable price changes from nonmarketable
equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative. Gains and losses related to these adjustments are also included in Table 4.2.
Table 4.3:Net Gains (Losses) from Measurement Alternative Equity Securities
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Net gains (losses) recognized in earnings during the period:
Gross unrealized gains from observable price changes$7 144 $168 834 
Gross unrealized losses from observable price changes(19)— (29)— 
Impairment write-downs(172)(549)(654)(944)
Net realized gains from sale24 45 36 78 
Total net losses recognized during the period$(160)$(360)$(479)(32)
Table 4.104.4 presents a rollforwardcumulative carrying value adjustments to nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative that were still held at the end of the OTTI credit loss that has been recognized in earnings as a write-down of available-for-sale debt securities we still own (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities) and do not intend to sell. Recognized credit losseach reporting period presented.
Table 4.4:Measurement Alternative Cumulative Gains (Losses)
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Cumulative gains (losses):
Gross unrealized gains from observable price changes$7,225 7,141 
Gross unrealized losses from observable price changes(44)(14)
Impairment write-downs(3,435)(2,896)

represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows discounted using the security’s current effective interest rate and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit loss.
Table 4.10:Rollforward of OTTI Credit Loss
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Credit loss recognized, beginning of period$1,120
 1,080
 1,043
 1,092
Additions:       
For securities with initial credit impairments
 16
 8
 54
For securities with previous credit impairments6
 5
 97
 48
Total additions6
 21
 105
 102
Reductions:       
For securities sold, matured, or intended/required to be sold(96) (22) (114) (111)
For recoveries of previous credit impairments (1)(1) (2) (5) (6)
Total reductions(97) (24) (119) (117)
Credit loss recognized, end of period$1,029
 1,077
 1,029
 1,077
(1)76Recoveries of previous credit impairments result from increases in expected cash flows subsequent to credit loss recognition. Such recoveries are reflected prospectively as interest yield adjustments using the effective interest method.Wells Fargo & Company

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)


Note 5:  Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses
Table 5.1 presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances include a total net reduction of $3.7 billion and $4.4 billion at September 30, 2017, andDecember 31, 2016, respectively, for
unearned income, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized discounts and premiums. These amounts were less
than 1% of our total loans outstanding at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Outstanding balances exclude accrued interest receivable on loans, except for certain revolving loans, such as credit card loans.
See Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable. Amounts considered to be uncollectible are reversed through interest income. During the first half of 2023, we reversed accrued interest receivable of $19 million for our commercial portfolio segment and $118 million for our consumer portfolio segment, compared with $20 million and $65 million, respectively, for the same period a year ago.

Table 5.1:Loans Outstanding
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Commercial:   
Commercial and industrial$327,944
 330,840
Real estate mortgage128,475
 132,491
Real estate construction24,520
 23,916
Lease financing19,211
 19,289
Total commercial500,150
 506,536
Consumer:   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage280,173
 275,579
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage41,152
 46,237
Credit card36,249
 36,700
Automobile55,455
 62,286
Other revolving credit and installment38,694
 40,266
Total consumer451,723
 461,068
Total loans$951,873
 967,604
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Commercial and industrial$386,011 386,806 
Commercial real estate154,276 155,802 
Lease financing15,334 14,908 
Total commercial555,621 557,516 
Residential mortgage265,085 269,117 
Credit card47,717 46,293 
Auto51,587 53,669 
Other consumer27,950 29,276 
Total consumer392,339 398,355 
Total loans$947,960 955,871 
Our foreignnon-U.S. loans are reported by respective class of financing receivable in the table above. Substantially all of our foreignnon-U.S. loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign primarily based on whether the borrower’s primary
address is outside of the United States. Table 5.2 presents
total non-U.S. commercial foreign loans outstanding by class of financing receivable.


Table 5.2:Non-U.S. Commercial Foreign Loans Outstanding
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Commercial and industrial$75,081 78,981 
Commercial real estate7,539 7,619 
Lease financing710 670 
Total non-U.S. commercial loans$83,330 87,270 

(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Commercial foreign loans:   
Commercial and industrial$58,570
 55,396
Real estate mortgage8,032
 8,541
Real estate construction647
 375
Lease financing1,141
 972
Total commercial foreign loans$68,390
 65,284


Wells Fargo & Company77


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers
Table 5.3 summarizespresents the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans and transfers from loans held for investment to mortgages/loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value. This loan activity also includes participating interests, whereby we
receive or transfer a portion of a loan.sale. The table excludes PCI loans and loans for
which we have elected the fair value option includingand government insured/guaranteed residential mortgage – first lien loans originated for sale because their loan activity normally does not impact the allowance for credit losses. ACL.
Table 5.3:Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers
20232022
(in millions)CommercialConsumerTotalCommercialConsumerTotal
Quarter ended June 30,
Purchases$195 301 496 276 278 
Sales and net transfers (to)/from LHFS(568)(99)(667)(751)(14)(765)
Six months ended June 30,
Purchases$611 304 915 376 378 
Sales and net transfers (to)/from LHFS(1,683)(100)(1,783)(1,312)(23)(1,335)
Unfunded Credit Commitments
 2017  2016 
(in millions)Commercial
 Consumer (1)
 Total
 Commercial (2)
 Consumer (1)
 Total
Quarter ended September 30,           
Purchases$449
 
 449
 1,902
 
 1,902
Sales(310) (145) (455) (324) (306) (630)
Transfers to MHFS/LHFS374
 
 374
 (44) (1) (45)
Nine months ended September 30,           
Purchases$2,418
 2
 2,420
 29,155
 
 29,155
Sales(1,649) (291) (1,940) (932) (985) (1,917)
Transfers to MHFS/LHFS(284) (1) (285) (145) (5) (150)
(1)Excludes activity in government insured/guaranteed real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans. As servicer, we are able to buy delinquent insured/guaranteed loans out of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) pools, and manage and/or resell them in accordance with applicable requirements. These loans are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Accordingly, these loans have limited impact on the allowance for loan losses.
(2)Purchases include loans and capital leases from the 2016 GE Capital business acquisitions.
Commitments to Lend
A commitmentUnfunded credit commitments are legally binding agreements to lend to customers with terms covering usage of funds, contractual interest rates, expiration dates, and any required collateral. Our commercial lending commitments include, but are not limited to, (i) commitments for working capital and general corporate purposes, (ii) financing to customers who warehouse financial assets secured by real estate, consumer, or corporate loans, (iii) financing that is a legally binding agreementexpected to lend fundsbe syndicated or replaced with other forms of long-term financing, and (iv) commercial real estate lending. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which commercial customers have the option to a customer, usually at a stated interest rate, if funded, and for specific purposes and time periods. We generally require a fee to extend such commitments. Certain commitments are subject to loan agreements with covenants regardingdraw on the financial performancefacility in one of several forms, including the issuance of letters of credit, which reduces the unfunded commitment amounts of the customerfacility.
The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because these commitments may expire without being used or borrowing base formulas on an ongoing basis that mustmay be met before we are required to fundcancelled at the commitment.customer’s request. We may reduce or cancel consumer commitments, including home equity lines andof credit card lines, in accordance with the contracts and applicable law. Our credit risk monitoring activities include managing the amount of commitments, both to individual customers and in total, and the size and maturity structure of these commitments. We do not recognize an ACL for commitments that are unconditionally cancellable at our discretion.
We issue commercial letters of credit to assist customers in purchasing goods or services, typically for international trade. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we had $1.2 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, of outstanding issued commercial letters of credit. See Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) for additional information on issued standby letters of credit.
We may be a fronting bank, whereby we act as a representative for other lenders, and advance funds or provide for the issuance of letters of credit under syndicated loan or letter of credit agreements. Any advances are generally repaid in less than a week and would normally require default of both the customer and another lender to expose us to loss. These temporary advance arrangements totaled approximately $84 billion and $77 billion at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
We issue commercial letters of credit to assist customers in purchasing goods or services, typically for international trade. At September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, we had $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, of outstanding issued commercial letters of credit. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility for different purposes in one of several forms, including a standby letter of credit. See Note 10 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral) for additional information on standby letters of credit. 
When we make commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments is expected to expire without being used by the customer. In addition, we manage the potential risk in commitments to lend by limiting the total amount of commitments, both by individual customer and in total, by monitoring the size and maturity structure of these commitments and by applying the same credit standards for these commitments as for all of our credit activities.
For loans and commitments to lend, we generally require collateral or a guarantee. We may require various types of collateral, including commercial and consumer real estate, automobiles, other short-term liquid assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Collateral requirements for each loan or commitment may vary based on the loan product and our assessment of a customer’s credit risk according to the specific credit underwriting, including credit terms and structure.
The contractual amount of our unfunded credit commitments, including unissued standby and commercial letters of credit, is summarized by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable in Table 5.4. The table is presented net of commitments syndicated to others, including the fronting arrangements described above, and excludes the issued standby and commercial letters of credit and temporary advance arrangements described above.discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase.
Table 5.4:Unfunded Credit Commitments
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Commercial and industrial (1)$385,949 388,504 
Commercial real estate25,348 29,518 
Total commercial411,297 418,022 
Residential mortgage (2)34,668 39,155 
Credit card157,271 145,526 
Other consumer (3)78,032 69,244 
Total consumer269,971 253,925 
Total unfunded credit commitments$681,268 671,947 
(1)Effective first quarter 2023, unfunded credit commitments exclude discretionary amounts where our approval or consent is required prior to any loan funding or commitment increase. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(2)Includes lines of credit totaling $31.9 billion and $35.5 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(3)Predominantly includes securities-based lines of credit.
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Commercial:   
Commercial and industrial$321,797
 319,662
Real estate mortgage7,686
 7,833
Real estate construction16,025
 18,840
Lease financing
 16
Total commercial345,508
 346,351
Consumer:   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage33,985
 33,498
Real estate 1-4 family
junior lien mortgage
39,437
 41,431
Credit card108,240
 101,895
Other revolving credit and installment27,796
 28,349
Total consumer209,458
 205,173
Total unfunded
credit commitments
$554,966
 551,524
78Wells Fargo & Company

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)


Allowance for Credit Losses
During third quarter 2017, Hurricanes Harvey, Irma and Maria caused considerable damage in several geographic markets where the Company has significant lending exposure. The impact was in both our commercial and consumer lending portfolios. Based on our analysis to date of the level of insurance coverage, types of loans, location, and potential damage to collateral, we believe the ultimate collectability of these loans will be impacted. Our allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2017, included $450 million for coverage of our preliminary estimate of potential hurricane-related losses. We will continue to assess the
impact to our customers and our business as a result of the hurricanes and refine our estimates as more information becomes available. However, in light of the ongoing recovery challenges in Puerto Rico after Hurricane Maria, it may take longer to assess the hurricane’s impact on our portfolios there. We are still evaluating the impact on our portfolio from the California wildfires that occurred in October 2017.
Table 5.5 presents the allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. The ACL for loans increased $1.2 billion from December 31, 2022, reflecting increases for
commercial real estate loans, primarily office loans, as well as for increases in credit card loan balances, partially offset by a decrease for residential mortgage loans related to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures.

Table 5.5:Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
($ in millions)2023202220232022
Balance, beginning of period$13,705 12,681 $13,609 13,788 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1) — (429)— 
Balance, beginning of period, adjusted13,705 12,681 13,180 13,788 
Provision for credit losses1,839 578 2,968 (197)
Interest income on certain loans (2) (27) (56)
Loan charge-offs:
Commercial and industrial(147)(68)(248)(124)
Commercial real estate(81)(3)(108)(3)
Lease financing(6)(5)(13)(9)
Total commercial(234)(76)(369)(136)
Residential mortgage(32)(46)(60)(93)
Credit card(480)(287)(904)(554)
Auto(183)(151)(400)(316)
Other consumer(110)(94)(215)(202)
Total consumer(805)(578)(1,579)(1,165)
Total loan charge-offs(1,039)(654)(1,948)(1,301)
Loan recoveries:
Commercial and industrial28 41 86 120 
Commercial real estate2 12 12 
Lease financing4 8 10 
Total commercial34 53 106 142 
Residential mortgage44 62 83 130 
Credit card84 88 164 179 
Auto94 83 190 152 
Other consumer19 24 37 49 
Total consumer241 257 474 510 
Total loan recoveries275 310 580 652 
Net loan charge-offs(764)(344)(1,368)(649)
Other6 (4)6 (2)
Balance, end of period$14,786 12,884 $14,786 12,884 
Components:
Allowance for loan losses$14,258 11,786 $14,258 11,786 
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments528 1,098 528 1,098 
Allowance for credit losses$14,786 12,884 $14,786 12,884 
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans0.32 %0.15 0.29 %0.14 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans1.50 1.25 1.50 1.25 
Allowance for credit losses for loans as a percentage of total loans1.56 1.37 1.56 1.37 
(1)Represents the change in our allowance for credit losses for loans as a result of our adoption of ASU 2022–02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, on January 1, 2023. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022–02, loans with an allowance measured by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognized changes in allowance attributable to the passage of time as interest income.
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Balance, beginning of period$12,146
 12,749
 12,540
 12,512
Provision for credit losses717
 805
 1,877
 2,965
Interest income on certain impaired loans (1)(43) (54) (137) (153)
Loan charge-offs:       
Commercial:       
Commercial and industrial(194) (324) (608) (1,110)
Real estate mortgage(21) (7) (34) (13)
Real estate construction
 
 
 (1)
Lease financing(11) (4) (31) (25)
Total commercial(226) (335) (673) (1,149)
Consumer:       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage(67) (106) (191) (366)
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage(70) (119) (225) (385)
Credit card(337) (296) (1,083) (930)
Automobile(274) (215) (741) (602)
Other revolving credit and installment(170) (170) (544) (508)
Total consumer (2)(918) (906) (2,784) (2,791)
Total loan charge-offs(1,144) (1,241) (3,457) (3,940)
Loan recoveries:       
Commercial:       
Commercial and industrial69
 65
 234
 210
Real estate mortgage24
 35
 68
 90
Real estate construction15
 18
 27
 30
Lease financing5
 2
 13
 10
Total commercial113
 120
 342
 340
Consumer:       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage83
 86
 216
 284
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage69
 70
 205
 200
Credit card60
 51
 177
 153
Automobile72
 78
 246
 248
Other revolving credit and installment30
 31
 94
 100
Total consumer314
 316
 938
 985
Total loan recoveries427
 436
 1,280
 1,325
Net loan charge-offs(717) (805) (2,177) (2,615)
Other6
 (1) 6
 (15)
Balance, end of period$12,109
 12,694
 12,109
 12,694
Components:         
Allowance for loan losses$11,078
 11,583
 11,078
 11,583
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments1,031
 1,111
 1,031
 1,111
Allowance for credit losses$12,109
 12,694
 12,109
 12,694
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans0.30% 0.33
 0.30
 0.37
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans1.16
 1.20
 1.16
 1.20
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans1.27
 1.32
 1.27
 1.32
(1)Certain impaired loans with an allowance calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize changes in allowance attributable to the passage of time as interest income.Wells Fargo & Company79
(2)
Quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2017, include an incremental $29 million of charge-offs in accordance with updated industry regulatory guidance regarding the timing of loss recognition for real estate 1-4 family mortgage and automobile loans in bankruptcy.


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 5.6 summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit lossesACL by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.

Table 5.6:Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans Activity by Portfolio Segment
20232022
(in millions)CommercialConsumer TotalCommercial Consumer Total
Quarter ended June 30,
Balance, beginning of period$7,224 6,481 13,705 7,148 5,533 12,681 
Provision for credit losses1,056 783 1,839 (32)610 578 
Interest income on certain loans (2)   (7)(20)(27)
Loan charge-offs(234)(805)(1,039)(76)(578)(654)
Loan recoveries34 241 275 53 257 310 
Net loan charge-offs(200)(564)(764)(23)(321)(344)
Other1 5 6 (4)— (4)
Balance, end of period$8,081 6,705 14,786 7,082 5,802 12,884 
Six months ended June 30,
Balance, beginning of period$6,956 6,653 13,609 7,791 5,997 13,788 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (1)27 (456)(429)— — — 
Balance, beginning of period, adjusted6,983 6,197 13,180 7,791 5,997 13,788 
Provision for credit losses1,360 1,608 2,968 (697)500 (197)
Interest income on certain loans (2)   (16)(40)(56)
Loan charge-offs(369)(1,579)(1,948)(136)(1,165)(1,301)
Loan recoveries106 474 580 142 510 652 
Net loan charge-offs(263)(1,105)(1,368)(655)(649)
Other1 5 6 (2)— (2)
Balance, end of period$8,081 6,705 14,786 7,082 5,802 12,884 
   
   
 2017
   
   
 2016
(in millions)Commercial
 Consumer
 Total
 Commercial
 Consumer
 Total
Quarter ended September 30,           
Balance, beginning of period$6,961
 5,185
 12,146
 7,441
 5,308
 12,749
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses(9) 726
 717
 158
 647
 805
Interest income on certain impaired loans(13) (30) (43) (14) (40) (54)
            
Loan charge-offs(226) (918) (1,144) (335) (906) (1,241)
Loan recoveries113
 314
 427
 120
 316
 436
Net loan charge-offs(113) (604) (717) (215) (590) (805)
Other6
 
 6
 (1) 
 (1)
Balance, end of period$6,832
 5,277
 12,109
 7,369
 5,325
 12,694
            
Nine months ended September 30,           
Balance, beginning of period$7,394
 5,146
 12,540
 6,872
 5,640
 12,512
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses(195) 2,072
 1,877
 1,350
 1,615
 2,965
Interest income on certain impaired loans(42) (95) (137) (29) (124) (153)
            
Loan charge-offs(673) (2,784) (3,457) (1,149) (2,791) (3,940)
Loan recoveries342
 938
 1,280
 340
 985
 1,325
Net loan charge-offs(331) (1,846) (2,177) (809) (1,806) (2,615)
Other6
 
 6
 (15) 
 (15)
Balance, end of period$6,832
 5,277
 12,109
 7,369
 5,325
 12,694

Table 5.7 disaggregates(1)Represents the change in our allowance for credit losses for loans as a result of our adoption of ASU 2022–02, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and recorded investmentVintage Disclosures, on January 1, 2023. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022–02, loans with an allowance measured by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognized changes in loans by impairment methodology.
allowance attributable to the passage of time as interest income.
Table 5.7:Allowance by Impairment Methodology
 Allowance for credit losses  Recorded investment in loans 
(in millions)Commercial
 Consumer
 Total
 Commercial
 Consumer
 Total
September 30, 2017           
Collectively evaluated (1)$6,032
 4,094
 10,126
 495,395
 423,102
 918,497
Individually evaluated (2)786
 1,183
 1,969
 4,521
 15,291
 19,812
PCI (3)14
 
 14
 234
 13,330
 13,564
Total$6,832
 5,277
 12,109
 500,150
 451,723
 951,873
December 31, 2016 
Collectively evaluated (1)$6,392
 3,553
 9,945
 500,487
 428,009
 928,496
Individually evaluated (2)1,000
 1,593
 2,593
 5,372
 17,005
 22,377
PCI (3)2
 
 2
 677
 16,054
 16,731
Total$7,394
 5,146
 12,540
 506,536
 461,068
 967,604
(1)
Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for non-impaired loans.
(2)
Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.
(3)
Represents the allowance and related loan carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3) and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for PCI loans.

Credit Quality
We monitor credit quality by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowanceACL for credit losses.loans. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. The credit quality indicators are generally based on information as of our financial statement date,date.
COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS We manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Commercial loans are generally subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings, which is our primary credit quality indicator. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of pass and criticized categories with the exceptioncriticized segmented among special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss categories.
Table 5.7 provides the outstanding balances of updatedour commercial loan portfolio by risk category and credit quality information by origination year for term loans. Revolving loans may convert to term loans as a result of a contractual provision in the original loan agreement or if modified for a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. At June 30, 2023, we had $526.6 billion and $29.0 billion of pass and criticized commercial loans, respectively. Gross charge-offs by loan class are included in the following table for the six months ended June 30, 2023, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices; however, charge-offs are not a primary credit quality indicator for our loan portfolio.
80Wells Fargo & Company



Table 5.7:Commercial Loan Categories by Risk Categories and Vintage
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loansTotal
(in millions)20232022202120202019Prior
June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial
Pass$23,104 46,411 26,818 9,572 13,184 6,280 248,358 442 374,169 
Criticized475 932 1,347 599 337 793 7,359  11,842 
Total commercial and industrial23,579 47,343 28,165 10,171 13,521 7,073 255,717 442 386,011 
Gross charge-offs (1)46 14 19 3 5 3 158  248 
Commercial real estate
Pass8,771 36,283 36,258 14,186 14,228 22,240 6,103 224 138,293 
Criticized1,298 3,223 3,773 1,623 2,672 3,056 338  15,983 
Total commercial real estate10,069 39,506 40,031 15,809 16,900 25,296 6,441 224 154,276 
Gross charge-offs 32   36 40   108 
Lease financing
Pass2,439 4,390 2,851 1,523 1,071 1,878   14,152 
Criticized172 335 252 174 138 111   1,182 
Total lease financing2,611 4,725 3,103 1,697 1,209 1,989   15,334 
Gross charge-offs 3 4 3 2 1   13 
Total commercial loans$36,259 91,574 71,299 27,677 31,630 34,358 262,158 666 555,621 
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loansTotal
20222021202020192018Prior
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial
Pass$61,646 31,376 11,128 13,656 3,285 5,739 247,594 842 375,266 
Criticized872 1,244 478 505 665 532 7,244 — 11,540 
Total commercial and industrial62,518 32,620 11,606 14,161 3,950 6,271 254,838 842 386,806 
Commercial real estate
Pass38,022 38,709 16,564 16,409 10,587 16,159 6,765 150 143,365 
Criticized2,785 2,794 965 2,958 1,088 1,688 159 — 12,437 
Total commercial real estate40,807 41,503 17,529 19,367 11,675 17,847 6,924 150 155,802 
Lease financing
Pass4,543 3,336 1,990 1,427 765 1,752 — — 13,813 
Criticized330 275 190 169 94 37 — — 1,095 
Total lease financing4,873 3,611 2,180 1,596 859 1,789 — — 14,908 
Total commercial loans$108,198 77,734 31,315 35,124 16,484 25,907 261,762 992 557,516 
(1) Includes charge-offs on overdrafts, which are generally charged-off at 60 days past due.
Wells Fargo & Company81


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
Table 5.8 provides days past due (DPD) information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk
management practices; however, delinquency is not a primary credit quality indicator for commercial loans.

Table 5.8:Commercial Loan Categories by Delinquency Status
Still accruingNonaccrual loansTotal
commercial loans
(in millions)Current-29 DPD30-89 DPD90+ DPD
June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial$384,568 489 109 845 386,011 
Commercial real estate151,314 446 9 2,507 154,276 
Lease financing15,118 139  77 15,334 
Total commercial loans$551,000 1,074 118 3,429 555,621 
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial$384,164 1,313 583 746 386,806 
Commercial real estate153,877 833 134 958 155,802 
Lease financing14,623 166 — 119 14,908 
Total commercial loans$552,664 2,312 717 1,823 557,516 

CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORSWe have various classes of consumer loans that present unique credit risks. Loan delinquency, Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) credit scores and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/
for residential mortgage loans are the primary credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the ACL for the consumer loan portfolio segment. Gross charge-offs by loan class are included in the following tables for the six months ended June 30, 2023, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices; however, charge-offs are not a primary credit quality indicator for our loan portfolio.
Many of our loss estimation techniques used for the ACL for loans rely on delinquency-based models; therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality in the establishment of our ACL for consumer loans. Credit quality information is provided with the year of origination for term loans. Revolving loans may convert to term loans as a result of a contractual provision in the original loan agreement or if modified for a borrower experiencing financial difficulty.
combined LTV (CLTV). We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores
are generally updated at least quarterly, except in limited circumstances, including compliance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA). Generally, the LTV and CLTV indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than June 30, 2017. See the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section in this Note for credit quality information on our PCI portfolio.
Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS In addition to monitoring commercial loan concentration risk, we manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Generally, commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to Pass and Criticized categories. The Criticized category includes Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful categories which are defined by bank regulatory agencies.
Table 5.8 provides a breakdown of outstanding commercial loans by risk category. Of the $18.7 billion in criticized commercial and industrial loans and $5.1 billion in criticized commercial real estate (CRE) loans at September 30, 2017, $2.4 billion and $631 million, respectively, have been placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value.

Table 5.8:Commercial Loans by Risk Category
(in millions)
Commercial
and
industrial

 
Real
estate
mortgage

 
Real
estate
construction

 
Lease
financing

 Total
September 30, 2017         
By risk category:         
Pass$309,149
 123,547
 24,189
 18,004
 474,889
Criticized18,679
 4,820
 321
 1,207
 25,027
Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)327,828
 128,367
 24,510
 19,211
 499,916
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)116
 108
 10
 
 234
Total commercial loans$327,944
 128,475
 24,520
 19,211
 500,150
December 31, 2016         
By risk category:         
Pass$308,166
 126,793
 23,408
 17,899
 476,266
Criticized22,437
 5,315
 451
 1,390
 29,593
Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)330,603
 132,108
 23,859
 19,289
 505,859
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)237
 383
 57
 
 677
Total commercial loans$330,840
 132,491
 23,916
 19,289
 506,536

Table 5.9 provides past due information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices.
Table 5.9:Commercial Loans by Delinquency Status
(in millions)
Commercial
and
industrial

 
Real
estate
mortgage

 
Real
estate
construction

 
Lease
financing

 Total
September 30, 2017         
By delinquency status:         
Current-29 days past due (DPD) and still accruing$324,706
 127,438
 24,378
 18,993
 495,515
30-89 DPD and still accruing698
 325
 94
 137
 1,254
90+ DPD and still accruing27
 11
 
 
 38
Nonaccrual loans2,397
 593
 38
 81
 3,109
Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)327,828
 128,367
 24,510
 19,211
 499,916
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)116
 108
 10
 
 234
Total commercial loans$327,944
 128,475
 24,520
 19,211
 500,150
December 31, 2016         
By delinquency status:         
Current-29 DPD and still accruing$326,765
 131,165
 23,776
 19,042
 500,748
30-89 DPD and still accruing594
 222
 40
 132
 988
90+ DPD and still accruing28
 36
 
 
 64
Nonaccrual loans3,216
 685
 43
 115
 4,059
Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)330,603
 132,108
 23,859
 19,289
 505,859
Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)237
 383
 57
 
 677
Total commercial loans$330,840
 132,491
 23,916
 19,289
 506,536


CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORSWe have various classes of consumer loans that present unique risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for loan types are common credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.
Many of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency-based models; therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality and the establishment of our allowance for credit losses. Table 5.10 provides the outstanding balances of our consumer portfolio by delinquency status.
Table 5.10:Consumer Loans by Delinquency Status
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage

 
Credit
card

 Automobile
 
Other
revolving
credit and
installment

 Total
September 30, 2017           
By delinquency status:           
Current-29 DPD$248,896
 40,242
 35,297
 53,684
 38,316
 416,435
30-59 DPD1,895
 308
 282
 1,287
 146
 3,918
60-89 DPD687
 147
 195
 349
 102
 1,480
90-119 DPD339
 86
 168
 127
 79
 799
120-179 DPD263
 94
 288
 7
 26
 678
180+ DPD1,186
 246
 19
 1
 25
 1,477
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)13,606
 
 
 
 
 13,606
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)266,872
 41,123
 36,249
 55,455
 38,694
 438,393
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)13,301
 29
 
 
 
 13,330
Total consumer loans$280,173
 41,152
 36,249
 55,455
 38,694
 451,723
December 31, 2016           
By delinquency status:           
Current-29 DPD$239,061
 45,238
 35,773
 60,572
 39,833
 420,477
30-59 DPD1,904
 296
 275
 1,262
 177
 3,914
60-89 DPD700
 160
 200
 330
 111
 1,501
90-119 DPD307
 102
 169
 116
 93
 787
120-179 DPD323
 108
 279
 5
 30
 745
180+ DPD1,661
 297
 4
 1
 22
 1,985
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)15,605
 
 
 
 
 15,605
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)259,561
 46,201
 36,700
 62,286
 40,266
 445,014
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)16,018
 36
 
 
 
 16,054
Total consumer loans$275,579
 46,237
 36,700
 62,286
 40,266
 461,068
(1)
Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Loans insured/guaranteed by the FHA/VA and 90+ DPD totaled $8.8 billion at September 30, 2017, compared with $10.1 billion at December 31, 2016.
Of the $3.0 billion of consumer loans not government insured/guaranteed that are 90 days or more past due at September 30, 2017, $923 million was accruing, compared with $3.5 billion past due and $908 million accruing at December 31, 2016.
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans 180 days or more past due totaled $1.2 billion, or 0.4% of total first mortgages (excluding PCI), at September 30, 2017, compared with $1.7 billion, or 0.6%, at December 31, 2016.
Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 5.11 provides a breakdown of our consumer portfolio by FICO. The September 30, 2017 FICO scores for real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages reflect a new FICO score version we adopted in first quarter 2017 to monitor and manage those portfolios. In general the impact for us is a shift to higher scores, particularly to the 800+ level, as the new FICO score version utilizes a more refined approach that better distinguishes borrower credit risk. Most of the scored consumer portfolio has
an updated FICO of 680 and above, reflecting a strong current borrower credit profile. FICO isare not available for certain loan types or may not be required if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes. Substantially all
Table 5.9 provides the outstanding balances of our residential mortgage loans not requiring a FICO score are securities-based loans originated through retail brokerage, and totaled $8.1 billion at September 30, 2017, and $8.0 billion at December 31, 2016.
Table 5.11:Consumer Loans by FICOour primary credit quality indicators.
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage (1)

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage (1)

 
Credit
card

 Automobile
 
Other
revolving
credit and
installment (1)

 Total
September 30, 2017           
By FICO:           
< 600$5,416
 1,842
 3,436
 9,245
 871
 20,810
600-6393,630
 1,313
 2,970
 5,961
 919
 14,793
640-6797,123
 2,512
 5,468
 8,146
 1,994
 25,243
680-71915,039
 5,001
 7,300
 9,189
 3,696
 40,225
720-75928,453
 6,506
 7,721
 8,018
 5,203
 55,901
760-79954,885
 7,561
 6,108
 6,612
 6,493
 81,659
800+133,164
 15,574
 2,880
 7,987
 8,620
 168,225
No FICO available5,556
 814
 366
 297
 2,761
 9,794
FICO not required
 
 
 
 8,137
 8,137
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)13,606
 
 
 
 
 13,606
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)266,872
 41,123
 36,249
 55,455
 38,694
 438,393
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)13,301
 29
 
 
 
 13,330
Total consumer loans$280,173
 41,152
 36,249
 55,455
 38,694
 451,723
December 31, 2016          

By FICO:          
< 600$6,720
 2,591
 3,475
 9,934
 976
 23,696
600-6395,400
 1,917
 3,109
 6,705
 1,056
 18,187
640-67910,975
 3,747
 5,678
 10,204
 2,333
 32,937
680-71923,300
 6,432
 7,382
 11,233
 4,302
 52,649
720-75938,832
 9,413
 7,632
 8,769
 5,869
 70,515
760-799103,608
 14,929
 6,191
 8,164
 8,348
 141,240
800+49,508
 6,391
 2,868
 6,856
 6,434
 72,057
No FICO available5,613
 781
 365
 421
 2,906
 10,086
FICO not required
 
 
 
 8,042
 8,042
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)15,605
 
 
 
 
 15,605
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)259,561
 46,201
 36,700
 62,286
 40,266
 445,014
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)16,018
 36
 
 
 
 16,054
Total consumer loans$275,579
 46,237
 36,700
 62,286
 40,266
 461,068
(1)
The September 30, 2017, amounts reflect updated FICO score version implemented in first quarter 2017.
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principaloutstanding balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTVCombined LTV (CLTV) refers to the combination of first lien mortgage and junior lien mortgage (including unused line amounts for credit line products) ratios. We obtain LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties, generally with an original value of $1 million or more, as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.
Table 5.12 shows the most updated LTV Generally, we obtain available LTVs and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. We consider the trends in residential real estate markets as we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit losses. In the event ofCLTVs on a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value.quarterly basis. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV due to a lack of industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.

Table 5.12:Consumer Loans by LTV/CLTV
  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV

 Total
 
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV

 Total
By LTV/CLTV:           
0-60%$130,463
 16,168
 146,631
 121,430
 16,464
 137,894
60.01-80%104,674
 13,447
 118,121
 101,726
 15,262
 116,988
80.01-100%14,179
 7,136
 21,315
 15,795
 8,765
 24,560
100.01-120% (1)2,000
 2,746
 4,746
 2,644
 3,589
 6,233
> 120% (1)840
 1,154
 1,994
 1,066
 1,613
 2,679
No LTV/CLTV available1,110
 472
 1,582
 1,295
 508
 1,803
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)13,606
 
 13,606
 15,605
 
 15,605
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)266,872
 41,123
 307,995
 259,561
 46,201
 305,762
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)13,301
 29
 13,330
 16,018
 36
 16,054
Total consumer loans$280,173
 41,152
 321,325
 275,579
 46,237
 321,816
(1)82Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.Wells Fargo & Company



Table 5.9:Credit Quality Indicators for Residential Mortgage Loans by Vintage
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20232022202120202019PriorTotal
June 30, 2023
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$7,563 47,273 64,124 36,178 20,093 64,105 9,133 6,933 255,402 
30-89 DPD5 33 47 28 24 595 44 140 916 
90+ DPD 15 14 10 17 376 28 240 700 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 13 52 110 128 7,764   8,067 
Total residential mortgage$7,568 47,334 64,237 36,326 20,262 72,840 9,205 7,313 265,085 
By FICO:
740+$6,986 43,178 60,223 34,287 18,713 54,060 7,235 4,191 228,873 
700-739461 2,553 2,598 1,254 845 4,706 988 1,008 14,413 
660-69990 852 797 408 339 2,418 479 638 6,021 
620-65914 219 197 97 90 1,082 173 332 2,204 
<6202 84 74 59 47 1,206 189 452 2,113 
No FICO available15 435 296 111 100 1,604 141 692 3,394 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 13 52 110 128 7,764   8,067 
Total residential mortgage$7,568 47,334 64,237 36,326 20,262 72,840 9,205 7,313 265,085 
By LTV/CLTV:
0-80%$7,487 36,290 62,637 35,948 19,871 64,653 9,024 7,113 243,023 
80.01-100%70 10,770 1,462 197 193 212 140 141 13,185 
>100% (2) 177 28 11 13 32 25 30 316 
No LTV available11 84 58 60 57 179 16 29 494 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1) 13 52 110 128 7,764   8,067 
Total residential mortgage$7,568 47,334 64,237 36,326 20,262 72,840 9,205 7,313 265,085 
Gross charge-offs$     28 2 30 60 
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loansTotal
(in millions)20222021202020192018Prior
December 31, 2022
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$48,581 65,705 37,289 20,851 6,190 61,680 11,031 6,913 258,240 
30-89 DPD65 66 32 33 21 683 58 159 1,117 
90+ DPD17 15 25 15 530 32 260 900 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)59 133 148 200 8,311 — — 8,860 
Total residential mortgage$48,661 65,847 37,469 21,057 6,426 71,204 11,121 7,332 269,117 
By FICO:
740+$43,976 61,450 35,221 19,437 5,610 51,551 8,664 4,139 230,048 
700-7393,245 2,999 1,419 941 314 4,740 1,159 1,021 15,838 
660-6991,060 851 438 306 169 2,388 567 656 6,435 
620-659211 248 106 82 50 1,225 223 349 2,494 
<62059 81 44 46 28 1,323 227 466 2,274 
No FICO available101 159 108 97 55 1,666 281 701 3,168 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)59 133 148 200 8,311 — — 8,860 
Total residential mortgage$48,661 65,847 37,469 21,057 6,426 71,204 11,121 7,332 269,117 
By LTV/CLTV:
0-80%$40,869 64,613 37,145 20,744 6,155 62,593 10,923 7,188 250,230 
80.01-100%7,670 1,058 112 97 30 107 109 97 9,280 
>100% (2)48 20 13 23 28 16 157 
No LTV available65 97 66 62 38 170 61 31 590 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)59 133 148 200 8,311 — — 8,860 
Total residential mortgage$48,661 65,847 37,469 21,057 6,426 71,204 11,121 7,332 269,117 
(1)Government insured or guaranteed loans represent loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Loans insured/guaranteed by the FHA/VA and 90+ DPD totaled $2.8 billion and $3.2 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.Wells Fargo & Company83


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
Table 5.10 provides the outstanding balances of our credit card loan portfolio by primary credit quality indicators.
The revolving loans converted to term loans in the credit card loan category represent credit card loans with modified terms that require payment over a specific term.
For the six months ended June 30, 2023, we had gross charge-offs in the credit card portfolio of $861 million for revolving loans and $43 million for revolving loans converted to term loans.
Table 5.10: Credit Quality Indicators for Credit Card Loans
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
Revolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loansRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)TotalTotal
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$46,343 285 46,628 45,131 223 45,354 
30-89 DPD524 34 558 457 27 484 
90+ DPD513 18 531 441 14 455 
Total credit cards$47,380 337 47,717 46,029 264 46,293 
By FICO:
740+$17,730 21 17,751 16,681 19 16,700 
700-73910,894 44 10,938 10,640 37 10,677 
660-6999,653 69 9,722 9,573 55 9,628 
620-6594,826 59 4,885 4,885 45 4,930 
<6204,168 143 4,311 4,071 107 4,178 
No FICO available109 1 110 179 180 
Total credit cards$47,380 337 47,717 46,029 264 46,293 
Table 5.11 provides the outstanding balances of our Auto loan portfolio by primary credit quality indicators.
Table 5.11: Credit Quality Indicators for Auto Loans by Vintage
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20232022202120202019PriorTotal
June 30, 2023
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$8,891 15,767 15,507 5,790 3,254 979   50,188 
30-89 DPD15 297 563 217 129 67   1,288 
90+ DPD1 28 52 16 9 5   111 
Total auto$8,907 16,092 16,122 6,023 3,392 1,051   51,587 
By FICO:
740+$5,979 7,901 6,879 2,505 1,509 421   25,194 
700-7391,426 2,480 2,416 971 540 157   7,990 
660-699917 2,223 2,249 863 444 129   6,825 
620-659368 1,531 1,613 575 289 94   4,470 
<620217 1,953 2,935 1,084 582 229   7,000 
No FICO available 4 30 25 28 21   108 
Total auto$8,907 16,092 16,122 6,023 3,392 1,051   51,587 
Gross charge-offs$1 118 195 51 29 6   400 
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20222021202020192018PriorTotal
December 31, 2022
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$19,101 19,126 7,507 4,610 1,445 421 — — 52,210 
30-89 DPD218 585 253 167 69 45 — — 1,337 
90+ DPD23 56 22 13 — — 122 
Total auto$19,342 19,767 7,782 4,790 1,518 470 — — 53,669 
By FICO:
740+$9,361 8,233 3,193 2,146 664 166 — — 23,763 
700-7393,090 3,033 1,287 788 238 64 — — 8,500 
660-6992,789 2,926 1,163 641 192 58 — — 7,769 
620-6592,021 2,156 796 421 130 47 — — 5,571 
<6202,062 3,389 1,316 756 263 126 — — 7,912 
No FICO available19 30 27 38 31 — — 154 
Total auto$19,342 19,767 7,782 4,790 1,518 470 — — 53,669 
84Wells Fargo & Company



Table 5.12 provides the outstanding balances of our Other consumer loans portfolio by primary credit quality indicators.
Table 5.12:Credit Quality Indicators for Other Consumer Loans by Vintage
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20232022202120202019PriorTotal
June 30, 2023
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$2,195 2,825 870 242 151 85 21,352 117 27,837 
30-89 DPD6 28 10 2 2 3 14 5 70 
90+ DPD1 10 4 1 1 1 13 12 43 
Total other consumer$2,202 2,863 884 245 154 89 21,379 134 27,950 
By FICO:
740+$1,317 1,354 390 117 67 38 1,347 34 4,664 
700-739440 540 154 44 26 15 510 17 1,746 
660-699262 443 126 22 20 12 401 15 1,301 
620-65964 188 60 9 9 8 154 14 506 
<62020 131 56 10 11 8 142 17 395 
No FICO available (1)99 207 98 43 21 8 18,825 37 19,338 
Total other consumer$2,202 2,863 884 245 154 89 21,379 134 27,950 
Gross charge-offs (2)$54 83 28 5 5 3 30 7 215 
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loansTotal
(in millions)20222021202020192018Prior
December 31, 2022
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD$3,718 1,184 341 240 63 83 23,431 117 29,177 
30-89 DPD17 12 14 59 
90+ DPD— 13 14 40 
Total other consumer$3,740 1,201 344 244 64 86 23,458 139 29,276 
By FICO:
740+$1,908 546 174 112 21 50 1,660 43 4,514 
700-739726 216 62 44 10 13 568 18 1,657 
660-699527 177 34 33 449 19 1,256 
620-659204 81 13 14 181 11 513 
<62089 64 14 16 154 18 365 
No FICO available (1)286 117 47 25 15 20,446 30 20,971 
Total other consumer$3,740 1,201 344 244 64 86 23,458 139 29,276 
(1)Substantially all loans do not require a FICO score and are revolving securities-based loans originated by the Wealth and Investment Management operating segment.
(2)Includes charge-offs on overdrafts, which are generally charged-off at 60 days past due.
Wells Fargo & Company85


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
NONACCRUAL LOANSTable 5.13 provides loans on nonaccrual status. PCINonaccrual loans are excludedmay have an ACL or a negative
allowance for credit losses from this table because they continue to earn interest fromaccretable yield, independentexpected recoveries of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.amounts previously written off.
Table 5.13:Nonaccrual Loans
Amortized costRecognized interest income
Nonaccrual loansNonaccrual loans without related allowance for credit losses (1)Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
20232022
Commercial and industrial$845 746 241 174 12 41 
Commercial real estate2,507 958 97 134 14 28 
Lease financing77 119 5  — 
Total commercial3,429 1,823 343 313 26 69 
Residential mortgage3,289 3,611 2,197 2,316 98 111 
Auto135 153  — 10 14 
Other consumer33 39  — 2 
Total consumer3,457 3,803 2,197 2,316 110 127 
Total nonaccrual loans$6,886 5,626 2,540 2,629 136 196 
(1)Nonaccrual loans may not have an allowance for credit losses if the loss expectations are zero given the related collateral value.
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Commercial:     
Commercial and industrial$2,397
 3,216
Real estate mortgage593
 685
Real estate construction38
 43
Lease financing81
 115
Total commercial3,109
 4,059
Consumer:   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (1)4,213
 4,962
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage1,101
 1,206
Automobile137
 106
Other revolving credit and installment59
 51
Total consumer (2)5,510
 6,325
Total nonaccrual loans
(excluding PCI)
$8,619
 10,384
(1)
Includes MHFS of $133 million and $149 million at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(2)
Includes an incremental $171 million of nonaccrual loans at September 30, 2017, reflecting updated industry regulatory guidance related to loans in bankruptcy.
LOANS IN PROCESS OF FORECLOSUREOur recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $6.7 billion$883 million and $8.1$1.0 billion at SeptemberJune 30, 20172023, and December 31, 2016,2022, respectively, which included $4.1 billion$656 million and $4.8 billion,$771 million, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed. WeUnder the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau guidelines, we do not commence the foreclosure process on consumer real estateresidential mortgage loans when a borrower becomesuntil after the loan is 120 days delinquent in accordance with Consumer Finance Protection Bureau Guidelines.delinquent. Foreclosure procedures and timelines vary depending on whether the property address resides in a judicial or non-judicial state. Judicial states require the foreclosure to be processed through the state’s courts while non-judicial states are processed without court intervention. Foreclosure timelines vary according to state law.

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUINGCertain loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 familyresidential mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $1.4 billion at September 30, 2017, and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2016, are not included in these past due and still accruing loans even when they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruingbecause they continue to earn interest from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.
Table 5.14 shows non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.
Table 5.14:Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Total:$3,485 4,340 
Less: FHA insured/VA guaranteed (1)2,686 3,005 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$799 1,335 
By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:
Commercial and industrial$109 583 
Commercial real estate9 134 
Total commercial118 717 
Residential mortgage25 28 
Credit card531 455 
Auto96 111 
Other consumer29 24 
Total consumer681 618 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$799 1,335 
(1)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(in millions)Sep 30, 2017
 Dec 31, 2016
Total (excluding PCI):$10,227
 11,858
Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)(2)9,266
 10,883
Less: Student loans guaranteed under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) (3)
 3
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$961
 972
By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:   
Commercial:   
Commercial and industrial$27
 28
Real estate mortgage11
 36
Total commercial38
 64
Consumer:   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)190
 175
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (2)49
 56
Credit card475
 452
Automobile111
 112
Other revolving credit and installment98
 113
Total consumer923
 908
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$961
 972
(1)86Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.Wells Fargo & Company



LOAN MODIFICATIONS TO BORROWERS EXPERIENCING FINANCIAL DIFFICULTY  We may agree to modify the contractual terms of a loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty.
Our commercial loan modifications may include principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, payment delays, term extensions, or a combination of these modifications. Commercial loan term extensions have terms that vary based on the borrower’s request and are evaluated by our credit teams on an individual basis.
Our consumer loan modifications vary based upon the loan product and the modification program offered to the borrower, and may include interest rate reductions, payment delays, term extensions, principal forbearance or forgiveness, or a combination of these modifications. Generally, our consumer loan modification programs modify the loan terms to achieve payment terms that are more affordable to the borrower and, as a result, increase the likelihood of full repayment of principal and interest.
Our residential mortgage loan modification programs may offer a short-term payment deferral based upon the borrower's demonstrated hardship, up to 12 months. If additional assistance is needed after 12 months, the borrower may request another loan modification. Modifications may also include a trial payment period of three months to determine if the borrower can perform in accordance with the proposed permanent loan modification terms. Loans in a trial payment period continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Loans in a trial payment period are excluded from our loan modification disclosures until the borrower has successfully completed the trial period and the loan modification is formally executed. Residential mortgage loans in a trial payment period totaled $132 million at June 30, 2023.
Credit card loan modifications result in a reduction in the credit card interest rate and may be offered on a short-term or long-term basis. A short-term interest rate reduction program reduces the borrower’s interest rate for 12 months. A long-term interest rate reduction program provides a reduction of the interest rate over a fixed five-year term. During the modification period, the borrower’s revolving charge privileges are revoked.
Auto loan modifications generally include insignificant (e.g., three months or less) payment deferrals over the loan term.
The following disclosures provide information on loan modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty in the form of principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, other-than-insignificant (e.g., greater than three months) payment delays, term extensions or a combination of these modifications, as well as the financial effects of these modifications, and loan performance in the twelve months following the modification. Loans that both modify and are paid off or charged-off during the period, resulting in an amortized cost balance of zero at the end of the period, are not included in the disclosures below. Additionally, where amortized cost balances are presented below, accrued interest receivable is excluded. See Note 7 (Intangible Assets and Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable. Borrowers experiencing financial difficulty with modified terms mandated by a bankruptcy court are considered contractually modified loans and are included in these disclosures. These disclosures do not include loans discharged by a bankruptcy court as the only concession, which were insignificant for the second quarter and first half of 2023.
Table 5.15 presents the amortized cost of modified commercial loans by class of financing receivable and by modification type.
Table 5.15:Commercial Loan Modifications
Modification type (1)Modifications as a % of
loan class
($ in millions)Interest
rate
reduction
Payment delayTerm extensionTerm extension & payment delayAll other modifications and combinationsTotal
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial$21 199 — 229 0.06 %
Commercial real estate— — 148 — 149 0.10 
Total commercial$21 347 378 0.07 
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial$23 226 264 0.07 %
Commercial real estate190 — 200 0.13 
Total commercial$16 24 416 464 0.09 
(1)There were no principal forgiveness modifications for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2023.
Table 5.15a presents the financial effects of modifications made to commercial loans presented by class of financing receivable.
Table 5.15a:Financial Effects of Commercial Loan Modifications
Weighted average interest rate reductionWeighted average payments deferred (months)Weighted average term extension (months)
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial13.86 %106
Commercial real estate0.71 347
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial12.62 %97
Commercial real estate3.47 1510
(2)Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.Wells Fargo & Company87


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
Commercial loans that received a modification during the second quarter and first half of 2023, and subsequently defaulted were insignificant. Defaults that occur on commercial modifications are reported based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due.
Table 5.15b provides past due information for modified commercial loans. For loan modifications that include a payment
deferral, payment performance is not included in the table below until the loan exits the deferral period and payments resume. The table also includes the amount of gross charge-offs that occurred during the second quarter and first half of 2023, inclusive of charge-offs to loans with no amortized cost remaining at period end.
Table 5.15b:Payment Performance of Commercial Loan Modifications
By delinquency statusGross charge-offs
(in millions)Current-29 days past due (DPD)30-89 DPD90+ DPDTotalQuarter endedSix months ended
June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial$235 239 15 
Commercial real estate124 76 — 200 — — 
Total commercial$359 79 439 15 
Table 5.16 presents the amortized cost of modified consumer loans by class of financing receivable and by modification type.
Table 5.16:Consumer Loan Modifications
Modification type
($ in millions)Interest
rate
reduction
Payment delay (1)Term extensionInterest rate reduction & term extensionTerm extension & payment delayInterest rate reduction, term extension & payment delayAll other modifications and combinations (2)TotalModifications as a % of loan class
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Residential mortgage$213 17 10 25 22 291 0.11 %
Credit card126 — — — — — — 126 0.26 
Auto— — — — — 10 0.02 
Other consumer— — — — 12 0.04 
Total consumer$133 223 17 18 25 22 439 0.11 
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Residential mortgage$461 41 23 54 53 642 0.24 %
Credit card230 — — — — — — 230 0.48 
Auto13 — — — — — 15 0.03 
Other consumer— 13 — — — 21 0.08 
Total consumer$245 476 41 36 54 53 908 0.23 
(1)Includes residential mortgage loan modifications that defer a set amount of principal to the end of the loan term.
(2)Includes principal forgiveness and other combinations of modifications.
Table 5.16a presents the financial effects of modifications made to consumer loans by class of financing receivable.
Table 5.16a:Financial Effects of Consumer Loan Modifications (1)
Weighted average interest rate reductionWeighted average payments deferred (months)Weighted average term extension (years)
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Residential mortgage (2)1.55 %49.4
Credit card22.17 N/AN/A
Auto3.86 6N/A
Other consumer12.15 310.9
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Residential mortgage (2)1.57 %49.8
Credit card21.92 N/AN/A
Auto3.94 6N/A
Other consumer11.69 42.7
(1)Principal forgiven was insignificant for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2023.
(2)Excludes the financial effects of residential mortgage loans with a set amount of principal deferred to the end of the loan term. The weighted average period of principal deferred was 26.8 years for the quarter ended June 30, 2023, and 27.0 years for the six months ended June 30, 2023.
(3)88Represents loans whose repayments are largely guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP. All remaining student loans guaranteed under the FFELP were sold as of March 31, 2017.Wells Fargo & Company




IMPAIRED LOANS Consumer loans that received a modification during the second quarter and first half of 2023, and subsequently defaulted during the respective period totaled $141 million and $158 million, respectively, and predominantly related to payment delay modifications in the residential mortgage loan portfolio. Defaults that occur on consumer modifications are reported based on a payment default definition of 60 days past due.
Table 5.15 summarizes key5.16b provides past due information for impairedmodified consumer loans. Our impairedFor loan modifications that include a payment delay, payment performance is not included in the table below until the loan exits the deferral period and payments resume. The table also includes the amount of gross charge-offs that occurred during the second quarter and first half of 2023, inclusive of charge-offs to loans predominantly includewith no amortized cost remaining at period end.
Table 5.16b: Payment Performance of Consumer Loan Modifications
By delinquency statusGross charge-offs
(in millions)Current-29 days past due (DPD)30-89 DPD90+ DPDTotalQuarter endedSix months ended
June 30, 2023
Residential mortgage (1)$283 45 139 467 
Credit card (2)167 36 27 230 16 20 
Auto14 — 15 — — 
Other consumer18 21 
Total$482 84 167 733 19 24 
(1)Includes loans that were past due prior to entering a payment delay modification. Delinquency advancement is paused during the deferral period and resumes upon exit. 
(2)Credit card loans that are past due at the time of the modification do not become current until they have three months of consecutive payment performance.
Commitments to lend additional funds on nonaccrual statuscommercial loans that were modified during the six months ended June 30, 2023, were $82 million, substantially all of which were in the commercial portfolio segment and industrial portfolio. Commitments to lend additional funds on consumer loans that were modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status. These impaired loans generally have estimated lossesduring the six months ended June 30, 2023, were insignificant.

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs) In January 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, which are included ineliminated the allowanceaccounting and reporting guidance for credit losses. We have impaired loans with no allowance for credit losses when loss content has been previously recognized through charge-offs and we do not anticipate additional charge-offs or losses, or certain
loans are currently performing in accordance with their terms and for which no loss has been estimated. Impaired loans exclude PCI loans. Table 5.15 includes trial modifications that totaled $183 million at September 30, 2017, and $299 million at December 31, 2016.
TDRs. For additional information, on our impaired loans and allowance for credit losses, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Table 5.15:Impaired Loans Summary
   Recorded investment   
(in millions)
Unpaid
principal
balance (1)

 
Impaired
loans

 
Impaired loans
with related
allowance for
credit losses

 
Related
allowance for
credit losses

September 30, 2017       
Commercial:       
Commercial and industrial$4,259
 3,098
 2,779
 518
Real estate mortgage1,541
 1,263
 1,243
 230
Real estate construction87
 53
 53
 11
Lease financing143
 107
 107
 27
Total commercial6,030
 4,521
 4,182
 786
Consumer:       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage14,635
 12,756
 6,353
 781
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage2,206
 1,981
 1,466
 237
Credit card341
 340
 340
 129
Automobile158
 88
 33
 5
Other revolving credit and installment134
 126
 115
 31
Total consumer (2)17,474
 15,291
 8,307
 1,183
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)$23,504
 19,812
 12,489
 1,969
December 31, 2016       
Commercial:       
Commercial and industrial$5,058
 3,742
 3,418
 675
Real estate mortgage1,777
 1,418
 1,396
 280
Real estate construction167
 93
 93
 22
Lease financing146
 119
 119
 23
Total commercial7,148
 5,372
 5,026
 1,000
Consumer:       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage16,438
 14,362
 9,475
 1,117
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage2,399
 2,156
 1,681
 350
Credit card300
 300
 300
 104
Automobile153
 85
 31
 5
Other revolving credit and installment109
 102
 91
 17
Total consumer (2)19,399
 17,005
 11,578
 1,593
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)$26,547
 22,377
 16,604
 2,593
(1)Excludes the unpaid principal balance for loans that have been fully charged off or otherwise have zero recorded investment.
(2)
Includes the recorded investment of $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, of government insured/guaranteed loans that are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and generally do not have an allowance. Impaired loans may also have limited, if any, allowance when the recorded investment of the loan approximates estimated net realizable value as a result of charge-offs prior to a TDR modification.
Note 5: Loans and Allowance. The following disclosures present TDR information for Credit Losses (continued)

Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDRamounted to $628 million and $403 million at September 30, 2017 andthe periods ended December 31, 2016, respectively.
Table 5.16 provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans2022, and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans by portfolio segment and class.
Table 5.16:Average Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
 2017  2016  2017  2016 
(in millions)
Average
recorded
investment

 
Recognized
interest
income

 
Average
recorded
investment

 
Recognized
interest
income

 
Average
recorded
investment

 
Recognized
interest
income

 
Average
recorded
investment

 
Recognized
interest
income

Commercial:               
Commercial and industrial$3,208
 22
 3,961
 25
 3,460
 91
 3,350
 65
Real estate mortgage1,293
 19
 1,644
 33
 1,351
 70
 1,699
 99
Real estate construction58
 
 108
 3
 69
 3
 117
 8
Lease financing105
 1
 99
 
 110
 1
 89
 
Total commercial4,664
 42
 5,812
 61
 4,990
 165
 5,255
 172
Consumer:               
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage13,044
 180
 15,471
 203
 13,594
 555
 16,224
 635
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage2,009
 30
 2,268
 32
 2,072
 92
 2,327
 99
Credit card326
 9
 292
 9
 314
 26
 294
 26
Automobile86
 2
 90
 3
 84
 8
 95
 9
Other revolving credit and installment123
 2
 91
 2
 114
 6
 84
 5
Total consumer15,588
 223
 18,212
 249
 16,178
 687
 19,024
 774
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)$20,252
 265
 24,024
 310
 21,168
 852
 24,279
 946
Interest income:               
Cash basis of accounting  $64
   87
   219
   274
Other (1)  201
   223
   633
   672
Total interest income  $265
   310
   852
   946
(1)Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans.


TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)  June 30, 2022. When, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to a borrower that we would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR, the balance of which totaled $18.7 billion and $20.8$9.2 billion at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.2022. We do not consider loan resolutions such as foreclosure or short sale to be a TDR. In addition, COVID-19-related modifications are generally not classified as TDRs due to the relief under the CARES Act and the Interagency Statement. For additional information on the TDR relief, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
We may require some consumer borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to make trial payments, generally for a period of three to four months, according to the terms of a planned permanent modification, to determine if they can perform according to those terms. These arrangements represent trial modifications, which we classifyclassified and accountaccounted for as TDRs.TDRs through December 31, 2022, prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02. While loans are in trial payment programs, their original terms are not considered modified and they continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms.
Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $434 million at December 31, 2022.

Table 5.17 summarizes our TDR modifications for the periods presented by primary modification type and includes the financial effects of these modifications. For those loans that modify more than once, the table reflects each modification that occurred during the period. Loans that both modify and payare paid off
or written-off within the period, as well as changes in recorded investment during the period for loans modified in prior periods, are not included in the table.
Table 5.17:TDR Modifications
 Primary modification type (1)  Financial effects of modifications 
(in millions)Principal (2)
 
Interest
rate
reduction

 
Other
concessions (3)

 Total
 
Charge-
offs (4)

 
Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction

 
Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (5)

Quarter ended September 30, 2017             
Commercial:             
Commercial and industrial$
 19
 481
 500
 60
 0.34% $18
Real estate mortgage1
 12
 98
 111
 7
 1.58
 13
Real estate construction
 
 1
 1
 
 1.85
 
Lease financing
 
 23
 23
 
 
 
Total commercial1
 31
 603
 635
 67
 0.85
 31
Consumer:             
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage48
 15
 272
 335
 2
 2.62
 41
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage3
 23
 20
 46
 4
 3.97
 26
Credit card
 74
 
 74
 
 12.00
 74
Automobile1
 4
 20
 25
 12
 5.53
 4
Other revolving credit and installment
 11
 1
 12
 
 7.72
 12
Trial modifications (6)
 
 (10) (10) 
 
 
Total consumer52
 127
 303
 482
 18
 7.68
 157
Total$53
 158
 906
 1,117
 85
 6.56% $188
Quarter ended September 30, 2016             
Commercial:             
Commercial and industrial$
 10
 1,032
 1,042
 61
 1.28% $10
Real estate mortgage
 28
 168
 196
 1
 0.99
 29
Real estate construction
 12
 
 12
 
 0.80
 12
Lease financing
 
 4
 4
 
 
 
Total commercial
 50
 1,204
 1,254
 62
 1.01
 51
Consumer:             
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage84
 79
 330
 493
 11
 2.56
 138
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage5
 25
 22
 52
 9
 3.08
 29
Credit card
 46
 
 46
 
 12.13
 46
Automobile1
 4
 15
 20
 11
 6.42
 4
Other revolving credit and installment
 9
 3
 12
 
 6.86
 9
Trial modifications (6)
 
 15
 15
 
 
 
Total consumer90
 163
 385
 638
 31
 4.82
 226
Total$90
 213
 1,589
 1,892
 93
 4.13% $277
Wells Fargo & Company89


Note 5: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)(continued)

Table 5.17:TDR Modifications
Primary modification type (1)Financial effects of modifications
($ in millions)Principal forgivenessInterest
rate
reduction
Other
concessions (2)
TotalCharge-
offs (3)
Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction
Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (4)
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Commercial and industrial$— 75 83 — 7.09 %$
Commercial real estate— 38 43 — 0.62 
Lease financing— — — — — 
Total commercial— 13 114 127 — 4.38 13 
Residential mortgage— 127 350 477 1.54 127 
Credit card— 63 — 63 — 19.23 63 
Auto— 4.02 
Other consumer— — — 11.01 
Trial modifications (5)— — 41 41 — — — 
Total consumer— 195 399 594 7.47 195 
Total$— 208 513 721 7.28 $208 
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Commercial and industrial$— 14 148 162 — 8.37 %$14 
Commercial real estate— 10 65 75 — 0.99 10 
Lease financing— — — — — 
Total commercial— 24 214 238 — 5.27 24 
Residential mortgage195 686 882 1.58 195 
Credit card— 133 — 133 — 19.17 133 
Auto48 53 11 4.64 
Other consumer— — 11.31 
Trial modifications (5)— — 252 252 — — — 
Total consumer339 987 1,328 14 8.73 339 
Total$363 1,201 1,566 14 8.50 %$363 
 Primary modification type (1)  Financial effects of modifications 
(in millions)Principal (2)
 
Interest
rate
reduction

 
Other
concessions (3)

 Total
 
Charge-
offs (4)

 
Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction

 
Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (5)

Nine months ended September 30, 2017             
Commercial:             
Commercial and industrial$17
 38
 2,323
 2,378
 154
 0.61% $37
Real estate mortgage5
 51
 416
 472
 20
 1.31
 52
Real estate construction
 1
 24
 25
 
 0.90
 1
Lease financing
 
 37
 37
 
 
 
Total commercial22
 90
 2,800
 2,912
 174
 1.02
 90
Consumer:             
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage196
 132
 797
 1,125
 14
 2.59
 227
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage23
 70
 64
 157
 13
 3.26
 80
Credit card
 188
 
 188
 
 12.21
 188
Automobile2
 11
 52
 65
 30
 5.92
 11
Other revolving credit and installment
 38
 5
 43
 1
 7.41
 38
Trial modifications (6)
 
 (54) (54) 
 
 
Total consumer221
 439
 864
 1,524
 58
 6.41
 544
Total$243
 529
 3,664
 4,436
 232
 5.64% $634
Nine months ended September 30, 2016             
Commercial:             
Commercial and industrial$42
 123
 2,361
 2,526
 304
 1.95% $123
Real estate mortgage
 81
 462
 543
 1
 1.14
 81
Real estate construction
 26
 62
 88
 
 0.94
 26
Lease financing
 
 8
 8
 
 
 
Total commercial42
 230
 2,893
 3,165
 305
 1.55
 230
Consumer:             
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage272
 222
 1,094
 1,588
 36
 2.66
 395
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage17
 81
 82
 180
 30
 3.03
 96
Credit card
 131
 
 131
 
 12.02
 131
Automobile2
 11
 44
 57
 27
 6.45
 11
Other revolving credit and installment
 25
 8
 33
 1
 6.64
 25
Trial modifications (6)
 
 47
 47
 
 
 
Total consumer291
 470
 1,275
 2,036
 94
 4.80
 658
Total$333
 700
 4,168
 5,201
 399
 3.96% $888
(1)Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs may have multiple types of concessions, but are presented only once in the first modification type based on the order presented in the table above. The reported amounts include loans remodified of $132 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022, and $250 million for the first half of 2022.
(1)
Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs may have multiple types of concessions, but are presented only once in the first modification type based on the order presented in the table above. The reported amounts include loans remodified of $394 million and $484 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and $1.7 billion and $1.1 billion, for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2)Principal modifications include principal forgiveness at the time of the modification, contingent principal forgiveness granted over the life of the loan based on borrower performance, and principal that has been legally separated and deferred to the end of the loan, with a zero percent contractual interest rate.
(3)Other concessions include loans discharged in bankruptcy, loan renewals, term extensions and other interest and noninterest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the contractual interest rate.
(4)
Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. The amount of charge-off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has been charged down prior to the modification based on our policies. In addition, there may be cases where we have a charge-off/down with no legal principal modification. Modifications resulted in legally forgiving principal (actual, contingent or deferred) of $4 million and $16 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and $23 million and $54 million for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(5)Reflects the effect of reduced interest rates on loans with an interest rate concession as one of their concession types, which includes loans reported as a principal primary modification type that also have an interest rate concession.
(6)Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of previously reported trial modifications that became permanent in the current period.

(2)Other concessions include loans with payment (principal and/or interest) deferral, loans discharged in bankruptcy, loan renewals, term extensions and other interest and noninterest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the contractual interest rate. The reported amounts include loans that are new TDRs that may have COVID-19-related payment deferrals and exclude COVID-19-related payment deferrals on loans previously reported as TDRs given limited current financial effects other than payment deferral.
(3)Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. The amount of charge-off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has been charged down prior to the modification based on our policies. In addition, there may be cases where we have a charge-off/down with no legal principal modification.
(4)Recorded investment related to interest rate reduction reflects the effect of reduced interest rates on loans with an interest rate concession as one of their concession types, which includes loans reported as a principal primary modification type that also have an interest rate concession.
(5)Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of previously reported trial modifications that became permanent in the current period.
Table 5.18 summarizes permanent modification TDRs that have defaulted induring the current period presented within 12 months of their permanent modification date. We are reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due for the commercial portfolio segment and 60 days past due for the consumer portfolio segment.

Table 5.18:Defaulted TDRs
Recorded investment of defaults 
June 30, 2022
(in millions)Quarter endedSix months ended
Commercial and industrial$52 
Commercial real estate10 
Lease financing— — 
Total commercial11 62 
Residential mortgage51 58 
Credit card13 
Auto13 
Other consumer
Total consumer67 85 
Total$78 147 


Table 5.18:Defaulted TDRs
90Wells Fargo & Company


 Recorded investment of defaults 
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Commercial:       
Commercial and industrial$14
 39
 106
 84
Real estate mortgage16
 7
 47
 58
Real estate construction4
 
 4
 3
Total commercial34
 46
 157
 145
Consumer:       
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage32
 36
 83
 97
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage5
 6
 14
 15
Credit card20
 15
 52
 41
Automobile4
 4
 11
 10
Other revolving credit and installment1
 
 3
 2
Total consumer62
 61
 163
 165
Total$96
 107
 320
 310
Note 6:  Mortgage Banking Activities 

Mortgage banking activities consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sales and servicing.
We apply the amortization method to commercial MSRs and apply the fair value method to residential MSRs. The amortized
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
Substantially all
cost of our PCI loans were acquired from Wachovia on December 31, 2008, at which time we acquired commercial MSRs was $1.1 billion and consumer loans$1.2 billion, with a carryingan estimated fair value of $18.7$1.9 billion and $40.1$2.1 billion, at June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The unpaid principal balance on December 31, 2008 was $98.2 billion forTable 6.1 presents the total of commercial and consumer PCI loans. Table 5.19 presents PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage PCI loans are predominantly Pick-a-Pay loans.
Table 5.19:PCI Loans
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Commercial:   
Commercial and industrial$116
 237
Real estate mortgage108
 383
Real estate construction10
 57
Total commercial234
 677
Consumer:   
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage13,301
 16,018
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage29
 36
Total consumer13,330
 16,054
Total PCI loans (carrying value)$13,564
 16,731
Total PCI loans (unpaid principal balance)$20,023
 24,136
changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method.

Table 6.1:Analysis of Changes in Fair Value MSRs
Note 5: Loans
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Fair value, beginning of period$8,819 8,511 $9,310 6,920 
Originations/purchases47 322 95 664 
Sales and other (1)(606)(251)(599)(250)
Net additions(559)71 (504)414 
Changes in fair value:
Due to valuation inputs or assumptions:
Market interest rates (2)318 949 137 2,648 
Servicing and foreclosure costs (3)1 (9)2 (12)
Discount rates 31 (25)86 
Prepayment estimates and other (4)(3)(103)(23)(249)
Net changes in valuation inputs or assumptions316 868 91 2,473 
 Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows (5)(325)(287)(646)(644)
Total changes in fair value(9)581 (555)1,829 
Fair value, end of period$8,251 9,163 $8,251 9,163 
(1)In second quarter 2022, MSRs decreased $244 million due to the sale of interest-only strips related to excess servicing cash flows from agency residential mortgage-backed securitizations.
(2)Includes prepayment rate changes as well as other valuation changes due to changes in market interest rates. To reduce exposure to changes in interest rates, MSRs are economically hedged with derivative instruments.
(3)Includes costs to service and Allowanceunreimbursed foreclosure costs.
(4)Represents other changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions, including prepayment rate estimation changes that are independent of mortgage interest rate changes.
(5)Represents the reduction in the MSR fair value for Credit Losses (continued)

ACCRETABLE YIELDThe excess ofthe cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the loan, or pools of loans. The accretable yield is affected by:
changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans – expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;
changes in prepayment assumptions – prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and
changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated weighted-average life – updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken
with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.
The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans since the merger with Wachovia is presented in Table 5.20. Changes during the first nine monthsperiod, net of 2017 reflect an expectation, as a resultincome accreted due to the passage of our quarterly evaluation of PCI cash flows, that prepayment of modified Pick-a-Pay loans will increase over their estimated weighted-average life and that expected loss has decreased as a result of reduced loan to value ratios and sustained higher housing prices in addition to improved cash flow timing. Changes during the first nine months of 2017 also reflect a $309 million gain on the sale of $569 million Pick-a-Pay PCI loans in second quarter 2017.
Table 5.20:Change in Accretable Yield
(in millions)Quarter
ended
Sep 30,
2017

 Nine months ended
Sep 30,
2017

 2009-2016
Balance, beginning of period$9,369
 11,216
 10,447
Change in accretable yield due to acquisitions
 2
 159
Accretion into interest income (1)(340) (1,071) (15,577)
Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)
 (334) (467)
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows 234
 640
 10,955
Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)(20) (1,210) 5,699
Balance, end of period $9,243
 9,243
 11,216
(1)Includes accretable yield released as a result of settlements with borrowers, which is included in interest income.
(2)Includes accretable yield released as a result of sales to third parties, which is included in noninterest income.
(3)Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to the impact of modifications, changes in prepayment assumptions, changes in interest rates on variable rate PCI loans and sales to third parties.

COMMERCIAL PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORSTable 5.21 provides a breakdown of commercial PCI loans by risk category.
Table 5.21:Commercial PCI Loans by Risk Category
(in millions)
Commercial
and
industrial

 
Real
estate
mortgage

 
Real
estate
construction

 Total
September 30, 2017       
By risk category:       
Pass$18
 81
 4
 103
Criticized98
 27
 6
 131
Total commercial PCI loans$116
 108
 10
 234
December 31, 2016       
By risk category:       
Pass$92
 263
 47
 402
Criticized145
 120
 10
 275
Total commercial PCI loans$237
 383
 57
 677


time.
Table 5.226.2 provides past due information for commercial PCI loans.
Table 5.22:Commercial PCI Loans by Delinquency Status
(in millions)
Commercial
and
industrial

 
Real
estate
mortgage

 
Real
estate
construction

 Total
September 30, 2017       
By delinquency status:       
Current-29 DPD and still accruing$114
 87
 10
 211
30-89 DPD and still accruing2
 
 
 2
90+ DPD and still accruing
 21
 
 21
Total commercial PCI loans$116
 108
 10
 234
December 31, 2016       
By delinquency status:       
Current-29 DPD and still accruing$235
 353
 48
 636
30-89 DPD and still accruing2
 10
 
 12
90+ DPD and still accruing
 20
 9
 29
Total commercial PCI loans$237
 383
 57
 677
CONSUMER PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORSOur consumer PCI loans were aggregated into several pools of loans at acquisition. Below, we have provided credit quality indicators based on the unpaid principal balance (adjusted for write-downs) of the individual loans included in the pool, but we have not
allocated the remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which were established at a pool level. Table 5.23 provides the delinquency status of consumer PCI loans.
Table 5.23:Consumer PCI Loans by Delinquency Status -
  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage

 Total
 
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage

 Total
By delinquency status:           
 Current-29 DPD and still accruing$13,672
 149
 13,821
 16,095
 171
 16,266
30-59 DPD and still accruing1,410
 6
 1,416
 1,488
 7
 1,495
60-89 DPD and still accruing605
 3
 608
 668
 2
 670
90-119 DPD and still accruing257
 1
 258
 233
 2
 235
120-179 DPD and still accruing191
 1
 192
 238
 2
 240
180+ DPD and still accruing1,425
 5
 1,430
 2,081
 8
 2,089
Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)$17,560
 165
 17,725
 20,803
 192
 20,995
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)$13,301
 29
 13,330
 16,018
 36
 16,054
Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 5.24 provides FICO scores forconsumer PCI loans.

Table 5.24:Consumer PCI Loans by FICO
 September 30, 2017 (1)  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage

 Total
 
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage

 Total
By FICO:           
< 600$4,175
 37
 4,212
 4,292
 46
 4,338
600-6392,153
 21
 2,174
 3,001
 26
 3,027
640-6792,496
 27
 2,523
 3,972
 35
 4,007
680-7192,359
 32
 2,391
 3,170
 37
 3,207
720-7591,840
 23
 1,863
 1,767
 24
 1,791
760-799957
 13
 970
 962
 15
 977
800+471
 7
 478
 254
 4
 258
No FICO available3,109
 5
 3,114
 3,385
 5
 3,390
Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)$17,560
 165
 17,725
 20,803
 192
 20,995
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)$13,301
 29
 13,330
 16,018
 36
 16,054
(1)
September 30, 2017 amounts reflect updated FICO score version implemented in first quarter 2017.

Table 5.25 shows the distribution of consumer PCIloans by LTV for real estate 1-4 family first mortgages and byCLTV for real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages.
Table 5.25:Consumer PCI Loans by LTV/CLTV
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV

 Total
 
Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV

 
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV

 Total
By LTV/CLTV:           
0-60%$7,642
 41
 7,683
 7,513
 38
 7,551
60.01-80%7,079
 66
 7,145
 9,000
 76
 9,076
80.01-100%2,358
 42
 2,400
 3,458
 54
 3,512
100.01-120% (1)392
 12
 404
 669
 18
 687
> 120% (1)87
 3
 90
 161
 5
 166
No LTV/CLTV available2
 1
 3
 2
 1
 3
Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)$17,560
 165
 17,725
 20,803
 192
 20,995
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)$13,301
 29
 13,330
 16,018
 36
 16,054
(1)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.


Note 6: Other Assets
Table 6.1 presents the components of other assets.
Table 6.1:Other Assets
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Nonmarketable equity investments:   
Cost method:   
Federal bank stock$5,839
 6,407
Private equity1,428
 1,465
Auction rate securities400
 525
Total cost method7,667
 8,397
Equity method:   
LIHTC (1)9,884
 9,714
Private equity3,758
 3,635
Tax-advantaged renewable energy1,954
 2,054
New market tax credit and other291
 305
Total equity method15,887
 15,708
Fair value (2)4,523
 3,275
Total nonmarketable equity investments28,077
 27,380
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance19,479
 19,325
Accounts receivable (3)38,284
 31,056
Interest receivable5,579
 5,339
Core deposit intangibles981
 1,620
Customer relationship and other amortized intangibles918
 1,089
Foreclosed assets:   
Residential real estate:   
Government insured/guaranteed (3)137
 197
Non-government insured/guaranteed261
 378
Non-residential real estate308
 403
Operating lease assets9,672
 10,089
Due from customers on acceptances228
 196
Other12,352
 17,469
Total other assets$116,276
 114,541
(1)Represents low income housing tax credit investments.
(2)Represents nonmarketable equity investments for which we have elected the fair value option. See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) for additional information.
(3)
Certain government-guaranteed residential real estate mortgage loans upon foreclosure are included in Accounts receivable. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. For more information on the classification of certain government-guaranteed mortgage loans upon foreclosure, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2016 10-K.


Table 6.2 presents income (expense) related to nonmarketable equity investments. 
Table 6.2:Nonmarketable Equity Investments
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Net realized gains from nonmarketable equity investments$132
 55
 506
 369
All other(184) (83) (424) (404)
Total$(52) (28) 82
 (35)
Low Income Housing Tax Credit Investments We invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low income housing tax credit (LIHTC), which is designed to promote private development of low income housing. These investments generate a return mostly through realization of federal tax credits.
Total LIHTC investments were $9.9 billion and $9.7 billion at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. In the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, we recognized pre-tax losses of $227 million and $684 million, respectively, related to our LIHTC investments, compared with $199 million and $600 million, respectively, for the same periods a year ago. We also recognized total tax benefits of $360 million and $1.1 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, which included tax credits recorded in income taxes of $275 million and$796 million for the same periods, respectively. In the third quarter and first nine months of 2016, total tax benefits were $308 million and $919 million, respectively, which included tax credits of $233 million and $693 million for the same periods, respectively. We are periodically required to provide additional financial support during the investment period. Our liability for these unfunded commitments was $3.1 billion at September 30, 2017 and $3.6 billion at December 31, 2016. Predominantly all of this liability is expected to be paid over the next three years. This liability is included in long-term debt.

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
Involvement with SPEs
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with SPEs, which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions and are considered variable interest entities (VIEs). For further description of our involvement with SPEs, see Note 8 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
We have segregated our involvement with VIEs between those VIEs which we consolidate, those which we do not consolidate and those for which we account for the transfers of financial assets as secured borrowings. Secured borrowings are transactions involving transfers of our financial assets to third parties that are accounted for as financings with the assets pledged as collateral. Accordingly, the transferred assets remain recognized on our balance sheet. Subsequent tables within this Note further segregate these transactions by structure type.
Table 7.1 provides the classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet for our transactions with VIEs.
Table 7.1:Balance Sheet Transactions with VIEs
(in millions)
VIEs that we
do not
consolidate

 
VIEs
that we
consolidate

Transfers that
we account
for as secured
borrowings
  Total
September 30, 2017     
Cash$
 115
 
 115
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
 402
 
 402
Trading assets1,150
 130
 201
 1,481
Investment securities (1)
4,944
 
 364
 5,308
Loans4,491
 11,905
 508
 16,904
Mortgage servicing rights13,340
 
 
 13,340
Derivative assets80
 
 
 80
Other assets10,355
 352
 7
 10,714
Total assets34,360
 12,904
 1,080
 48,344
Short-term borrowings
 
 523
 523
Derivative liabilities101
 26
(2)
 127
Accrued expenses and other liabilities  
240
 141
(2)32
 413
Long-term debt  
3,103
 2,103
(2)489
 5,695
Total liabilities3,444
 2,270
 1,044
 6,758
Noncontrolling interests
 119
 
 119
Net assets$30,916
 10,515
 36
 41,467
December 31, 2016       
Cash$
 168
 
 168
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments
 74
 
 74
Trading assets2,034
 130
 201
 2,365
Investment securities (1)8,530
 
 786
 9,316
Loans6,698
 12,589
 138
 19,425
Mortgage servicing rights13,386
 
 
 13,386
Derivative assets91
 1
 
 92
Other assets10,281
 452
 11
 10,744
Total assets41,020
 13,414
 1,136
 55,570
Short-term borrowings
 
 905
 905
Derivative liabilities59
 33
(2)
 92
Accrued expenses and other liabilities306
 107
(2)2
 415
Long-term debt3,598
 3,694
(2)136
 7,428
Total liabilities3,963
 3,834
 1,043
 8,840
Noncontrolling interests
 138
 
 138
Net assets$37,057
 9,442
 93
 46,592
(1)Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.
(2)
There were no VIE liabilities with recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo for the periods presented.


Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs
Our transactions with unconsolidated VIEs include securitizations of residential mortgage loans, CRE loans, student loans, automobile loans and leases, certain dealer floorplan loans; investment and financing activities involving collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by asset-backed and CRE securities, tax credit structures, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including servicing, holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. Involvements with these unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet in trading assets, investment securities, loans, MSRs, derivative assets and liabilities, other assets, other liabilities, and long-term debt, as appropriate.
Table 7.2 provides a summary of unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary. We do not consider our continuing involvement in an unconsolidated VIE to be significant when it relates to third-party sponsored VIEs for which we were not the transferor (unless we are servicer and have other significant forms of involvement) or if we were the sponsor only or sponsor
and servicer but do not have any other forms of significant involvement.
Significant continuing involvement includes transactions where we were the sponsor or transferor and have other significant forms of involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions with unconsolidated VIEs where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the entity or marketing of the transaction to investors. When we transfer assets to a VIE and account for the transfer as a sale, we are considered the transferor. We consider investments in securities (other than those held temporarily in trading), loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, written options and servicing of collateral to be other forms of involvement that may be significant. We have excluded certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs from the balances presented in the following table where we have determined that our continuing involvement is not significant due to the temporary nature and size of our variable interests, because we were not the transferor or because we were not involved in the design of the unconsolidated VIEs. We also exclude from the table secured borrowing transactions with unconsolidated VIEs (for information on these transactions, see the Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings section in this Note).
Table 7.2:Unconsolidated VIEs
   Carrying value – asset (liability) 
(in millions)
Total
VIE
assets

 
Debt and
equity
interests (1)

 
Servicing
assets

 Derivatives
 
Other
commitments
and
guarantees

 
Net
assets

September 30, 2017           
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:           
Conforming (2)$1,172,135
 2,056
 12,387
 
 (188) 14,255
Other/nonconforming15,226
 774
 85
 
 
 859
Commercial mortgage securitizations142,525
 2,535
 868
 70
 (33) 3,440
Collateralized debt obligations:           
Debt securities1,074
 
 
 5
 (20) (15)
Loans (3)1,494
 1,457
 
 
 
 1,457
Asset-based finance structures3,569
 2,666
 
 
 
 2,666
Tax credit structures29,295
 10,820
 
 
 (3,103) 7,717
Collateralized loan obligations18
 4
 
 
 
 4
Investment funds216
 51
 
 
 
 51
Other (4)2,521
 577
 
 (95) 
 482
Total$1,368,073
 20,940
 13,340
 (20) (3,344) 30,916
   Maximum exposure to loss 
   
Debt and
equity
interests (1)

 
Servicing
assets

 Derivatives
 
Other
commitments
and
guarantees

 
Total
exposure

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:           
Conforming  $2,056
 12,387
 
 976
 15,419
Other/nonconforming  774
 85
 
 
 859
Commercial mortgage securitizations  2,535
 868
 73
 9,901
 13,377
Collateralized debt obligations:           
Debt securities  
 
 5
 20
 25
Loans (3)  1,457
 
 
 
 1,457
Asset-based finance structures  2,666
 
 
 71
 2,737
Tax credit structures  10,820
 
 
 947
 11,767
Collateralized loan obligations  4
 
 
 
 4
Investment funds  51
 
 
 
 51
Other (4)  577
 
 120
 157
 854
Total  $20,940
 13,340
 198
 12,072
 46,550
(continued on following page)
Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
   Carrying value – asset (liability) 
(in millions)
Total
VIE
assets

 
Debt and
equity
interests (1)

 
Servicing
assets

 Derivatives
 
Other
commitments
and
guarantees

 
Net
assets

December 31, 2016           
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:           
Conforming (2)$1,166,296
 3,026
 12,434
 
 (232) 15,228
Other/nonconforming18,805
 873
 109
 
 (2) 980
Commercial mortgage securitizations166,596
 4,258
 843
 87
 (35) 5,153
Collateralized debt obligations:           
Debt securities1,472
 
 
 
 (25) (25)
Loans (3)1,545
 1,507
 
 
 
 1,507
Asset-based finance structures9,152
 6,522
 
 
 
 6,522
Tax credit structures29,713
 10,669
 
 
 (3,609) 7,060
Collateralized loan obligations78
 10
 
 
 
 10
Investment funds214
 48
 
 
 
 48
Other (4)1,733
 630
 
 (56) 
 574
Total$1,395,604
 27,543
 13,386
 31
 (3,903) 37,057
   Maximum exposure to loss 
   
Debt and
equity
interests (1)

 
Servicing
assets

 Derivatives
 
Other
commitments
and
guarantees

 
Total
exposure

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:           
Conforming  $3,026
 12,434
 
 979
 16,439
Other/nonconforming  873
 109
 
 2
 984
Commercial mortgage securitizations  4,258
 843
 94
 9,566
 14,761
Collateralized debt obligations:           
Debt securities  
 
 
 25
 25
Loans (3)  1,507
 
 
 
 1,507
Asset-based finance structures  6,522
 
 
 72
 6,594
Tax credit structures  10,669
 
 
 1,104
 11,773
Collateralized loan obligations  10
 
 
 
 10
Investment funds  48
 
 
 
 48
Other (4)  630
 
 93
 
 723
Total  $27,543
 13,386
 187
 11,748
 52,864
(1)
Includes total equity interests of $10.4 billion and $10.3 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. Also includes debt interests in the form of both loans and securities. Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
(2)
Excludes assets and related liabilities with a recorded carrying value on our balance sheet of $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively, for certain delinquent loans that are eligible for repurchase from GNMA loan securitizations. The recorded carrying value represents the amount that would be payable if the Company was to exercise the repurchase option. The carrying amounts are excluded from the table because the loans eligible for repurchase do not represent interests in the VIEs.
(3)
Represents senior loans to trusts that are collateralized by asset-backed securities. The trusts invest in senior tranches from a diversified pool of U.S. asset securitizations, of which all are current and 100% were rated as investment grade by the primary rating agencies at both September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016. These senior loans are accounted for at amortized cost and are subject to the Company’s allowance and credit charge-off policies.
(4)Includes structured financing and credit-linked note structures. Also contains investments in auction rate securities (ARS) issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.

In Table 7.2, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.
For complete descriptions of our types of transactions with unconsolidated VIEs with which we have a significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary, see Note 8
(Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.

INVESTMENT FUNDS Subsequent to adopting ASU 2015-02 (Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis) in first quarter 2016, we do not consolidate these investment funds because we do not hold variable interests that are considered significant to the funds.
We voluntarily waived a portion of our management fees for certain money market funds that are exempt from the consolidation analysis to ensure the funds maintained a minimum level of daily net investment income. The amount of fees waived in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017 was $12 million and $39 million, respectively, compared with $28 million and $84 million, respectively, in the same periods of 2016.

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH VIEs  Other VIEs include certain entities that issue auction rate securities (ARS) which are debt instruments with long-term maturities, that re-price more frequently, and preferred equities with no maturity. At September 30, 2017, we held $400 million of ARS issued by VIEs compared with $453 million at December 31, 2016. We acquired the ARS pursuant to agreements entered into in 2008 and 2009.

We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not have power over the activities of the VIEs.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIESVIEs that we wholly own issue debt securities or preferred equity to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities or preferred equity that we issue to the VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us, even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. In our consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, we reported the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt with a carrying value of $2.0 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, and the preferred equity securities issued to the VIEs as preferred stock with a carrying value of $2.5 billion at both dates. These amounts are in addition to the involvements in these VIEs included in the preceding table.
In the first nine months of 2017, we redeemed $150 million of trust preferred securities which were partially included in Tier 2 capital (50% credit in 2017) in the transitional framework and were not included under the fully-phased framework under the Basel III standards.
Loan Sales and Securitization Activity
We periodically transfer consumer and CRE loans and other types of financial assets in securitization and whole loan sale transactions. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the transferred financial assets. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these transfers we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers. Table 7.3 presents the cash flows for our transfers accounted for as sales.
Table 7.3:Cash Flows From Sales and Securitization Activity
 2017  2016 
(in millions)
Mortgage
loans

 
Other
financial
assets

 
Mortgage
loans

 
Other
financial
assets

Quarter ended September 30,  
   
   
   
Proceeds from securitizations and whole loan sales$61,756
 
 66,830
 53
Fees from servicing rights retained826
 
 891
 
Cash flows from other interests held (1)408
 
 930
 
Repurchases of assets/loss reimbursements (2):       
Non-agency securitizations and whole loan transactions5
 
 4
 
Agency securitizations (3)20
 
 22
 
Servicing advances, net of repayments(90) 
 (52) 
Nine months ended September 30,       
Proceeds from securitizations and whole loan sales$172,837
 25
 178,301
 186
Fees from servicing rights retained2,520
 
 2,636
 
Cash flows from other interests held (1)1,883
 
 1,964
 1
Repurchases of assets/loss reimbursements (2):       
Non-agency securitizations and whole loan transactions12
 
 22
 
Agency securitizations (3)66
 
 104
 
Servicing advances, net of repayments(252) 
 (159) 
(1)Cash flows from other interests held include principal and interest payments received on retained bonds and excess cash flows received on interest-only strips.
(2)Consists of cash paid to repurchase loans from investors and cash paid to investors to reimburse them for losses on individual loans that are already liquidated.
(3)
Represent loans repurchased from GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC under representation and warranty provisions included in our loan sales contracts. Third quarter and first nine months of 2017 exclude $2.1 billion and $6.0 billion, respectively in delinquent insured/guaranteed loans that we service and have exercised our option to purchase out of GNMA pools, compared with $2.4 billion and $7.3 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2016. These loans are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

In the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, we recognized net gains of $91 million and $616 million, respectively, from transfers accounted for as sales of financial assets, compared with $141 million and $436 million, respectively, in the same periods of 2016. These net gains largely relate to commercial mortgage securitizations and residential mortgage securitizations where the loans were not already carried at fair value.
Sales with continuing involvement during the third quarter and first nine months of 2017 and 2016 largely related to securitizations of residential mortgages that are sold to the government-sponsored entities (GSEs), including FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA (conforming residential mortgage
securitizations). During the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, we transferred $57.8 billion and $163.0 billion, respectively, in fair value of residential mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and third-party investors and recorded the transfers as sales, compared with $63.3 billion and $165.6 billion, respectively, in the same periods of 2016. Substantially all of these transfers did not result in a gain or loss because the loans were already carried at fair value. In connection with all of these transfers, in the first nine months of 2017, we recorded a $1.5 billion servicing asset, measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, securities of $2.2 billion, classified as Level 2, and a $20 million liability for repurchase losses which reflects management’s estimate of probable losses related to
Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

various representations and warranties for the loans transferred, initially measured at fair value. In the first nine months of 2016, we recorded a $1.3 billion servicing asset, securities of $3.0 billion, and a $26 million liability.
Table 7.4 presents the key weighted-average assumptions we used to measure residential mortgage servicing rights at the date of securitization.
Table 7.4:Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
Residential mortgage
servicing rights
 
 2017
 2016
Quarter ended September 30,  
   
Prepayment speed (1)12.1% 12.4
Discount rate6.9
 6.2
Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)$122
 124
Nine months ended September 30,   
Prepayment speed (1)11.7% 12.5
Discount rate6.9
 6.5
Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)$135
 136
(1)The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(2)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs, which can vary period to period depending on the mix of modified government-guaranteed loans sold to GNMA.
During the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, we transferred $4.6 billion and $11.2 billion, respectively, in carrying value of commercial mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and third-party investors and recorded the transfers as sales, compared with $4.0 billion and $13.9 billion, respectively, in the same periodsvaluation of 2016. These transfers resulted in gains of $89 millionresidential MSRs and$265 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, because the loans were carried at lower of cost or market value (LOCOM), compared with gains of $134 million and $327 million, respectively, in the same periods of 2016. In connection with these transfers, in the first nine months of 2017, we recorded a servicing asset of $123 million, initially measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and securities of $65 million, classified as Level 2. In the first nine months of 2016, we recorded a servicing asset of $204 million and securities of $236 million.


Retained Interests from Unconsolidated VIEs
Table 7.5 provides key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights and other interests heldMSRs to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. “Other interests held” relate toAmounts for residential and commercial mortgage loan securitizations. Residential mortgage-backed securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs, suchMSRs include
purchased servicing rights as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA, are excludedwell as servicing rights resulting from the table because these securities have a remote risktransfer of credit loss due to
the GSE guarantee. These securities also have economic characteristics similar to GSE mortgage-backed securities that we purchase, which are not included in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Theloans. See Note 12 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) for additional information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.on key assumptions for residential MSRs.
Table 7.5:Retained Interests from Unconsolidated VIEs6.2: Assumptions and Sensitivity of Residential MSRs
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Fair value of interests held$8,251 9,310 
Expected weighted-average life (in years)6.26.3
Key assumptions:
Prepayment rate assumption (1)9.2 %9.4 
Impact on fair value from 10% adverse change$249 288 
Impact on fair value from 25% adverse change595 688 
Discount rate assumption9.2 %9.1 
Impact on fair value from 100 basis point increase$316 368 
Impact on fair value from 200 basis point increase608 707 
Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)102 102 
Impact on fair value from 10% adverse change159 171 
Impact on fair value from 25% adverse change397 427 
   Other interests held 
 
Residential
mortgage
servicing
rights (1)

 
Interest-only
strips

 Consumer
 Commercial (2) 
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)  
Subordinated
bonds

 
Subordinated
bonds

 
Senior
bonds

Fair value of interests held at September 30, 2017$13,338
 23
 
 561
 526
Expected weighted-average life (in years)6.1
 3.8
 0.0
 5.7
 5.2
Key economic assumptions:         
Prepayment speed assumption (3)10.8% 17.4
 
    
Decrease in fair value from:         
10% adverse change$575
 1
 
    
25% adverse change1,359
 2
 
    
Discount rate assumption6.7% 12.7
 
 3.0
 2.9
Decrease in fair value from:         
100 basis point increase$647
 
 
 25
 22
200 basis point increase1,236
 1
 
 47
 44
Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)145
        
Decrease in fair value from:         
10% adverse change476
        
25% adverse change1,189
        
Credit loss assumption    % 2.0
 
Decrease in fair value from:         
10% higher losses    $
 
 
25% higher losses    
 
 
Fair value of interests held at December 31, 2016$12,959
 28
 1
 249
 552
Expected weighted-average life (in years)6.3
 3.9
 8.3
 3.1
 5.1
Key economic assumptions:         
Prepayment speed assumption (3)10.3% 17.4
 13.5
    
Decrease in fair value from:         
10% adverse change$583
 1
 
    
25% adverse change1,385
 2
 
    
Discount rate assumption6.8% 13.3
 10.7
 5.2
 2.7
Decrease in fair value from:         
100 basis point increase$649
 1
 
 7
 23
200 basis point increase1,239
 1
 
 12
 45
Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)155
        
Decrease in fair value from:         
10% adverse change515
        
25% adverse change1,282
        
Credit loss assumption    3.0% 4.7
 
Decrease in fair value from:         
10% higher losses    $
 
 
25% higher losses    
 
 
(1)See narrative following this table for a discussion of commercial mortgage servicing rights.
(2)Prepayment speed assumptions do not significantly impact the value of commercial mortgage securitization bonds as the underlying commercial mortgage loans experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage.
(3)The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes(1)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

In addition to residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) included in the previous table, we have a small portfolio of commercial MSRs with a fair value of $2.0 billion at both September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016. The nature of our commercial MSRs, which are carried at LOCOM, is different from our residential MSRs. Prepayment activity on serviced loans does not significantly impact the value of commercial MSRs because, unlike residential mortgages, commercial mortgages experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage. Additionally, for our commercial MSR portfolio, we are typically master/primary servicer, but not the special servicer, who is separately responsible for the servicing and workout of delinquent and foreclosed loans. It is the special servicer, similar to our role as servicer of residential mortgage loans, who is affected by higher servicing and foreclosure costs due to an increase in delinquent and foreclosed loans. Accordingly, prepayment speeds and costs to serviceexpected defaults. Prepayment speeds are not key assumptions for commercial MSRs as they do not significantly impact the valuation. The primary economic driver impacting the fair value of our commercial MSRs is forwardinfluenced by mortgage interest rates which are derived from market observable yield curves used to price capital markets instruments. Market interest rates significantly affect interest earned on custodial deposit balances. The sensitivityas well as our estimation of the current fair value to an immediate adverse 25% change in the assumption about interest earned on deposit balances at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, results in a decrease in fair valuedrivers of $238 million and $259 million, respectively. See Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for further information on our commercial MSRs.
We also have a loan to an unconsolidated third party VIE that we extended in fourth quarter 2014 in conjunction with our sale of government guaranteed student loans. The loan is carried at amortized cost and approximates fair value at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016. The carrying amount of the loan at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, was $1.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively. The estimated fair value of the loan is considered a Level 3 measurement that is determined using
borrower behavior.
discounted cash flows that are based on changes in the discount rate due to changes in the risk premium component (credit spreads). The primary economic assumption impacting the fair value of our loan is the discount rate. Changes in the credit loss assumption are not expected to affect the estimated fair value of the loan due to the government guarantee of the underlying collateral. The sensitivity of the current fair value to an immediate adverse increase of 200 basis points in the risk premium component of the discount rate assumption is a decrease in fair value of $23 million and $154 million at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.
The sensitivities in the preceding paragraphs and table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may
result in changes in others, (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

Off-Balance Sheet Loans
Wells Fargo & Company91


Note 6:  Mortgage Banking Activities (continued)
We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in Table 6.3 at unpaid principal balance for loans serviced and subserviced for others and at carrying value for owned loans serviced.
Table 6.3:Managed Servicing Portfolio
(in billions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Residential mortgage servicing:
Serviced and subserviced for others$637 681 
Owned loans serviced267 273 
Total residential servicing904 954 
Commercial mortgage servicing:
Serviced and subserviced for others562 577 
Owned loans serviced131 133 
Total commercial servicing693 710 
Total managed servicing portfolio$1,597 1,664 
Total serviced for others, excluding subserviced for others$1,162 1,246 
MSRs as a percentage of loans serviced for others0.80 %0.84 
Weighted average note rate (mortgage loans serviced for others)4.44 4.30 

At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we had servicer advances, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts, of $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. As the servicer of loans for others, we advance certain payments of principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and default-related expenses which are generally reimbursed within a short timeframe from cash flows from the trust, government-sponsored entities (GSEs), insurer or borrower.
The credit risk related to these advances is limited since the reimbursement is generally senior to cash payments to investors. We also advance payments of taxes and insurance for our owned
loans which are collectible from the borrower. We maintain an allowance for uncollectible amounts for advances on loans serviced for others that may not be reimbursed if the payments were not made in accordance with applicable servicing agreements or if the insurance or servicing agreements contain limitations on reimbursements. Servicing advances on owned loans are written-off when deemed uncollectible.
Table 7.66.4 presents the components of mortgage banking noninterest income.
Table 6.4:Mortgage Banking Noninterest Income
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees$547 645 $1,114 1,280 
Unreimbursed servicing costs (1)(45)(57)(78)(81)
Amortization for commercial MSRs(62)(64)(123)(123)
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows (2)(A)(325)(287)(646)(644)
Net servicing fees115 237 267 432 
Changes in fair value of MSRs due to valuation inputs or assumptions (3)(B)316 868 91 2,473 
Net derivative gains (losses) from economic hedges (4)(331)(980)(146)(2,626)
Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results(15)(112)(55)(153)
Total net servicing income100 125 212 279 
Net gains on mortgage loan originations/sales (5)102 162 222 701 
Total mortgage banking noninterest income$202 287 $434 980 
Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value(A)+(B)$(9)581 $(555)1,829 
(1)Includes costs associated with foreclosures, unreimbursed interest advances to investors, other interest costs and transaction costs associated with sales of MSRs.
(2)Represents the reduction in the MSR fair value for the cash flows expected to be collected during the period, net of income accreted due to the passage of time.
(3)Refer to the analysis of changes in fair value MSRs presented in Table 6.1 in this Note for more detail.
(4)See Note 11 (Derivatives) for additional information on economic hedges.
(5)Includes net gains (losses) of $89 million and $50 million in the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $710 million and $2.0 billion in the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of mortgage loans held for sale and derivative loan commitments.
92Wells Fargo & Company


Note 7: Intangible Assets and Other Assets
Table 7.1 presents the gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization.

Table 7.1:Intangible Assets
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Gross carrying valueAccumulated amortizationNet carrying valueGross carrying valueAccumulated amortization Net carrying value
Amortized intangible assets:
MSRs$4,989 (3,895)1,094 4,942 (3,772)1,170 
Customer relationship and other intangibles773 (628)145 754 (602)152 
Total amortized intangible assets$5,762 (4,523)1,239 5,696 (4,374)1,322 
Unamortized intangible assets:
MSRs (carried at fair value)$8,251 9,310 
Goodwill25,175 25,173 

Table 7.2 provides the current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets. We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing
asset balances at June 30, 2023. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.
Table 7.2:Amortization Expense for Intangible Assets
(in millions)Amortized MSRs Customer relationship and other intangiblesTotal 
Six months ended June 30, 2023 (actual)$123 26 149 
Estimate for the remainder of 2023$117 26 143 
Estimate for year ended December 31,
2024213 43 256 
2025184 35 219 
2026148 29 177 
2027117 119 
202897 99 
Table 7.3 shows the allocation of goodwill to our reportable operating segments.
Table 7.3:Goodwill
(in millions)Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment ManagementCorporateConsolidated Company
December 31, 2022$16,418 2,931 5,375 344 105 25,173 
Foreign currency translation— — — — 
June 30, 2023$16,418 2,933 5,375 344 105 25,175 
Table 7.4 presents the components of other assets.
Table 7.4:Other Assets
(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance (1)$20,889 20,807 
Accounts receivable (2)30,599 23,646 
Interest receivable:
AFS and HTM debt securities1,667 1,572 
Loans3,638 3,470 
Trading and other829 767 
Operating lease assets (lessor)5,510 5,790 
Operating lease ROU assets (lessee)3,659 3,837 
Other (3)(4)16,124 15,949 
Total other assets$82,915 75,838 
(1)Corporate/bank-owned life insurance is recorded at cash surrender value.
(2)Primarily includes derivatives clearinghouse receivables, trade date receivables, and servicer advances, which are recorded at amortized cost.
(3)Primarily includes income tax receivables, prepaid expenses, foreclosed assets, and private equity and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies.
(4)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Wells Fargo & Company93


Note 8:  Leasing Activity
The information below provides a summary of our leasing activities as a lessor and lessee. See Note 8 (Leasing Activity) in our 2022 Form 10-K for additional information about our leasing activities.

As a Lessor
Noninterest income on leases, included in Table 8.1, is included in other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income. Lease expense, included in other noninterest expense on our consolidated statement of income, was $180 million and $185 million for the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and $357 million and $373 million for the first half of 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Table 8.1:Leasing Revenue
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Interest income on lease financing$176 152 $345 304 
Other lease revenue:
Variable revenue on lease financing24 27 49 57 
Fixed revenue on operating leases245 242 494 487 
Variable revenue on operating leases13 14 24 29 
Other lease-related revenue (1)25 50 87 87 
Noninterest income on leases307 333 654 660 
Total leasing revenue$483 485 $999 964 
(1)    Predominantly includes net gains (losses) on disposition of assets leased under operating leases or lease financings.
As a Lessee
Substantially all of our leases are operating leases. Table 8.2 presents balances for our operating leases.

Table 8.2:Operating Lease Right-of-Use (ROU) Assets and Lease Liabilities
(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022
ROU assets$3,659 3,837 
Lease liabilities4,262 4,465 
Table 8.3 provides the composition of our lease costs, which are predominantly included in net occupancy expense.
Table 8.3:Lease Costs
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Fixed lease expense – operating leases$248 253 $499 506 
Variable lease expense70 70 141 143 
Other (1)(10)(8)(26)(18)
Total lease costs$308 315 $614 631 
(1)Predominantly includes gains recognized from sale leaseback transactions and sublease rental income.
94Wells Fargo & Company


Note 9:  Preferred Stock
We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock, without par value. Outstanding preferred shares rank senior to common shares both as to the payment of dividends and liquidation preferences but have no general voting rights. All outstanding preferred stock with a liquidation preference value, except for Series L Preferred Stock, may be redeemed for the liquidation preference value, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends, on any dividend payment date on or after the earliest redemption date for that series. Additionally, these same series of preferred stock may be redeemed following a “regulatory capital treatment event”, as described in the terms of each series.
Capital actions, including redemptions of our preferred stock, may be subject to regulatory approval or conditions.
In addition, we are authorized to issue 4 million shares of preference stock, without par value. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share.
In July 2023, we issued $1.725 billion of our Preferred Stock, Series EE.
Table 9.1 summarizes information about our preferred stock.
Table 9.1:Preferred Stock
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions, except shares)Earliest redemption dateShares
 authorized
and designated
Shares issued and outstandingLiquidation preference valueCarrying
value 
Shares
 authorized
and designated
Shares
issued and outstanding
Liquidation preference valueCarrying value
DEP Shares
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEP)Currently redeemable97,000 96,546 $  97,000 96,546 $— — 
Preferred Stock:
Series L (1)
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A4,025,000 3,967,981 3,968 3,200 4,025,000 3,967,986 3,968 3,200 
Series Q
5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A9/15/202369,000 69,000 1,725 1,725 69,000 69,000 1,725 1,725 
Series R
6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A3/15/202434,500 33,600 840 840 34,500 33,600 840 840 
Series S
5.90% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A6/15/202480,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 80,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 
Series U
5.875% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A6/15/202580,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 80,000 80,000 2,000 2,000 
Series Y
5.625% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class ACurrently redeemable27,600 27,600 690 690 27,600 27,600 690 690 
Series Z
4.75% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A3/15/202580,500 80,500 2,013 2,013 80,500 80,500 2,013 2,013 
Series AA
4.70% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A12/15/202546,800 46,800 1,170 1,170 46,800 46,800 1,170 1,170 
Series BB
3.90% Fixed-Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A3/15/2026140,400 140,400 3,510 3,510 140,400 140,400 3,510 3,510 
Series CC
4.375% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A3/15/202646,000 42,000 1,050 1,050 46,000 42,000 1,050 1,050 
Series DD
4.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A9/15/202650,000 50,000 1,250 1,250 50,000 50,000 1,250 1,250 
Total4,776,800 4,714,427 $20,216 19,448 4,776,800 4,714,432 $20,216 19,448 
(1)At the option of the holder, each share of Series L Preferred Stock may be converted at any time into 6.3814 shares of common stock, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. If converted within 30 days of certain liquidation or change of control events, the holder may receive up to 16.5916 additional shares, or, at our option, receive an equivalent amount of cash in lieu of common stock. We may convert some or all of the Series L Preferred Stock into shares of common stock if the closing price of our common stock exceeds 130 percent of the conversion price of the Series L Preferred Stock for 20 trading days during any period of 30 consecutive trading days. We declared dividends of $74 million on Series L Preferred Stock for both quarters ended June 30, 2023, and June 30, 2022.

Wells Fargo & Company95


Note 10:  Legal Actions
Wells Fargo and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory, governmental, arbitration, and other proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities, and many of those proceedings and investigations expose Wells Fargo to potential financial loss or other adverse consequences. These proceedings and investigations include actions brought against Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries with respect to corporate-related matters and transactions in which Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries were involved. In addition, Wells Fargo and our subsidiaries may be requested to provide information to or otherwise cooperate with government authorities in the conduct of investigations of other persons or industry groups.
We establish accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. For such accruals, we record the amount we consider to be the best estimate within a range of potential losses that are both probable and estimable; however, if we cannot determine a best estimate, then we record the low end of the range of those potential losses. There can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of legal actions, including the matters described below, and the actual costs of resolving legal actions may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those actions.

AUTOMOBILE LENDING MATTERS On April 20, 2018, the Company entered into consent orders with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to resolve, among other things, investigations by the agencies into the Company’s compliance risk management program and its past practices involving certain automobile collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies and certain mortgage interest rate lock extensions. Shareholders filed a putative securities fraud class action against the Company and its executive officers alleging material misstatements and omissions of CPI-related information in the Company’s public disclosures. In January 2020, the court dismissed this action as to all defendants except the Company and a former executive officer and limited the action to two alleged misstatements. On May 1, 2023, the court granted preliminary approval of an agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $300 million to resolve this action. Additionally, a number of other lawsuits were filed by non-governmental parties seeking damages or other remedies related to these CPI policies and related to the unused portion of guaranteed automobile protection (GAP) waiver or insurance agreements. As previously disclosed, the Company entered into various settlements to resolve these lawsuits, while others were dismissed. In addition, federal and state government agencies, including the CFPB, have undertaken formal or informal inquiries, investigations, or examinations regarding these and other issues related to the origination, servicing, and collection of consumer auto loans, including related insurance products. On December 20, 2022, the Company entered into a consent order with the CFPB to resolve the CFPB’s investigations related to automobile lending, consumer deposit accounts, and mortgage lending. The consent order requires, among other things, remediation to customers and the payment of a $1.7 billion civil penalty to the CFPB. As previously disclosed, the Company entered into an agreement to resolve investigations by state attorneys general.
COMPANY 401(K) PLAN MATTERS Federal government agencies, including the United States Department of Labor (Department of Labor), have undertaken reviews of certain transactions associated with the Employee Stock Ownership Plan feature of the Company’s 401(k) plan, including the manner in which the 401(k) plan purchased certain securities used in connection with the Company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan. As previously disclosed, the Company entered into an agreement to resolve the Department of Labor’s review. On September 26, 2022, participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan filed a putative class action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota alleging that the Company violated the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 in connection with certain of these transactions.
CONSENT ORDER DISCLOSURE LITIGATION Wells Fargo shareholders have brought a putative securities fraud class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that the Company and certain of its current and former executive officers and directors made false or misleading statements regarding the Company’s efforts to comply with the February 2018 consent order with the Federal Reserve Board and the April 2018 consent orders with the CFPB and OCC. On May 16, 2023, the court granted preliminary approval of an agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $1.0 billion to resolve this action. Allegations related to the Company’s efforts to comply with these three consent orders are also among the subjects of shareholder derivative lawsuits filed in California state and federal court.
HIRING PRACTICES MATTERS Government agencies, including the United States Department of Justice and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, have undertaken formal or informal inquiries or investigations regarding the Company’s hiring practices related to diversity. A putative securities fraud class action has also been filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Company and certain of its executive officers made false or misleading statements about the Company’s hiring practices related to diversity. Allegations related to the Company’s hiring practices related to diversity are also among the subjects of shareholder derivative lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and in California state court.
INTERCHANGE LITIGATIONPlaintiffs representing a class of merchants have filed putative class actions, and individual merchants have filed individual actions, against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo & Company, Wachovia Bank, N.A., and Wachovia Corporation regarding the interchange fees associated with Visa and MasterCard payment card transactions. Visa, MasterCard, and several other banks and bank holding companies are also named as defendants in these actions. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The amended and consolidated complaint asserts claims against defendants based on alleged violations of federal and state antitrust laws and seeks damages as well as injunctive relief. Plaintiff merchants allege that Visa, MasterCard, and payment card issuing banks unlawfully colluded to set interchange rates. Plaintiffs also allege that enforcement of certain Visa and MasterCard rules and alleged tying and bundling of services offered to merchants are anticompetitive. Wells Fargo and Wachovia, along with other
96Wells Fargo & Company


defendants and entities, are parties to Loss and Judgment Sharing Agreements, which provide that they, along with other entities, will share, based on a formula, in any losses from the Interchange Litigation. On July 13, 2012, Visa, MasterCard, and the financial institution defendants, including Wells Fargo, signed a memorandum of understanding with plaintiff merchants to resolve the consolidated class action and reached a separate settlement in principle of the consolidated individual actions. The settlement payments to be made by all defendants in the consolidated class and individual actions totaled approximately $6.6 billion before reductions applicable to certain merchants opting out of the settlement. The class settlement also provided for the distribution to class merchants of 10 basis points of default interchange across all credit rate categories for a period of eight consecutive months. The district court granted final approval of the settlement, which was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit by settlement objector merchants. Other merchants opted out of the settlement and are pursuing several individual actions. On June 30, 2016, the Second Circuit vacated the settlement agreement and reversed and remanded the consolidated action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York for further proceedings. On November 23, 2016, prior class counsel filed a petition to the United States Supreme Court, seeking review of the reversal of the settlement by the Second Circuit, and the Supreme Court denied the petition on March 27, 2017. On November 30, 2016, the district court appointed lead class counsel for a damages class and an equitable relief class. The parties have entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the damages class claims pursuant to which defendants will pay a total of approximately $6.2 billion, which includes approximately $5.3 billion of funds remaining from the 2012 settlement and $900 million in additional funding. The Company’s allocated responsibility for the additional funding is approximately $94.5 million. The court granted final approval of the settlement on December 13, 2019, which was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit by settlement objector merchants. On March 15, 2023, the Second Circuit affirmed the damages class settlement. Settlement objector merchants filed a petition for a rehearing by the Second Circuit en banc, which was denied. On September 27, 2021, the district court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the equitable relief case. Several of the opt-out and direct action litigations have been settled while others remain pending.
RECORD-KEEPING INVESTIGATIONS The United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission have undertaken investigations regarding the Company’s compliance with records retention requirements relating to business communications sent over unapproved electronic messaging channels. The Company is in resolution discussions with these agencies, although there can be no assurance as to the outcome of these discussions.
RMBS TRUSTEE LITIGATION In December 2014, Phoenix Light SF Limited (Phoenix Light) and certain related entities filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging claims against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in its capacity as trustee for a number of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) trusts. Complaints raising similar allegations have been filed by Commerzbank AG in the Southern District of New York, IKB International and IKB Deutsche Industriebank in New York state court, and Park Royal I LLC and Park Royal II LLC in New York state court. In each case, the plaintiffs allege that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee,
caused losses to investors, and plaintiffs assert causes of action based upon, among other things, the trustee’s alleged failure to notify and enforce repurchase obligations of mortgage loan sellers for purported breaches of representations and warranties, notify investors of alleged events of default, and abide by appropriate standards of care following alleged events of default. In July 2022, the district court dismissed Phoenix Light’s claims and certain of the claims asserted by Commerzbank AG, and subsequently entered judgment in each case in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. In August 2022, Phoenix Light and Commerzbank AG each appealed the district court’s decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Phoenix Light dismissed its appeal in May 2023, terminating its case. The Company previously settled two class actions filed by institutional investors and an action filed by the National Credit Union Administration with similar allegations.
SEMINOLE TRIBE TRUSTEE LITIGATION The Seminole Tribe of Florida filed a complaint in Florida state court alleging that Wells Fargo, as trustee, charged excess fees in connection with the administration of a minor’s trust and failed to invest the assets of the trust prudently. The complaint was later amended to include three individual current and former beneficiaries as plaintiffs and to remove the Tribe as a party to the case.
OUTLOOKAs described above, the Company establishes accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The high end of the range of reasonably possible losses in excess of the Company’s accrual for probable and estimable losses was approximately $1.5 billion as of June 30, 2023. The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible. It is also inherently difficult to estimate the amount of any loss and there may be matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but not currently estimable. Accordingly, actual losses may be in excess of the established accrual or the range of reasonably possible loss. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage, and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial condition. However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of a matter, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.
Wells Fargo & Company97


Note 11:  Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We designate certain derivatives as hedging instruments in qualifying hedge accounting relationships (fair value or cash flow hedges). Our remaining derivatives consist of economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting and derivatives held for customer accommodation trading or other purposes. For additional information on our derivatives activities, see Note 14 (Derivatives) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 11.1 presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for our derivatives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which derivative cash flows are determined.

Table 11.1:Notional or Contractual Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
Notional or contractual amountFair value Notional or contractual amountFair value 
Derivative assetsDerivative liabilitiesDerivative assetsDerivative liabilities
(in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate contracts$313,176 615 562 263,876 670 579 
Commodity contracts4,629 58 39 1,681 25 
Foreign exchange contracts4,875 71 485 15,544 161 1,015 
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments744 1,086 840 1,619 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Economic hedges:
Interest rate contracts64,868 348 204 65,727 410 253 
Equity contracts (1)4,856 149 45 3,326 — 242 
Foreign exchange contracts33,940 177 410 38,139 490 968 
Credit contracts360 16  290 14 — 
Subtotal690 659 914 1,463 
Customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest rate contracts13,385,477 35,103 41,032 10,156,300 40,006 42,641 
Commodity contracts85,438 3,110 2,565 96,001 5,991 3,420 
Equity contracts402,439 12,632 13,288 390,427 9,573 8,012 
Foreign exchange contracts1,681,353 16,244 17,797 1,475,224 21,562 24,703 
Credit contracts53,003 63 25 45,359 52 36 
Subtotal67,152 74,707 77,184 78,812 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments67,842 75,366 78,098 80,275 
Total derivatives before netting68,586 76,452 78,938 81,894 
Netting(50,596)(55,021)(56,164)(61,827)
Total$17,990 21,431 22,774 20,067 
(1)    In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Balance Sheet Offsetting
We execute substantially all of our derivative transactions under master netting arrangements. Where legally enforceable, these master netting arrangements give the ability, in the event of default by the counterparty, to liquidate securities held as collateral and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. We reflect all derivative balances and related cash collateral subject to enforceable master netting arrangements on a net basis on our consolidated balance sheet. We do not net non-cash collateral that we receive or pledge against derivative balances on our consolidated balance sheet.
For disclosure purposes, we present “Total Derivatives, net” which represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance sheet netting
adjustments and any non-cash collateral. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty-specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral.
Table 11.2 provides information on the fair values of derivative assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, the balance sheet netting adjustments and the resulting net fair value amount recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, as well as the non-cash collateral associated with such arrangements. In addition to the netting amounts included in the table, we also have balance sheet netting related to resale and repurchase agreements that are disclosed within Note 15 (Pledged Assets and Collateral).
98Wells Fargo & Company



Table 11.2:Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Derivative AssetsDerivative LiabilitiesDerivative AssetsDerivative Liabilities
 Interest rate contracts
 Over-the-counter (OTC)$34,048 37,461 37,000 37,598 
 OTC cleared389 497 649 845 
 Exchange traded255 283 262 193 
 Total interest rate contracts34,692 38,241 37,911 38,636 
 Commodity contracts
 OTC2,379 1,967 4,833 2,010 
 Exchange traded588 501 876 1,134 
 Total commodity contracts2,967 2,468 5,709 3,144 
 Equity contracts
 OTC6,130 8,739 4,269 4,475 
 Exchange traded3,731 2,939 3,742 2,409 
 Total equity contracts9,861 11,678 8,011 6,884 
 Foreign exchange contracts
 OTC16,316 17,756 21,537 26,127 
 Total foreign exchange contracts16,316 17,756 21,537 26,127 
 Credit contracts
 OTC54 16 39 22 
 Total credit contracts54 16 39 22 
Total derivatives subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, gross63,890 70,159 73,207 74,813 
 Less: Gross amounts offset
 Counterparty netting (1)(45,600)(45,611)(49,115)(49,073)
 Cash collateral netting(4,996)(9,410)(7,049)(12,754)
Total derivatives subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, net13,294 15,138 17,043 12,986 
Derivatives not subject to enforceable master netting arrangements (2)4,696 6,293 5,731 7,081 
Total derivatives recognized in consolidated balance sheet, net17,990 21,431 22,774 20,067 
 Non-cash collateral(2,369)(3,502)(3,517)(582)
Total Derivatives, net$15,621 17,929 19,257 19,485 
(1)Represents amounts with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that have been offset in our consolidated balance sheet, including portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments related to customer accommodation and other trading derivatives. Counterparty valuation adjustments related to derivative assets were $305 million and $372 million and debit valuation adjustments related to derivative liabilities were $316 million and $331 million as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, and were primarily related to interest rate contracts.
(2)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges
For fair value hedges, we use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and time certificates of deposit to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. We also enter into futures contracts, forward contracts, and swap contracts to hedge our exposure to the price risk of physical commodities included in Other Assets. In addition, we use interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. For certain fair value hedges of interest rate risk, we use the portfolio layer method to hedge stated amounts of closed portfolios of AFS debt securities. For certain fair value hedges of foreign currency risk, changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded in other comprehensive income
(OCI). See Note 20 (Other Comprehensive Income) for the amounts recognized in other comprehensive income.
For cash flow hedges, we use interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain interest-earning deposits with banks and certain floating-rate commercial loans, and interest paid on certain floating-rate debt due to changes in the contractually specified interest rate. We also use cross-currency swaps to hedge variability in interest payments on fixed-rate foreign currency-denominated long-term debt due to changes in foreign exchange rates.
We estimate $947 million pre-tax of deferred net losses related to cash flow hedges in OCI at June 30, 2023, will be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. For cash flow hedges as of June 30, 2023, we are hedging our interest rate and foreign currency exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 9 years. For additional information on our accounting hedges, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 11.3 and Table 11.4 show the net gains (losses) related to derivatives in cash flow and fair value hedging relationships, respectively.
Wells Fargo & Company99


Note 11: Derivatives (continued)


Table 11.3:Gains (Losses) Recognized on Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
Net interest incomeTotal recorded in net incomeTotal recorded in OCI
(in millions)LoansOther interest incomeLong-term debtDerivative gains (losses)Derivative gains (losses)
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$14,115 2,390 (2,693)N/A(811)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(68)(115) (183)183 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(1,000)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(68)(115) (183)(817)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income  (2)(2)2 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(1)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts  (2)(2)1 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(68)(115)(2)(185)(816)
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$8,116 419 (1,011)N/A(111)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income11 34 — 45 (45)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(101)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts11 34 — 45 (146)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income— — (2)(2)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(13)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts— — (2)(2)(11)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$11 34 (2)43 (157)
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$27,433 4,378 (5,204)N/A(308)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(121)(173) (294)294 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(617)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(121)(173) (294)(323)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income  (4)(4)4 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts  (4)(4)4 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(121)(173)(4)(298)(319)
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$15,334 509 (1,772)N/A(84)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(5)38 — 33 (33)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(149)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(5)38 — 33 (182)
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income— — (4)(4)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/AN/A(16)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts— — (4)(4)(12)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(5)38 (4)29 (194)
100Wells Fargo & Company



Table 11.4:Gains (Losses) Recognized on Fair Value Hedging Relationships
Net interest incomeNoninterest incomeTotal recorded in net incomeTotal recorded in OCI
(in millions)Debt securitiesDepositsLong-term debtOtherDerivative gains (losses)Derivative gains (losses)
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$4,037 (3,805)(2,693)412 N/A(811)
Interest contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives331 (82)(850) (601)N/A
Recognized on derivatives937 (276)(2,587) (1,926) 
Recognized on hedged items(937)278 2,575  1,916 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts331 (80)(862) (611) 
Foreign exchange contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives  (48) (48)N/A
Recognized on derivatives  (18)(8)(26)5 
Recognized on hedged items  14 8 22 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts  (52) (52)5 
Commodity contracts
Recognized on derivatives   109 109  
Recognized on hedged items   (90)(90)N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts   19 19  
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges$331 (80)(914)19 (644)5 
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$2,702 (158)(1,011)566 N/A(111)
Interest contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives(45)23 336 — 314 N/A
Recognized on derivatives768 (70)(5,202)— (4,504)— 
Recognized on hedged items(753)68 5,128 — 4,443 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(30)21 262 — 253 — 
Foreign exchange contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives— — (21)— (21)N/A
Recognized on derivatives— — (315)(929)(1,244)46 
Recognized on hedged items— — 333 898 1,231 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts— — (3)(31)(34)46 
Commodity contracts
Recognized on derivatives— — — 228 228 — 
Recognized on hedged items— — — (217)(217)N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts— — — 11 11 — 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges$(30)21 259 (20)230 46 
(continued on following page)
Wells Fargo & Company101


Note 11: Derivatives (continued)


(continued from previous page)
Net interest incomeNoninterest incomeTotal recorded in net incomeTotal recorded in OCI
(in millions)Debt securitiesDepositsLong-term debtOtherDerivative gains (losses)Derivative gains (losses)
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$7,820 (6,566)(5,204)992 N/A(308)
Interest contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives600 (112)(1,532) (1,044)N/A
Recognized on derivatives237 (171)(229) (163) 
Recognized on hedged items(245)170 215  140 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts592 (113)(1,546) (1,067) 
Foreign exchange contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives  (151) (151)N/A
Recognized on derivatives  34 27 61 11 
Recognized on hedged items  (46)(21)(67)N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts  (163)6 (157)11 
Commodity contracts
Recognized on derivatives   97 97  
Recognized on hedged items   (65)(65)N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts   32 32  
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges$592 (113)(1,709)38 (1,192)11 
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$5,265 (241)(1,772)1,258 N/A(84)
Interest contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives(86)64 817 — 795 N/A
Recognized on derivatives2,030 (215)(12,071)— (10,256)— 
Recognized on hedged items(2,001)211 11,941 — 10,151 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(57)60 687 — 690 — 
Foreign exchange contracts
Amounts related to cash flows on derivatives— — (17)— (17)N/A
Recognized on derivatives— — (771)(1,171)(1,942)110 
Recognized on hedged items— — 778 1,139 1,917 N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts— — (10)(32)(42)110 
Commodity contracts
Recognized on derivatives— — — 136 136 — 
Recognized on hedged items— — — (130)(130)N/A
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on commodity contracts— — — — 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges$(57)60 677 (26)654 110 
102Wells Fargo & Company



Table 11.5 shows the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets and liabilities in fair value hedging relationships.

Table 11.5:Hedged Items in Fair Value Hedging Relationships
Hedged items currently designatedHedged items no longer designated
(in millions)Carrying amount of assets/(liabilities) (1)(2)Hedge accounting
basis adjustment
assets/(liabilities) (3)
Carrying amount of assets/(liabilities) (2)Hedge accounting basis adjustment
assets/(liabilities)
June 30, 2023
Available-for-sale debt securities (4)(5)$52,703 (3,186)15,113 602 
Other assets2,013 (49)  
Deposits(65,415)374 (10) 
Long-term debt(129,708)13,970 (34)3 
December 31, 2022
Available-for-sale debt securities (4)$39,423 (3,859)16,100 722 
Other assets1,663 38 — — 
Deposits(41,687)205 (10)— 
Long-term debt(130,997)13,862 (5)— 
(1)Does not include the carrying amount of hedged items where only foreign currency risk is the designated hedged risk. The carrying amount excluded $673 million and $739 million for available-for-sale debt securities as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. There was no carrying amount related to long-term debt at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
(2)Represents the full carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability item as of the balance sheet date, except for circumstances in which only a portion of the asset or liability was designated as the hedged item in which case only the portion designated is presented.
(3)The balance includes $35 million and $802 million of debt securities and long-term debt cumulative basis adjustments, respectively, as of June 30, 2023, and $39 million and $334 million of debt securities and long-term debt cumulative basis adjustments, respectively, as of December 31, 2022, on terminated hedges whereby the hedged items have subsequently been re-designated into existing hedges.
(4)Carrying amount represents the amortized cost.
(5)The balance includes cumulative basis adjustments of $(224) million for hedged items currently designated as of June 30, 2023, related to certain AFS debt securities designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge using the portfolio layer method. At June 30, 2023, the aggregated designated hedged items using the portfolio layer method had a carrying amount of $23.0 billion from closed portfolios of financial assets totaling $26.1 billion.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments include economic hedges and derivatives entered into for customer accommodation trading purposes.
We use economic hedge derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign currency risk, and credit risk. We also use economic hedge derivatives to mitigate the periodic earnings volatility caused by mismatches between the changes in fair value of the hedged item and hedging instrument recognized on our fair value accounting hedges.
Changes in the fair values of derivatives used to economically hedge the deferred compensation plan are reported in personnel expense.
For additional information on our derivatives activities, see Note 14 (Derivatives) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Wells Fargo & Company103


Note 11: Derivatives (continued)


Table 11.6 shows the net gains (losses), recognized by income statement lines, related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
Table 11.6:Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Noninterest incomeNoninterest expense
(in millions)Mortgage bankingNet gains (losses) on trading and securitiesOtherTotalPersonnel expense
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)$(242) (98)(340) 
Equity contracts  (81)(81)(172)
Foreign exchange contracts  (327)(327) 
Credit contracts     
Subtotal(242) (506)(748)(172)
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts(9)499  490  
Commodity contracts 87  87  
Equity contracts (1,440)(119)(1,559) 
Foreign exchange contracts 893  893  
Credit contracts (20) (20) 
Subtotal(9)19 (119)(109) 
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$(251)19 (625)(857)(172)
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)$(270)— (26)(296)— 
Equity contracts (2)— — 11 11 577 
Foreign exchange contracts— — 838 838 — 
Credit contracts— — — 
Subtotal(270)— 825 555 577 
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts(314)2,791 — 2,477 — 
Commodity contracts— 104 — 104 — 
Equity contracts— 3,901 (76)3,825 — 
Foreign exchange contracts— 318 — 318 — 
Credit contracts— 29 — 29 — 
Subtotal(314)7,143 (76)6,753 — 
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$(584)7,143 749 7,308 577 
(continued on following page)
104Wells Fargo & Company



(continued from previous page)

Noninterest incomeNoninterest expense
(in millions)Mortgage bankingNet gains (losses) from trading and securitiesOtherTotalPersonnel expense
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)$(96) (50)(146) 
Equity contracts  (161)(161)(363)
Foreign exchange contracts  (693)(693) 
Credit contracts  (1)(1) 
Subtotal(96) (905)(1,001)(363)
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts(11)163  152  
Commodity contracts 199  199  
Equity contracts (2,910)(183)(3,093) 
Foreign exchange contracts 794  794  
Credit contracts (27) (27) 
Subtotal(11)(1,781)(183)(1,975) 
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$(107)(1,781)(1,088)(2,976)(363)
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)$(638)— (52)(690)— 
Equity contracts (2)— — 16 16 843 
Foreign exchange contracts— — 1,069 1,069 — 
Credit contracts— — — 
Subtotal(638)— 1,040 402 843 
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts(812)6,005 — 5,193 — 
Commodity contracts— 217 — 217 — 
Equity contracts— 4,904 (114)4,790 — 
Foreign exchange contracts— 645 — 645 — 
Credit contracts— 41 — 41 — 
Subtotal(812)11,812 (114)10,886 — 
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$(1,450)11,812 926 11,288 843 
(1)Mortgage banking amounts for the second quarter and first half of 2023 are comprised of gains (losses) of $(331) million and $(146) million, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value offset by gains (losses) of $89 million and $50 million, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of mortgage loans held for sale and derivative loan commitments. The corresponding amounts for the second quarter and first half of 2022 are comprised of gain (losses) of $(980) million and $(2.6) billion, respectively, offset by gains (losses) of $710 million and $2.0 billion, respectively.
(2)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Wells Fargo & Company105


Note 11: Derivatives (continued)


Credit Derivatives
Credit derivative contracts are arrangements whose value is derived from the transfer of credit risk of a reference asset or entity from one party (the purchaser of credit protection) to another party (the seller of credit protection). We generally use credit derivatives to assist customers with their risk management objectives by purchasing and selling credit protection on corporate debt obligations through the use of credit default swaps or through risk participation swaps to help manage counterparty exposure. We would be required to perform under the credit derivatives we sold in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment.
Table 11.7 provides details of sold credit derivatives.

Table 11.7:Sold Credit Derivatives
Notional amount
(in millions)Protection soldProtection sold – non-investment grade
June 30, 2023
Credit default swaps$14,273 1,677 
Risk participation swaps6,460 6,250 
Total credit derivatives$20,733 7,927 
December 31, 2022
Credit default swaps$12,733 1,860 
Risk participation swaps6,728 6,518 
Total credit derivatives$19,461 8,378 

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred if, upon an event of default, the value of our interests and any associated collateral declined to zero, and does not take into consideration any of recovery value from the referenced obligation or offset from collateral held or any economic hedges.
The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.
We consider the credit risk to be low if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is investment grade. If an external rating is not available, we classify the credit derivative as non-investment grade.
Our maximum exposure to sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral and purchased credit derivatives with identical or similar reference positions in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. The credit risk management is designed to provide an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under sold credit derivatives.

Credit-Risk Contingent Features
Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. Table 11.8 illustrates our exposure to OTC bilateral derivative contracts with credit-risk contingent features, collateral we have posted, and the additional collateral we would be required to post if the credit rating of our debt was downgraded below investment grade.
Table 11.8:Credit-Risk Contingent Features
(in billions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Net derivative liabilities with credit-risk contingent features$23.2 20.7 
Collateral posted20.0 17.4 
Additional collateral to be posted upon a below investment grade credit rating (1)3.2 3.3 
(1)Any credit rating below investment grade requires us to post the maximum amount of collateral.


106Wells Fargo & Company


Note 12:  Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to fulfill fair value disclosure requirements. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, such as derivatives, residential MSRs, and trading or AFS debt securities, are presented in Table 12.1 in this Note. Additionally, from time to time, we record fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. These nonrecurring adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or fair value (LOCOM) accounting, write-downs of individual assets or application of the measurement alternative for nonmarketable equity securities. Assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are presented in Table 12.4 in this Note. We provide in Table 12.9 estimates of fair value for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value, such as loans and debt liabilities carried at amortized cost.
See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2022 Form 10-K for discussion of how we determine fair value. For descriptions of the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis, see Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.


FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY We classify our assets and liabilities recorded at fair value as either Level 1, 2, or 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The highest priority (Level 1) is assigned to valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority (Level 3) is assigned to valuations based on significant unobservable inputs. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2022 Form 10-K for a detailed description of the fair value hierarchy.
In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. This determination is ultimately based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category and judgments are made regarding the significance of the unobservable inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If unobservable inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.
We do not classify nonmarketable equity securities in the fair value hierarchy if we use the non-published net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient to measure fair value. Marketable equity securities with published NAVs are classified in the fair value hierarchy.




Wells Fargo & Company107


Note 12: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Table 12.1 presents the balances of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Table 12.1:Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Trading debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$31,084 2,818  33,902 28,844 4,530 — 33,374 
Collateralized loan obligations 624 64 688 — 540 150 690 
Corporate debt securities 13,499 62 13,561 — 10,344 23 10,367 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 39,235  39,235 — 34,447 — 34,447 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities 1,317 5 1,322 — 1,243 12 1,255 
Other debt securities 8,148 1 8,149 — 6,022 — 6,022 
Total trading debt securities31,084 65,641 132 96,857 28,844 57,126 185 86,155 
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies46,896   46,896 45,285 — — 45,285 
Non-U.S. government securities 162  162 — 162 — 162 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 21,295 79 21,374 — 10,332 113 10,445 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 56,981  56,981 — 48,137 — 48,137 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities 3,049  3,049 — 3,284 — 3,284 
Collateralized loan obligations 3,725  3,725 — 3,981 — 3,981 
Other debt securities 1,913 151 2,064 — 2,137 163 2,300 
Total available-for-sale debt securities46,896 87,125 230 134,251 45,285 68,033 276 113,594 
Loans held for sale 2,488 486 2,974 — 3,427 793 4,220 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)  8,251 8,251 — — 9,310 9,310 
Derivative assets (gross):
Interest rate contracts258 35,353 455 36,066 262 40,503 321 41,086 
Commodity contracts 3,136 32 3,168 — 5,866 134 6,000 
Equity contracts178 12,335 268 12,781 112 9,051 410 9,573 
Foreign exchange contracts30 16,445 17 16,492 27 22,175 11 22,213 
Credit contracts 55 24 79 — 44 22 66 
Total derivative assets (gross)466 67,324 796 68,586 401 77,639 898 78,938 
Equity securities:
Marketable20,348 159 5 20,512 18,527 86 18,616 
Nonmarketable 11,075 22 11,097 — 9,750 17 9,767 
Total equity securities20,348 11,234 27 31,609 18,527 9,836 20 28,383 
 Total assets prior to derivative netting$98,794 233,812 9,922 342,528 93,057 216,061 11,482 320,600 
Derivative netting (1)(50,596)(56,164)
Total assets after derivative netting$291,932 264,436 
Derivative liabilities (gross):
Interest rate contracts$(287)(35,418)(6,093)(41,798)(193)(40,377)(2,903)(43,473)
Commodity contracts (2,556)(48)(2,604)— (3,325)(120)(3,445)
Equity contracts (2)(161)(11,523)(1,649)(13,333)(118)(6,502)(1,634)(8,254)
Foreign exchange contracts(38)(18,630)(24)(18,692)(29)(26,622)(35)(26,686)
Credit contracts (23)(2)(25)— (33)(3)(36)
Total derivative liabilities (gross)(486)(68,150)(7,816)(76,452)(340)(76,859)(4,695)(81,894)
Short-sale and other liabilities (2)(22,966)(4,739)(58)(27,763)(14,791)(5,513)(167)(20,471)
Long-term debt (1,600) (1,600) (1,346) (1,346)
Total liabilities prior to derivative netting$(23,452)$(74,489)(7,874)(105,815)(15,131)(83,718)(4,862)(103,711)
Derivative netting (1)55,021 61,827 
Total liabilities after derivative netting$(50,794)(41,884)
(1)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. See Note 11 (Derivatives) for additional information.
(2)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
108Wells Fargo & Company


Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Table 12.2 presents the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Table 12.2:Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis
Net unrealized gains (losses)
related to assets and liabilities held at period end
(in millions)Balance,
beginning
of period
Net gains/(losses) (1)Purchases (2)SalesSettlementsTransfers 
into 
Level 3 (3)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (4)
Balance, 
end of 
period
(5)
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Trading debt securities$132 (8)31 (36)(3)55 (39)132 (8)(6)
Available-for-sale debt securities505 (4)7  (4)22 (296)230 (3)(6)
Loans held for sale564 (10)94 (180)(26)49 (5)486 (30)(7)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)8,819 (9)47 (606)   8,251 316 (7)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts(2,752)(2,870)1 (1)668 (684) (5,638)(2,258)
Equity contracts(1,278)(160)  49 (17)25 (1,381)(131)
Other derivative contracts(10)(8)4 (1)14   (1)4 
Total derivative contracts(4,040)(3,038)5 (2)731 (701)25 (7,020)(2,385)(9)
Equity securities32 (15)4 (3) 9  27 (15)(6)
Other liabilities(193)135      (58)135 (10)
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Trading debt securities$201 (22)46 (78)29 — (7)169 (28)(6)
Available-for-sale debt securities338 (5)(25)(5)— (138)167 (1)(6)
Loans held for sale1,019 (61)116 (27)(57)84 (2)1,072 (61)(7)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)8,511 581 322 (251)— — — 9,163 868 (7)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts(176)(381)— — 371 (385)— (571)(133)
Equity contracts(1,416)202 — — 280 (516)(34)(1,484)403 
Other derivative contracts27 88 — — 28 — (6)137 89 
Total derivative contracts(1,565)(91)— — 679 (901)(40)(1,918)359 (9)
Equity securities26 — (2)— (1)31 (6)
Other liabilities (11)(638)89 — — — — — (549)89 (10)
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Trading debt securities$185 (7)107 (148)(4)55 (56)132 (11)(6)
Available-for-sale debt securities276 (24)76  (10)255 (343)230 (22)(6)
Loans held for sale793  167 (229)(65)65 (245)486 (23)(7)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)9,310 (555)95 (599)   8,251 91 (7)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts(2,582)(2,575)1 (1)935 (1,430)14 (5,638)(1,755)
Equity contracts(1,224)(463)  334 (55)27 (1,381)(125)
Other derivative contracts9 (63)6 (2)51 (2) (1)(36)
Total derivative contracts(3,797)(3,101)7 (3)1,320 (1,487)41 (7,020)(1,916)(9)
Equity securities20 (16)4 (3) 22  27 (16)(6)
Other liabilities(167)109      (58)109 (10)
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Trading debt securities$241 (37)93 (92)(6)(35)169 (40)(6)
Available-for-sale debt securities186 (26)54 (25)(10)126 (138)167 (1)(6)
Loans held for sale1,033 (118)179 (70)(130)186 (8)1,072 (115)(7)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)6,920 1,829 664 (250)— — — 9,163 2,473 (7)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts127 (959)— — 646 (385)— (571)(241)
Equity contracts (11)(417)(14)— — 869 (596)(1,326)(1,484)610 
Other derivative contracts66 — — 72 — (6)137 110 
Total derivative contracts(285)(907)— — 1,587 (981)(1,332)(1,918)479 (9)
Equity securities8,910 — (2)— (8,886)31 (6)
Other liabilities (11)(791)242 — — — — — (549)242 (10)
(1)All amounts represent net gains (losses) included in net income except for AFS debt securities and other liabilities which also included net gains (losses) in other comprehensive income. Net gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for AFS debt securities were $(3) million and $(19) million for the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $(6) million and $(27) million for the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively. Net gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for other liabilities were $5 million for both the second quarter and first half of 2023, and $87 million and $101 million for the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively.
(2)Includes originations of mortgage servicing rights and loans held for sale.
(3)All assets and liabilities transferred into Level 3 were previously classified within Level 2.
(4)All assets and liabilities transferred out of Level 3 are classified as Level 2. During first quarter 2022, we transferred $8.9 billion of non-marketable equity securities and $1.4 billion of related economic hedging derivative assets (equity contracts) out of Level 3 due to our election to measure fair value of these instruments as a portfolio. Under this election, the unit of valuation is the portfolio-level, rather than each individual instrument. The unobservable inputs previously significant to the valuation of the instruments individually are no longer significant, as those unobservable inputs offset under the portfolio election.
(5)All amounts represent net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at period end included in net income except for AFS debt securities and other liabilities which also included net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at period end in other comprehensive income. Net unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for AFS debt securities were $(2) million and $(17) million for the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $0 for both the second quarter and first half of 2022. Net unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income for other liabilities were $5 million for both the second quarter and first half of 2023, and $87 million and $101 million for the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively.
(6)Included in net gains from trading and securities on our consolidated statement of income.
(7)Included in mortgage banking income on our consolidated statement of income.
(8)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(9)Included in mortgage banking income, net gains from trading and securities, and other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income.
(10)Included in other noninterest income on our consolidated statement of income.
(11)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Wells Fargo & Company109


Note 12: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Table 12.3 provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
The significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets inherent in the fair values obtained from third-party vendors are not included in the table, as the specific inputs applied are not
provided by the vendor (for additional information on vendor-developed valuations, see Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2022 Form 10-K).
Weighted averages of inputs are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments, such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
Table 12.3:Valuation Techniques – Recurring Basis
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Fair Value Level 3Valuation TechniqueSignificant
Unobservable Input
Range of Inputs Weighted
Average
June 30, 2023
Trading and available-for-sale debt securities$125 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.0 -12.5 %6.4 
132 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(46.3)-48.3 (16.1)
105 Market comparable pricingMultiples1.4x-7.4x3.7x
Loans held for sale486 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.0 -28.8 %1.0 
Discount rate2.9 -15.0 9.8 
Loss severity0.0 -54.9 17.1 
Prepayment rate4.3 -15.5 10.5 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)8,251 Discounted cash flowCost to service per loan (1)$52 -518 102 
Discount rate8.8 -13.8 %9.2 
Prepayment rate (2)7.8 -23.4 9.2 
Net derivative assets and (liabilities):
Interest rate contracts(5,518)Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.2 -5.4 4.6 
(61)Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.4 -5.0 1.6 
Loss severity50.0 -50.0 50.0 
Prepayment rate2.8 -22.0 16.0 
Interest rate contracts: derivative loan
commitments
(59)Discounted cash flowFall-out factor1.0 -99.0 28.8 
Initial-value servicing(43.9)-141.0 bps(14.5)
Equity contracts(976)Discounted cash flowConversion factor(7.4)-0.0 %(6.6)
Weighted average life0.5-1.5yrs1.1
(405)Option modelCorrelation factor(77.0)-99.0 %63.6 
Volatility factor6.5 -98.0 34.4 
 Insignificant Level 3 liabilities, net of assets (3)(32)
Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities$2,048 (4)
December 31, 2022
Trading and available-for-sale debt securities$157 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate2.7 -12.5 %6.4 
185 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(33.6)-14.1 (4.8)
119 Market comparable pricingMultiples1.1x-7.4x4.0x
Loans held for sale793 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.0 -25.0 %0.7 
Discount rate2.9 -13.4 9.5 
Loss severity0.0 -53.6 15.7 
Prepayment rate3.5 -14.2 10.7 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)9,310 Discounted cash flowCost to service per loan (1)$52 -550 102 
Discount rate8.7 -14.1 %9.1 
Prepayment rate (2)8.1 -21.9 9.4 
Net derivative assets and (liabilities):
Interest rate contracts(2,411)Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.2 -4.9 4.2 
(63)Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.4 -5.0 2.3 
Loss severity50.0 -50.0 50.0 
Prepayment rate2.8 -22.0 18.7 
Interest rate contracts: derivative loan
commitments
(108)Discounted cash flowFall-out factor1.0 -99.0 41.0 
Initial-value servicing(9.3)-141.0  bps11.5 
Equity contracts (3)(1,000)Discounted cash flowConversion factor(12.2)-0.0 %(9.9)
Weighted average life0.5-1.5 yrs0.8
(224)Option modelCorrelation factor(77.0)-99.0 %49.5 
Volatility factor6.5 -96.5 37.3 
 Insignificant Level 3 liabilities, net of assets (3)(138)
Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities$6,620 (4)
(1)The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans, the range is $52 - $175 at June 30, 2023, and $52 - $178 at December 31, 2022.
(2)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(3)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(4)Consists of total Level 3 assets of $9.9 billion and $11.5 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $7.9 billion and $4.9 billion, before netting of derivative balances, at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
For additional information on the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of off-balance sheet loansour Level 3 assets and liabilities, including how changes in these
inputs affect fair value estimates, see Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
110Wells Fargo & Company



Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting, write-downs of individual assets, or application of the measurement alternative for certain nonmarketable equity securities.
Table 12.4 provides the fair value hierarchy and fair value at the date of the nonrecurring fair value adjustment for all assets that were sold or securitized, includingstill held as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, and for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2023, and the year ended December 31, 2022.

Table 12.4:Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 2 Level 3 Total 
Loans held for sale (1)$1,268 315 1,583 838 554 1,392 
Loans:
Commercial645  645 285 — 285 
Consumer68  68 512 — 512 
Total loans713  713 797 — 797 
Mortgage servicing rights (commercial)   — 75 75 
Nonmarketable equity securities606 1,483 2,089 1,926 2,818 4,744 
Other assets2,063 49 2,112 1,862 296 2,158 
Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis$4,650 1,847 6,497 5,423 3,743 9,166 
(1)Consists of commercial mortgages and residential mortgage loans sold– first lien loans.
Table 12.5 presents the gains (losses) on certain assets held at the end of the reporting periods presented for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recognized in earnings during the respective periods. 
Table 12.5:Gains (Losses) on Assets with Nonrecurring Fair Value Adjustment
Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)20232022
Loans held for sale$(40)(66)
Loans:
Commercial(205)(36)
Consumer(368)(358)
Total loans(573)(394)
Mortgage servicing rights (commercial) 
Nonmarketable equity securities (1)(526)(95)
Other assets (2)(102)(176)
Total$(1,241)(727)
(1)Includes impairment of nonmarketable equity securities and observable price changes related to FNMA, FHLMC, GNMAnonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative.
(2)Includes impairment of operating lease ROU assets, valuation of physical commodities, valuation losses on foreclosed real estate and other investors,collateral owned, and impairment of private equity and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies.
Table 12.6 provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our Level 3 assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and determined using an internal model. The table is limited to financial instruments that had nonrecurring fair value adjustments during the periods presented. Weighted averages of inputs are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments, such as loans, and carrying value prior to the nonrecurring fair value measurement for nonmarketable equity securities and private equity and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies.
Wells Fargo & Company111


Note 12: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Table 12.6:Valuation Techniques – Nonrecurring Basis

($ in millions)
Fair Value
Level 3
Valuation
Technique (1)
Significant
Unobservable Input (1)
Range of Inputs
Positive (Negative)
Weighted
Average
June 30, 2023
Loans held for sale$315 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.1 -98.3 %16.9 
Discount rate4.4 -14.35.8 
Loss severity7.3 -65.616.8 
Prepayment rate3.2 -32.412.9 
Nonmarketable equity securities429 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(100.0)-(4.7)(33.8)
1,052 Market comparable pricingMultiples3.0x-27.1x9.5x
Insignificant Level 3 assets51 
Total$1,847 
December 31, 2022
Loans held for sale$143 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.1 -86.1 %13.8 
Discount rate3.8 -13.89.0 
Loss severity8.1 -43.818.6 
Prepayment rate2.3 -23.418.6 
411 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(8.2)-(0.9)(4.3)
Mortgage servicing rights (commercial)75 Discounted cash flowCost to service per loan$3,775 -3,7753,775 
Discount rate5.2 -5.2 %5.2 
Prepayment rate0.0 -20.66.7 
Nonmarketable equity securities1,461 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(100.0)-(4.0)(30.1)
1,352 Market comparable pricingMultiples0.8x-18.7x9.9x
Other assets (2)234 Market comparable pricingMultiples6.4 -8.07.1 
Insignificant Level 3 assets67 
Total$3,743 
(1)See Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2022 Form 10-K for additional information on the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of Level 3 assets.
(2)Represents private equity and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies.
112Wells Fargo & Company



Fair Value Option
The fair value option is an irrevocable election, generally only permitted upon initial recognition of financial assets or liabilities, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. We may elect the fair value option to align the measurement model with how the financial assets or liabilities are managed or to reduce complexity or accounting asymmetry. Following is a discussion of the
portfolios for which we elected the fair value option. For additional information, including the basis for our fair value option elections, see Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 12.7 reflects differences between the fair value carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for which we have someelected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.

Table 12.7:Fair Value Option
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Fair value carrying amountAggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amountAggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amount less aggregate
unpaid
principal
Loans held for sale (1)$2,974 3,238 (264)4,220 4,614 (394)
Long-term debt (2)(1,600)(2,147)547 (1,346)(1,775)429 
(1)Nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing included in LHFS for which we have elected the fair value option were insignificant at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
(2)Includes zero coupon notes for which the aggregate unpaid principal amount reflects the contractual principal due at maturity.
Table 12.8 reflects amounts included in earnings related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value, by income statement line item, for assets and liabilities for which
the fair value option was elected. Amounts recorded in net interest income are excluded from the table below.


Table 12.8:Gains (Losses) on Changes in Fair Value Included in Earnings
20232022
(in millions)Mortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains from trading and securitiesOther noninterest incomeMortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains from trading and securitiesOther noninterest income
Quarter ended June 30,
Loans held for sale$34 13  (237)— 
Long-term debt 9  — 11 — 
Six months ended June 30,
Loans held for sale$131 25 (4)(603)10 — 
Long-term debt (21) — 23 — 
For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses are derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. For LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, instrument-specific credit gains or losses were insignificant during the second quarter and first half of both 2023 and 2022.
For long-term debt, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses represent the impact of changes in fair value due to changes in our credit spread and are derived using observable secondary bond market information. These impacts are recorded within the debit valuation adjustments (DVA) in OCI. See
Note 20 (Other Comprehensive Income) for additional information.
Wells Fargo & Company113


Note 12: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Table 12.9 presents a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Some financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this table, such as certain insurance contracts, certain nonmarketable equity securities, and leases. This table also excludes assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and deferred taxes.
Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in
Table 12.9. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, which totaled $622 million and $737 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying fair value of the Company.

Table 12.9:Fair Value Estimates for Financial Instruments
Estimated fair value 
(in millions)Carrying amountLevel 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 30, 2023
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$31,915 31,915   31,915 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)123,418 123,195 223  123,418 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)66,500  66,500  66,500 
Held-to-maturity debt securities272,360 2,371 228,748 2,717 233,836 
Loans held for sale3,055  2,641 462 3,103 
Loans, net (2)918,454  55,515 825,008 880,523 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,552   4,620 4,620 
Total financial assets$1,420,254 157,481 353,627 832,807 1,343,915 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$128,458  85,183 41,616 126,799 
Short-term borrowings84,054  84,056  84,056 
Long-term debt (4)169,012  168,245 1,969 170,214 
Total financial liabilities$381,524  337,484 43,585 381,069 
December 31, 2022
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$34,596 34,596 — — 34,596 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)124,561 124,338 223 — 124,561 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)68,036 — 68,036 — 68,036 
Held-to-maturity debt securities297,059 14,285 238,552 2,684 255,521 
Loans held for sale2,884 — 2,208 719 2,927 
Loans, net (2)928,049 — 57,532 836,831 894,363 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,900 — — 4,961 4,961 
Total financial assets$1,460,085 173,219 366,551 845,195 1,384,965 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$66,887 — 46,745 18,719 65,464 
Short-term borrowings50,964 — 50,970 — 50,970 
Long-term debt (4)173,502 — 172,783 999 173,782 
Total financial liabilities$291,353 — 270,498 19,718 290,216 
(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Excludes lease financing with a carrying amount of $15.1 billion and $14.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(3)Excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity of $1.2 trillion and $1.3 trillion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(4)Excludes obligations under finance leases of $20 million and $22 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
114Wells Fargo & Company


Note 13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
Involvement with Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. SPEs are often formed in connection with securitization transactions whereby financial assets are transferred to an SPE. SPEs formed in connection with securitization transactions are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). The VIE may alter the risk profile of the asset by entering into derivative transactions or obtaining credit support, and issues various forms of interests in those assets to investors. When we transfer financial assets from our consolidated balance sheet to a VIE in connection with a securitization, we typically receive cash and sometimes other interests in the VIE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. In certain transactions with VIEs, we may retain the right to service the transferred assets and repurchase the transferred assets if the outstanding balance of the assets falls below the level at which the cost to service the assets exceed the benefits. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans transferred to a VIE by a third party.
In connection with our securitization or other VIE activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with VIEs, which may include:
underwriting securities issued by VIEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;
providing credit enhancement on securities issued by VIEs through the use of letters of credit or financial guarantees;
entering into other derivative contracts with VIEs;
holding senior or subordinated interests in VIEs;
acting as servicer or investment manager for VIEs;
providing administrative or trustee services to VIEs; and
providing seller financing to VIEs.

Loan Sales and Securitization Activity
We periodically transfer consumer and commercial loans and other types of financial assets in securitization and whole loan sale transactions.

MORTGAGE LOANS SOLD TO U.S. GOVERNMENT SPONSORED ENTITIES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH GINNIE MAE In the normal course of business we sell originated and purchased residential and commercial mortgage loans to government-sponsored entities (GSEs). These loans are generally transferred into securitizations sponsored by the GSEs, which provide certain credit guarantees to investors and servicers. We also transfer mortgage loans into securitization pools pursuant to Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guidelines which are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Mortgage loans eligible for securitization with the GSEs or GNMA are considered conforming loans. The GSEs or GNMA design the structure of these securitizations, sponsor the involved VIEs, and have power over the activities most significant to the VIE.
We account for loans transferred in conforming mortgage loan securitization transactions as sales and do not consolidate the VIEs as we are not the primary beneficiary. In exchange for the transfer of loans, we typically receive securities issued by the VIEs which we sell to third parties for cash or hold for investment purposes as HTM or AFS securities. We also retain servicing rights on the transferred loans. As a servicer, we retain the option
to repurchase loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, which becomes exercisable when three scheduled loan payments remain unpaid by the borrower. When we do not repurchase these loans, they are recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and pledged to the GNMA securitization. We repurchased loans of $99 million and $191 million, during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $564 million and $1.5 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively. In 2022, these predominantly represented repurchases of government insured loans. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we recorded assets and related liabilities of $940 million and $743 million, respectively, where we did not exercise our option to repurchase eligible loans.
Upon transfers of loans, we also provide indemnification for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations and warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, our liability for these repurchase and recourse arrangements was $162 million and $167 million, respectively, and the maximum exposure to loss was $13.8 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Substantially allresidential servicing activity is related to assets transferred to GSE and GNMA securitizations. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information about residential and commercial servicing rights, advances and servicing fees.

NONCONFORMING MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS In the normal course of business, we sell nonconforming residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization transactions that we design and sponsor. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations do not involve a government credit guarantee, and accordingly, beneficial interest holders are subject to credit risk of the underlying assets held by the securitization VIE. We typically originate the transferred loans and account for the transfers as sales. We also typically retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs, such as debt securities held for investment purposes. Our servicing role related to nonconforming commercial mortgage loan securitizations is limited to primary or master servicer. We do not consolidate the VIE because the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE are generally made by the special servicer or the controlling class security holder. For our residential nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations accounted for as sales, we either do not hold variable interests that we consider potentially significant or are not the primary servicer for a majority of the VIE assets.

WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS We may also sell whole loans to VIEs where we have continuing involvement in the form of financing. We account for these transfers as sales, and do not consolidate the VIEs as we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs.

Table 13.1 presents information about transfers of assets during the periods presented for which we recorded the transfers as sales and have continuing involvement (including servicer).with the transferred assets. In connection with these transfers, we received proceeds and recorded servicing assets and securities. Each of these interests are initially measured at fair value. Servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements, and generally securities are classified as Level 2. The majority of our transfers relate to
Wells Fargo & Company115


Note 13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
residential mortgage securitizations with the GSEs or GNMA and generally result in no gain or loss because the loans are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, we may transfer certain government insured loans that we previously
repurchased. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or market, and we recognize gains on such transfers when the market value is greater than the carrying value of the loan when it is sold.
Table 13.1:Transfers with Continuing Involvement
20232022
(in millions)Residential mortgagesCommercial mortgagesResidential mortgagesCommercial mortgages
Quarter ended June 30,
Assets sold$3,917 1,800 23,817 4,345 
Proceeds from transfer (1)3,917 1,823 23,817 4,411 
Net gains (losses) on sale 23 — 66 
Continuing involvement (2):
Servicing rights recognized$46 16 313 41 
Securities recognized (3) 22 475 33 
Six months ended June 30,
Assets sold$8,378 3,299 49,991 8,378 
Proceeds from transfer (1)8,378 3,363 50,043 8,508 
Net gains (losses) on sale 64 52 130 
Continuing involvement (2):
Servicing rights recognized$93 34 640 70 
Securities recognized (3) 48 2,062 137 
(1)Represents cash proceeds and the fair value of non-cash beneficial interests recognized at securitization settlement.
(2)Represents assets or liabilities recognized at securitization settlement date related to our continuing involvement in the transferred assets.
(3)Represents debt securities obtained at securitization settlement held for investment purposes that are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. In 2022, these predominantly related to agency securities. Excludes trading debt securities held temporarily for market-marking purposes, which are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement, of $1.8 billion and $3.7 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $3.6 billion and $10.3 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively.
In the normal course of business, we purchase certain
non-agency securities at initial securitization or subsequently in the secondary market, which we hold for investment. We also provide seller financing in the form of loans. We received cash flows of $91 million and $141 million during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $168 million and $304 million, during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively, related to principal and interest payments on these securities and loans, which exclude cash flows related to trading activities.
Table 13.2 presents the key weighted-average assumptions we used to initially measure residential MSRs recognized during the periods presented.

Table 13.2:Residential MSRs – Assumptions at Securitization Date
20232022
Quarter ended June 30,
Prepayment rate (1)16.4 %10.9 
Discount rate9.4 8.0 
Cost to service ($ per loan)$176 122 
Six months ended June 30,
Prepayment rate (1)17.5 %11.0 
Discount rate9.6 7.5 
Cost to service ($ per loan)$185 117 
(1)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
See Note 12 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) and
Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on key assumptions for residential MSRs.
RESECURITIZATION ACTIVITIES We enter into resecuritization transactions as part of our trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers. In resecuritization transactions, we transfer trading debt securities to VIEs in exchange for new beneficial interests that are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement. This activity is performed for customers seeking a specific return or risk profile. Substantially all of our transactions involve the resecuritization of conforming mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs or guaranteed by GNMA. We do not consolidate the resecuritization VIEs as we share in the decision-making power with third parties and do not hold significant economic interests in the VIEs other than for market-making activities. During the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, we transferred securities of $6.1 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, to resecuritization VIEs, and retained securities of $329 million and $525 million, respectively. These amounts are not included in Table 13.1. Related total VIE assets were $111.1 billion and $112.0 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we held $1.3 billion and $793 million of securities, respectively.
116Wells Fargo & Company


Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others
Table 13.3 presents information about loans that we sold or securitized in which we have ongoing involvement as servicer. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and loans in bankruptcy, regardless of delinquency status. For loans sold or securitized where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we would onlygenerally experience a loss only if we were required to repurchase a delinquent loan or foreclosed asset due
to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts. Table 13.3 excludes mortgage loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA of $637.0 billion and $704.5 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. Delinquent loans and foreclosed assets related to loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA were $3.4 billion and $4.6 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Table 7.6:Off-Balance Sheet Loans 13.3:Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others
Net charge-offs
Total loansDelinquent loans
and foreclosed assets (1)
Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 202220232022
Commercial$66,082 67,029 849 912 67 22 
Residential8,789 9,201 433 501 8 
Total off-balance sheet sold or securitized loans$74,871 76,230 1,282 1,413 75 29 
         Net charge-offs 
 Total loans  Delinquent loans and foreclosed assets (1)  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)Sep 30, 2017
 Dec 31, 2016
 Sep 30, 2017
 Dec 31, 2016
 2017
 2016
Commercial:           
Real estate mortgage$98,350
 106,745
 2,879
 3,325
 718
 210
Total commercial98,350
 106,745
 2,879
 3,325
 718
 210
Consumer:           
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage1,135,409
 1,160,191
 12,434
 16,453
 546
 764
Total consumer1,135,409
 1,160,191
 12,434
 16,453
 546
 764
Total off-balance sheet sold or securitized loans (2)$1,233,759
 1,266,936
 15,313
 19,778
 1,264
 974
(1)
Includes $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion of commercial foreclosed assets and $1.1 billion and $1.8 billion of consumer foreclosed assets at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(2)
At September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, the table includes total loans of $1.2 trillion at both dates, delinquent loans of $7.6 billion and $9.8 billion, and foreclosed assets of $730 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. Net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA as we do not service or manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to net charge-off information.

(1)Includes $213 million and $274 million of commercial foreclosed assets and $28 million and $25 million of residential foreclosed assets at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs
MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS Table 13.4 includes nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations where we originate and transfer the loans to the unconsolidated securitization VIEs that we sponsor. For additional information about these VIEs, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” section within this Note. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations also include commercial mortgage loan securitizations sponsored by third parties where we did not originate or transfer the loans but serve as master servicer and invest in securities that could be potentially significant to the VIE.
Conforming loan securitization and resecuritization transactions involving the GSEs and GNMA are excluded from Table 13.4 because we are not the sponsor or we do not have power over the activities most significant to the VIEs. Additionally, due to the nature of the guarantees provided by the GSEs and the FHA and VA, our credit risk associated with these VIEs is limited. For additional information about conforming mortgage loan securitizations and resecuritizations, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” and “Resecuritization Activities” sections within this Note.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS We may transfer purchased industrial development bonds and GSE credit enhancements to VIEs in exchange for beneficial interests. We may also acquire such beneficial interests in transactions where we do not act as a transferor. We own all of the beneficial interests and may also service the underlying mortgages that serve as collateral to the bonds. The GSEs have the power to direct the servicing and workout activities of the VIE in the event of a default, therefore we do not have control over the key decisions of the VIEs.

OTHER VIE STRUCTURESWe engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with other VIEs, including asset-backed finance structures and other securitizations collateralized by asset classes other than mortgages. Collateral may include rental properties, asset-backed securities, student loans and mortgage loans. We may participate in structuring or marketing the arrangements as well as provide financing, service one or more of the underlying assets, or enter into derivatives with the VIEs. We may also receive fees for those services. We are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs.

Table 13.4 provides a summary of our exposure to the unconsolidated VIEs described above, which includes investments in securities, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, commitments and certain derivatives. We exclude certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement is temporary or administrative in nature or insignificant in size.
In Table 13.4, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” is determined as the carrying value of our investment in the VIEs excluding the unconditional repurchase options that have not been exercised, plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees.
Debt, guarantees and other commitments include amounts related to lending arrangements, liquidity agreements, and certain loss sharing obligations associated with loans originated, sold, and serviced under certain GSE programs.
“Maximum exposure to loss” represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

Wells Fargo & Company117


Note 13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
Table 13.4:Unconsolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE assets 
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity securitiesAll other
assets (2)
Debt and other liabilitiesNet assets 
June 30, 2023
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$152,727  2,424  604 (12)3,016 
Commercial real estate loans5,606 5,590   16  5,606 
Other2,063 256  45 17  318 
Total$160,396 5,846 2,424 45 637 (12)8,940 
Maximum exposure to loss
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity securitiesAll other
assets (2)
Debt, guarantees,
and other commitments
Total exposure 
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$ 2,424  604 12 3,040 
Commercial real estate loans5,590   16 702 6,308 
Other256  45 17 229 547 
Total$5,846 2,424 45 637 943 9,895 
Carrying value – asset (liability)

(in millions)
Total
VIE assets
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity
securities
All other
assets (2)
Debt and other liabilitiesNet assets 
December 31, 2022
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$154,464 — 2,420 — 617 (13)3,024 
Commercial real estate loans5,627 5,611 — — 16 — 5,627 
Other2,174 292 43 21 — 357 
Total$162,265 5,903 2,421 43 654 (13)9,008 
Maximum exposure to loss
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity
securities
All other
assets (2)
Debt,
guarantees,
and other commitments
Total exposure
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$— 2,420 — 617 13 3,050 
Commercial real estate loans5,611 — — 16 705 6,332 
Other292 43 21 228 585 
Total$5,903 2,421 43 654 946 9,967 
(1)Includes $170 million and $172 million of securities classified as trading at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)All other assets includes mortgage servicing rights, derivative assets, and other assets (predominantly servicing advances).
INVOLVEMENT WITH TAX CREDIT VIES In addition to the unconsolidated VIEs in Table 13.4, we may invest in or provide funding to affordable housing, renewable energy or similar projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits and other tax benefits. The projects are typically managed by third-party sponsors who have the power over the VIE’s assets, therefore, we do not consolidate the VIEs. The carrying value of our equity investments in tax credit VIEs was $19.0 billion and $18.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. We also had loans to tax credit VIEs with a carrying value of $2.0 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Our maximum exposure to loss for tax credit VIEs at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, was $29.7 billion and $28.0 billion, respectively. Our maximum exposure to loss included total unfunded equity and lending commitments of $8.8 billion and $7.3 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. See Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) for additional information about commitments to purchase equity securities.
Our affordable housing equity investments qualify for the low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC). For additional information on our LIHTC investments, see Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.


Consolidated VIEs
We consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary of the following structure types:

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASES We may securitize dealer floor plan loans in a revolving master trust entity. As servicer and residual interest holder, we control the key decisions of the trust and consolidate the entity. The total VIE assets held by the master trust represent a majority of the total VIE assets presented for this category in Table 13.5. In a separate transaction structure, we may provide the majority of debt and equity financing to an SPE that engages in lending and leasing to specific vendors and service the underlying collateral.

OTHER VIE STRUCTURESOther VIEs are predominantly related to municipal tender option bond (MTOB) transactions. MTOBs are vehicles to finance the purchase of municipal bonds through the issuance of short-term debt to investors. Our involvement with MTOBs includes serving as the residual interest holder, which provides control over the key decisions of the VIE, as well as the remarketing agent or liquidity provider related to the debt issued to investors.We may also securitize nonconforming mortgage loans, in which our involvement includes servicer of the underlying assets and holder of subordinate or senior securities issued by the VIE. During second quarter 2022, we purchased the outstanding mortgage loans from the VIEs and Secured Borrowingsextinguished the related debt associated with such securitizations.
118Wells Fargo & Company


Table 7.713.5 presents a summary of financial assets and liabilities for asset transfers accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements withof our consolidated VIEs. Carrying values of “Assets”The carrying value represents assets and liabilities recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. “Total VIE assets” includes affiliate balances that are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair value, credit impairment or other adjustments,eliminated upon consolidation, and
therefore in some instances will differ from “Total VIEthe carrying value of assets.” For VIEs that obtain exposure synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in “Total VIE assets.”
On theour consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose (1) the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.VIEs, and (2) the consolidated liabilities of certain VIEs for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo.
Table 7.7:13.5:Transactions with Consolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE assets 
LoansDebt
securities
All other
assets (1)
Liabilities (2)
June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial loans and leases$7,345 4,947  204 (136)
Other72  71 1 (72)
Total consolidated VIEs$7,417 4,947 71 205 (208)
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial loans and leases$7,148 4,802 — 190 (129)
Other72 — 71 (72)
Total consolidated VIEs$7,220 4,802 71 191 (201)
(1)All other assets includes cash and Secured Borrowingsdue from banks, and other assets.
   Carrying value 
(in millions)
Total VIE
assets

 Assets
 Liabilities
 
Noncontrolling
interests

 Net assets
September 30, 2017         
Secured borrowings:         
Municipal tender option bond securitizations$670
 572
 (539) 
 33
Commercial real estate loans392
 392
 (388) 
 4
Residential mortgage securitizations119
 116
 (117) 
 (1)
Total secured borrowings1,181
 1,080
 (1,044) 
 36
Consolidated VIEs:         
Commercial and industrial loans and leases8,546
 8,051
 (1,425) (14) 6,612
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations2,812
 2,486
 (837) 
 1,649
Commercial real estate loans2,120
 2,120
 
 
 2,120
Structured asset finance13
 8
 (6) 
 2
Investment funds135
 135
 (1) (72) 62
Other118
 104
 (1) (33) 70
Total consolidated VIEs13,744
 12,904
 (2,270) (119) 10,515
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs$14,925
 13,984
 (3,314) (119) 10,551
December 31, 2016         
Secured borrowings:         
Municipal tender option bond securitizations$1,473
 998
 (907) 
 91
Residential mortgage securitizations139
 138
 (136) 
 2
Total secured borrowings1,612
 1,136
 (1,043) 
 93
Consolidated VIEs:         
Commercial and industrial loans and leases8,821
 8,623
 (2,819) (14) 5,790
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations3,349
 2,974
 (1,003) 
 1,971
Commercial real estate loans1,516
 1,516
 
 
 1,516
Structured asset finance23
 13
 (9) 
 4
Investment funds142
 142
 (2) (67) 73
Other166
 146
 (1) (57) 88
Total consolidated VIEs14,017
 13,414
 (3,834) (138) 9,442
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs$15,629
 14,550
 (4,877) (138) 9,535
(2)Liabilities include short-term borrowings, and accrued expenses and other liabilities.
INVESTMENT FUNDS Subsequent to adopting ASU 2015-02 (Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis) in first quarter 2016, we consolidate certain investment funds because we have both the power to manage fund assets and hold variable interests that are considered significant.Other Transactions

OTHER CONSOLIDATED VIE STRUCTURESIn addition to the structure typestransactions included in the previous table, at December 31, 2016,tables, we had approximately $6.0 billionhave used wholly-owned trust preferred security VIEs to issue debt securities or preferred equity exclusively to third-party investors. As the sole assets of private placement debt financing issued through a consolidated VIE. The issuance was classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2016,the VIEs are receivables from us, we pledged approximately $434 million in loans (principaldo not consolidate the VIEs even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs, and interest eligiblemay have the right to be capitalized) and $6.1 billion in available-for-saleredeem the third-party securities to collateralize the VIE’s borrowings. These assets were not transferred to the VIE, and accordingly we excluded the VIE from the previous table. During second quarter 2017, the private
placement debt financing was repaid, and the entity was no longer considered a VIE.
For complete descriptions of our accounting for transfers accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs, see Note 8 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities (continued)

Note 8:  Mortgage Banking Activities

Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sale activity and servicing.
We apply the amortization method to commercial MSRs and apply the fair value method to residential MSRs. Table 8.1 presents the changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method.
Table 8.1:Analysis of Changes in Fair Value MSRs
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Fair value, beginning of period$12,789
 10,396
 12,959
 12,415
Purchases541
 
 541
 
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)605
 609
 1,624
 1,452
Sales and other (2)64
 4
 9
 (18)
Net additions1,210
 613
 2,174
 1,434
Changes in fair value:       
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions:       
Mortgage interest rates (3)(171) 39
 (324) (1,824)
Servicing and foreclosure costs (4)60
 (10) 73
 13
Prepayment estimates and other (5)(31) (37) (77) 22
Net changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions(142) (8) (328) (1,789)
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time(519) (586) (1,467) (1,645)
Total changes in fair value(661) (594) (1,795) (3,434)
Fair value, end of period$13,338
 10,415
 13,338
 10,415
(1)Includes impacts associated with exercising our right to repurchase delinquent loans from GNMA loan securitization pools.
(2)Includes sales and transfers of MSRs, which can result in an increase of total reported MSRs if the sales or transfers are related to nonperforming loan portfolios or portfolios with servicing liabilities.
(3)Includes prepayment speed changes as well as other valuation changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates (such as changes in estimated interest earned on custodial deposit balances).
(4)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.
(5)Represents changes driven by other valuation model inputs or assumptions including prepayment speed estimation changes and other assumption updates. Prepayment speed estimation changes are influenced by observed changes in borrower behavior and other external factors that occur independent of interest rate changes.
Table 8.2 presents the changes in amortized MSRs.
Table 8.2:Analysis of Changes in Amortized MSRs
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Balance, beginning of period$1,399
 1,353
 1,406
 1,308
Purchases31
 18
 75
 63
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers41
 69
 123
 204
Amortization(65) (67) (198) (202)
Balance, end of period (1)$1,406
 1,373
 1,406
 1,373
Fair value of amortized MSRs:       
Beginning of period$1,989
 1,620
 1,956
 1,680
End of period1,990
 1,627
 1,990
 1,627
(1)Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) for multi-family properties and non-agency. There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented on the commercial amortized MSRs.



We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in Table 8.3 at unpaid principal balance for loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.
Table 8.3:Managed Servicing Portfolio
(in billions)Sep 30, 2017
 Dec 31, 2016
Residential mortgage servicing:   
Serviced for others$1,223
 1,205
Owned loans serviced340
 347
Subserviced for others3
 8
Total residential servicing1,566
 1,560
Commercial mortgage servicing:   
Serviced for others480
 479
Owned loans serviced128
 132
Subserviced for others8
 8
Total commercial servicing616
 619
Total managed servicing portfolio$2,182
 2,179
Total serviced for others$1,703
 1,684
Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others0.87% 0.85
Table 8.4 presents the components of mortgage banking noninterest income.
Table 8.4:Mortgage Banking Noninterest Income

 Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
(in millions) 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Servicing income, net:        
Servicing fees:        
Contractually specified servicing fees $889
 954
 2,696
 2,857
Late charges 41
 45
 133
 135
Ancillary fees 51
 56
 160
 171
Unreimbursed direct servicing costs (1) (186) (177) (430) (533)
Net servicing fees 795
 878
 2,559
 2,630
Changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value:        
Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)(A)(142) (8) (328) (1,789)
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time (519) (586) (1,467) (1,645)
Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value (661) (594) (1,795) (3,434)
Amortization (65) (67) (198) (202)
Net derivative gains from economic hedges (3)(B)240
 142
 599
 2,575
Total servicing income, net 309
 359
 1,165
 1,569
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities 737
 1,308
 2,257
 3,110
Total mortgage banking noninterest income $1,046
 1,667
 3,422
 4,679
Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (2)(3)(A)+(B)$98
 134
 271
 786
(1)Includes costs associated with foreclosures, unreimbursed interest advances to investors, and other interest costs.
(2)Refer to the analysis of changes in fair value MSRs presented in Table 8.1 in this Note for more detail.
(3)Represents results from economic hedges used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 12 (Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments) for additional discussion and detail.

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities (continued)

Table 8.5 summarizes the changes in our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. This liability is in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” inunder certain circumstances. On our consolidated balance sheet, and adjustmentswe reported the debt securities issued to the repurchase liability are recorded in net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities in “Mortgage banking” in our consolidated income statement.
BecauseVIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt with a carrying value of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that is reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations$407 million and warranties does not represent a probable
loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses exceeded our recorded liability by $180$401 million at SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions (particularly to assume significant changes in investor repurchase demand practices) used in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions.December 31, 2022, respectively.

Table 8.5:Analysis of Changes in Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Balance, beginning of period$178
 255
 229
 378
Assumed with MSR purchases (1)10
 
 10
 
Provision for repurchase losses:       
Loan sales6
 11
 20
 26
Change in estimate (2)(12) (24) (65) (132)
Net reductions to provision(6) (13) (45) (106)
Losses(3) (3) (15) (33)
Balance, end of period$179
 239
 179
 239
(1)Represents repurchase liability associated with portfolio of loans underlying mortgage servicing rights acquired during the period.Wells Fargo & Company119


(2)Results from changes in investor demand
Note 14:  Guarantees and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.

Other Commitments

Note 9:  Intangible Assets
Table 9.1 presents the gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization.
Table 9.1:Intangible Assets
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Gross
carrying
value

 
Accumulated
amortization

 
Net
carrying
value

 
Gross
carrying
value

 
Accumulated
amortization

 
Net
carrying
value

Amortized intangible assets (1):           
MSRs (2)$3,793
 (2,387) 1,406
 3,595
 (2,189) 1,406
Core deposit intangibles12,834
 (11,853) 981
 12,834
 (11,214) 1,620
Customer relationship and other intangibles3,991
 (3,073) 918
 3,928
 (2,839) 1,089
Total amortized intangible assets$20,618
 (17,313) 3,305
 20,357
 (16,242) 4,115
Unamortized intangible assets:           
MSRs (carried at fair value) (2)$13,338
     12,959
    
Goodwill26,581
     26,693
    
Trademark14
     14
    
(1)Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.
(2)See Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on MSRs.

Table 9.2 provides the current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets. We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing
asset balances at September 30, 2017. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.
Table 9.2:Amortization Expense for Intangible Assets
(in millions) Amortized MSRs
 
Core deposit
intangibles

 
Customer
relationship
and other
intangibles (1)

 Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2017 (actual) $198
 639
 235
 1,072
Estimate for the remainder of 2017 $64
 212
 76
 352
Estimate for year ended December 31,       
2018 240
 769
 301
 1,310
2019 212
 
 116
 328
2020 192
 
 96
 288
2021 166
 
 82
 248
2022 146
 
 68
 214
(1)
The nine months endedSeptember 30, 2017 balance includes $11 million for lease intangible amortization.

Table 9.3 shows the allocation of goodwill to our reportable operating segments.
Table 9.3:Goodwill
(in millions)
Community
Banking

 
Wholesale
Banking

 Wealth and Investment Management
 
Consolidated
Company

December 31, 2015$16,849
 7,475
 1,205

25,529
Reduction in goodwill related to divested businesses and other
 (84) (2) (86)
Goodwill from business combinations
 1,245
 
 1,245
September 30, 2016$16,849
 8,636
 1,203
 26,688
December 31, 2016$16,849
 8,585
 1,259
 26,693
Reclassification of goodwill held for sale to Other Assets (1)
 (116) 
 (116)
Reduction in goodwill related to divested businesses and other
 (20) 
 (20)
Goodwill from business combinations
 
 24
 24
September 30, 2017 (1)$16,849
 8,449
 1,283
 26,581
(1)
Goodwill reclassified to held-for-sale in other assets of $116 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 relates to the sales agreement for Wells Fargo Insurance Services USA (and related businesses) and Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. No goodwill was classified as held-for-sale in other assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We assess goodwill for impairment at a reporting unit level, which is one level below the operating segments. See Note 18 (Operating Segments) for further information on management reporting.


Note 10:  Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, written put options, recourse obligations, and other types of arrangements. For completeadditional
descriptions of our guarantees, see Note 1417 (Guarantees Pledged Assets and Collateral) to Financial StatementsOther Commitments) in our 20162022 Form 10-K. Table 10.114.1 shows carrying value and maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the related non-investment grade amounts.
guarantees.

Table 10.1:14.1:Guarantees – Carrying Value and Maximum Exposure to Loss
Maximum exposure to loss 
(in millions)Carrying value of obligationExpires in one year or lessExpires after one year through three yearsExpires after three years through five yearsExpires after five yearsTotal Non-investment grade
June 30, 2023
Standby letters of credit (1)
$92 14,223 4,480 3,550 12 22,265 7,528 
Direct pay letters of credit (1)11 1,137 2,855 407 5 4,404 1,122 
Loans and LHFS sold with recourse (2)20 361 2,112 3,121 8,351 13,945 11,112 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees 6,204    6,204  
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3) 515  9 216 740 469 
Total guarantees$123 22,440 9,447 7,087 8,584 47,558 20,231 
December 31, 2022
Standby letters of credit (1)$112 14,014 4,694 3,058 53 21,819 7,071 
Direct pay letters of credit (1)13 1,593 2,734 465 4,797 1,283 
Loans and LHFS sold with recourse (2)16 322 1,078 3,408 8,906 13,714 11,399 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees— 4,623 — — — 4,623 — 
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3)— 548 10 201 760 515 
Total guarantees$141 21,100 8,507 6,941 9,165 45,713 20,268 
   Maximum exposure to loss 
(in millions)
Carrying
value of obligation (asset)

 
Expires in
one year
or less

 
Expires after
one year
through
three years

 
Expires after
three years
through
five years

 
Expires
after five
years

 Total
 
Non-
investment
grade

September 30, 2017             
Standby letters of credit (1)$37
 14,045
 8,621
 3,251
 689
 26,606
 8,325
Securities lending and other indemnifications (2)
 
 
 2
 929
 931
 2
Written put options (3)(407) 15,576
 11,921
 4,392
 1,260
 33,149
 19,817
Loans and MHFS sold with recourse (4)51
 203
 508
 914
 9,160
 10,785
 7,964
Factoring guarantees (5)
 775
 
 
 
 775
 711
Other guarantees1
 4
 4
 2
 4,093
 4,103
 7
Total guarantees$(318) 30,603
 21,054
 8,561
 16,131
 76,349
 36,826
December 31, 2016             
Standby letters of credit (1)$38
 16,050
 8,727
 3,194
 658
 28,629
 9,898
Securities lending and other indemnifications (2)
 
 
 1
 1,166
 1,167
 2
Written put options (3)37
 10,427
 10,805
 4,573
 1,216
 27,021
 15,915
Loans and MHFS sold with recourse (4)55
 84
 637
 947
 8,592
 10,260
 7,228
Factoring guarantees (5)
 1,109
 
 
 
 1,109
 1,109
Other guarantees6
 19
 21
 17
 3,580
 3,637
 15
Total guarantees$136
 27,689
 20,190
 8,732
 15,212
 71,823
 34,167
(1)Standby and direct pay letters of credit are reported net of syndications and participations.
(1)
Total maximum exposure to loss includes direct pay letters of credit (DPLCs) of $8.6 billion and $9.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. We issue DPLCs to provide credit enhancements for certain bond issuances. Beneficiaries (bond trustees) may draw upon these instruments to make scheduled principal and interest payments, redeem all outstanding bonds because a default event has occurred, or for other reasons as permitted by the agreement. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility in one of several forms, including as a standby letter of credit. Total maximum exposure to loss includes the portion of these facilities for which we have issued standby letters of credit under the commitments.
(2)
(2)Represents recourse provided, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements.
(3)Includes indemnifications provided to certain third-party clearing agents. Outstanding customer obligations under these arrangements were $92 million and $175 million with related collateral of $837 million and $991 million at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. Estimated maximum exposure to loss was $929 million at September 30, 2017 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016.
(3)Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 12 (Derivatives).
(4)
Represent recourse provided, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements. Under these arrangements, we repurchased $1 million and $3 million respectively, of loans associated with these agreements in the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, and $2 million and $4 million in the same periods of 2016, respectively.
(5)Consists of guarantees made under certain factoring arrangements to purchase trade receivables from third parties, generally upon their request, if receivable debtors default on their payment obligations.

“Maximum exposure to loss”loss was $172 million and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk$157 million with related collateral of being required to perform under the terms$1.7 billion and $1.3 billion as of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loansJune 30, 2023, and other extensions of credit. Credit quality indicators we usually consider in evaluating risk of payments or performance are described in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses).
December 31, 2022, respectively.
Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is a remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in
Table 10.114.1 do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, this required disclosure isthese amounts are not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value which is either fair value for derivative-related products or the allowance for lending-related commitments, is more representative of our current exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss. The carrying value represents the fair value of the guarantee, if any, and also includes an ACL for guarantees, if applicable. In determining the ACL for guarantees, we consider the credit risk of the related contingent obligation.

For our guarantees in Table 14.1, non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of performance under the terms of the guarantee, which is determined based on an external rating or an internal credit grade that is below investment grade.

WRITTEN OPTIONS We enter into written foreign currency options and over-the-counter written equity put options that are derivative contracts that have the characteristics of a guarantee. The fair value of written options represents our view of the probability that we will be required to perform under the contract. The fair value of these written options was an asset of $449 million and a liability of $15 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The fair value may be an asset as a result of deferred premiums on certain option trades. The maximum exposure to loss represents the notional value of these derivative contracts. At June 30, 2023, the maximum exposure to loss was $31.8 billion, with $29.3 billion expiring in three years or less compared with $23.4 billion and $21.3 billion,
respectively, at December 31, 2022. See Note 11 (Derivatives) for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES We record a liability for mortgage loans that we expect to repurchase pursuant to various representations or warranties. See Note 13 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for further discussion and related amounts. Additionally, when we sell MSRs, we may provide indemnifications for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations or warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At June 30, 2023, our liability for these indemnification arrangements was $8 million and the maximum exposure to loss was $650 million, with $609 million expiring in three years or less.

MERCHANT PROCESSING SERVICES We provide debit and credit card transaction processing services through payment networks directly for merchants and as a sponsor for merchant processing servicers, including our joint venture with a third party that is accounted for as an equity method investment. In our role as the merchant acquiring bank, we have a potential obligation in connection with payment and delivery disputes between the merchant and the cardholder that are resolved in favor of the cardholder, referred to as a charge-back transaction. We estimate our potential maximum exposure to be the total merchant transaction volume processed in the preceding four months, which is generally the lifecycle for a charge-back transaction. As of June 30, 2023, our potential maximum exposure was approximately $789.5 billion, and related losses, including those from our joint venture entity, were insignificant.


Note 10: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral (continued)

120Wells Fargo & Company


GUARANTEES OF SUBSIDIARIES The Parent fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of principal, interest, and any other amounts that may be due on securities that its 100% owned finance subsidiary, Wells Fargo Finance LLC, may issue. These securities are not guaranteed by any other subsidiary of the Parent. The guaranteed liabilities were $847 million and $948 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. These guarantees rank on parity with all of the Parent’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

OTHER COMMITMENTS To meet the financing needs of our customers, we may enter into commitments to purchase debt and equity securities to provide capital for their funding, liquidity or other future needs. As of both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we had commitments to purchase debt securities of $100 million and commitments to purchase equity securities of $5.0 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.
As part of maintaining our memberships in certain clearing organizations, we are required to stand ready to provide liquidity to sustain market clearing activity in the event unforeseen events occur or are deemed likely to occur. Certain of these obligations are guarantees of other members’ performance and accordingly are included in Table 14.1 in Other guarantees and indemnifications.

We have commitments to enter into resale and securities borrowing agreements as well as repurchase and securities lending agreements with certain counterparties, including central clearing organizations. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for resale and securities borrowing agreements was $16.6 billion and $19.9 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for repurchase and securities lending agreements was $2.4 billion and $1.6 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Given the nature of these commitments, they are excluded from Table 5.4 (Unfunded Credit Commitments) in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses).
Wells Fargo & Company121



Note 15:  Pledged Assets and Collateral
PledgedFair Value Option
The fair value option is an irrevocable election, generally only permitted upon initial recognition of financial assets or liabilities, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. We may elect the fair value option to align the measurement model with how the financial assets or liabilities are managed or to reduce complexity or accounting asymmetry. Following is a discussion of the
portfolios for which we elected the fair value option. For additional information, including the basis for our fair value option elections, see Note 15 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 12.7 reflects differences between the fair value carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.

Table 12.7:Fair Value Option
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Fair value carrying amountAggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amountAggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amount less aggregate
unpaid
principal
Loans held for sale (1)$2,974 3,238 (264)4,220 4,614 (394)
Long-term debt (2)(1,600)(2,147)547 (1,346)(1,775)429 
(1)Nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing included in LHFS for which we have elected the fair value option were insignificant at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
(2)Includes zero coupon notes for which the aggregate unpaid principal amount reflects the contractual principal due at maturity.
As partTable 12.8 reflects amounts included in earnings related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value, by income statement line item, for assets and liabilities for which
the fair value option was elected. Amounts recorded in net interest income are excluded from the table below.


Table 12.8:Gains (Losses) on Changes in Fair Value Included in Earnings
20232022
(in millions)Mortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains from trading and securitiesOther noninterest incomeMortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains from trading and securitiesOther noninterest income
Quarter ended June 30,
Loans held for sale$34 13  (237)— 
Long-term debt 9  — 11 — 
Six months ended June 30,
Loans held for sale$131 25 (4)(603)10 — 
Long-term debt (21) — 23 — 
For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses are derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. For LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, instrument-specific credit gains or losses were insignificant during the second quarter and first half of both 2023 and 2022.
For long-term debt, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses represent the impact of changes in fair value due to changes in our liquidity management strategy, we pledge variouscredit spread and are derived using observable secondary bond market information. These impacts are recorded within the debit valuation adjustments (DVA) in OCI. See
Note 20 (Other Comprehensive Income) for additional information.
Wells Fargo & Company113


Note 12: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Table 12.9 presents a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Some financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this table, such as certain insurance contracts, certain nonmarketable equity securities, and leases. This table also excludes assets to secureand liabilities that are not financial instruments such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, MSRs, premises and public deposits, borrowingsequipment, goodwill and deferred taxes.
Loan commitments, standby letters of credit from the FHLB and FRB, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), securities lending arrangements, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law or insurance statutory requirements. The types of collateral we pledge include securities issued by federal agencies, GSEs, domestic and foreign companies and various commercial and consumer loans. Table 10.2 provides the total carrying amountsimilar letters of pledged assets by asset type and pledged off-
balance sheet securities for securities financings. The table excludes pledged consolidated VIE assets of $12.9 billion and $13.4 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively, which can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The table also excludes $1.1 billion in assets pledged in transactions with VIE's accounted for as secured borrowings at both September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. See Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information on consolidated VIE assets and secured borrowings.
Table 10.2:Pledged Assets         
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Trading assets and other (1)$100,160
 84,603
Investment securities (2)67,142
 90,946
Mortgages held for sale and loans (3)480,422
 516,112
Total pledged assets$647,724
 691,661
(1)
Consists of trading assets of $40.1 billion and $33.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively and off-balance sheet securities of $60.1 billion and $51.4 billion as of the same dates, respectively, that are pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Total trading assets and other includes $100.1 billion and $84.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.
(2)
Includes carrying value of $5.0 billion and $6.2 billion (fair value of $5.0 billion and $6.2 billion) in collateral for repurchase agreements at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively, which are pledged under agreements that do not permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral. Also includes $84 million and $617 million in collateral pledged under repurchase agreements at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively, that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral. All other pledged securities are pursuant to agreements that do not permit the secured party to sell or repledge the collateral.
(3)
Includes mortgages held for sale of $1.3 billion and $15.8 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. Substantially all of the total mortgages held for sale and loans are pledged under agreements that do not permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral. Amounts exclude $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively, of pledged loans recorded on our balance sheet representing certain delinquent loans that are eligible for repurchase from GNMA loan securitizations.




Securities Financing Activities
We enter into resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending agreements (collectively, “securities financing activities”) typically to finance trading positions (including securities and derivatives), acquire securities to cover short trading positions, accommodate customers’ financing needs, and settle other securities obligations. These activities are conducted through our broker dealer subsidiaries and to a lesser extent through other bank entities. Most of our securities financing activities involve high quality, liquid securities such as U.S. Treasury securities and government agency securities, and to a lesser extent, less liquid securities, including equity securities, corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. We account for these transactions as collateralized financings in which we typically receive or pledge securities as collateral. We believe these financing transactions generally do not have material credit risk given the collateral provided and the related monitoring processes.

OFFSETTING OF RESALE AND REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND SECURITIES BORROWING AND LENDING AGREEMENTS Table 10.3 presents resale and repurchase agreements subject to master repurchase agreements (MRA) and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master securities lending agreements (MSLA). We account for
transactions subject to these agreements as collateralized financings, and those with a single counterparty are presented net on our balance sheet, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. Most transactions subject to these agreements do not meet those criteria and thus are not eligible for balance sheet netting.
Collateral we pledged consists of non-cash instruments, such as securities or loans, and is not netted on the balance sheet against the related liability. Collateral we received includes securities or loans and is not recognized on our balance sheet. Collateral pledged or received may be increased or decreased over time to maintain certain contractual thresholds as the assets underlying each arrangement fluctuate in value. Generally, these agreements require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, U.S. GAAP requires disclosure in this table to limit the reported amount of such collateral to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.
In addition to the amounts included in
Table 10.3, we also have balance sheet netting related to derivatives that is disclosed in Note 12 (Derivatives).
Table 10.3:Offsetting – Resale and Repurchase Agreements
(in millions)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Assets:   
Resale and securities borrowing agreements   
Gross amounts recognized$109,529
 91,123
Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)(22,954) (11,680)
Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (2)86,575
 79,443
Collateral not recognized in consolidated balance sheet (3)(85,777) (78,837)
Net amount (4)$798
 606
Liabilities:   
Repurchase and securities lending agreements   
Gross amounts recognized (5)$102,281
 89,111
Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)(22,954) (11,680)
Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (6)79,327
 77,431
Collateral pledged but not netted in consolidated balance sheet (7)(79,060) (77,184)
Net amount (8)$267
 247
(1)Represents recognized amount12.9. A reasonable estimate of resale and repurchase agreements with counterparties subject to enforceable MRAs that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet.
(2)
At September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, includes $66.0 billion and $58.1 billion, respectively, classified on our consolidated balance sheet in federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments and $20.6 billionand $21.3 billion, respectively, in loans.
(3)
Represents the fair value of collateral we have received under enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized asset due from each counterparty. At September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, we have received total collateral with a fair value of $120.5 billion and $102.3 billion, respectively, all of which, we have the right to sell or repledge. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $58.4 billion at September 30, 2017, and $50.0 billion at December 31, 2016.
(4)Represents the amount of our exposure that is not collateralized and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.
(5)For additional information on underlying collateral and contractual maturities, see the “Repurchase and Securities Lending Agreements” section in this Note.
(6)Amount is classified in short-term borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet.
(7)
Represents the fair value of collateral we have pledged, related to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty. At September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, we have pledged total collateral with a fair value of $104.2 billion and $91.4 billion, respectively, of which, the counterparty does not have the right to sell or repledge $5.0 billion as of September 30, 2017 and $6.6 billion as of December 31, 2016.
(8)Represents the amount of our obligation that is not covered by pledged collateral and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.

Note 10: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral (continued)

REPURCHASE AND SECURITIES LENDING AGREEMENTS Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements are effectively short-term collateralized borrowings. In these transactions, we receive cash in exchange for transferring securities as collateral and recognize an obligation to reacquire the securities for cash at the transaction's maturity. These types of transactions create risks, including (1) the counterparty may fail to return the securities at maturity, (2) the fair value of these instruments is the securities transferred may decline belowcarrying value of deferred fees plus the amountallowance for unfunded credit commitments, which totaled $622 million and $737 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
The total of our obligation to reacquire the securities, and therefore create an obligation for us to pledge additional amounts, and (3) the counterparty may accelerate the maturity
on demand, requiring us to reacquire the security prior to contractual maturity. We attempt to mitigate these risks by the fact that most of our securities financing activities involve highly liquid securities, we underwrite and monitor the financial strength of our counterparties, we monitor the fair value of collateral pledged relativecalculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to contractually required repurchase amounts, and we monitor that our collateral is properly returned through the clearing and settlement process in advance of our cash repayment. Table 10.4 providesrepresent, the underlying collateral typesfair value of our grossthe Company.

Table 12.9:Fair Value Estimates for Financial Instruments
Estimated fair value 
(in millions)Carrying amountLevel 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 30, 2023
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$31,915 31,915   31,915 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)123,418 123,195 223  123,418 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)66,500  66,500  66,500 
Held-to-maturity debt securities272,360 2,371 228,748 2,717 233,836 
Loans held for sale3,055  2,641 462 3,103 
Loans, net (2)918,454  55,515 825,008 880,523 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,552   4,620 4,620 
Total financial assets$1,420,254 157,481 353,627 832,807 1,343,915 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$128,458  85,183 41,616 126,799 
Short-term borrowings84,054  84,056  84,056 
Long-term debt (4)169,012  168,245 1,969 170,214 
Total financial liabilities$381,524  337,484 43,585 381,069 
December 31, 2022
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$34,596 34,596 — — 34,596 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)124,561 124,338 223 — 124,561 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)68,036 — 68,036 — 68,036 
Held-to-maturity debt securities297,059 14,285 238,552 2,684 255,521 
Loans held for sale2,884 — 2,208 719 2,927 
Loans, net (2)928,049 — 57,532 836,831 894,363 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,900 — — 4,961 4,961 
Total financial assets$1,460,085 173,219 366,551 845,195 1,384,965 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$66,887 — 46,745 18,719 65,464 
Short-term borrowings50,964 — 50,970 — 50,970 
Long-term debt (4)173,502 — 172,783 999 173,782 
Total financial liabilities$291,353 — 270,498 19,718 290,216 
(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Excludes lease financing with a carrying amount of $15.1 billion and $14.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(3)Excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity of $1.2 trillion and $1.3 trillion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(4)Excludes obligations under repurchasefinance leases of $20 million and securities lending agreements.$22 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Table 10.4:Underlying Collateral Types of Gross Obligations
(in millions) Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

Repurchase agreements:    
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies $44,312
 34,335
Securities of U.S. States and political subdivisions 120
 81
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 33,456
 32,669
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities 1,548
 2,167
Corporate debt securities 7,381
 6,829
Asset-backed securities 1,873
 3,010
Equity securities 368
 1,309
Other 1,300
 1,704
Total repurchases 90,358
 82,104
Securities lending:    
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies 134
 152
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities 80
 104
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities 
 1
Corporate debt securities 592
 653
Equity securities (1) 11,117
 6,097
Total securities lending 11,923
 7,007
Total repurchases and securities lending $102,281
 89,111
(1)114Equity securities are generally exchange traded and either re-hypothecated under margin lending agreements or obtained through contemporaneous securities borrowing transactions with other counterparties.Wells Fargo & Company


Table 10.5 provides the contractual maturities of our gross obligations under repurchase and securities lending agreements.

Table 10.5:Contractual Maturities of Gross Obligations
(in millions)Overnight/continuous
 Up to 30 days
 30-90 days
 >90 days
 Total gross obligation
September 30, 2017         
Repurchase agreements$73,953
 8,212
 3,898
 4,295
 90,358
Securities lending9,765
 405
 1,753
 
 11,923
Total repurchases and securities lending (1)$83,718
 8,617
 5,651
 4,295
 102,281
December 31, 2016 
Repurchase agreements$60,516
 9,598
 6,762
 5,228
 82,104
Securities lending5,565
 167
 1,275
 
 7,007
Total repurchases and securities lending (1)$66,081
 9,765
 8,037
 5,228
 89,111
(1)Securities lending is executed under agreements that allow either party to terminate the transaction without notice, while repurchase agreements have a term structure to them that technically matures at a point in time. The overnight/continuous repurchase agreements require election of both parties to roll the trade rather than the election to terminate the arrangement as in securities lending.


Note 11:  Legal Actions13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
Wells FargoInvolvement with Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and certain of our subsidiariesoff-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory, arbitration, and other proceedings concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities, and many of those proceedings expose Wells Fargo to potential financial loss. These proceedings include actions brought against Wells Fargo and/corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or our subsidiaries with respect to corporate-related matters and transactions in which Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries were involved. In addition, Wells Fargo and our subsidiaries may be requested to provide information or otherwise cooperate with government authorities in the conduct of investigations of other persons or industry groups.
Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries have generally denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant legal actions pending against us, including the matters described below, and we intend to defend vigorously each case, other than matters we describe as having settled. We establish accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. For such accruals, we record the amount we consider to be the best estimate within a range of potential lossespartnerships that are both probable and estimable; however, if we cannot determine a best estimate, then we record the low end of the range of those potential losses. The actual costs of resolving legal actions may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those actions.
ATM ACCESS FEE LITIGATION In October 2011, plaintiffs filed a putative class action, Mackmin, et. al. v. Visa, Inc. et. al., against Wells Fargo & Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Visa, MasterCard, and several other banks in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. Plaintiffs allege that the Visa and MasterCard requirement that if an ATM operator charges an access fee on Visa and MasterCard transactions, then that fee cannot be greater than the access fee charged for transactions on other networks violates antitrust rules. Plaintiffs seek treble damages, restitution, injunctive relief, and attorneys’ fees where available under federal and state law. Two other antitrust cases which make similar allegations were filed in the same court, but these cases did not name Wells Fargo as a defendant. On February 13, 2013, the district court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the three actions. Plaintiffs appealed the dismissals and, on August 4, 2015, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated the district court’s decisions and remanded the three cases to the district court for further proceedings. On June 28, 2016, the United States Supreme Court granted defendants’ petitions for writ of certiorari to review the decisions of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. On November 17, 2016, the United States Supreme Court dismissed the petitions as improvidently granted, and the three cases returned to the district court for further proceedings.
AUTOMOBILE LENDING MATTERS As the Company centralizes operations in its dealer services business and tightens controls and oversight of third-party risk management, the Company anticipates it will identify and remediate issues related to historical practices concerning the origination, servicing, and/or collection of consumer automobile loans, including related insurance products. For example, in July 2017, the Company announced a plan to remediate customers who may have been
financially harmed due to issues related to automobile collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies purchased through a third-party vendor on their behalf. The Company determined that certain external vendor processes and operational controls were inadequate and, as a result, customers may have been charged premiums for CPI even if they were paying for their own vehicle insurance, as required, and in some cases the CPI premiums may have contributed to a default that led to their vehicle’s repossession. The Company discontinued the practice of placing CPI in September 2016. Multiple putative class action cases alleging, among other things, unfair and deceptive practices relating to these CPI policies, have been filed against the Company and consolidated into one multi-district litigation in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Further, a former team member has alleged retaliation for raising concerns regarding automobile lending practices. In addition, the Company has identified certain issues related to the unused portion of guaranteed automobile protection (GAP) waiver or insurance agreements between the dealer and, by assignment, the lender, which may result in refunds to customers in certain states. Allegations related to both the CPI and GAP programs are among the subjects of two shareholder derivative lawsuits filed in California state court. These and other issues related to the origination, servicing and/or collection of consumer automobile loans, including related insurance products, have also subjected the Company to formal or informal inquiries, investigations or examinations from federal and state government agencies.
CONSUMER DEPOSIT ACCOUNT RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATION The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) has commenced an investigation into whether customers were unduly harmed by the Company’s procedures regarding the freezing (and, in many cases, closing) of consumer deposit accounts after the Company detected suspected fraudulent activity (by third-parties or account holders) that affected those accounts.
INADVERTENT CLIENT INFORMATION DISCLOSURE In July 2017, the Company inadvertently provided certain client information in response to a third-party subpoena issued in a civil litigation. The Company obtained permanent injunctions in New Jersey and New York state courts requiring the electronic data and all copies to be delivered to the New Jersey state court and the Company for safekeeping. The Company has made voluntary self-disclosure to various state and federal regulatory agencies. Notifications have been sent to clients whose personal identifying data was contained in the inadvertent production.
INTERCHANGE LITIGATIONPlaintiffs representing a putative class of merchants have filed putative class actions, and individual merchants have filed individual actions, against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo & Company, Wachovia Bank, N.A. and Wachovia Corporation regarding the interchange fees associated with Visa and MasterCard payment card transactions. Visa, MasterCard and several other banks and bank holding companies are also named as defendants in these actions. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The amended and consolidated complaint asserts claims against defendants based on alleged violations of federal and state antitrust laws and seeks damages, as well as injunctive relief. Plaintiff merchants allege that Visa, MasterCard and payment card issuing banks unlawfully
Note 11: Legal Actions (continued)

colluded to set interchange rates. Plaintiffs also allege that enforcement of certain Visa and MasterCard rules and alleged tying and bundling of services offered to merchants are anticompetitive. Wells Fargo and Wachovia, along with other defendants and entities, are parties to Loss and Judgment Sharing Agreements, which provide that they, along with other entities, will share, based on a formula, in any losses from the Interchange Litigation. On July 13, 2012, Visa, MasterCard and the financial institution defendants, including Wells Fargo, signed a memorandum of understanding with plaintiff merchants to resolve the consolidated class action and reached a separate settlement in principle of the consolidated individual actions. The settlement payments to be made by all defendants in the consolidated class and individual actions totaled approximately $6.6 billion before reductions applicable to certain merchants opting out of the settlement. The class settlement also provided for the distribution to class merchants of 10 basis points of default interchange across all credit rate categoriesestablished for a period of eight consecutive months. The district court granted final approval of the settlement, which was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit by settlement objector merchants. Other merchants opted out of the settlement andlimited purpose. SPEs are pursuing several individual actions. On June 30, 2016, the Second Circuit vacated the settlement agreement and reversed and remanded the consolidated action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York for further proceedings. On November 23, 2016, prior class counsel filed a petition to the United States Supreme Court, seeking review of the reversal of the settlement by the Second Circuit, and the Supreme Court denied the petition on March 27, 2017. On November 30, 2016, the district court appointed lead class counsel for a damages class and an equitable relief class. Several of the opt-out litigations were settled during the pendency of the Second Circuit appeal while others remain pending. Discovery is proceeding in the opt-out litigations and the remanded class cases.
MORTGAGE BANKRUPTCY LOAN MODIFICATION LITIGATION Plaintiffs, representing a putative class of mortgage borrowers who were debtors in Chapter 13 bankruptcy cases, filed a putative class action, Cotton, et al. v. Wells Fargo, et al, against Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina on June 7, 2017. The plaintiffs allege that Wells Fargo improperly and unilaterally modified the mortgages of borrowers who were debtors in Chapter 13 bankruptcy cases. The plaintiffs allege that Wells Fargo implemented these modifications by improperly filing mortgage payment change notices in Chapter 13 bankruptcy cases, in violation of bankruptcy rules and process. The amended complaint asserts claims based on, among other things, alleged fraud, violations of bankruptcy rules and laws, and unfair and deceptive trade practices. The amended complaint seeks monetary damages, attorneys’ fees, and declaratory and injunctive relief.

MORTGAGE INTEREST RATE LOCK RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATION The CFPB has commenced an investigation into the Company’s policies and procedures regarding the circumstances in which the Company required customers to pay fees for the extension of interest rate lock periods for residential mortgages. On October 4, 2017, the Company announced plans to reach out to all home lending customers who paid fees for mortgage rate lock extensions requested from September 16, 2013, through February 28, 2017, and to refund customers who believe they shouldn't have paid those fees. The Company is named in two putative class actions, filed in the United States
District Courts for the Central District of California and the Northern District of California, alleging violations of federal and state consumer fraud statutes relating to mortgage rate lock extension fees. In addition, former team members have asserted claims, including in pending litigation, that they were terminated for raising concerns regarding these policies and procedures. Allegations related to mortgage interest rate lock extension fees are also among the subjects of two shareholder derivative lawsuits filed in California state court.
MORTGAGE RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATIONS Federal and state government agencies, including the United States Department of Justice (the “Department of Justice”), continue investigations or examinations of certain mortgage related activities of Wells Fargo and predecessor institutions. Wells Fargo, for itself and for predecessor institutions, has responded, and continues to respond, to requests from these agencies seeking information regarding the origination, underwriting and securitization of residential mortgages, including sub-prime mortgages. These agencies have advanced theories of purported liability with respect to certain of these activities. The Department of Justice and Wells Fargo continue to discuss the matter, including potential settlement of the Department of Justice's concerns; however, litigation with these agencies, including with the Department of Justice, remains a possibility. Other financial institutions have entered into similar settlements with these agencies, the nature of which related to the specific activities of those financial institutions, including the imposition of significant financial penalties and remedial actions.
OFAC RELATED INVESTIGATION The Company has self-identified an issue whereby certain foreign banks utilized a Wells Fargo software-based solution to conduct import/export trade-related financing transactions with countries and entities prohibited by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the United States Department of the Treasury. We do not believe any funds related to these transactions flowed through accounts at Wells Fargo as a result of the aforementioned conduct. The Company has made voluntary self-disclosures to OFAC and is cooperating with an inquiry from the Department of Justice.
ORDER OF POSTING LITIGATION Plaintiffs filed a series of putative class actions against Wachovia Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as well as many other banks, challenging the “high to low” order in which the banks post debit card transactions to consumer deposit accounts. Most of these actions were consolidated in multi-district litigation proceedings (the “MDL proceedings”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The court in the MDL proceedings has certified a class of putative plaintiffs, and Wells Fargo moved to compel arbitration of the claims of unnamed class members. The court denied the motions to compel arbitration on October 17, 2016. Wells Fargo has appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit.
RMBS TRUSTEE LITIGATION In November 2014, a group of institutional investors (the “Institutional Investor Plaintiffs”), including funds affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., filed a putative class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., alleging claims against the Company in its capacity as trustee for a number of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) trusts (the “Federal Court Complaint”). Similar complaints have been filed against other trustees in various courts, including in the Southern District of New York, in New

York state court, and in other states, by RMBS investors. The Federal Court Complaint alleges that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, caused losses to investors and asserts causes of action based upon, among other things, the trustee's alleged failure to notify and enforce repurchase obligations of mortgage loan sellers for purported breaches of representations and warranties, notify investors of alleged events of default, and abide by appropriate standards of care following alleged events of default. Plaintiffs seek money damages in an unspecified amount, reimbursement of expenses, and equitable relief. In December 2014 and December 2015, certain other investors filed four complaints alleging similar claims against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the Southern District of New York (the “Related Federal Cases”), and the various cases pending against Wells Fargo are proceeding before the same judge. On January 19, 2016, the Southern District of New York entered an orderoften formed in connection with the Federal Court Complaint dismissing claims relatedsecuritization transactions whereby financial assets are transferred to certain of the trusts at issue (the “Dismissed Trusts”). The Company's motion to dismiss the Federal Court Complaint and the complaints for the Related Federal Cases was granted in part and denied in part in March 2017. In May 2017, the Company filed third-party complaints against certain investment advisors affiliated with the Institutional Investor Plaintiffs seeking contribution with respect to claims alleged in the Federal Court Complaint.
A complaint raising similar allegations to the Federal Court Complaint was filed in May 2016 in New York state court by a different plaintiff investor. In addition, the Institutional Investor Plaintiffs subsequently filed a complaint relating to the Dismissed Trusts and certain additional trusts in California state court (the “California Action”). The California Action was subsequently dismissed in September 2016. In December 2016, the Institutional Investor Plaintiffs filed a new putative class action complaint in New York state court in respect of 261 RMBS trusts, including the Dismissed Trusts, for which Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. serves or served as trustee (the “State Court Action”). The Company has moved to dismiss the State Court Action.
In July 2017, certain of the plaintiffs from the State Court Action filed a civil complaint relating to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.'s setting aside reserves for legal fees and expensesan SPE. SPEs formed in connection with the liquidation of eleven RMBS trusts at issue in the State Court Action.securitization transactions are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). The complaint seeks, among other relief, declarations that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is not entitled to indemnification, the advancement of funds or the taking of reserves from trust funds for legal fees and expenses it incurs in defending the claims in the State Court Action. In September 2017, one of the plaintiffs in the Related Federal Cases filed a similar complaint in the Southern District of New York seeking declaratory and injunctive relief and money damages on an individual and class action basis.

SALES PRACTICES MATTERS Federal, state and local government agencies, including the Department of Justice, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the United States Department of Labor, and state attorneys general and prosecutors’ offices, as well as Congressional committees, have undertaken formal or informal inquiries, investigations or examinations arising out of certain sales practices of the Company that were the subject of settlements with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of the Los Angeles City Attorney announced by the Company on September 8, 2016. The Company has responded, and
continues to respond, to requests from a number of the foregoing seeking information regarding these sales practices and the circumstances of the settlements and related matters.
In addition, a number of lawsuits have also been filed by non-governmental parties seeking damages or other remedies related to these sales practices. First, various class plaintiffs purporting to represent consumers who allege that they received products or services without their authorization or consent have brought separate putative class actions against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and various other jurisdictions. In April 2017, the Company entered into a settlement agreement in the first-filed action, Jabbari v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., to resolve claims regarding certain products or services provided without authorization or consent for the time period May 1, 2002 to April 20, 2017. Pursuant to the settlement, the Company will pay $142 million for remediation, attorneys’ fees, and settlement fund claims administration. In the unlikely event that the $142 million settlement total is not enough to provide remediation, pay attorneys' fees, pay settlement fund claims administration costs, and have at least $25 million left over to distribute to all class members, the Company will contribute additional funds to the settlement. In addition, in the unlikely event that the number of unauthorized accounts identified by settlement class members in the claims process and not disputed by the claims administrator exceeds plaintiffs’ 3.5 million account estimate, the Company will proportionately increase the $25 million reserve so that the ratio of reserve to unauthorized accounts is no less than what was implied by plaintiffs’ estimate at the time of the district court’s preliminary approval of the settlement in July 2017. A final approval hearing has been scheduled for the first quarter of 2018. Second, Wells Fargo shareholders are pursuing a consolidated securities fraud class action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging certain misstatements and omissions in the Company’s disclosures related to sales practices matters. Third, Wells Fargo shareholders have brought numerous shareholder derivative lawsuits asserting breach of fiduciary duty claims, among others, against current and former directors and officers for their alleged failure to detect and prevent sales practices issues, which were consolidated into two separate actions in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and California state court, as well as two separate actions in Delaware state court. Fourth, a range of employment litigation has been brought against Wells Fargo, including an Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) class action in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota brought on behalf of 401(k) plan participants; class actions pending in the United States District Courts for the Northern District of California and Eastern District of New York on behalf of employees who allege that they protested sales practice misconduct and/or were terminated for not meeting sales goals; various wage and hour class actions brought in federal and state court in California, New Jersey, Florida, and Pennsylvania on behalf of non-exempt branch based employees alleging sales pressure resulted in uncompensated overtime; and multiple single plaintiff Sarbanes-Oxley Act complaints and state law whistleblower actions filed with the United States Department of Labor or in various state courts alleging adverse employment actions for raising sales practice misconduct issues.
OUTLOOKAs described above, the Company establishes accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The high end of the range of reasonably possible potential losses in excess of the Company’s accrual for probable
Note 11: Legal Actions (continued)

and estimable losses was approximately $3.3 billion as of September 30, 2017. The high end of the range as of September 30, 2017, remained unchanged from June 30, 2017, reflecting a decrease from the $1 billion discrete litigation accrual in third quarter 2017 for the Company's existing mortgage-related regulatory investigations, offset by the possibility of increased risk in a variety of matters, including the Company's existing mortgage-related regulatory investigations. The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible. It is also inherently difficult to estimate the amount of any loss and thereVIE may be matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but not currently estimable. Accordingly, actual losses may be in excess of the established accrual or the range of reasonably possible loss. Wells Fargo is unable to determine whether the ultimate resolution of either the mortgage related regulatory investigations or the sales practices matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of other actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial condition. However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of a matter, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.

Note 12:  Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We designate certain derivatives as hedging instruments in a qualifying hedge accounting relationship (fair value or cash flow hedge). Our remaining derivatives consist of economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting and derivatives held for customer accommodation trading, or other purposes. For more information on our derivative activities, see Note 16 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Table 12.1 presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for our derivatives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure ofalter the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged but is used onlyasset by entering into derivative transactions or obtaining credit support, and issues various forms of interests in those assets to investors. When we transfer financial assets from our consolidated balance sheet to a VIE in connection with a securitization, we typically receive cash and sometimes other interests in the VIE as proceeds for the basisassets we transfer. In certain transactions with VIEs, we may retain the right to service the transferred assets and repurchase the transferred assets if the outstanding balance of the assets falls below the level at which the cost to service the assets exceed the benefits. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans transferred to a VIE by a third party.
In connection with our securitization or other VIE activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with VIEs, which may include:
underwriting securities issued by VIEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;
providing credit enhancement on which interestsecurities issued by VIEs through the use of letters of credit or financial guarantees;
entering into other derivative contracts with VIEs;
holding senior or subordinated interests in VIEs;
acting as servicer or investment manager for VIEs;
providing administrative or trustee services to VIEs; and
providing seller financing to VIEs.

Loan Sales and Securitization Activity
We periodically transfer consumer and commercial loans and other types of financial assets in securitization and whole loan sale transactions.

MORTGAGE LOANS SOLD TO U.S. GOVERNMENT SPONSORED ENTITIES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH GINNIE MAE In the normal course of business we sell originated and purchased residential and commercial mortgage loans to government-sponsored entities (GSEs). These loans are generally transferred into securitizations sponsored by the GSEs, which provide certain credit guarantees to investors and servicers. We also transfer mortgage loans into securitization pools pursuant to Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guidelines which are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Mortgage loans eligible for securitization with the GSEs or GNMA are considered conforming loans. The GSEs or GNMA design the structure of these securitizations, sponsor the involved VIEs, and have power over the activities most significant to the VIE.
We account for loans transferred in conforming mortgage loan securitization transactions as sales and do not consolidate the VIEs as we are not the primary beneficiary. In exchange for the transfer of loans, we typically receive securities issued by the VIEs which we sell to third parties for cash or hold for investment purposes as HTM or AFS securities. We also retain servicing rights on the transferred loans. As a servicer, we retain the option
to repurchase loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, which becomes exercisable when three scheduled loan payments remain unpaid by the borrower. When we do not repurchase these loans, they are determined.recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and pledged to the GNMA securitization. We repurchased loans of $99 million and $191 million, during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $564 million and $1.5 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively. In 2022, these predominantly represented repurchases of government insured loans. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we recorded assets and related liabilities of $940 million and $743 million, respectively, where we did not exercise our option to repurchase eligible loans.
Upon transfers of loans, we also provide indemnification for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations and warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, our liability for these repurchase and recourse arrangements was $162 million and $167 million, respectively, and the maximum exposure to loss was $13.8 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Substantially allresidential servicing activity is related to assets transferred to GSE and GNMA securitizations. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information about residential and commercial servicing rights, advances and servicing fees.

NONCONFORMING MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS In the normal course of business, we sell nonconforming residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization transactions that we design and sponsor. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations do not involve a government credit guarantee, and accordingly, beneficial interest holders are subject to credit risk of the underlying assets held by the securitization VIE. We typically originate the transferred loans and account for the transfers as sales. We also typically retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued by the VIEs, such as debt securities held for investment purposes. Our servicing role related to nonconforming commercial mortgage loan securitizations is limited to primary or master servicer. We do not consolidate the VIE because the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE are generally made by the special servicer or the controlling class security holder. For our residential nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations accounted for as sales, we either do not hold variable interests that we consider potentially significant or are not the primary servicer for a majority of the VIE assets.

WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS We may also sell whole loans to VIEs where we have continuing involvement in the form of financing. We account for these transfers as sales, and do not consolidate the VIEs as we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs.

Table 13.1 presents information about transfers of assets during the periods presented for which we recorded the transfers as sales and have continuing involvement with the transferred assets. In connection with these transfers, we received proceeds and recorded servicing assets and securities. Each of these interests are initially measured at fair value. Servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements, and generally securities are classified as Level 2. The majority of our transfers relate to
Table 12.1:Notional or Contractual Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
 
Notional or
contractual
amount

   Fair value
 
Notional or
contractual
amount

   Fair value
(in millions) 
Derivative
assets

 
Derivative
liabilities

  Derivative
assets

 Derivative
liabilities

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments           
Interest rate contracts (1)$243,338
 2,589
 1,190
 235,222
 6,587
 2,710
Foreign exchange contracts (1)33,398
 1,219
 1,211
 25,861
 673
 2,779
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments  3,808
 2,401
   7,260
 5,489
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments           
Economic hedges:           
Interest rate contracts (2)228,310
 219
 299
 228,051
 1,098
 1,441
Equity contracts10,650
 640
 134
 7,964
 545
 83
Foreign exchange contracts17,678
 66
 467
 20,435
 626
 165
Credit contracts – protection purchased123
 52
 
 482
 102
 
Subtotal  977
 900
   2,371
 1,689
Customer accommodation trading and           
other derivatives:           
Interest rate contracts6,717,492
 15,533
 14,144
 6,018,370
 57,583
 61,058
Commodity contracts66,743
 1,574
 1,172
 65,532
 3,057
 2,551
Equity contracts173,306
 6,156
 7,501
 151,675
 4,813
 6,029
Foreign exchange contracts367,266
 7,487
 7,128
 318,999
 9,595
 9,798
Credit contracts – protection sold9,754
 154
 219
 10,483
 85
 389
Credit contracts – protection purchased20,263
 214
 257
 19,964
 365
 138
Other contracts955
 
 26
 961
 
 47
Subtotal  31,118
 30,447
   75,498
 80,010
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  32,095
 31,347
   77,869
 81,699
Total derivatives before netting  35,903
 33,748
   85,129
 87,188
Netting (3)  (23,323) (24,251)   (70,631) (72,696)
Total  $12,580
 9,497
   14,498
 14,492
(1)
Notional amounts presented exclude $500 million and $1.9 billion of interest rate contracts at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively, for certain derivatives that are combined for designation as a hedge on a single instrument. The notional amount for foreign exchange contracts at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, excludes $13.3 billion and $9.6 billion, respectively, for certain derivatives that are combined for designation as a hedge on a single instrument.
Wells Fargo & Company
115
(2)Includes economic hedge derivatives used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS, loans, derivative loan commitments and other interests held.
(3)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. See Table 12.2 for further information.


Note 12: Derivatives (continued)13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

Table 12.2 provides information onresidential mortgage securitizations with the gross fair values of derivative assetsGSEs or GNMA and liabilities,generally result in no gain or loss because the balance sheet netting adjustments and the resulting netloans are measured at fair value amount recorded on our balance sheet, as well as the non-cash collateral associated with such arrangements. We execute largely all of our derivative transactions under master netting arrangements and reflect all derivative balances and related cash collateral subject to enforceable master netting arrangements on a net basis within the balance sheet. The “Gross amounts recognized” column in the following table includes $27.2 billion and $28.8 billion of gross derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at September 30, 2017, and $74.4 billion and $78.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2016, with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangementsrecurring basis. Additionally, we may transfer certain government insured loans that we previously
repurchased. These loans are carried on the balance sheet net of offsetting amounts. The remaining gross derivative assets and liabilities of $8.7 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2017, and $10.7 billion and $8.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2016, include those with counterparties subject to master netting arrangements for which we have not assessed the enforceability because they are with counterparties where we do not currently have positions to offset, those subject to master netting arrangements where we have not been able to confirm the enforceability and those not subject to master netting arrangements. As such, we do not net derivative balances or collateral within the balance sheet for these counterparties.
We determine the balance sheet netting adjustments based on the terms specified within each master netting arrangement. We disclose the balance sheet netting amounts within the column titled “Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet.” Balance sheet netting adjustments are determined at the counterparty level for which there may be multiple contract types. For disclosure purposes,lower of cost or market, and we allocate these netting adjustments torecognize gains on such transfers when the contract type for each counterparty proportionally based uponmarket value is greater than the “Gross amounts recognized” by counterparty. As a result, the net amounts disclosed by contract type may not represent the actual exposure upon settlementcarrying value of the contracts.loan when it is sold.
Table 13.1:Transfers with Continuing Involvement
20232022
(in millions)Residential mortgagesCommercial mortgagesResidential mortgagesCommercial mortgages
Quarter ended June 30,
Assets sold$3,917 1,800 23,817 4,345 
Proceeds from transfer (1)3,917 1,823 23,817 4,411 
Net gains (losses) on sale 23 — 66 
Continuing involvement (2):
Servicing rights recognized$46 16 313 41 
Securities recognized (3) 22 475 33 
Six months ended June 30,
Assets sold$8,378 3,299 49,991 8,378 
Proceeds from transfer (1)8,378 3,363 50,043 8,508 
Net gains (losses) on sale 64 52 130 
Continuing involvement (2):
Servicing rights recognized$93 34 640 70 
Securities recognized (3) 48 2,062 137 
We do not net non-cash collateral that we receive(1)Represents cash proceeds and pledge on the balance sheet. For disclosure purposes, we present the fair value of this non-cash collateralbeneficial interests recognized at securitization settlement.
(2)Represents assets or liabilities recognized at securitization settlement date related to our continuing involvement in the column titled “Gross amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet (Disclosure-only netting)” within the table. We determine and allocate the Disclosure-only netting amounts in the same manner as balance sheet netting amounts.transferred assets.
The “Net amounts” column within Table 12.2 represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance sheet and Disclosure-only netting adjustments. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral. Derivative contracts executed in over-the-counter markets include bilateral contractual arrangements(3)Represents debt securities obtained at securitization settlement held for investment purposes that are not cleared through a central clearing organization but are typically subject to master netting arrangements. The percentage of our bilateral derivative transactions outstanding at period end in such markets, based on gross fair value, is provided within the following table. Other derivative contracts executed in over-the-counterclassified as available-for-sale or exchange-traded markets are settled through a central clearing organization and are excluded from this percentage.held-to-maturity. In addition to the netting amounts included in the table, we also have balance sheet netting2022, these predominantly related to resale and repurchase agreements that are disclosed within Note 10 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral).

Table 12.2:Gross Fair Values of Derivative Assets and Liabilities
(in millions)
Gross
amounts
recognized (1)

 
Gross amounts
offset in
consolidated
balance
sheet (1)(2)

 
Net amounts in
consolidated
balance
sheet

 
Gross amounts
not offset in
consolidated
balance sheet
(Disclosure-only
netting) (3)

 
Net
amounts

 
Percent
exchanged in
over-the-counter
market (1)(4)

September 30, 2017           
Derivative assets           
Interest rate contracts$18,341
 (11,991) 6,350
 (313) 6,037
 99%
Commodity contracts1,574
 (672) 902
 (5) 897
 83
Equity contracts6,796
 (4,149) 2,647
 (473) 2,174
 75
Foreign exchange contracts8,772
 (6,306) 2,466
 (63) 2,403
 100
Credit contracts – protection sold154
 (14) 140
 
 140
 10
Credit contracts – protection purchased266
 (191) 75
 (1) 74
 94
Total derivative assets$35,903
 (23,323) 12,580
 (855) 11,725
   
Derivative liabilities           
Interest rate contracts$15,633
 (12,932) 2,701
 (1,567) 1,134
 99%
Commodity contracts1,172
 (361) 811
 (13) 798
 80
Equity contracts7,635
 (3,708) 3,927
 (365) 3,562
 85
Foreign exchange contracts8,806
 (7,049) 1,757
 (429) 1,328
 100
Credit contracts – protection sold219
 (196) 23
 (17) 6
 89
Credit contracts – protection purchased257
 (5) 252
 
 252
 7
Other contracts26
 
 26
 
 26
 100
Total derivative liabilities$33,748
 (24,251) 9,497
 (2,391) 7,106
   
December 31, 2016           
Derivative assets           
Interest rate contracts$65,268
 (59,880) 5,388
 (987) 4,401
 34%
Commodity contracts3,057
 (707) 2,350
 (30) 2,320
 74
Equity contracts5,358
 (3,018) 2,340
 (365) 1,975
 75
Foreign exchange contracts10,894
 (6,663) 4,231
 (362) 3,869
 97
Credit contracts – protection sold85
 (48) 37
 
 37
 61
Credit contracts – protection purchased467
 (315) 152
 (1) 151
 98
Total derivative assets$85,129
 (70,631) 14,498
 (1,745) 12,753
   
Derivative liabilities           
Interest rate contracts$65,209
 (58,956) 6,253
 (3,129) 3,124
 30%
Commodity contracts2,551
 (402) 2,149
 (37) 2,112
 38
Equity contracts6,112
 (2,433) 3,679
 (331) 3,348
 85
Foreign exchange contracts12,742
 (10,572) 2,170
 (251) 1,919
 100
Credit contracts – protection sold389
 (295) 94
 (44) 50
 98
Credit contracts – protection purchased138
 (38) 100
 (2) 98
 50
Other contracts47
 
 47
 
 47
 100
Total derivative liabilities$87,188
 (72,696) 14,492
 (3,794) 10,698
   
(1)
Insecond quarter,2017, we adopted Settlement to Market treatment for the cash collateralizing our interest rate derivative contracts with certain centrally cleared counterparties.As a result of this adoption, the “gross amounts recognized” and “gross amounts offset in the consolidated balance sheet” columns do not include exposure with certain centrally cleared counterparties because the contracts are considered settled by the collateral. Likewise, what remains in these gross amount columns consists primarily of over-the-counter (OTC) market contracts for most of the contract types as reflected by the high percentage of OTC contracts in the “percent exchanged in over-the counter market” column as of September 30, 2017.
(2)
Represents amounts with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet, including related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. Counterparty valuation adjustments were $273 million and $348 million related to derivative assets and $98 million and $114 million related to derivative liabilities at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. Cash collateral totaled $3.1 billion and $4.2 billion, netted against derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at September 30, 2017, and $4.8 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2016.
(3)Represents non-cash collateral pledged and received against derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements. U.S. GAAP does not permit netting of such non-cash collateral balances in the consolidated balance sheet but requires disclosure of these amounts.
(4)Represents derivatives executed in over-the-counter markets that are not settled through a central clearing organization. Over-the-counter percentages are calculated based on gross amounts recognized as of the respective balance sheet date. The remaining percentage represents derivatives settled through a central clearing organization, which are executed in either over-the-counter or exchange-traded markets.


Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

Fair Value Hedges
We use derivatives to hedge against changes in fair value of certain financial instruments, including available-for-saleagency securities. Excludes trading debt securities mortgages held temporarily for sale,market-marking purposes, which are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement, of $1.8 billion and long-term debt.For more information on fair value hedges, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 16 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Table 12.3 shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships.
Table 12.3:Derivatives in Fair Value Hedging Relationships
 
Interest rate
contracts hedging:
  
Foreign exchange
contracts hedging:
  
Total net
gains
(losses)
on fair
value
hedges

(in millions)
Available-
for-sale
securities

 
Mortgages
held for
sale

 
Long-term
debt

 
Available-
for-sale
securities

 
Long-term
debt

 
Quarter ended September 30, 2017  
   
   
   
   
   
Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives$(110) (1) 271
 4
 (60) 104
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income          
      
Recognized on derivatives(6) 
 (161) (87) 996
 742
Recognized on hedged item(6) (2) 173
 86
 (878) (627)
Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1) $(12) (2) 12
 (1) 118
 115
Quarter ended September 30, 2016  
   
   
   
   
   
Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives$(117) (1) 471
 2
 9
 364
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income  
   
   
   
      
Recognized on derivatives21
 6
 (271) 30
 312
 98
Recognized on hedged item(10) (7) 354
 (32) (234) 71
Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)$11
 (1) 83
 (2) 78
 169
Nine months ended September 30, 2017  
   
   
   
   
   
Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives (1)$(363) (5) 1,070
 10
 (142) 570
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income           
      
Recognized on derivatives(167) (11) (294) (216) 2,579
 1,891
Recognized on hedged item121
 4
 314
 216
 (2,554) (1,899)
Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion)$(46)
(7)
20



25
 (8)
Nine months ended September 30, 2016  
   
   
   
   
   
Net interest income (expense) recognized on derivatives (1)$(468) (5) 1,436
 4
 40
 1,007
Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income  
   
   
   
      
Recognized on derivatives(2,674) (36) 4,815
 98
 1,475
 3,678
Recognized on hedged item2,699
 32
 (4,215) (106) (1,242) (2,832)
Net recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion)$25
 (4) 600
 (8) 233
 846
(1)
The third quarter and first nine months of 2017 included $(1) million and $(2) million, respectively, and the third quarter and first nine months of 2016 included $(3) million and $(10) million, respectively, of the time value component recognized as net interest income (expense) on forward derivatives hedging foreign currency that were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Cash Flow Hedges
We use derivatives to hedge certain financial instruments against future interest rate increases and to limit the variability of cash flows on certain financial instruments due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. For more information on cash flow hedges, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 16 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
Based upon current interest rates, we estimate that $224 million (pre tax) of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI
at September 30, 2017, will be reclassified into net interest income$3.7 billion during the next twelve months. Future changes to interest rates may significantly change actual amounts reclassified to earnings. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 5 years.
Table 12.4 shows the net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships.
Table 12.4:Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives$36
 (445) 279
 2,611
Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net income (1)105
 262
 460
 783
Gains (losses) (pre tax) recognized in noninterest income for hedge ineffectiveness (2)(4) 
 (7) 1
(1)See Note 17 (Other Comprehensive Income) for detail on components of net income.
(2)None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
We use economic hedges primarily to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of certain residential MHFS, residential MSRs measured at fair value, loans, derivative loan commitments and other interests held. We also use economic hedge derivatives to mitigate the periodic earnings volatility caused by ineffectiveness recognized on our fair value accounting hedges. The resulting gain or loss on these economic hedge derivatives is reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income, net gains (losses) from equity investments and other noninterest income.
The derivatives used to hedge MSRs measured at fair value, resulted in net derivative gains of $240 million and $599 million in the thirdsecond quarter and first nine monthshalf of 2017,2023, respectively, and $142 million$3.6 billion and $2.6$10.3 billion induring the thirdsecond quarter and first nine monthshalf of 2016, respectively, which are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value2022, respectively.
In the normal course of these derivatives was a net liability of $9 millionbusiness, we purchase certain
non-agency securities at September 30, 2017, and net liability of $617 million at
December 31, 2016. The change in fair value of these derivatives for each period end is due to changesinitial securitization or subsequently in the underlyingsecondary market, indiceswhich we hold for investment. We also provide seller financing in the form of loans. We received cash flows of $91 million and $141 million during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $168 million and $304 million, during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively, related to principal and interest payments on these securities and loans, which exclude cash flows related to trading activities.
Table 13.2 presents the key weighted-average assumptions we used to initially measure residential MSRs recognized during the periods presented.

Table 13.2:Residential MSRs – Assumptions at Securitization Date
20232022
Quarter ended June 30,
Prepayment rate (1)16.4 %10.9 
Discount rate9.4 8.0 
Cost to service ($ per loan)$176 122 
Six months ended June 30,
Prepayment rate (1)17.5 %11.0 
Discount rate9.6 7.5 
Cost to service ($ per loan)$185 117 
(1)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as the purchaseour estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
See Note 12 (Fair Values of Assets and sale of derivative financial instruments throughout the periodLiabilities) and
Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on key assumptions for residential MSRs.
RESECURITIZATION ACTIVITIES We enter into resecuritization transactions as part of our dynamic MSRtrading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management process.activities of our customers. In resecuritization transactions, we transfer trading debt securities to VIEs in exchange for new beneficial interests that are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement. This activity is performed for customers seeking a specific return or risk profile. Substantially all of our transactions involve the resecuritization of conforming mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs or guaranteed by GNMA. We do not consolidate the resecuritization VIEs as we share in the decision-making power with third parties and do not hold significant economic interests in the VIEs other than for market-making activities. During the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, we transferred securities of $6.1 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, to resecuritization VIEs, and retained securities of $329 million and $525 million, respectively. These amounts are not included in Table 13.1. Related total VIE assets were $111.1 billion and $112.0 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we held $1.3 billion and $793 million of securities, respectively.
Interest rate lock commitments
116Wells Fargo & Company


Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for mortgageOthers
Table 13.3 presents information about loans that we intendsold or securitized in which we have ongoing involvement as servicer. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and loans in bankruptcy, regardless of delinquency status. For loans sold or securitized where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we generally experience a loss only if we were required to sell are considered derivatives. The aggregate fair valuerepurchase a delinquent loan or foreclosed asset due
to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts. Table 13.3 excludes mortgage loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA of derivative loan commitments on the balance sheet was a net asset of $25 million$637.0 billion and net liability of $6 million$704.5 billion at SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, and December 31, 2016, respectively,2022, respectively. Delinquent loans and foreclosed assets related to loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA were $3.4 billion and $4.6 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Table 13.3:Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others
Net charge-offs
Total loansDelinquent loans
and foreclosed assets (1)
Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 202220232022
Commercial$66,082 67,029 849 912 67 22 
Residential8,789 9,201 433 501 8 
Total off-balance sheet sold or securitized loans$74,871 76,230 1,282 1,413 75 29 
(1)Includes $213 million and $274 million of commercial foreclosed assets and $28 million and $25 million of residential foreclosed assets at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs
MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS Table 13.4 includes nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations where we originate and transfer the loans to the unconsolidated securitization VIEs that we sponsor. For additional information about these VIEs, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” section within this Note. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations also include commercial mortgage loan securitizations sponsored by third parties where we did not originate or transfer the loans but serve as master servicer and invest in securities that could be potentially significant to the VIE.
Conforming loan securitization and resecuritization transactions involving the GSEs and GNMA are excluded from Table 13.4 because we are not the sponsor or we do not have power over the activities most significant to the VIEs. Additionally, due to the nature of the guarantees provided by the GSEs and the FHA and VA, our credit risk associated with these VIEs is included inlimited. For additional information about conforming mortgage loan securitizations and resecuritizations, see the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation trading“Loan Sales and other derivatives” in Table 12.1 inSecuritization Activity” and “Resecuritization Activities” sections within this Note.
For more information on economic hedges
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS We may transfer purchased industrial development bonds and other derivatives, see Note 16 (Derivatives)GSE credit enhancements to Financial StatementsVIEs in our 2016 Form 10-K. Table 12.5 shows the net gains recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
Table 12.5:Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 Quarter ended Sep 30,  Nine months ended Sep 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:       
Interest rate contracts
Recognized in noninterest income:
       
Mortgage banking (1)$138
 4
 480
 1,435
Other (2)(19) (56) (64) (308)
Equity contracts (3)(489) (372) (1,175) (84)
Foreign exchange contracts (2)(300) 175
 (834) 504
Credit contracts (2)(6) 12
 8
 12
Subtotal (4)(676) (237) (1,585) 1,559
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:       
Interest rate contracts
Recognized in noninterest income:
       
Mortgage banking (5)152
 510
 599
 1,485
Other (6)17
 210
 80
 (520)
Commodity contracts (6)63
 45
 138
 162
Equity contracts (6)(851) (982) (2,525) (1,277)
Foreign exchange contracts (6)155
 188
 356
 686
Credit contracts (6)(31) (25) (59) (66)
Other (2)8
 15
 22
 (15)
Subtotal(487) (39) (1,389) 455
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments$(1,163) (276) (2,974) 2,014
(1)Reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value, interest rate lock commitments and mortgages held for sale.
(2)Included in other noninterest income.
(3)Included in net gains from equity investments and other noninterest income.
(4)
Includes hedging gains (losses) of $(18) million and $(64) million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2017, respectively, and $(29) million and $(272) million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2016, respectively, which partially offset hedge accounting ineffectiveness.
(5)Reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments and net gains from trading activities in noninterest income.
(6)Included in net gains from trading activities in noninterest income.


Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

Credit Derivatives
Credit derivative contracts are arrangements whose value is derived from the transfer of credit risk of a reference asset or entity from one party (the purchaser of credit protection) to another party (the seller of credit protection). We use credit derivatives to assist customers with their risk management objectives.exchange for beneficial interests. We may also use credit derivativesacquire such beneficial interests in structured product transactions or liquidity agreements writtenwhere we do not act as a transferor. We own all of the beneficial interests and may also service the underlying mortgages that serve as collateral to special purpose vehicles.the bonds. The maximum exposureGSEs have the power to direct the servicing and workout activities of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be
required to perform under sold credit derivativesVIE in the event of a default, therefore we do not have control over the key decisions of the VIEs.

OTHER VIE STRUCTURESWe engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with other VIEs, including asset-backed finance structures and other securitizations collateralized by asset classes other than mortgages. Collateral may include rental properties, asset-backed securities, student loans and mortgage loans. We may participate in structuring or marketing the referenced obligors. Eventsarrangements as well as provide financing, service one or more of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuringthe underlying assets, or lackenter into derivatives with the VIEs. We may also receive fees for those services. We are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs.

Table 13.4 provides a summary of our exposure to the unconsolidated VIEs described above, which includes investments in securities, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, commitments and certain derivatives. We exclude certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement is temporary or administrative in nature or insignificant in size.
In Table 13.4, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, suchbalance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” is determined as the credit downgradecarrying value of our investment in the referenced obligorsVIEs excluding the unconditional repurchase options that have not been exercised, plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or the inability of the special purpose vehiclestressed loss estimate for, which we have providedother commitments and guarantees.
Debt, guarantees and other commitments include amounts related to lending arrangements, liquidity to obtain funding.
Table 12.6 provides details ofagreements, and certain loss sharing obligations associated with loans originated, sold, and purchased credit derivatives.
serviced under certain GSE programs.
Table 12.6:Sold and Purchased Credit Derivatives
   Notional amount    
(in millions)
Fair value
liability

 
Protection
sold (A)

 
Protection
sold –
non-
investment
grade

 
Protection
purchased
with
identical
underlyings (B)

 
Net
protection
sold
(A) - (B)

 
Other
protection
purchased

 
Range of
maturities
September 30, 2017             
Credit default swaps on:             
Corporate bonds$26
 1,932
 535
 1,255
 677
 1,379
 2017 - 2027
Structured products91
 210
 205
 184
 26
 140
 2020 - 2047
Credit protection on:              
Default swap index
 3,553
 537
 62
 3,491
 5,665
 2017 - 2027
Commercial mortgage-backed securities index92
 441
 
 410
 31
 146
 2047 - 2058
Asset-backed securities index9
 42
 
 38
 4
 5
 2045 - 2046
Other1
 3,576
 3,576
 
 3,576
 11,102
 2017 - 2028
Total credit derivatives$219
 9,754
 4,853
 1,949
 7,805
 18,437
  
December 31, 2016             
Credit default swaps on:             
Corporate bonds$22
 4,324
 1,704
 3,060
 1,264
 1,804
 2017 - 2026
Structured products193
 405
 333
 295
 110
 79
 2020 - 2047
Credit protection on:             
Default swap index
 1,515
 257
 139
 1,376
 3,668
 2017 - 2021
Commercial mortgage-backed securities index156
 627
 
 584
 43
 71
 2047 - 2058
Asset-backed securities index17
 45
 
 40
 5
 187
 2045 - 2046
Other1
 3,567
 3,568
 
 3,567
 10,519
 2017 - 2047
Total credit derivatives$389
 10,483
 5,862
 4,118
 6,365
 16,328
  

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum“Maximum exposure to loss” represents estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumedsevere, hypothetical circumstance,circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believeAccordingly, this hypothetical circumstance to be a remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

Wells Fargo & Company117


Note 13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
Table 13.4:Unconsolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE assets 
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity securitiesAll other
assets (2)
Debt and other liabilitiesNet assets 
June 30, 2023
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$152,727  2,424  604 (12)3,016 
Commercial real estate loans5,606 5,590   16  5,606 
Other2,063 256  45 17  318 
Total$160,396 5,846 2,424 45 637 (12)8,940 
Maximum exposure to loss
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity securitiesAll other
assets (2)
Debt, guarantees,
and other commitments
Total exposure 
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$ 2,424  604 12 3,040 
Commercial real estate loans5,590   16 702 6,308 
Other256  45 17 229 547 
Total$5,846 2,424 45 637 943 9,895 
Carrying value – asset (liability)

(in millions)
Total
VIE assets
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity
securities
All other
assets (2)
Debt and other liabilitiesNet assets 
December 31, 2022
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$154,464 — 2,420 — 617 (13)3,024 
Commercial real estate loans5,627 5,611 — — 16 — 5,627 
Other2,174 292 43 21 — 357 
Total$162,265 5,903 2,421 43 654 (13)9,008 
Maximum exposure to loss
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity
securities
All other
assets (2)
Debt,
guarantees,
and other commitments
Total exposure
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$— 2,420 — 617 13 3,050 
Commercial real estate loans5,611 — — 16 705 6,332 
Other292 43 21 228 585 
Total$5,903 2,421 43 654 946 9,967 
(1)Includes $170 million and $172 million of securities classified as trading at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)All other assets includes mortgage servicing rights, derivative assets, and other assets (predominantly servicing advances).
INVOLVEMENT WITH TAX CREDIT VIES In addition to the unconsolidated VIEs in Table 13.4, we may invest in or provide funding to affordable housing, renewable energy or similar projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits and other tax benefits. The projects are typically managed by third-party sponsors who have the power over the VIE’s assets, therefore, we do not consolidate the VIEs. The carrying value of our equity investments in tax credit VIEs was $19.0 billion and $18.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. We also had loans to tax credit VIEs with a carrying value of $2.0 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Our maximum exposure to loss for tax credit VIEs at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, was $29.7 billion and $28.0 billion, respectively. Our maximum exposure to loss included total unfunded equity and lending commitments of $8.8 billion and $7.3 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. See Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) for additional information about commitments to purchase equity securities.
Our affordable housing equity investments qualify for the low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC). For additional information on our LIHTC investments, see Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.


Consolidated VIEs
We consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary of the following structure types:

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASES We may securitize dealer floor plan loans in a revolving master trust entity. As servicer and residual interest holder, we control the key decisions of the trust and consolidate the entity. The total VIE assets held by the master trust represent a majority of the total VIE assets presented for this category in Table 13.5. In a separate transaction structure, we may provide the majority of debt and equity financing to an SPE that engages in lending and leasing to specific vendors and service the underlying collateral.

OTHER VIE STRUCTURESOther VIEs are predominantly related to municipal tender option bond (MTOB) transactions. MTOBs are vehicles to finance the purchase of municipal bonds through the issuance of short-term debt to investors. Our involvement with MTOBs includes serving as the residual interest holder, which provides control over the key decisions of the VIE, as well as the remarketing agent or liquidity provider related to the debt issued to investors.We may also securitize nonconforming mortgage loans, in which our involvement includes servicer of the underlying assets and holder of subordinate or senior securities issued by the VIE. During second quarter 2022, we purchased the outstanding mortgage loans from the VIEs and extinguished the related debt associated with such securitizations.
118Wells Fargo & Company


Table 13.5 presents a summary of financial assets and liabilities of our consolidated VIEs. The carrying value represents assets and liabilities recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. “Total VIE assets” includes affiliate balances that are eliminated upon consolidation, and therefore in some instances will differ from the carrying value of assets.
On our consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose (1) the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs, and (2) the consolidated liabilities of certain VIEs for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo.
Table 13.5:Transactions with Consolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE assets 
LoansDebt
securities
All other
assets (1)
Liabilities (2)
June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial loans and leases$7,345 4,947  204 (136)
Other72  71 1 (72)
Total consolidated VIEs$7,417 4,947 71 205 (208)
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial loans and leases$7,148 4,802 — 190 (129)
Other72 — 71 (72)
Total consolidated VIEs$7,220 4,802 71 191 (201)
(1)All other assets includes cash and due from banks, and other assets.
(2)Liabilities include short-term borrowings, and accrued expenses and other liabilities.
Other Transactions
In addition to the transactions included in the previous tables, we have used wholly-owned trust preferred security VIEs to issue debt securities or preferred equity exclusively to third-party investors. As the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us, we do not consolidate the VIEs even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs, and may have the right to redeem the third-party securities under certain circumstances. On our consolidated balance sheet, we reported the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt with a carrying value of $407 million and $401 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Wells Fargo & Company119


Note 14:  Guarantees and Other Commitments
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. For additional
descriptions of our guarantees, see Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) in our 2022 Form 10-K. Table 14.1 shows carrying value and maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees.

Table 14.1:Guarantees – Carrying Value and Maximum Exposure to Loss
Maximum exposure to loss 
(in millions)Carrying value of obligationExpires in one year or lessExpires after one year through three yearsExpires after three years through five yearsExpires after five yearsTotal Non-investment grade
June 30, 2023
Standby letters of credit (1)
$92 14,223 4,480 3,550 12 22,265 7,528 
Direct pay letters of credit (1)11 1,137 2,855 407 5 4,404 1,122 
Loans and LHFS sold with recourse (2)20 361 2,112 3,121 8,351 13,945 11,112 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees 6,204    6,204  
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3) 515  9 216 740 469 
Total guarantees$123 22,440 9,447 7,087 8,584 47,558 20,231 
December 31, 2022
Standby letters of credit (1)$112 14,014 4,694 3,058 53 21,819 7,071 
Direct pay letters of credit (1)13 1,593 2,734 465 4,797 1,283 
Loans and LHFS sold with recourse (2)16 322 1,078 3,408 8,906 13,714 11,399 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees— 4,623 — — — 4,623 — 
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3)— 548 10 201 760 515 
Total guarantees$141 21,100 8,507 6,941 9,165 45,713 20,268 
(1)Standby and direct pay letters of credit are reported net of syndications and participations.
(2)Represents recourse provided, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements.
(3)Includes indemnifications provided to certain third-party clearing agents. Estimated maximum exposure to loss was $172 million and $157 million with related collateral of $1.7 billion and $1.3 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is a remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in
Table 14.1 do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, these amounts underare not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value is more representative of our current exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss. The carrying value represents the fair value of the guarantee, if any, and also includes an ACL for guarantees, if applicable. In determining the ACL for guarantees, we consider the credit risk of the related contingent obligation.
For our guarantees in Table 14.1, non-investment grade represent the notional amounts ofrepresents those credit derivativesguarantees on which we have a higher risk of beingperformance under the terms of the guarantee, which is determined based on an external rating or an internal credit grade that is below investment grade.

WRITTEN OPTIONS We enter into written foreign currency options and over-the-counter written equity put options that are derivative contracts that have the characteristics of a guarantee. The fair value of written options represents our view of the probability that we will be required to perform under the termscontract. The fair value of the credit derivativethese written options was an asset of $449 million and are a functionliability of the underlying assets.
We consider the risk$15 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The fair value may be an asset as a result of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of ourdeferred premiums on certain option trades. The maximum exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the notional value of these derivative contracts. At June 30, 2023, the maximum exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased$31.8 billion, with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

$29.3 billion expiring in three years or less compared with $23.4 billion and $21.3 billion,

Credit-Risk Contingent Features
Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $9.2 billion at September 30, 2017, and $12.8 billionrespectively, at December 31, 2016,2022. See Note 11 (Derivatives) for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES We record a liability for mortgage loans that we expect to repurchase pursuant to various representations or warranties. See Note 13 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for further discussion and related amounts. Additionally, when we sell MSRs, we may provide indemnifications for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations or warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At June 30, 2023, our liability for these indemnification arrangements was $8 million and the maximum exposure to loss was $650 million, with $609 million expiring in three years or less.

MERCHANT PROCESSING SERVICES We provide debit and credit card transaction processing services through payment networks directly for merchants and as a sponsor for merchant processing servicers, including our joint venture with a third party that is accounted for as an equity method investment. In our role as the merchant acquiring bank, we have a potential obligation in connection with payment and delivery disputes between the merchant and the cardholder that are resolved in favor of the cardholder, referred to as a charge-back transaction. We estimate our potential maximum exposure to be the total merchant transaction volume processed in the preceding four months, which we posted $8.0is generally the lifecycle for a charge-back transaction. As of June 30, 2023, our potential maximum exposure was approximately $789.5 billion, and $8.9 billion, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. A credit rating below investment grade is the credit-risk-related contingent feature that if triggered requires the maximum amount of collateral to be posted. If the credit rating ofrelated losses, including those from our debt had been downgraded below investment grade, on September 30, 2017, or December 31, 2016, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $1.2 billion or $4.0 billion, respectively, or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value. Some contracts require that we provide more collateral than the fair value of derivatives that are in a net liability position if a downgrade occurs.joint venture entity, were insignificant.


Counterparty Credit Risk
By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the applicable requirements, including determining the legal enforceability of the arrangement, it is our policy to present derivative balances and related cash collateral amounts net on the balance sheet. We incorporate credit valuation adjustments (CVA) to reflect counterparty credit risk in determining the fair value of our derivatives. Such adjustments, which consider the effects of enforceable master netting agreements and collateral arrangements, reflect market-based views of the credit quality of each counterparty. Our CVA calculation is determined based on observed credit spreads in the credit default swap market and indices indicative of the credit quality of the counterparties to our derivatives.

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Note 13:  Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities120Wells Fargo & Company



We use fair value measurementsGUARANTEES OF SUBSIDIARIES The Parent fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of principal, interest, and any other amounts that may be due on securities that its 100% owned finance subsidiary, Wells Fargo Finance LLC, may issue. These securities are not guaranteed by any other subsidiary of the Parent. The guaranteed liabilities were $847 million and $948 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. These guarantees rank on parity with all of the Parent’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

OTHER COMMITMENTS To meet the financing needs of our customers, we may enter into commitments to record fair value adjustmentspurchase debt and equity securities to provide capital for their funding, liquidity or other future needs. As of both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we had commitments to purchase debt securities of $100 million and commitments to purchase equity securities of $5.0 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.
As part of maintaining our memberships in certain assetsclearing organizations, we are required to stand ready to provide liquidity to sustain market clearing activity in the event unforeseen events occur or are deemed likely to occur. Certain of these obligations are guarantees of other members’ performance and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basisaccordingly are presentedincluded in Table 13.214.1 in this Note. From timeOther guarantees and indemnifications.

We have commitments to time, we may be required to record fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve applicationenter into resale and securities borrowing agreements as well as repurchase and securities lending agreements with certain counterparties, including central clearing organizations. The amount of LOCOM accounting or write-downsour unfunded contractual commitments for resale and securities borrowing agreements was $16.6 billion and $19.9 billion as of individual assets. Assets recorded on a nonrecurring basis are presented in Table 13.14 in this Note.June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for repurchase and securities lending agreements was $2.4 billion and $1.6 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
See Note 1 (SummaryGiven the nature of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K for discussion of how we determine fair value. For descriptions of the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis and for estimating fair value for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value, see Note 17 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K.
FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY We group our assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
Level 3 – Valuation is generated from techniques that use significant assumptions that are not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
In accordance with new accounting guidance that we adopted effective January 1, 2016, we do not classify an investment in the fair value hierarchy if we use the non-published net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) that has been communicated to us as an investor as a practical expedient to measure fair value. We generally use NAV per share as the fair value measurement for certain nonmarketable equity fund investments. This guidance was required to be applied retrospectively. Accordingly, certain prior period fair value disclosures have been revised to conform with current period presentation. Marketable equity investments with published NAVs continue to be classified in the fair value hierarchy.
Fair Value Measurements from Vendors
For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from vendors, which predominantly consist of third-party pricing services, and record the unadjusted fair value in our financial statements. For additional information, see Note 17 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K. Table 13.1. presents unadjusted fair value measurements provided by brokers or third-party pricing services by fair value hierarchy level. Fair value measurements obtained from brokers or third-party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statementsthese commitments, they are excluded from Table 13.1.5.4 (Unfunded Credit Commitments) in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses).

Table 13.1:Fair Value Measurements by Brokers or Third-Party Pricing Services
  Brokers  Third-party pricing services 
(in millions)Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
 Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
September 30, 2017                 
Trading assets$
 
 
 674
 211
 
Available-for-sale securities:                 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
 
 
 3,400
 2,950
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 
 
 
 52,068
 50
Mortgage-backed securities
 37
 
 
 160,628
 76
Other debt securities (1)
 684
 1,146
 
 46,098
 22
Total debt securities
 721
 1,146
 3,400
 261,744
 148
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 264
 
Total available-for-sale securities
 721
 1,146
 3,400
 262,008
 148
Derivatives assets
 
 
 19
 
 
Derivatives liabilities
 
 
 (16) 
 
Other liabilities (2)
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016                 
Trading assets$
 
 
 899
 60
 
Available-for-sale securities:                 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
 
 
 22,870
 2,949
 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 
 
 
 49,837
 208
Mortgage-backed securities
 171
 
 
 176,923
 92
Other debt securities (1)
 450
 968
 
 49,162
 54
Total debt securities
 621
 968
 22,870
 278,871
 354
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 358
 
Total available-for-sale securities
 621
 968
 22,870
 279,229
 354
Derivatives assets
 
 
 22
 
 
Derivatives liabilities
 
 
 (109) (1) 
Other liabilities (2)
 
 
 
 
 
(1)Includes corporate debt securities, collateralized loan and other debt obligations, asset-backed securities, and other debt securities.Wells Fargo & Company121



(2)Includes short sale liabilities
Note 15:  Pledged Assets and other liabilities.
Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Table 13.2 presents the balances of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.
Table 13.2:Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
(in millions)Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
 Netting
 Total
September 30, 2017         
Trading assets         
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$16,882
 3,012
 
  
  19,894
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 4,401
 3
  
  4,404
Collateralized loan obligations
 359
 383
  
  742
Corporate debt securities
 11,098
 34
  
  11,132
Mortgage-backed securities
 23,966
 
  
 23,966
Asset-backed securities
 799
 
  
 799
Equity securities25,980
 270
 
 
 26,250
Total trading securities (1)42,862
 43,905
 420
 
 87,187
Other trading assets
 1,161
 56
  
 1,217
Total trading assets42,862
 45,066
 476
 
 88,404
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies3,400
 2,950
 
  
 6,350
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 52,068
 706
(2)
 52,774
Mortgage-backed securities:            
Federal agencies
 150,181
 
  
 150,181
Residential
 6,393
 1
  
 6,394
Commercial
 4,576
 76
  
 4,652
Total mortgage-backed securities
 161,150
 77
 
 161,227
Corporate debt securities56
 8,904
 380
  
 9,340
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (3)
 34,594
 1,014
(2)
 35,608
Asset-backed securities:             
Automobile loans and leases
 544
 
 
 544
Home equity loans
 283
 
  
 283
Other asset-backed securities
 4,556
 635
(2)
 5,191
Total asset-backed securities
 5,383
 635
  
 6,018
Other debt securities
 
 
  
 
Total debt securities3,456
 265,049
 2,812
  
 271,317
Marketable equity securities:             
Perpetual preferred securities155
 264
 
 
 419
Other marketable equity securities474
 
 
  
 474
Total marketable equity securities629
 264
 
 
 893
Total available-for-sale securities4,085
 265,313
 2,812
 
 272,210
Mortgages held for sale
 15,452
 1,032
  
 16,484
Loans
 
 410
  
  410
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)
 
 13,338
  
  13,338
Derivative assets:              
Interest rate contracts26
 18,143
 172
  
  18,341
Commodity contracts
 1,546
 28
  
  1,574
Equity contracts1,708
 3,867
 1,221
  
  6,796
Foreign exchange contracts19
 8,733
 20
  
  8,772
Credit contracts
 275
 145
  
  420
Netting
 
 
  (23,323)(4)(23,323)
Total derivative assets1,753
 32,564
 1,586
  (23,323) 12,580
Other assets – excluding nonmarketable equity investments at NAV
 50
 4,473
  
  4,523
Total assets included in the fair value hierarchy$48,700
 358,445
 24,127
 (23,323) 407,949
Other assets – nonmarketable equity investments at NAV (5)

       
Total assets recorded at fair value

 

   

 $407,949
Derivative liabilities:              
Interest rate contracts$(18) (15,557) (58)  
  (15,633)
Commodity contracts
 (1,156) (16)  
  (1,172)
Equity contracts(1,125) (4,698) (1,812)  
  (7,635)
Foreign exchange contracts(16) (8,777) (13)  
  (8,806)
Credit contracts
 (384) (92)  
  (476)
Other derivative contracts
 
 (26)  
  (26)
Netting
 
 
  24,251
(4)24,251
Total derivative liabilities(1,159) (30,572) (2,017)  24,251
  (9,497)
Short sale liabilities:              
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies(10,401) (728) 
  
  (11,129)
Corporate debt securities
 (5,643) 
  
  (5,643)
Equity securities(2,283) (7) 
  
  (2,290)
Other securities
 (34) (3)  
  (37)
Total short sale liabilities(12,684) (6,412) (3)  
  (19,099)
Other liabilities
 
 (3)  
  (3)
Total liabilities recorded at fair value$(13,843) (36,984) (2,023)  24,251
  (28,599)
(1)
Net gains (losses) from trading activities recognized in the income statement for the first nine monthsSeptember 30,2017 and 2016 both include $1.4 billion in net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities held at September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.Collateral
(2)Balances consist of securities that are mostly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(3)
Includes collateralized debt obligations of $1.0 billion.
(4)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances and related cash collateral. See Note 12 (Derivatives) for additional information.
(5)Consists of certain nonmarketable equity investments that are measured at fair value using NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are excluded from the fair value hierarchy.
(continued on following page)

(continued from previous page)
(in millions)  
Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
 Netting
 Total
December 31, 2016         
Trading assets         
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies  $14,950
 2,710
 
 
 17,660
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions  
 2,910
 3
 
 2,913
Collateralized loan obligations
 501
 309
 
 810
Corporate debt securities  
 9,481
 34
 
 9,515
Mortgage-backed securities  
 20,254
 
 
 20,254
Asset-backed securities  
 1,128
 
 
 1,128
Equity securities  20,462
 290
 
 
 20,752
Total trading securities (1)35,412
 37,274
 346
 
 73,032
Other trading assets  
 1,337
 28
 
 1,365
Total trading assets35,412
 38,611
 374
 
 74,397
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies  22,870
 2,949
 
 
 25,819
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 49,961
 1,140
(2)
 51,101
Mortgage-backed securities:               
Federal agencies  
 161,230
 
  
 161,230
Residential  
 7,815
 1
  
 7,816
Commercial  
 8,411
 91
  
 8,502
Total mortgage-backed securities  
 177,456
 92
 
 177,548
Corporate debt securities  58
 10,967
 432
  
 11,457
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (3)
 34,141
 879
(2)
 35,020
Asset-backed securities:               
Automobile loans and leases  
 9
 
 
 9
Home equity loans  
 327
 
  
 327
Other asset-backed securities  
 4,909
 962
(2)
 5,871
Total asset-backed securities  
 5,245
 962
  
 6,207
Other debt securities  
 1
 
  
 1
Total debt securities  22,928
 280,720
 3,505
  
 307,153
Marketable equity securities:               
Perpetual preferred securities112
 357
 
 
 469
Other marketable equity securities  741
 1
 
  
 742
Total marketable equity securities  853
 358
 
 
 1,211
Total available-for-sale securities  23,781
 281,078
 3,505
 
 308,364
Mortgages held for sale   
 21,057
 985
 
 22,042
Loans  
 
 758
 
 758
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)  
 
 12,959
 
 12,959
Derivative assets:              
Interest rate contracts  44
 64,986
 238
 
 65,268
Commodity contracts  
 3,020
 37
 
 3,057
Equity contracts  1,314
 2,997
 1,047
 
 5,358
Foreign exchange contracts  22
 10,843
 29
 
 10,894
Credit contracts  
 280
 272
 
 552
Netting  
 
 
 (70,631)(4)(70,631)
Total derivative assets1,380
 82,126
 1,623
 (70,631) 14,498
Other assets – excluding nonmarketable equity investments at NAV
 16
 3,259
 
 3,275
Total assets included in the fair value hierarchy$60,573
 422,888
 23,463
 (70,631) 436,293
Other assets – nonmarketable equity investments at NAV (5)        
Total assets recorded at fair value

 

 

 

 $436,293
Derivative liabilities:              
Interest rate contracts  $(45) (65,047) (117) 
 (65,209)
Commodity contracts  
 (2,537) (14) 
 (2,551)
Equity contracts  (919) (3,879) (1,314) 
 (6,112)
Foreign exchange contracts  (109) (12,616) (17) 
 (12,742)
Credit contracts  
 (332) (195) 
 (527)
Other derivative contracts  
 
 (47) 
 (47)
Netting  
 
 
 72,696
(4)72,696
Total derivative liabilities(1,073) (84,411) (1,704) 72,696
 (14,492)
Short sale liabilities:              

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies  (9,722) (701) 
 
 (10,423)
Corporate debt securities  
 (4,063) 
 
 (4,063)
Equity securities  (1,795) 
 
 
 (1,795)
Other securities  
 (98) 
 
 (98)
Total short sale liabilities  (11,517) (4,862) 
 
 (16,379)
Other liabilities 
 
 (4) 
 (4)
Total liabilities recorded at fair value  $(12,590) (89,273) (1,708) 72,696
 (30,875)
(1)
Net gains (losses) from trading activities recognized in the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2016, include $820 million in net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities held at December 31, 2016.
(2)Balances consist of securities that are mostly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(3)
Includes collateralized debt obligations of $847 million
(4)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances and related cash collateral. See Note 12 (Derivatives) for additional information.
(5)Consists of certain nonmarketable equity investments that are measured at fair value using NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are excluded from the fair value hierarchy.



Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Changes in Fair Value Levels
We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy and transfer between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 accordingly. Observable market data includes but is not limited to quoted prices and market transactions. Changes in economic conditions or market liquidity generally will drive changes in availability of observable market data. Changes in availability of observable market data, which also may result in
changing the valuation technique used, are generally the cause of transfers between Level 1, Level 2,and Level 3.
Transfers into and out of Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 are provided within Table 13.3 for the periods presented. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.
Table 13.3:Transfers Between Fair Value Levels
  Transfers Between Fair Value Levels   
  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 (1)   
(in millions)In Out In Out In Out Total  
Quarter ended September 30, 2017                    
Trading assets$
 
 
 (20) 20
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 838
 
 
 (838) 
Mortgages held for sale
 
 2
 (55) 55
 (2) 
Other assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net derivative assets and liabilities (2)
 
 6
 15
 (15) (6) 
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total transfers$
 
 846
 (60) 60
 (846) 
Quarter ended September 30, 2016                    
Trading assets$1
 (44) 44
 (2) 1
 
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 465
 
 
 (465) 
Mortgages held for sale
 
 3
 (18) 18
 (3) 
Other assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net derivative assets and liabilities (2)
 
 79
 (14) 14
 (79) 
Short sale liabilities
 1
 (1) 
 
 
 
Total transfers$1
 (43) 590
 (34) 33
 (547) 
Nine months ended September 30, 2017                    
Trading assets$
 
 1
 (39) 39
 (1) 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 1,334
 (5) 5
 (1,334) 
Mortgages held for sale
 
 8
 (116) 116
 (8) 
Other assets
 
 
 (1) 1
 
��
Net derivative assets and liabilities (2)
 
 89
 37
 (37) (89) 
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total transfers$
 
 1,432
 (124) 124
 (1,432) 
Nine months ended September 30, 2016                    
Trading assets$5
 (48) 59
 (6) 1
 (11) 
Available-for-sale securities
 
 481
 (80) 80
 (481) 
Mortgages held for sale
 
 12
 (72) 72
 (12) 
Other assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net derivative assets and liabilities (2)
 
 129
 (42) 42
 (129) 
Short sale liabilities(1) 1
 (1) 1
 
 
 
Total transfers$4
 (47) 680
 (199) 195
 (633) 
(1)All transfers in and out of Level 3 are disclosed within the recurring Level 3 rollforward tables in this Note.
(2)Includes transfers of net derivative assets and net derivative liabilities between levels due to changes in observable market data.


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2017, are presented in Table 13.4.
Table 13.4:Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Quarter ended September 30, 2017
    
 
Total net gains
(losses) included in
  
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)

   
   
   
 
Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end

  
(in millions)
Balance,
beginning
of period

 
Net
income

 
Other
compre-
hensive
income

  
Transfers
into
Level 3

 
Transfers
out of
Level 3

 
Balance,
end of
period

 (2)
Quarter ended September 30, 2017                        
Trading assets:                        
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
$9
 
 
 (6) 
 
 3
 
  
Collateralized loan obligations403
 
 
 (20) 
 
 383
 (4)  
Corporate debt securities26
 
 
 6
 2
 
 34
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Total trading securities438
 
 
 (20) 2
 
 420
 (4)  
Other trading assets39
 
 
 (1) 18
 
 56
 
 
Total trading assets477
 
 
 (21) 20
 
 476
 (4)(3)
Available-for-sale securities:                         
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
1,557
 3
 3
 (19) 
 (838) 706
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
Residential1
 
 
 
 
 
 1
 
  
Commercial75
 
 1
 
 
 
 76
 
  
Total mortgage-backed securities76
 
 1
 
 
 
 77
 
 
Corporate debt securities376
 1
 4
 (1) 
 
 380
 
  
Collateralized loan and other
debt obligations
1,002
 7
 25
 (20) 
 
 1,014
 
  
Asset-backed securities:                        
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other asset-backed securities872
 1
 2
 (240) 
 
 635
 
  
Total asset-backed securities872
 1
 2
 (240) 
 
 635
 
  
Total debt securities3,883
 12
 35
 (280) 
 (838) 2,812
 
(4)
Marketable equity securities:                         
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Total marketable
equity securities

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
Total available-for-sale
securities
3,883
 12
 35
 (280) 
 (838) 2,812
 
  
Mortgages held for sale995
 (10) 
 (6) 55
 (2) 1,032
 (11)(6)
Loans443
 
 
 (33) 
 
 410
 (3)(6)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (7)12,789
 (661) 
 1,210
 
 
 13,338
 (142)(6)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:                        
Interest rate contracts115
 158
 
 (159) 
 
 114
 8
  
Commodity contracts17
 (16) 
 9
 2
��
 12
 7
  
Equity contracts(471) (70) 
 (27) (17) (6) (591) (130)  
Foreign exchange contracts4
 3
 
 
 
 
 7
 1
  
Credit contracts72
 (6) 
 (13) 
 
 53
 (6)  
Other derivative contracts(34) 8
 
 
 
 
 (26) 8
  
Total derivative contracts(297) 77
 
 (190) (15) (6) (431) (112)(8)
Other assets3,960
 513
 
 
 
 
 4,473
 513
(5)
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 (3) 
 
 (3) 
(3)
Other liabilities(3) 
 
 
 
 
 (3) 
(6)
(1)See Table 13.5 for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in net gains (losses) from trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in net gains (losses) from debt securities in the income statement.
(5)Included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(8)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities, equity investments and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(continued on following page)



Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
Table 13.5 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2017.
Table 13.5:Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Quarter ended September 30, 2017
(in millions)Purchases
 Sales
 Issuances
 Settlements
 Net
Quarter ended September 30, 2017              
Trading assets:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$30
 (35) 
 (1) (6)
Collateralized loan obligations51
 (36) 
 (35) (20)
Corporate debt securities9
 (3) 
 
 6
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total trading securities90
 (74) 
 (36) (20)
Other trading assets
 (1) 
 
 (1)
Total trading assets90
 (75) 
 (36) (21)
Available-for-sale securities:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 (68) 98
 (49) (19)
Mortgage-backed securities:              
Residential
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
Total mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
 
 
 (1) (1)
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations6
 
 
 (26) (20)
Asset-backed securities:              
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
Other asset-backed securities
 
 16
 (256) (240)
Total asset-backed securities
 
 16
 (256) (240)
Total debt securities6
 (68) 114
 (332) (280)
Marketable equity securities:              
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total available-for-sale securities6
 (68) 114
 (332) (280)
Mortgages held for sale17
 (130) 147
 (40) (6)
Loans2
 
 5
 (40) (33)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)541
 64
 605
 
 1,210
Net derivative assets and liabilities:              
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 (159) (159)
Commodity contracts
 
 
 9
 9
Equity contracts
 (48) 
 21
 (27)
Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
Credit contracts1
 
 
 (14) (13)
Other derivative contracts
 
 
 
 
Total derivative contracts1
 (48) 
 (143) (190)
Other assets
 
 
 
 
Short sale liabilities
 (3) 
 
 (3)
Other liabilities
 
 
 
 
(1)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2016, are presented in Table 13.6.
Table 13.6:Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Quarter ended September 30, 2016
  
Balance,
beginning
of period

 
Total net gains
(losses) included in
  
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)

   
   
   
 
Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end

  
(in millions) 
Net
income 

 
Other
compre-
hensive
income

  
Transfers
into
Level 3

 
Transfers
out of
Level 3

 
Balance,
end of
period

 (2)
Quarter ended September 30, 2016                         
Trading assets:                         
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
$7
 
 
 (4) 
 
 3
 
  
Collateralized loan obligations249
 
 
 39
 
 
 288
 (1)  
Corporate debt securities36
 1
 
 9
 
 
 46
 1
  
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Equity securities
 
 
 (1) 1
 
 
 
  
Total trading securities292
 1
 
 43
 1
 
 337
 
  
Other trading assets33
 (3) 
 
 
 
 30
 (2)  
Total trading assets325
 (2) 
 43
 1
 
 367
 (2)(3)
Available-for-sale securities:                         
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
1,793
 1
 (15) (114) 
 (465) 1,200
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
Residential1
 
 
 
 
 
 1
 
  
Commercial94
 
 1
 (2) 
 
 93
 (1)  
Total mortgage-backed securities95
 
 1
 (2) 
 
 94
 (1)  
Corporate debt securities471
 3
 5
 (4) 
 
 475
 
  
Collateralized loan and other
debt obligations
951
 19
 2
 (12) 
 
 960
 
  
Asset-backed securities:                       
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other asset-backed securities1,117
 (1) 
 (70) 
 
 1,046
 
  
Total asset-backed securities1,117
 (1) 
 (70) 
 
 1,046
 
  
Total debt securities4,427
 22
 (7) (202) 
 (465) 3,775
 (1)(4)
Marketable equity securities:                         
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
Total available-for-sale
securities
4,427
 22
 (7) (202) 
 (465) 3,775
 (1)  
Mortgages held for sale1,084
 (10) 
 18
 18
 (3) 1,107
 (11)(6)
Loans5,032
 (25) 
 (219) 
 
 4,788
 (26)(6)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (7)10,396
 (594) 
 613
 
 
 10,415
 (8)(6)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:                        
Interest rate contracts690
 504
 
 (561) 
 
 633
 186
  
Commodity contracts21
 (3) 
 
 1
 1
 20
 (1)  
Equity contracts(252) (33) 
 (7) (3) (80) (375) (54)  
Foreign exchange contracts
 1
 
 
 16
 
 17
 2
  
Credit contracts61
 17
 
 (8) 
 
 70
 14
  
Other derivative contracts(88) 15
 
 
 
 
 (73) 16
  
Total derivative contracts432
 501
 
 (576) 14
 (79) 292
 163
(8)
Other assets3,038
 380
 
 
 
 
 3,418
 381
(5)
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)
Other liabilities(5) 1
 
 
 
 
 (4) 
(6)
(1)See Table 13.7 for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in net gains (losses) from trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in net gains (losses) from debt securities in the income statement.
(5)Included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(8)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities, equity investments and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(continued on following page)




Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
Table 13.7 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2016.
Table 13.7:Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Quarter ended September 30, 2016
(in millions)Purchases
 Sales
 Issuances
 Settlements
 Net
Quarter ended September 30, 2016              
Trading assets:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$
 
 
 (4) (4)
Collateralized loan obligations75
 (36) 
 
 39
Corporate debt securities19
 (10) 
 
 9
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 (1) 
 
 (1)
Total trading securities94
 (47) 
 (4) 43
Other trading assets
 
 
 
 
Total trading assets94
 (47) 
 (4) 43
Available-for-sale securities:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 
 
 (114) (114)
Mortgage-backed securities:             
Residential
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 (2) (2)
Total mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 (2) (2)
Corporate debt securities1
 (4) 
 (1) (4)
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations121
 (45) 
 (88) (12)
Asset-backed securities:             
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
Other asset-backed securities
 
 16
 (86) (70)
Total asset-backed securities
 
 16
 (86) (70)
Total debt securities122
 (49) 16
 (291) (202)
Marketable equity securities:              
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total available-for-sale securities122
 (49) 16
 (291) (202)
Mortgages held for sale23
 (113) 161
 (53) 18
Loans
 
 76
 (295) (219)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)
 3
 609
 1
 613
Net derivative assets and liabilities:             
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 (561) (561)
Commodity contracts
 
 
 
 
Equity contracts
 
 
 (7) (7)
Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
Credit contracts2
 (1) 
 (9) (8)
Other derivative contracts
 
 
 
 
Total derivative contracts2
 (1) 
 (577) (576)
Other assets
 
 
 
 
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
 
 
 
(1)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the first nine months of 2017, are presented in Table 13.8.
Table 13.8:Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Nine months ended September 30, 2017
    
 
Total net gains
(losses) included in
  
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)

   
   
   
 
Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end

  
(in millions)
Balance,
beginning
of period

 
Net
income

 
Other
compre-
hensive
income

  
Transfers
into
Level 3

 
Transfers
out of
Level 3

 
Balance,
end of
period

 (2)
Nine months ended September 30, 2017                        
Trading assets:                        
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
$3
 
 
 
 
 
 3
 
  
Collateralized loan obligations309
 (3) 
 77
 
 
 383
 (12)  
Corporate debt securities34
 1
 
 (5) 5
 (1) 34
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Total trading securities346
 (2) 
 72
 5
 (1) 420
 (12)  
Other trading assets28
 (3) 
 (3) 34
 
 56
 (2) 
Total trading assets374
 (5) 
 69
 39
 (1) 476
 (14)(3)
Available-for-sale securities:                         
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
1,140
 4
 7
 884
 5
 (1,334) 706
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
Residential1
 
 
 
 
 
 1
 
  
Commercial91
 (6) 
 (9) 
 
 76
 (11)  
Total mortgage-backed securities92
 (6) 
 (9) 
 
 77
 (11) 
Corporate debt securities432
 (13) 14
 (53) 
 
 380
 
  
Collateralized loan and other
debt obligations
879
 17
 70
 48
 
 
 1,014
 
  
Asset-backed securities:                        
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other asset-backed securities962
 1
 5
 (333) 
 
 635
 
  
Total asset-backed securities962
 1
 5
 (333) 
 
 635
 
  
Total debt securities3,505
 3
 96
 537
 5
 (1,334) 2,812
 (11)(4)
Marketable equity securities:                         
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Total marketable
equity securities

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
Total available-for-sale
securities
3,505
 3
 96
 537
 5
 (1,334) 2,812
 (11)  
Mortgages held for sale985
 (20) 
 (41) 116
 (8) 1,032
 (21)(6)
Loans758
 (6) 
 (342) 
 
 410
 (9)(6)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (7)12,959
 (1,795) 
 2,174
 
 
 13,338
 (328)(6)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:                        
Interest rate contracts121
 625
 
 (632) 
 
 114
 (10)  
Commodity contracts23
 (14) 
 3
 2
 (2) 12
 9
  
Equity contracts(267) (128) 
 (70) (39) (87) (591) (223)  
Foreign exchange contracts12
 (5) 
 
 
 
 7
 (1)  
Credit contracts77
 29
 
 (53) 
 
 53
 (42)  
Other derivative contracts(47) 22
 
 (1) 
 
 (26) 22
  
Total derivative contracts(81) 529
 
 (753) (37) (89) (431) (245)(8)
Other assets3,259
 1,214
 
 (1) 1
 
 4,473
 1,215
(5)
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 (3) 
 
 (3) 
(3)
Other liabilities(4) 1
 
 
 
 
 (3) 
(6)
(1)See Table 13.9 for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in net gains (losses) from trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in net gains (losses) from debt securities in the income statement.
(5)Included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(8)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities, equity investments and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(continued on following page)

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
Table 13.9 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the first nine months of 2017.
Table 13.9:Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Nine months ended September 30, 2017
(in millions)Purchases
 Sales
 Issuances
 Settlements
 Net
Nine months ended September 30, 2017              
Trading assets:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$37
 (36) 
 (1) 
Collateralized loan obligations337
 (165) 
 (95) 77
Corporate debt securities18
 (23) 
 
 (5)
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total trading securities392
 (224) 
 (96) 72
Other trading assets
 (1) 
 (2) (3)
Total trading assets392
 (225) 
 (98) 69
Available-for-sale securities:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 (68) 1,099
 (147) 884
Mortgage-backed securities:              
Residential
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 (9) (9)
Total mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 (9) (9)
Corporate debt securities4
 
 
 (57) (53)
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations135
 
 
 (87) 48
Asset-backed securities:              
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
Other asset-backed securities
 
 198
 (531) (333)
Total asset-backed securities
 
 198
 (531) (333)
Total debt securities139
 (68) 1,297
 (831) 537
Marketable equity securities:              
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total available-for-sale securities139
 (68) 1,297
 (831) 537
Mortgages held for sale57
 (374) 386
 (110) (41)
Loans5
 (129) 14
 (232) (342)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)541
 9
 1,624
 
 2,174
Net derivative assets and liabilities:              
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 (632) (632)
Commodity contracts
 
 
 3
 3
Equity contracts
 (117) 
 47
 (70)
Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
Credit contracts5
 (2) 
 (56) (53)
Other derivative contracts
 
 
 (1) (1)
Total derivative contracts5
 (119) 
 (639) (753)
Other assets
 (1) 
 
 (1)
Short sale liabilities
 (3) 
 
 (3)
Other liabilities
 
 
 
 
(1)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the first nine months of 2016, are presented in Table 13.10.

Table 13.10:Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Nine months ended September 30, 2016
  
Balance,
beginning
of period

 
Total net gains
(losses) included in
  
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)

   
   
   
 
Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end

  
(in millions) 
Net
income 

 
Other
compre-
hensive
income

  
Transfers
into
Level 3

 
Transfers
out of
Level 3

 
Balance,
end of
period

 (2)
Nine months ended September 30, 2016                         
Trading assets:                         
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
$8
 
 
 (5) 
 
 3
 
  
Collateralized loan obligations343
 (24) 
 (20) 
 (11) 288
 (25)  
Corporate debt securities56
 (7) 
 (3) 
 
 46
 (6)  
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Equity securities
 
 
 (1) 1
 
 
 
  
Total trading securities407
 (31) 
 (29) 1
 (11) 337
 (31)  
Other trading assets34
 (4) 
 
 
 
 30
 1
  
Total trading assets441
 (35) 
 (29) 1
 (11) 367
 (30)(3)
Available-for-sale securities:                         
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
1,500
 5
 (11) 107
 80
 (481) 1,200
 
  
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
Residential1
 
 
 
 
 
 1
 
  
Commercial73
 
 1
 19
 
 
 93
 (1)  
Total mortgage-backed securities74
 
 1
 19
 
 
 94
 (1)  
Corporate debt securities405
 8
 33
 29
 
 
 475
 
  
Collateralized loan and other
debt obligations
565
 42
 (18) 371
 
 
 960
 
  
Asset-backed securities:                        
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other asset-backed securities1,182
 1
 (7) (130) 
 
 1,046
 (4)  
Total asset-backed securities1,182
 1
 (7) (130) 
 
 1,046
 (4)  
Total debt securities3,726
 56
 (2) 396
 80
 (481) 3,775
 (5)(4)
Marketable equity securities:                         
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
Total available-for-sale
securities
3,726
 56
 (2) 396
 80
 (481) 3,775
 (5)  
Mortgages held for sale1,082
 20
 
 (55) 72
 (12) 1,107
 15
(6)
Loans5,316
 (29) 
 (499) 
 
 4,788
 (30)(6)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (7)12,415
 (3,434) 
 1,434
 
 
 10,415
 (1,789)(6)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:                        
Interest rate contracts288
 1,763
 
 (1,411) 
 (7) 633
 374
  
Commodity contracts12
 5
 
 (2) 4
 1
 20
 13
  
Equity contracts(111) (26) 
 (137) 22
 (123) (375) (278)  
Foreign exchange contracts
 1
 
 
 16
 
 17
 16
  
Credit contracts(3) 25
 
 48
 
 
 70
 16
  
Other derivative contracts(58) (15) 
 
 
 
 (73) (15)  
Total derivative contracts128
 1,753
 
 (1,502) 42
 (129) 292
 126
(8)
Other assets3,065
 142
 
 211
 
 
 3,418
 142
(5)
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)
Other liabilities(30) 1
 
 25
 
 
 (4) 
(6)
(1)See Table 13.11 for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in net gains (losses) from trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in net gains (losses) from debt securities in the income statement.
(5)Included in net gains (losses) from equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(8)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities, equity investments and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(continued on following page)
Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)

Table 13.11 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the first nine months of 2016.

Table 13.11:Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Nine months ended September 30, 2016
(in millions)Purchases
 Sales
 Issuances
 Settlements
 Net
Nine months ended September 30, 2016              
Trading assets:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$2
 (2) 
 (5) (5)
Collateralized loan obligations265
 (285) 
 
 (20)
Corporate debt securities32
 (35) 
 
 (3)
Mortgage-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 (1) 
 
 (1)
Total trading securities299
 (323) 
 (5) (29)
Other trading assets
 
 
 
 
Total trading assets299
 (323) 
 (5) (29)
Available-for-sale securities:              
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions28
 (7) 475
 (389) 107
Mortgage-backed securities:             
Residential
 
 
 
 
Commercial22
 
 
 (3) 19
Total mortgage-backed securities22
 
 
 (3) 19
Corporate debt securities35
 (4) 
 (2) 29
Collateralized loan and other debt obligations610
 (49) 
 (190) 371
Asset-backed securities:         
Automobile loans and leases
 
 
 
 
Other asset-backed securities
 (28) 214
 (316) (130)
Total asset-backed securities
 (28) 214
 (316) (130)
Total debt securities695
 (88) 689
 (900) 396
Marketable equity securities:              
Perpetual preferred securities
 
 
 
 
Other marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total marketable equity securities
 
 
 
 
Total available-for-sale securities695
 (88) 689
 (900) 396
Mortgages held for sale67
 (424) 443
 (141) (55)
Loans12
 
 248
 (759) (499)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)
 (19) 1,452
 1
 1,434
Net derivative assets and liabilities:             
Interest rate contracts
 
 
 (1,411) (1,411)
Commodity contracts
 
 
 (2) (2)
Equity contracts29
 (146) 
 (20) (137)
Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
Credit contracts5
 (2) 
 45
 48
Other derivative contracts
 
 
 
 
Total derivative contracts34
 (148) 
 (1,388) (1,502)
Other assets211
 
 
 
 211
Short sale liabilities
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
 
 25
 25
(1)For more information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities).

Table 13.12 and Table 13.13 provide quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use an internal model.
The significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities that are valued using fair values obtained from third party vendors are not included in the table, as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the vendor. In addition, the table excludes the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 assets and liabilities. We made this determination
based upon an evaluation of each class, which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs. For information on how changes in significant unobservable inputs affect the fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities, see Note 17 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K. 

Table 13.12:Valuation Techniques – Recurring Basis – September 30, 2017

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Fair Value Level 3
 Valuation Technique(s) Significant Unobservable Input Range of Inputs    
Weighted
Average (1)

September 30, 2017            
Trading and available-for-sale securities:            
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions:
            
Government, healthcare and
other revenue bonds
$630
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 1.3
-5.4
% 2.4
Other municipal bonds29
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 4.2
-4.3
  4.3
 50
 Vendor priced         
Collateralized loan and other debt
obligations (2)
383
 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (16.5)-24.0
  3.1
 1,014
 Vendor priced         
Asset-backed securities:            
Diversified payment rights (3)324
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 2.1
-3.7
  2.8
Other commercial and consumer285
(4)Discounted cash flow Discount rate 3.3
-4.7
  3.9
     Weighted average life 1.3
-3.5
yrs 1.9
 26
 Vendor priced         
Mortgages held for sale (residential)1,009
 Discounted cash flow Default rate 0.0
-5.6
% 1.2
     Discount rate 1.1
-7.1
  5.3
     Loss severity 0.1
-40.8
  18.8
     Prepayment rate 6.5
-15.8
  9.2
 23
 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (53.3)-(20.0)  (43.2)
Loans410
(5)Discounted cash flow Discount rate 2.8
-7.3
  4.1
     Prepayment rate 8.5
-100.0
  92.4
     Loss severity 0.0
-31.9
  5.8
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)13,338
 Discounted cash flow Cost to service per loan (6) $79
-584
  145
     Discount rate 6.5
-12.0
% 6.7
     Prepayment rate (7) 10.0
-20.5
  10.8
Net derivative assets and (liabilities):            
Interest rate contracts89
 Discounted cash flow Default rate 0.0
-5.0
  1.7
     Loss severity 50.0
-50.0
  50.0
     Prepayment rate 2.8
-12.5
  10.1
Interest rate contracts: derivative loan
commitments
25
 Discounted cash flow Fall-out factor 1.0
-99.0
  17.8
     Initial-value servicing (38.0)-98.2
bps 27.9
Equity contracts105
 Discounted cash flow Conversion factor (9.8)-0.0
% (7.8)
     Weighted average life 0.3
-2.3
yrs 1.4
 (696) Option model Correlation factor (77.0)-98.0
% 29.5
     Volatility factor 5.0
-100.0
  19.2
Credit contracts(3) Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (25.8)-15.7
  (0.8)
 56
 Option model Credit spread 0.0
-12.2
  1.2
     Loss severity 12.0
-60.0
  48.8
Other assets: nonmarketable equity investments10
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 5.0
-10.3
  9.7
     Volatility Factor 0.5
-1.3
  0.8
 4,463
 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (19.1)-(3.3)  (14.6)
             
Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities534
(8)          
Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities$22,104
(9)          
(1)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments, such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
(2)
Includes $1.0 billion of collateralized debt obligations.
(3)Securities backed by specified sources of current and future receivables generated from foreign originators.
(4)A significant portion of the balance consists of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, for which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.
(5)Consists of reverse mortgage loans.
(6)
The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $79 - $282.
(7)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(8)Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, other trading assets, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts, and other derivative contracts.
(9)
Consists of total Level 3 assets of $24.1 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $2.0 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Table 13.13:Valuation Techniques – Recurring Basis – December 31, 2016

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Fair Value Level 3
 Valuation Technique(s) Significant Unobservable Input Range of Inputs    
Weighted
Average (1)

December 31, 2016            
Trading and available-for-sale securities:            
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions:
            
Government, healthcare and
other revenue bonds
$906
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 1.1
-5.6
% 2.0
Other municipal bonds29
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 3.7
-4.9
  4.5
     Weighted average life 3.6
-3.6
yrs 3.6
 208
 Vendor priced         
Collateralized loan and other debt
obligations (2)
309
 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (15.5)-20.3
% 2.9
 879
 Vendor priced         
Asset-backed securities:            
Diversified payment rights (3)443
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 1.9
-4.8
  3.3
Other commercial and consumer492
(4)Discounted cash flow Discount rate 3.0
-4.6
  3.9
     Weighted average life 0.8
-4.2
yrs 2.9
 27
 Vendor priced         
Mortgages held for sale (residential)955
 Discounted cash flow Default rate 0.5
-7.9
% 1.9
     Discount rate 1.1
-6.9
  5.1
     Loss severity 0.1
-42.5
  26.9
     Prepayment rate 6.3
-17.1
  10.0
 30
 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (53.3)-0.0
  (37.8)
Loans758
(5)Discounted cash flow Discount rate 0.0
-3.9
  0.6
     Prepayment rate 0.4
-100.0
  83.7
     Utilization rate 0.0
-0.8
  0.1
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)12,959
 Discounted cash flow Cost to service per loan (6) $79
-598
  155
     Discount rate 6.5
-18.4
% 6.8
     Prepayment rate (7) 9.4
-20.6
  10.3
Net derivative assets and (liabilities):            
Interest rate contracts127
 Discounted cash flow Default rate 0.1
-6.8
  2.1
     Loss severity 50.0
-50.0
  50.0
     Prepayment rate 2.8
-12.5
  9.6
Interest rate contracts: derivative loan
commitments
(6) Discounted cash flow Fall-out factor 1.0
-99.0
  15.0
     Initial-value servicing (23.0)-131.2
bps 56.8
Equity contracts79
 Discounted cash flow Conversion factor (10.6)-0.0
% (7.9)
     Weighted average life��1.0
-3.0
yrs 2.0
 (346) Option model Correlation factor (65.0)-98.5
% 39.9
     Volatility factor 6.5
-100.0
  20.7
Credit contracts(28) Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (27.7)-21.3
  0.02
 105
 Option model Credit spread 0.0
-11.6
  1.2
     Loss severity 12.0
-60.0
  50.4
Other assets: nonmarketable equity investments21
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 5.0
-10.3
  8.7
     Volatility Factor 0.3
-2.4
  1.1
 3,238
 Market comparable pricing Comparability adjustment (22.1)-(5.5)  (16.4)
             
Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities570
(8)          
Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities$21,755
(9)          
(1)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments, such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
(2)
Includes $847 million of collateralized debt obligations.
(3)Securities backed by specified sources of current and future receivables generated from foreign originators.
(4)A significant portion of the balance consists of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, for which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.
(5)Consists of reverse mortgage loans.
(6)
The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $79 - $293.
(7)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(8)Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, other trading assets, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts, and other derivative contracts.
(9)
Consists of total Level 3 assets of $23.5 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $1.7 billion, before netting of derivative balances.


The valuation techniques used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, as presented in the previous tables, are described as follows: 
Discounted cash flow – Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of an instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount.
Market comparable pricing – Market comparable pricing valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of certain instruments by incorporating known inputs, such as recent transaction prices, pending transactions, or prices of other similar investments that require significant adjustment to reflect differences in instrument characteristics.
Option model – Option model valuation techniques are generally used for instruments in which the holder has a contingent right or obligation based on the occurrence of a future event, such as the price of a referenced asset going above or below a predetermined strike price. Option models estimate the likelihood of the specified event occurring by incorporating assumptions such as volatility estimates, price of the underlying instrument and expected rate of return.
Vendor-priced – Prices obtained from third party pricing vendors or brokers that are used to record the fair value of the asset or liability for which the related valuation technique and significant unobservable inputs are not provided.
Significant unobservable inputs presented in the previous tables are those we consider significant to the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant if by their exclusion the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability would be impacted by a predetermined percentage change. We also consider qualitative factors, such as nature of the instrument, type of valuation technique used, and the significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation. Following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in the table. 
Comparability adjustment – is an adjustment made to observed market data, such as a transaction price in order to reflect dissimilarities in underlying collateral, issuer, rating, or other factors used within a market valuation approach, expressed as a percentage of an observed price.
Conversion Factor – is the risk-adjusted rate in which a particular instrument may be exchanged for another instrument upon settlement, expressed as a percentage change from a specified rate.
Correlation factor – is the likelihood of one instrument changing in price relative to another based on an established relationship expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time.

Cost to service – is the expected cost per loan of servicing a portfolio of loans, which includes estimates for unreimbursed expenses (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) that may occur as a result of servicing such loan portfolios.
Credit spread – is the portion of the interest rate in excess of a benchmark interest rate, such as Overnight Index Swap (OIS), LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, that when applied to an investment captures changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness.
Default rate – is an estimate of the likelihood of not collecting contractual amounts owed expressed as a constant default rate (CDR).
Discount rate – is a rate of return used to calculate the present value of the future expected cash flow to arrive at the fair value of an instrument. The discount rate consists of a benchmark rate component and a risk premium component. The benchmark rate component, for example, OIS, LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, is generally observable within the market and is necessary to appropriately reflect the time value of money. The risk premium component reflects the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity.
Fall-out factor – is the expected percentage of loans associated with our interest rate lock commitment portfolio that are likely of not funding.
Initial-value servicing – is the estimated value of the underlying loan, including the value attributable to the embedded servicing right, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance.
Loss severity – is the estimated percentage of contractual cash flows lost in the event of a default.
Prepayment rate – is the estimated rate at which forecasted prepayments of principal of the related loan or debt instrument are expected to occur, expressed as a constant prepayment rate (CPR).
Utilization rate – is the estimated rate in which incremental portions of existing reverse mortgage credit lines are expected to be drawn by borrowers, expressed as an annualized rate.
Volatility factor – is the extent of change in price an item is estimated to fluctuate over a specified period of time expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time.
Weighted average life – is the weighted average number of years an investment is expected to remain outstanding based on its expected cash flows reflecting the estimated date the issuer will call or extend the maturity of the instrument or otherwise reflecting an estimate of the timing of an instrument’s cash flows whose timing is not contractually fixed.

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of
LOCOM accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Table 13.14 provides the fair value hierarchy and carrying amount of all assets that were still held as of September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016,and for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recorded during the periods presented.
Table 13.14:Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
 Total
 Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
 Total
Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM) (1)$
 1,652
 1,340
 2,992
 
 2,312
 1,350
 3,662
Loans held for sale
 18
 
 18
 
 8
 
 8
Loans:                 
Commercial
 386
 
 386
 
 464
 
 464
Consumer
 460
 10
 470
 
 822
 7
 829
Total loans (2)
 846
 10
 856
 
 1,286
 7
 1,293
Other assets - excluding nonmarketable equity investments at NAV (3)
 198
 146
 344
 
 233
 412
 645
Total included in the fair value hierarchy$
 2,714
 1,496
 4,210
 
 3,839
 1,769
 5,608
Other assets - nonmarketable equity investments at NAV (4)

 

 

 5
 

 

 

 13
Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

 

 

 $4,215
 

 

 

 5,621
(1)Consists of commercial mortgages and residential real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans.
(2)Represents the carrying value of loans for which nonrecurring adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(3)Includes the fair value of foreclosed real estate, other collateral owned, operating lease assets and nonmarketable equity investments.
(4)Consists of certain nonmarketable equity investments that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are excluded from the fair value hierarchy.

Table 13.15 presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets held at the end of the respective reporting periods presented for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recognized during the periods presented.
Table 13.15:Change in Value of Assets with Nonrecurring Fair Value Adjustment
 Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM)$23
 26
Loans held for sale(1) (21)
Loans:    
Commercial(286) (736)
Consumer(371) (578)
Total loans (1)
(657) (1,314)
Other assets (2)
(179) (339)
Total$(814) (1,648)
(1)Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(2)Includes the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets. Also includes impairment losses on nonmarketable equity investments. 

Table 13.16 provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using an internal model. The table is limited to financial instruments that had nonrecurring fair value adjustments during the periods presented.
We have excluded from the table valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3
assets measured using an internal model that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 nonrecurring measurements. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class that considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.
Table 13.16:Valuation Techniques – Nonrecurring Basis
($ in millions)
Fair Value
Level 3

 
Valuation Technique(s) (1)
 
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (1)
 Range of inputs 
Weighted
Average (2)

September 30, 2017           
Residential mortgages held for sale (LOCOM)$1,340
(3)Discounted cash flow Default rate(4)0.110.3% 2.6%
     Discount rate 1.58.5
 3.8
     Loss severity 0.857.6
 2.6
     Prepayment rate(5)5.3100.0
 49.8
Other assets: nonmarketable equity investments34
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 5.010.5
 9.4
Insignificant level 3 assets122
          
Total$1,496
          
December 31, 2016           
Residential mortgages held for sale (LOCOM)$1,350
(3)Discounted cash flow Default rate(4)0.24.3% 1.9%
     Discount rate 1.58.5
 3.8
     Loss severity 0.750.1
 2.4
     Prepayment rate(5)3.0100.0
 50.7
Other assets: nonmarketable equity investments220
 Discounted cash flow Discount rate 4.79.3
 7.3
Insignificant level 3 assets199
          
Total$1,769
          
(1)Refer to the narrative following Table 13.13 for a definition of the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs.
(2)For residential MHFS, weighted averages are calculated using the outstanding unpaid principal balance of the loans.
(3)
Consists of approximately $1.3 billion of government insured/guaranteed loans purchased from GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations at both September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, and $30 million and $33 million of other mortgage loans that are not government insured/guaranteed at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(4)Applies only to non-government insured/guaranteed loans.
(5)Includes the impact on prepayment rate of expected defaults for government insured/guaranteed loans, which impact the frequency and timing of early resolution of loans.

Alternative Investments
We hold certain nonmarketable equity investments for which we use NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient for fair value measurements, including estimated fair values for investments accounted for under the cost method. The investments consist of private equity funds that invest in equity and debt securities issued by private and publicly-held companies. The fair values of these investments and related unfunded commitments totaled $27 million and $25 million, respectively, at September 30, 2017, and $48 million and $37 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016. The investments do not allow redemptions. We receive distributions as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate, which we expect to occur through 2025.

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Fair Value Option
The fair value option is an irrevocable election, generally only permitted upon initial recognition of financial assets or liabilities, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. We may elect the fair value option to align the measurement model with how the financial assets or liabilities are managed or to reduce complexity or accounting asymmetry. Following is a discussion of the
portfolios for which we elected the fair value option. For moreadditional information, including the basis for our fair value option elections, see Note 1715 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in our 20162022 Form 10-K.

Table 13.1712.7 reflects differences between the fair value carrying amount of the assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.


Table 13.17:12.7:Fair Value Option
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
(in millions)Fair value carrying amountAggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amountAggregate unpaid principalFair value carrying amount less aggregate
unpaid
principal
Loans held for sale (1)$2,974 3,238 (264)4,220 4,614 (394)
Long-term debt (2)(1,600)(2,147)547 (1,346)(1,775)429 
  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions)
Fair value
carrying
amount

 
Aggregate
unpaid
principal

 
Fair value
carrying
amount
less
aggregate
unpaid
principal

 
Fair value
carrying
amount

 
Aggregate
unpaid
principal

 
Fair value
carrying
amount
less
aggregate
unpaid
principal

Trading assets – loans:           
     Total loans$1,182
 1,231
 (49) 1,332
 1,418
 (86)
     Nonaccrual loans65
 84
 (19) 100
 115
 (15)
Mortgages held for sale:           
Total loans16,484
 16,087
 397
 22,042
 21,961
 81
Nonaccrual loans120
 159
 (39) 136
 182
 (46)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing13
 16
 (3) 12
 16
 (4)
Loans held for sale:           
Total loans
 6
 (6) 
 6
 (6)
Nonaccrual loans
 6
 (6) 
 6
 (6)
Loans:           
Total loans410
 437
 (27) 758
 775
 (17)
Nonaccrual loans267
 293
 (26) 297
 318
 (21)
Other assets (1)4,523
 N/A
 N/A
 3,275
 N/A
 N/A
(1)Consists of nonmarketable equity investments carried at fair value. See Note 6 (Other Assets) for more information.


The assets accounted(1)Nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing included in LHFS for underwhich we have elected the fair value option are initially measuredwere insignificant at fair value. GainsJune 30, 2023, and losses fromDecember 31, 2022.
(2)Includes zero coupon notes for which the aggregate unpaid principal amount reflects the contractual principal due at maturity.
Table 12.8 reflects amounts included in earnings related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value, are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair value related to initial
measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets measured at fair value are shown in Table 13.18 by income statement line item.item, for assets and liabilities for which
the fair value option was elected. Amounts recorded in net interest income are excluded from the table below.


Table 13.18:Fair Value Option –12.8:Gains (Losses) on Changes in Fair Value Included in Earnings
  2017  2016 
(in millions)Mortgage banking noninterest income
 
Net gains
(losses)
from
trading
activities

 
Other
noninterest
income

 
Mortgage
banking
noninterest
income

 
Net gains
(losses)
from
trading
activities

 
Other
noninterest
income

Quarter ended September 30,    
   
   
   
   
Trading assets - loans$
 6
 
 
 21
 1
Mortgages held for sale400
 
 
 563
 
 
Loans
 
 
 
 
 (25)
Other assets
 
 522
 
 
 383
Other interests held (1)
 (1) 
 
 (3) 
Nine months ended September 30,           
Trading assets – loans$
 42
 1
 
 47
 2
Mortgages held for sale967
 
 
 1,739
 
 
Loans
 
 
 
 
 (29)
Other assets
 
 1,233
 
 
 149
Other interests held (1)
 (5) 
 
 (4) 
(1)Includes retained interests in securitizations.

20232022
(in millions)Mortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains from trading and securitiesOther noninterest incomeMortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains from trading and securitiesOther noninterest income
Quarter ended June 30,
Loans held for sale$34 13  (237)— 
Long-term debt 9  — 11 — 
Six months ended June 30,
Loans held for sale$131 25 (4)(603)10 — 
Long-term debt (21) — 23 — 
For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses wereare derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. For
nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. Table 13.19 shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assetsFor LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.option, instrument-specific credit gains or losses were insignificant during the second quarter and first half of both 2023 and 2022.
For long-term debt, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses represent the impact of changes in fair value due to changes in our credit spread and are derived using observable secondary bond market information. These impacts are recorded within the debit valuation adjustments (DVA) in OCI. See
Note 20 (Other Comprehensive Income) for additional information.
Table 13.19:Fair Value Option – Gains/Losses Attributable to Instrument-Specific Credit Risk
  Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Gains (losses) attributable to instrument-specific credit risk:  
   
    
Trading assets – loans$6
 21
 42
 47
Mortgages held for sale(4) 1
 (9) (4)
Total$2
 22
 33
 43

Wells Fargo & Company113


Note 12: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Table 13.20 is12.9 presents a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments excluding financial instruments recordedthat are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis,basis. Some financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this table, such as they are included within Table 13.2 in this Note. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded on the balance sheet under the indicated captions, except forcertain insurance contracts, certain nonmarketable equity investments, which are included in other assets.
We have not includedsecurities, and leases. This table also excludes assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.
taxes.
Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Table 13.20:Fair Value Estimates for Financial Instruments
    
 Estimated fair value 
(in millions)Carrying amount
 Level 1
 Level 2
 Level 3
 Total
September 30, 2017         
Financial assets         
Cash and due from banks (1)$19,206
 19,206
 
 
 19,206
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments (1)273,105
 206,073
 66,963
 69
 273,105
Held-to-maturity securities142,423
 45,282
 96,627
 909
 142,818
Mortgages held for sale (2)3,525
 
 2,189
 1,340
 3,529
Loans held for sale157
 
 157
 
 157
Loans, net (3)921,420
 
 54,106
 881,812
 935,918
Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)         
Excluding investments at NAV7,642
 
 23
 8,084
 8,107
Total financial assets included in the fair value hierarchy1,367,478
 270,561
 220,065
 892,214
 1,382,840
Investments at NAV (4)25
       27
Total financial assets$1,367,503









 1,382,867
Financial liabilities         
Deposits$1,306,706
 
 1,285,239
 21,455
 1,306,694
Short-term borrowings (1)93,811
 
 93,811
 
 93,811
Long-term debt (5)238,854
 
 240,846
 2,306
 243,152
Total financial liabilities$1,639,371



1,619,896

23,761
 1,643,657
December 31, 2016         
Financial assets         
Cash and due from banks (1)$20,729
 20,729
 
 
 20,729
Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments (1) (6)266,038
 207,003
 58,953
 82
 266,038
Held-to-maturity securities99,583
 45,079
 51,706
 2,370
 99,155
Mortgages held for sale (2)4,267
 
 2,927
 1,350
 4,277
Loans held for sale80
 
 81
 
 81
Loans, net (3)936,358
 
 60,245
 887,589
 947,834
Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)         
Excluding investments at NAV8,362
 
 18
 8,924
 8,942
Total financial assets included in the fair value hierarchy1,335,417
 272,811
 173,930
 900,315
 1,347,056
Investments at NAV (4)35









 48
Total financial assets$1,335,452









 1,347,104
Financial liabilities         
Deposits$1,306,079
 
 1,282,158
 23,995
 1,306,153
Short-term borrowings (1)96,781
 
 96,781
 
 96,781
Long-term debt (5)255,070
 
 245,704
 10,075
 255,779
Total financial liabilities$1,657,930



1,624,643

34,070
 1,658,713
(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Excludes MHFS for which we elected the fair value option.
(3)
Excludes loans for which the fair value option was elected and also excludes lease financing with a carrying amount of $19.2 billion and $19.3 billion at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(4)Consists of certain nonmarketable equity investments for which estimated fair values are determined using NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are excluded from the fair value hierarchy.
(5)
Excludes capital lease obligations under capital leases of $39 million and $7 million at September 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(6)The fair value classification level of certain interest-earning deposits have been reclassified to conform with the current period end classification.
Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table above.
Table 12.9. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, which totaled $1.1 billion$622 million and $1.2 billion$737 million at SeptemberJune 30, 2017,2023, and December 31, 2016,2022, respectively.

The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying fair value of the Company.



Table 12.9:Fair Value Estimates for Financial Instruments
Estimated fair value 
(in millions)Carrying amountLevel 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
June 30, 2023
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$31,915 31,915   31,915 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)123,418 123,195 223  123,418 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)66,500  66,500  66,500 
Held-to-maturity debt securities272,360 2,371 228,748 2,717 233,836 
Loans held for sale3,055  2,641 462 3,103 
Loans, net (2)918,454  55,515 825,008 880,523 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,552   4,620 4,620 
Total financial assets$1,420,254 157,481 353,627 832,807 1,343,915 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$128,458  85,183 41,616 126,799 
Short-term borrowings84,054  84,056  84,056 
Long-term debt (4)169,012  168,245 1,969 170,214 
Total financial liabilities$381,524  337,484 43,585 381,069 
December 31, 2022
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$34,596 34,596 — — 34,596 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)124,561 124,338 223 — 124,561 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)68,036 — 68,036 — 68,036 
Held-to-maturity debt securities297,059 14,285 238,552 2,684 255,521 
Loans held for sale2,884 — 2,208 719 2,927 
Loans, net (2)928,049 — 57,532 836,831 894,363 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,900 — — 4,961 4,961 
Total financial assets$1,460,085 173,219 366,551 845,195 1,384,965 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$66,887 — 46,745 18,719 65,464 
Short-term borrowings50,964 — 50,970 — 50,970 
Long-term debt (4)173,502 — 172,783 999 173,782 
Total financial liabilities$291,353 — 270,498 19,718 290,216 
(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Excludes lease financing with a carrying amount of $15.1 billion and $14.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(3)Excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity of $1.2 trillion and $1.3 trillion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(4)Excludes obligations under finance leases of $20 million and $22 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
114Wells Fargo & Company


Note 14:  Preferred Stock13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
Involvement with Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. SPEs are often formed in connection with securitization transactions whereby financial assets are transferred to an SPE. SPEs formed in connection with securitization transactions are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). The VIE may alter the risk profile of the asset by entering into derivative transactions or obtaining credit support, and issues various forms of interests in those assets to investors. When we transfer financial assets from our consolidated balance sheet to a VIE in connection with a securitization, we typically receive cash and sometimes other interests in the VIE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. In certain transactions with VIEs, we may retain the right to service the transferred assets and repurchase the transferred assets if the outstanding balance of the assets falls below the level at which the cost to service the assets exceed the benefits. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans transferred to a VIE by a third party.
In connection with our securitization or other VIE activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with VIEs, which may include:
underwriting securities issued by VIEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;
providing credit enhancement on securities issued by VIEs through the use of letters of credit or financial guarantees;
entering into other derivative contracts with VIEs;
holding senior or subordinated interests in VIEs;
acting as servicer or investment manager for VIEs;
providing administrative or trustee services to VIEs; and
providing seller financing to VIEs.

Loan Sales and Securitization Activity
We periodically transfer consumer and commercial loans and other types of financial assets in securitization and whole loan sale transactions.

MORTGAGE LOANS SOLD TO U.S. GOVERNMENT SPONSORED ENTITIES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH GINNIE MAE In the normal course of business we sell originated and purchased residential and commercial mortgage loans to government-sponsored entities (GSEs). These loans are authorizedgenerally transferred into securitizations sponsored by the GSEs, which provide certain credit guarantees to issue 20 million sharesinvestors and servicers. We also transfer mortgage loans into securitization pools pursuant to Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guidelines which are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of preferred stockVeterans Affairs (VA). Mortgage loans eligible for securitization with the GSEs or GNMA are considered conforming loans. The GSEs or GNMA design the structure of these securitizations, sponsor the involved VIEs, and 4 million shareshave power over the activities most significant to the VIE.
We account for loans transferred in conforming mortgage loan securitization transactions as sales and do not consolidate the VIEs as we are not the primary beneficiary. In exchange for the transfer of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank seniorloans, we typically receive securities issued by the VIEs which we sell to common shares boththird parties for cash or hold for investment purposes as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights.HTM or AFS securities. We have not issued any preference shares underalso retain servicing rights on the transferred loans. As a servicer, we retain the option
this authorization. Ifto repurchase loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, which becomes exercisable when three scheduled loan payments remain unpaid by the borrower. When we do not repurchase these loans, they are recorded on our consolidated balance sheet and pledged to the GNMA securitization. We repurchased loans of $99 million and $191 million, during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $564 million and $1.5 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively. In 2022, these predominantly represented repurchases of government insured loans. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we recorded assets and related liabilities of $940 million and $743 million, respectively, where we did not exercise our option to repurchase eligible loans.
Upon transfers of loans, we also provide indemnification for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations and warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, our liability for these repurchase and recourse arrangements was $162 million and $167 million, respectively, and the maximum exposure to loss was $13.8 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Substantially allresidential servicing activity is related to assets transferred to GSE and GNMA securitizations. See Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information about residential and commercial servicing rights, advances and servicing fees.

NONCONFORMING MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS In the normal course of business, we sell nonconforming residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization transactions that we design and sponsor. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations do not involve a government credit guarantee, and accordingly, beneficial interest holders are subject to credit risk of the underlying assets held by the securitization VIE. We typically originate the transferred loans and account for the transfers as sales. We also typically retain the right to service the loans and may hold other beneficial interests issued preference shares would beby the VIEs, such as debt securities held for investment purposes. Our servicing role related to nonconforming commercial mortgage loan securitizations is limited to one vote per share. Our total authorized, issued and outstanding preferred stock is presentedprimary or master servicer. We do not consolidate the VIE because the most significant decisions impacting the performance of the VIE are generally made by the special servicer or the controlling class security holder. For our residential nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations accounted for as sales, we either do not hold variable interests that we consider potentially significant or are not the primary servicer for a majority of the VIE assets.

WHOLE LOAN SALE TRANSACTIONS We may also sell whole loans to VIEs where we have continuing involvement in the following two tables alongform of financing. We account for these transfers as sales, and do not consolidate the VIEs as we do not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs.

Table 13.1 presents information about transfers of assets during the periods presented for which we recorded the transfers as sales and have continuing involvement with the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock.transferred assets. In connection with these transfers, we received proceeds and recorded servicing assets and securities. Each of these interests are initially measured at fair value. Servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements, and generally securities are classified as Level 2. The majority of our transfers relate to

Table 14.1:Preferred Stock Shares
  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
  
Liquidation
preference
per share

 
Shares
authorized
and designated

 
Liquidation
preference
per share

 
Shares
authorized
and designated

DEP Shares  
   
   
   
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEP)$10
 97,000
 $10
 97,000
Series H       
Floating Class A Preferred Stock (1)
 
 20,000
 50,000
Series I       
Floating Class A Preferred Stock100,000
 25,010
 100,000
 25,010
Series J       
8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock1,000
 2,300,000
 1,000
 2,300,000
Series K       
7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock1,000
 3,500,000
 1,000
 3,500,000
Series L       
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock1,000
 4,025,000
 1,000
 4,025,000
Series N       
5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 30,000
 25,000
 30,000
Series O       
5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 27,600
 25,000
 27,600
Series P       
5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 26,400
 25,000
 26,400
Series Q       
5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 69,000
 25,000
 69,000
Series R       
6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 34,500
 25,000
 34,500
Series S       
5.90% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 80,000
 25,000
 80,000
Series T       
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 32,200
 25,000
 32,200
Series U       
5.875% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 80,000
 25,000
 80,000
Series V       
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 40,000
 25,000
 40,000
Series W       
5.70% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 40,000
 25,000
 40,000
Series X       
5.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 46,000
 25,000
 46,000
Series Y       
5.625% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 27,600
 
 
ESOP       
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (2)
 1,774,652
 
 1,439,181
Total  12,254,962
   11,941,891
(1)On January 26, 2017, we filed with the Delaware Secretary of State a Certificate Eliminating the Certificate of Designations with respect to the Series H preferred stock.Wells Fargo & Company115


Note 13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
residential mortgage securitizations with the GSEs or GNMA and generally result in no gain or loss because the loans are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, we may transfer certain government insured loans that we previously
repurchased. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or market, and we recognize gains on such transfers when the market value is greater than the carrying value of the loan when it is sold.
Table 13.1:Transfers with Continuing Involvement
20232022
(in millions)Residential mortgagesCommercial mortgagesResidential mortgagesCommercial mortgages
Quarter ended June 30,
Assets sold$3,917 1,800 23,817 4,345 
Proceeds from transfer (1)3,917 1,823 23,817 4,411 
Net gains (losses) on sale 23 — 66 
Continuing involvement (2):
Servicing rights recognized$46 16 313 41 
Securities recognized (3) 22 475 33 
Six months ended June 30,
Assets sold$8,378 3,299 49,991 8,378 
Proceeds from transfer (1)8,378 3,363 50,043 8,508 
Net gains (losses) on sale 64 52 130 
Continuing involvement (2):
Servicing rights recognized$93 34 640 70 
Securities recognized (3) 48 2,062 137 
(1)Represents cash proceeds and the fair value of non-cash beneficial interests recognized at securitization settlement.
(2)Represents assets or liabilities recognized at securitization settlement date related to our continuing involvement in the transferred assets.
(3)Represents debt securities obtained at securitization settlement held for investment purposes that are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. In 2022, these predominantly related to agency securities. Excludes trading debt securities held temporarily for market-marking purposes, which are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement, of $1.8 billion and $3.7 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $3.6 billion and $10.3 billion during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively.
In the normal course of business, we purchase certain
non-agency securities at initial securitization or subsequently in the secondary market, which we hold for investment. We also provide seller financing in the form of loans. We received cash flows of $91 million and $141 million during the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $168 million and $304 million, during the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively, related to principal and interest payments on these securities and loans, which exclude cash flows related to trading activities.
Table 13.2 presents the key weighted-average assumptions we used to initially measure residential MSRs recognized during the periods presented.

Table 13.2:Residential MSRs – Assumptions at Securitization Date
20232022
Quarter ended June 30,
Prepayment rate (1)16.4 %10.9 
Discount rate9.4 8.0 
Cost to service ($ per loan)$176 122 
Six months ended June 30,
Prepayment rate (1)17.5 %11.0 
Discount rate9.6 7.5 
Cost to service ($ per loan)$185 117 
(1)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
See Note 12 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) and
Note 6 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on key assumptions for residential MSRs.
RESECURITIZATION ACTIVITIES We enter into resecuritization transactions as part of our trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers. In resecuritization transactions, we transfer trading debt securities to VIEs in exchange for new beneficial interests that are sold to third parties at or shortly after securitization settlement. This activity is performed for customers seeking a specific return or risk profile. Substantially all of our transactions involve the resecuritization of conforming mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs or guaranteed by GNMA. We do not consolidate the resecuritization VIEs as we share in the decision-making power with third parties and do not hold significant economic interests in the VIEs other than for market-making activities. During the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, we transferred securities of $6.1 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, to resecuritization VIEs, and retained securities of $329 million and $525 million, respectively. These amounts are not included in Table 13.1. Related total VIE assets were $111.1 billion and $112.0 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we held $1.3 billion and $793 million of securities, respectively.
(2)116See the ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock section in this Note for additional information about the liquidation preference for the ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock.Wells Fargo & Company

Note 14: Preferred Stock (continued)

Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others
Table 14.2:Preferred Stock – Shares Issued13.3 presents information about loans that we sold or securitized in which we have ongoing involvement as servicer. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and Carrying Valueloans in bankruptcy, regardless of delinquency status. For loans sold or securitized where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we generally experience a loss only if we were required to repurchase a delinquent loan or foreclosed asset due
to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts. Table 13.3 excludes mortgage loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA of $637.0 billion and $704.5 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. Delinquent loans and foreclosed assets related to loans sold to and held or securitized by GSEs or GNMA were $3.4 billion and $4.6 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Table 13.3:Sold or Securitized Loans Serviced for Others
Net charge-offs
Total loansDelinquent loans
and foreclosed assets (1)
Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 2022Jun 30, 2023Dec 31, 202220232022
Commercial$66,082 67,029 849 912 67 22 
Residential8,789 9,201 433 501 8 
Total off-balance sheet sold or securitized loans$74,871 76,230 1,282 1,413 75 29 
(1)Includes $213 million and $274 million of commercial foreclosed assets and $28 million and $25 million of residential foreclosed assets at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs
MORTGAGE LOAN SECURITIZATIONS Table 13.4 includes nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations where we originate and transfer the loans to the unconsolidated securitization VIEs that we sponsor. For additional information about these VIEs, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” section within this Note. Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations also include commercial mortgage loan securitizations sponsored by third parties where we did not originate or transfer the loans but serve as master servicer and invest in securities that could be potentially significant to the VIE.
Conforming loan securitization and resecuritization transactions involving the GSEs and GNMA are excluded from Table 13.4 because we are not the sponsor or we do not have power over the activities most significant to the VIEs. Additionally, due to the nature of the guarantees provided by the GSEs and the FHA and VA, our credit risk associated with these VIEs is limited. For additional information about conforming mortgage loan securitizations and resecuritizations, see the “Loan Sales and Securitization Activity” and “Resecuritization Activities” sections within this Note.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS We may transfer purchased industrial development bonds and GSE credit enhancements to VIEs in exchange for beneficial interests. We may also acquire such beneficial interests in transactions where we do not act as a transferor. We own all of the beneficial interests and may also service the underlying mortgages that serve as collateral to the bonds. The GSEs have the power to direct the servicing and workout activities of the VIE in the event of a default, therefore we do not have control over the key decisions of the VIEs.

OTHER VIE STRUCTURESWe engage in various forms of structured finance arrangements with other VIEs, including asset-backed finance structures and other securitizations collateralized by asset classes other than mortgages. Collateral may include rental properties, asset-backed securities, student loans and mortgage loans. We may participate in structuring or marketing the arrangements as well as provide financing, service one or more of the underlying assets, or enter into derivatives with the VIEs. We may also receive fees for those services. We are not the primary beneficiary of these structures because we do not have power to direct the most significant activities of the VIEs.

Table 13.4 provides a summary of our exposure to the unconsolidated VIEs described above, which includes investments in securities, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, commitments and certain derivatives. We exclude certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement is temporary or administrative in nature or insignificant in size.
In Table 13.4, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” is determined as the carrying value of our investment in the VIEs excluding the unconditional repurchase options that have not been exercised, plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees.
Debt, guarantees and other commitments include amounts related to lending arrangements, liquidity agreements, and certain loss sharing obligations associated with loans originated, sold, and serviced under certain GSE programs.
“Maximum exposure to loss” represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

  September 30, 2017  December 31, 2016 
(in millions, except shares)
Shares
issued and
outstanding

 
Liquidation preference
value

 
Carrying
value

 Discount
 
Shares
issued and
outstanding

 
Liquidation preference
value

 
Carrying
value

 Discount
DEP Shares  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEP)96,546
 $
 
 
 96,546
 $
 
 
Series I (1)
               
Floating Class A Preferred Stock25,010
 2,501
 2,501
 
 25,010
 2,501
 2,501
 
Series J (1) 
               
8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock2,150,375
 2,150
 1,995
 155
 2,150,375
 2,150
 1,995
 155
Series K (1) 
               
7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock3,352,000
 3,352
 2,876
 476
 3,352,000
 3,352
 2,876
 476
Series L (1) 
               
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock3,968,000
 3,968
 3,200
 768
 3,968,000
 3,968
 3,200
 768
Series N (1) 
               
5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock30,000
 750
 750
 
 30,000
 750
 750
 
Series O (1) 
               
5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock26,000
 650
 650
 
 26,000
 650
 650
 
Series P (1) 
               
5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000
 625
 625
 
 25,000
 625
 625
 
Series Q (1)
               
5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock69,000
 1,725
 1,725
 
 69,000
 1,725
 1,725
 
Series R (1)
               
6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock33,600
 840
 840
 
 33,600
 840
 840
 
Series S (1)
               
5.90% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock80,000
 2,000
 2,000
 
 80,000
 2,000
 2,000
 
Series T (1)
               
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock32,000
 800
 800
 
 32,000
 800
 800
 
Series U (1)
               
5.875% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock80,000
 2,000
 2,000
 
 80,000
 2,000
 2,000
 
Series V (1)
               
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock40,000
 1,000
 1,000
 
 40,000
 1,000
 1,000
 
Series W (1)
               
5.70% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock40,000
 1,000
 1,000
 
 40,000
 1,000
 1,000
 
Series X (1)
               
5.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock46,000
 1,150
 1,150
 
 46,000
 1,150
 1,150
 
Series Y (1)
               
5.625% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock27,600
 690
 690
 
 
 
 
 
ESOP               
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock1,774,652
 1,774
 1,774
 
 1,439,181
 1,439
 1,439
 
Total11,895,783
 $26,975
 25,576
 1,399
 11,532,712
 $25,950
 24,551
 1,399
(1)Preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.Wells Fargo & Company117


Note 13: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
Table 13.4:Unconsolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE assets 
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity securitiesAll other
assets (2)
Debt and other liabilitiesNet assets 
June 30, 2023
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$152,727  2,424  604 (12)3,016 
Commercial real estate loans5,606 5,590   16  5,606 
Other2,063 256  45 17  318 
Total$160,396 5,846 2,424 45 637 (12)8,940 
Maximum exposure to loss
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity securitiesAll other
assets (2)
Debt, guarantees,
and other commitments
Total exposure 
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$ 2,424  604 12 3,040 
Commercial real estate loans5,590   16 702 6,308 
Other256  45 17 229 547 
Total$5,846 2,424 45 637 943 9,895 
Carrying value – asset (liability)

(in millions)
Total
VIE assets
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity
securities
All other
assets (2)
Debt and other liabilitiesNet assets 
December 31, 2022
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$154,464 — 2,420 — 617 (13)3,024 
Commercial real estate loans5,627 5,611 — — 16 — 5,627 
Other2,174 292 43 21 — 357 
Total$162,265 5,903 2,421 43 654 (13)9,008 
Maximum exposure to loss
LoansDebt
securities (1)
Equity
securities
All other
assets (2)
Debt,
guarantees,
and other commitments
Total exposure
Nonconforming mortgage loan securitizations$— 2,420 — 617 13 3,050 
Commercial real estate loans5,611 — — 16 705 6,332 
Other292 43 21 228 585 
Total$5,903 2,421 43 654 946 9,967 
(1)Includes $170 million and $172 million of securities classified as trading at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)All other assets includes mortgage servicing rights, derivative assets, and other assets (predominantly servicing advances).

INVOLVEMENT WITH TAX CREDIT VIES In addition to the unconsolidated VIEs in Table 13.4, we may invest in or provide funding to affordable housing, renewable energy or similar projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of federal tax credits and other tax benefits. The projects are typically managed by third-party sponsors who have the power over the VIE’s assets, therefore, we do not consolidate the VIEs. The carrying value of our equity investments in tax credit VIEs was $19.0 billion and $18.7 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. We also had loans to tax credit VIEs with a carrying value of $2.0 billion at both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
Our maximum exposure to loss for tax credit VIEs at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, was $29.7 billion and $28.0 billion, respectively. Our maximum exposure to loss included total unfunded equity and lending commitments of $8.8 billion and $7.3 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. See Note 14 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) for additional information about commitments to purchase equity securities.
Our affordable housing equity investments qualify for the low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC). For additional information on our LIHTC investments, see Note 16 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) in our 2022 Form 10-K.


Consolidated VIEs
We consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary of the following structure types:

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASES We may securitize dealer floor plan loans in a revolving master trust entity. As servicer and residual interest holder, we control the key decisions of the trust and consolidate the entity. The total VIE assets held by the master trust represent a majority of the total VIE assets presented for this category in Table 13.5. In a separate transaction structure, we may provide the majority of debt and equity financing to an SPE that engages in lending and leasing to specific vendors and service the underlying collateral.

OTHER VIE STRUCTURESOther VIEs are predominantly related to municipal tender option bond (MTOB) transactions. MTOBs are vehicles to finance the purchase of municipal bonds through the issuance of short-term debt to investors. Our involvement with MTOBs includes serving as the residual interest holder, which provides control over the key decisions of the VIE, as well as the remarketing agent or liquidity provider related to the debt issued to investors.We may also securitize nonconforming mortgage loans, in which our involvement includes servicer of the underlying assets and holder of subordinate or senior securities issued by the VIE. During second quarter 2022, we purchased the outstanding mortgage loans from the VIEs and extinguished the related debt associated with such securitizations.
118Wells Fargo & Company


Table 13.5 presents a summary of financial assets and liabilities of our consolidated VIEs. The carrying value represents assets and liabilities recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. “Total VIE assets” includes affiliate balances that are eliminated upon consolidation, and therefore in some instances will differ from the carrying value of assets.
On our consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose (1) the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs, and (2) the consolidated liabilities of certain VIEs for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo.
Table 13.5:Transactions with Consolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE assets 
LoansDebt
securities
All other
assets (1)
Liabilities (2)
June 30, 2023
Commercial and industrial loans and leases$7,345 4,947  204 (136)
Other72  71 1 (72)
Total consolidated VIEs$7,417 4,947 71 205 (208)
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial loans and leases$7,148 4,802 — 190 (129)
Other72 — 71 (72)
Total consolidated VIEs$7,220 4,802 71 191 (201)
(1)All other assets includes cash and due from banks, and other assets.
(2)Liabilities include short-term borrowings, and accrued expenses and other liabilities.
Other Transactions
In April 2017,addition to the transactions included in the previous tables, we have used wholly-owned trust preferred security VIEs to issue debt securities or preferred equity exclusively to third-party investors. As the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us, we do not consolidate the VIEs even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs, and may have the right to redeem the third-party securities under certain circumstances. On our consolidated balance sheet, we reported the debt securities issued 27.6to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt with a carrying value of $407 million Depositary Shares, each representingand $401 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Wells Fargo & Company119


Note 14:  Guarantees and Other Commitments
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a 1/1000th interestguaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. For additional
descriptions of our guarantees, see Note 17 (Guarantees and Other Commitments) in our 2022 Form 10-K. Table 14.1 shows carrying value and maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees.

Table 14.1:Guarantees – Carrying Value and Maximum Exposure to Loss
Maximum exposure to loss 
(in millions)Carrying value of obligationExpires in one year or lessExpires after one year through three yearsExpires after three years through five yearsExpires after five yearsTotal Non-investment grade
June 30, 2023
Standby letters of credit (1)
$92 14,223 4,480 3,550 12 22,265 7,528 
Direct pay letters of credit (1)11 1,137 2,855 407 5 4,404 1,122 
Loans and LHFS sold with recourse (2)20 361 2,112 3,121 8,351 13,945 11,112 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees 6,204    6,204  
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3) 515  9 216 740 469 
Total guarantees$123 22,440 9,447 7,087 8,584 47,558 20,231 
December 31, 2022
Standby letters of credit (1)$112 14,014 4,694 3,058 53 21,819 7,071 
Direct pay letters of credit (1)13 1,593 2,734 465 4,797 1,283 
Loans and LHFS sold with recourse (2)16 322 1,078 3,408 8,906 13,714 11,399 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees— 4,623 — — — 4,623 — 
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3)— 548 10 201 760 515 
Total guarantees$141 21,100 8,507 6,941 9,165 45,713 20,268 
(1)Standby and direct pay letters of credit are reported net of syndications and participations.
(2)Represents recourse provided, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements.
(3)Includes indemnifications provided to certain third-party clearing agents. Estimated maximum exposure to loss was $172 million and $157 million with related collateral of $1.7 billion and $1.3 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is a shareremote possibility, where the value of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series Y,our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in
Table 14.1 do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, these amounts are not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value is more representative of our current exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss. The carrying value represents the fair value of the guarantee, if any, and also includes an ACL for guarantees, if applicable. In determining the ACL for guarantees, we consider the credit risk of the related contingent obligation.
For our guarantees in Table 14.1, non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of performance under the terms of the guarantee, which is determined based on an aggregate public offering priceexternal rating or an internal credit grade that is below investment grade.

WRITTEN OPTIONS We enter into written foreign currency options and over-the-counter written equity put options that are derivative contracts that have the characteristics of $690 million.a guarantee. The fair value of written options represents our view of the probability that we will be required to perform under the contract. The fair value of these written options was an asset of $449 million and a liability of $15 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The fair value may be an asset as a result of deferred premiums on certain option trades. The maximum exposure to loss represents the notional value of these derivative contracts. At June 30, 2023, the maximum exposure to loss was $31.8 billion, with $29.3 billion expiring in three years or less compared with $23.4 billion and $21.3 billion,
respectively, at December 31, 2022. See Note 711 (Derivatives) for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES We record a liability for mortgage loans that we expect to repurchase pursuant to various representations or warranties. See Note 13 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for further discussion and related amounts. Additionally, when we sell MSRs, we may provide indemnifications for losses incurred due to material breaches of contractual representations or warranties as well as other recourse arrangements. At June 30, 2023, our liability for these indemnification arrangements was $8 million and the maximum exposure to loss was $650 million, with $609 million expiring in three years or less.

MERCHANT PROCESSING SERVICES We provide debit and credit card transaction processing services through payment networks directly for merchants and as a sponsor for merchant processing servicers, including our joint venture with a third party that is accounted for as an equity method investment. In our role as the merchant acquiring bank, we have a potential obligation in connection with payment and delivery disputes between the merchant and the cardholder that are resolved in favor of the cardholder, referred to as a charge-back transaction. We estimate our potential maximum exposure to be the total merchant transaction volume processed in the preceding four months, which is generally the lifecycle for a charge-back transaction. As of June 30, 2023, our potential maximum exposure was approximately $789.5 billion, and related losses, including those from our joint venture entity, were insignificant.


120Wells Fargo & Company


GUARANTEES OF SUBSIDIARIES The Parent fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of principal, interest, and any other amounts that may be due on securities that its 100% owned finance subsidiary, Wells Fargo Finance LLC, may issue. These securities are not guaranteed by any other subsidiary of the Parent. The guaranteed liabilities were $847 million and $948 million at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. These guarantees rank on parity with all of the Parent’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

OTHER COMMITMENTS To meet the financing needs of our customers, we may enter into commitments to purchase debt and equity securities to provide capital for their funding, liquidity or other future needs. As of both June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we had commitments to purchase debt securities of $100 million and commitments to purchase equity securities of $5.0 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.
As part of maintaining our memberships in certain clearing organizations, we are required to stand ready to provide liquidity to sustain market clearing activity in the event unforeseen events occur or are deemed likely to occur. Certain of these obligations are guarantees of other members’ performance and accordingly are included in Table 14.1 in Other guarantees and indemnifications.

We have commitments to enter into resale and securities borrowing agreements as well as repurchase and securities lending agreements with certain counterparties, including central clearing organizations. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for resale and securities borrowing agreements was $16.6 billion and $19.9 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments for repurchase and securities lending agreements was $2.4 billion and $1.6 billion as of June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Given the nature of these commitments, they are excluded from Table 5.4 (Unfunded Credit Commitments) in Note 5 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses).
Wells Fargo & Company121



Note 15:  Pledged Assets and Collateral
Pledged Assets
Table 15.1 provides the carrying amount of on-balance sheet pledged assets as well as the fair value of other pledged collateral not recognized on our consolidated balance sheet, which we have received from third parties, have the right to repledge and have repledged. These amounts include assets pledged in transactions accounted for as secured borrowings, which are presented parenthetically on our consolidated balance sheet.

TRADING RELATED ACTIVITYOur trading businesses may pledge debt and equity securities in connection with securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and securities lending arrangements. The collateral that we pledge related to our trading activities may include our own collateral as well as collateral that we have received from third parties and have the right to repledge. All of the collateral we pledge related to trading activity is eligible to be repledged or sold by the secured party.
NON-TRADING RELATED ACTIVITY As part of our liquidity management strategy, we may pledge loans, debt securities, and other financial assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings and letters of credit from Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and for other purposes as required or permitted by law or insurance statutory requirements. Substantially all of the non-trading activity pledged collateral is not eligible to be repledged or sold by the secured party.

VIE RELATED We pledge assets in connection with various types of transactions entered into with VIEs. These pledged assets can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities.
We also have loans recorded on our consolidated balance sheet which represent certain delinquent loans that are eligible for repurchase from GNMA loan securitizations. See Note 13 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information on our trust preferred securities.

consolidated VIE assets.

Table 15.1:Pledged Assets
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Related to trading activities:
Off-balance sheet repledged third-party owned debt and equity securities$56,044 38,191 
Trading debt securities and other51,534 28,284 
Equity securities1,996 1,477 
Total pledged assets related to trading activities109,574 67,952 
Related to non-trading activities:
Loans375,115 344,000 
Debt securities:
Available-for-sale66,018 50,538 
Held-to-maturity247,754 17,477 
Equity securities178 141 
Total pledged assets related to non-trading activities689,065 412,156 
Related to VIEs:
Consolidated VIE assets5,223 5,064 
Loans eligible for repurchase from GNMA securitizations946 749 
Total pledged assets related to VIEs6,169 5,813 
Total pledged assets$804,808 485,921 
ESOP CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCKAll sharesSecurities and Other Collateralized Financing Activities
We enter into resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending agreements (collectively, “securities financing activities”) typically to finance trading positions (including securities and derivatives), acquire securities to cover short trading positions, accommodate customers’ financing needs, and settle other securities obligations. These activities are conducted through our broker-dealer subsidiaries and, to a lesser extent, through other bank entities. Our securities financing activities primarily involve high-quality, liquid securities such as U.S. Treasury securities and government agency securities and, to a lesser extent, less liquid securities, including equity securities, corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. We account for these transactions as collateralized financings in which we typically receive or pledge securities as collateral. We believe these financing transactions generally do not have material credit risk given the collateral provided and the related monitoring processes. We also enter into resale agreements
involving collateral other than securities, such as loans, as part of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issuedcommercial lending business activities.

OFFSETTING OF SECURITIES AND OTHER COLLATERALIZED FINANCING ACTIVITIES Table 15.2 presents resale and repurchase agreements subject to master repurchase agreements (MRA) and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master securities lending agreements (MSLA). Where legally enforceable, these master netting arrangements give the ability, in the event of default by the counterparty, to liquidate securities held as collateral and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. Collateralized financings, and those with a trustee actingsingle counterparty, are presented net on behalfour consolidated balance sheet, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. The majority of transactions subject to these agreements do not meet those criteria and thus are not eligible for balance sheet netting.
Collateral we pledged consists of non-cash instruments, such as securities or loans, and is not netted on our consolidated balance sheet against the related liability. Collateral we received
122Wells Fargo & Company


includes securities or loans and is not recognized on our consolidated balance sheet. Collateral pledged or received may be increased or decreased over time to maintain certain contractual thresholds, as the assets underlying each arrangement fluctuate in value. Generally, these agreements require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to
enforceable MRAs or MSLAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, U.S. GAAP requires disclosure in this table to limit the reported amount of such collateral to the amount of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan)related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.
In addition to the amounts included in Table 15.2, we also have balance sheet netting related to derivatives that is disclosed in Note 11 (Derivatives). Dividends
Table 15.2:Offsetting – Securities and Other Collateralized Financing Activities
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Assets:
Resale and securities borrowing agreements
Gross amounts recognized$116,017 114,729 
Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)(27,246)(24,464)
Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (2)88,771 90,265 
Collateral not recognized in consolidated balance sheet (3)(88,285)(89,592)
Net amount (4)$486 673 
Liabilities:
Repurchase and securities lending agreements
Gross amounts recognized$94,834 55,054 
Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)(27,246)(24,464)
Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (5)67,588 30,590 
Collateral pledged but not netted in consolidated balance sheet (6)(67,478)(30,383)
Net amount (4)$110 207 
(1)Represents recognized amount of resale and repurchase agreements with counterparties subject to enforceable MRAs that have been offset in our consolidated balance sheet.
(2)Includes $66.5 billion and $68.0 billion classified on our consolidated balance sheet in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. Also includes $22.3 billion and $22.3 billion classified on our consolidated balance sheet in loans at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(3)Represents the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative fromfair value of collateral we have received under enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited in the date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upontable above to the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred Stock released from the unallocated reserveamount of the 401(k) Plan is converted into sharesrecognized asset due from each counterparty. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we have received total collateral with a fair value of $140.0 billion and $136.6 billion, respectively, all of which we have the right to sell or repledge. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $83.4 billion and $59.1 billion at June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(4)Represents the amount of our common stockexposure (assets) or obligation (liabilities) that is not collateralized and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.
(5)Amount is classified in short-term borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet.
(6)Represents the fair value of collateral we have pledged, related to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited in the table above to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty. At June 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, we have pledged total collateral with a fair value of $97.1 billion and $56.3 billion, respectively, substantially all of which may be sold or repledged by the counterparty.
REPURCHASE AND SECURITIES LENDING AGREEMENTS Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements are effectively short-term collateralized borrowings. In these transactions, we receive cash in exchange for transferring securities as collateral and recognize an obligation to reacquire the securities for cash at the transaction’s maturity. These types of transactions create risks, including (1) the counterparty may fail to return the securities at maturity, (2) the fair value of the securities transferred may decline below the amount of our obligation to reacquire the securities, and therefore create an obligation for us to pledge additional amounts, and (3) the counterparty may accelerate the maturity on demand, requiring us to reacquire the security prior to contractual maturity. We attempt to mitigate these risks in various ways. Our collateral primarily consists of highly liquid securities. In addition, we underwrite and monitor the financial strength of our counterparties, monitor the fair value of collateral pledged relative to contractually required repurchase amounts, and monitor that our collateral is properly returned through the clearing and settlement process in advance of our cash repayment. Table 15.3 provides the gross amounts recognized on our consolidated balance sheet (before the effects of offsetting) of our liabilities for repurchase and securities lending agreements disaggregated by underlying collateral type.
Wells Fargo & Company123


Note 15:  Pledged Assets and Collateral (continued)
Table 15.3:Gross Obligations by Underlying Collateral Type
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Repurchase agreements:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$34,235 27,857 
Securities of U.S. States and political subdivisions79 83 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities42,968 8,386 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities694 682 
Corporate debt securities6,617 6,541 
Asset-backed securities2,633 1,529 
Equity securities433 711 
Other245 300 
Total repurchases87,904 46,089 
Securities lending arrangements:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies284 278 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities62 58 
Corporate debt securities210 206 
Equity securities (1)6,342 8,356 
Other32 67 
Total securities lending6,930 8,965 
Total repurchases and securities lending$94,834 55,054 
(1)Equity securities are generally exchange traded and represent collateral received from third parties that has been repledged. We received the collateral through either margin lending agreements or contemporaneous securities borrowing transactions with other counterparties.
Table 15.4 provides the contractual maturities of our gross obligations under repurchase and securities lending agreements.
Table 15.4:Contractual Maturities of Gross Obligations
(in millions)Overnight/continuousUp to 30 days30-90 days>90 daysTotal gross obligation
June 30, 2023
Repurchase agreements$77,293 492 3,784 6,335 87,904 
Securities lending arrangements6,830   100 6,930 
Total repurchases and securities lending (1)$84,123 492 3,784 6,435 94,834 
December 31, 2022
Repurchase agreements$36,251 734 2,884 6,220 46,089 
Securities lending arrangements8,965 — — — 8,965 
Total repurchases and securities lending (1)$45,216 734 2,884 6,220 55,054 
(1)Securities lending is executed under agreements that allow either party to terminate the transaction without notice, while repurchase agreements have a term structure to them that technically matures at a point in time. The overnight/continuous repurchase agreements require election of both parties to roll the trade rather than the election to terminate the arrangement as in securities lending.
124Wells Fargo & Company


Note 16:  Operating Segments
Our management reporting is organized into four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and Lending; Commercial Banking; Corporate and Investment Banking; and Wealth and Investment Management. All other business activities that are not included in the reportable operating segments have been included in Corporate. We define our reportable operating segments by type of product and customer segment, and their results are based on our management reporting process. The management reporting process measures the performance of the reportable operating segments based on the statedCompany’s management structure, and the results are regularly reviewed with our Chief Executive Officer and relevant senior management. The management reporting process is based on U.S. GAAP and includes specific adjustments, such as funds transfer pricing for asset/liability management, shared revenue and expenses, and taxable-equivalent adjustments to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt sources, which allows management to assess performance consistently across the operating segments.

Consumer Banking and Lending offers diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $10 million. These financial products and services include checking and savings accounts, credit and debit cards as well as home, auto, personal, and small business lending.

Commercial Banking provides financial solutions to private, family owned and certain public companies. Products and services include banking and credit products across multiple industry sectors and municipalities, secured lending and lease products, and treasury management.

Corporate and Investment Banking delivers a suite of capital markets, banking, and financial products and services to corporate, commercial real estate, government and institutional clients globally. Products and services include corporate banking, investment banking, treasury management, commercial real estate lending and servicing, equity and fixed income solutions as well as sales, trading, and research capabilities.

Wealth and Investment Management provides personalized wealth management, brokerage, financial planning, lending, private banking, trust and fiduciary products and services to affluent, high-net worth and ultra-high-net worth clients. We operate through financial advisors in our brokerage and wealth offices, consumer bank branches, independent offices, and digitally through WellsTrade® and Intuitive Investor®.
valueCorporate includes corporate treasury and enterprise functions, net of allocations (including funds transfer pricing, capital, liquidity and certain expenses), in support of the ESOP Preferred Stockreportable operating segments as well as our investment portfolio and affiliated venture capital and private equity businesses. Corporate also includes certain lines of business that management has determined are no longer consistent with the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the optionlong-term strategic goals of the holder at any time, unlessCompany as well as results for previously redeemed. We havedivested businesses.

Basis of Presentation
FUNDS TRANSFER PRICING Corporate treasury manages a funds transfer pricing methodology that considers interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other product characteristics. Operating segments pay a funding charge for their assets and receive a funding credit for their deposits, both of which are included in net interest income. The net impact of the option to redeemfunding charges or credits is recognized in corporate treasury.

REVENUE AND EXPENSE SHARING When lines of business jointly serve customers, the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in wholeline of business that is responsible for providing the product or in part, atservice recognizes revenue or expense with a redemption price per share equalreferral fee paid or an allocation of cost to the higherother line of (a) $1,000 per share plus accruedbusiness based on established internal revenue-sharing agreements.
When a line of business uses a service provided by another line of business or enterprise function (included in Corporate), expense is generally allocated based on the cost and unpaid dividends or (b)use of the fair market value, as definedservice provided.

TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT ADJUSTMENTS Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for low-income housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.Company’s consolidated financial results.
Table 14.3:ESOP Preferred Stock
  Shares issued and outstanding  Carrying value  Adjustable dividend rate
(in millions, except shares)Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Sep 30,
2017

 Dec 31,
2016

 Minimum
 Maximum
ESOP Preferred Stock           
$1,000 liquidation preference per share           
2017491,758
 
 $492
 
 7.00% 8.00
2016322,826
 358,528
 323
 358
 9.30
 10.30
2015187,436
 200,820
 187
 201
 8.90
 9.90
2014237,151
 255,413
 237
 255
 8.70
 9.70
2013201,948
 222,558
 202
 223
 8.50
 9.50
2012128,634
 144,072
 129
 144
 10.00
 11.00
2011129,296
 149,301
 129
 149
 9.00
 10.00
201075,603
 90,775
 75
 91
 9.50
 10.50
2008
 17,714
 
 18
 10.50
 11.50
Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)1,774,652
 1,439,181
 $1,774
 1,439
    
Unearned ESOP shares (2)    $(1,904) (1,565)    
(1)
At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, additional paid-in capital included $130 million and $126 million, respectively, related to ESOP preferred stock.
Wells Fargo & Company
125


Note 16: Operating Segments (continued)
Table 16.1 presents our results by operating segment.
Table 16.1:Operating Segments

(in millions)
Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment ManagementCorporate (1)Reconciling Items (2)Consolidated
Company
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Net interest income (3)$7,490 2,501 2,359 1,009 (91)(105)13,163 
Noninterest income1,965 868 2,272 2,639 121 (495)7,370 
Total revenue9,455 3,369 4,631 3,648 30 (600)20,533 
Provision for credit losses874 26 933 24 (144) 1,713 
Noninterest expense6,027 1,630 2,087 2,974 269  12,987 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)2,554 1,713 1,611 650 (95)(600)5,833 
Income tax expense (benefit)640 429 401 163 (103)(600)930 
Net income before noncontrolling interests1,914 1,284 1,210 487 8  4,903 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 3   (38) (35)
Net income$1,914 1,281 1,210 487 46  4,938 
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Net interest income (3)$6,372 1,580 2,057 916 (619)(108)10,198 
Noninterest income2,135 912 1,516 2,789 (102)(408)6,842 
Total revenue8,507 2,492 3,573 3,705 (721)(516)17,040 
Provision for credit losses613 21 (62)(7)15 — 580 
Noninterest expense6,036 1,478 1,840 2,911 597 — 12,862 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)1,858 993 1,795 801 (1,333)(516)3,598 
Income tax expense (benefit)465 249 459 198 (233)(516)622 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests1,393 744 1,336 603 (1,100)— 2,976 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests— — — (169)— (166)
Net income (loss)$1,393 741 1,336 603 (931)— 3,142 
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Net interest income (3) $14,923 4,990 4,820 2,053 (75)(212)26,499 
Noninterest income3,896 1,686 4,713 5,276 126 (934)14,763 
Total revenue18,819 6,676 9,533 7,329 51 (1,146)41,262 
Provision for credit losses1,741 (17)1,185 35 (24) 2,920 
Noninterest expense12,065 3,382 4,304 6,035 877  26,663 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)5,013 3,311 4,044 1,259 (802)(1,146)11,679 
Income tax expense (benefit)1,258 828 1,016 315 (375)(1,146)1,896 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests3,755 2,483 3,028 944 (427) 9,783 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests 6   (152) (146)
Net income (loss)$3,755 2,477 3,028 944 (275) 9,929 
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Net interest income (3)$12,368 2,941 4,047 1,715 (1,437)(215)19,419 
Noninterest income4,702 1,878 2,996 5,747 840 (814)15,349 
Total revenue17,070 4,819 7,043 7,462 (597)(1,029)34,768 
Provision for credit losses423 (323)(258)(44)(5)— (207)
Noninterest expense12,431 3,009 3,823 6,086 1,364 — 26,713 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)4,216 2,133 3,478 1,420 (1,956)(1,029)8,262 
Income tax expense (benefit)1,053 529 884 352 (421)(1,029)1,368 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests3,163 1,604 2,594 1,068 (1,535)— 6,894 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests— — — (42)— (36)
Net income (loss)$3,163 1,598 2,594 1,068 (1,493)— 6,930 
(continued on following page)
(2)126We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.Wells Fargo & Company





(continued from previous page)

Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment Management Corporate (1)Reconciling Items (2)Consolidated
Company
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Loans (average)$336,351 225,824 291,470 83,045 9,216  945,906 
Assets (average)378,532 249,230 550,091 89,983 610,417  1,878,253 
Deposits (average)823,339 166,747 160,251 112,360 84,752  1,347,449 
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Loans (average)$337,325 224,333 293,097 83,331 9,185  947,271 
Assets (average)380,135 247,674 549,453 90,450 603,293  1,871,005 
Deposits (average)832,252 168,597 158,908 119,443 72,846  1,352,046 
Loans (period-end)336,217 228,711 291,345 82,456 9,231  947,960 
Assets (period-end)378,078 255,914 559,520 89,211 593,597  1,876,320 
Deposits (period-end)820,495 164,764 158,770 108,532 92,023  1,344,584 
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Loans (average)$330,859 202,019 298,694 85,912 9,083 — 926,567 
Assets (average)379,194 223,890 564,306 92,575 642,606 — 1,902,571 
Deposits (average)898,650 188,286 164,860 173,670 20,327 — 1,445,793 
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Loans (average)$327,973 198,228 291,635 85,342 9,187 — 912,365 
Assets (average)377,043 219,438 557,891 91,713 664,853 — 1,910,938 
Deposits (average)890,042 194,458 167,009 179,708 23,665 — 1,454,882 
Loans (period-end)335,732 205,241 308,286 85,342 9,133 — 943,734 
Assets (period-end)380,353 229,454 567,733 91,944 611,657 — 1,881,141 
Deposits (period-end)892,373 183,145 162,439 165,633 21,563 — 1,425,153 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in Net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for low-income housing and renewable energy investments are included in Noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to Income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results.
(3)Net interest income is interest earned on assets minus the interest paid on liabilities to fund those assets. Segment interest earned includes actual interest income on segment assets as well as a funding credit for their deposits. Segment interest paid on liabilities includes actual interest expense on segment liabilities as well as a funding charge for their assets.
Wells Fargo & Company127


Note 15: Employee Benefits17: Revenue and Expenses
Revenue
Our revenue includes net interest income on financial instruments and noninterest income. Table 17.1 presents our
revenue by operating segment. For additional description of our
operating segments, including additional financial information
and the underlying management accounting process, see
Note 16 (Operating Segments). For a description of our revenue from contracts with customers, see Note 20 (Revenue and Expenses) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Table 17.1: Revenue by Operating Segment

(in millions)
Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment ManagementCorporateReconciling
Items (1)
Consolidated
Company
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Net interest income (2)$7,490 2,501 2,359 1,009 (91)(105)13,163 
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees666 248 247 6 (2) 1,165 
Lending-related fees (2)28 131 191 2   352 
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3) 17 36 2,110   2,163 
Commissions and brokerage services fees  76 494   570 
Investment banking fees(4)15 390  (25) 376 
Card fees:
Card interchange and network revenue (4)929 59 15 1 1  1,005 
Other card fees (2)93      93 
Total card fees1,022 59 15 1 1  1,098 
Mortgage banking (2)132  73 (3)  202 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (2) (6)1,081 21 26  1,122 
Net gains from debt securities (2)    4  4 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities (2) 2 (16) (80) (94)
Lease income (2) 167 4  136  307 
Other (2)121 235 175 8 61 (495)105 
Total noninterest income1,965 868 2,272 2,639 121 (495)7,370 
Total revenue$9,455 3,369 4,631 3,648 30 (600)20,533 
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Net interest income (2)$6,372 1,580 2,057 916 (619)(108)10,198 
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees779 310 280 — — 1,376 
Lending-related fees (2)34 122 195 — — 353 
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3)— 10 30 2,306 — — 2,346 
Commissions and brokerage services fees— — 83 459 — — 542 
Investment banking fees(2)15 307 — (34)— 286 
Card fees:
Card interchange and network revenue (4)920 58 15 — — 994 
Other card fees (2)118 — — — — — 118 
Total card fees1,038 58 15 — — 1,112 
Mortgage banking (2)211 — 79 (3)— — 287 
Net gains from trading activities (2)— — 378 11 57 — 446 
Net gains from debt securities (2)— — — 138 — 143 
Net losses from equity securities (2)(8)(67)(2)(1)(537)— (615)
Lease income (2)— 179 11 — 143 — 333 
Other (2)(5)83 280 140 131 (408)233 
Total noninterest income2,135 912 1,516 2,789 (102)(408)6,842 
Total revenue$8,507 2,492 3,573 3,705 (721)(516)17,040 
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Net interest income (2)$14,923 4,990 4,820 2,053 (75)(212)26,499 
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees1,338 484 483 11 (3) 2,313 
Lending-related fees (2)59 260 385 4   708 
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3) 35 71 4,171   4,277 
Commissions and brokerage services fees  154 1,035   1,189 
Investment banking fees(4)35 704  (33) 702 
Card fees:
Card interchange and network revenue (4)1,792 115 32 2 2  1,943 
Other card fees (2)188      188 
Total card fees1,980 115 32 2 2  2,131 
Mortgage banking (2)292  148 (6)  434 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (2) (7)2,338 44 89  2,464 
Net gains from debt securities (2)    4  4 
Net losses from equity securities (2) (10)(17)(2)(422) (451)
Lease income (2) 336 46  272  654 
Other (2)231 438 369 17 217 (934)338 
Total noninterest income3,896 1,686 4,713 5,276 126 (934)14,763 
Total revenue$18,819 6,676 9,533 7,329 51 (1,146)41,262 
(continued on following page)
128Wells Fargo & Company


(continued from previous page)

(in millions)
Consumer Banking and LendingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingWealth and Investment ManagementCorporateReconciling
Items (1)
Consolidated
Company
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Net interest income (2)$12,368 2,941 4,047 1,715 (1,437)(215)19,419 
Noninterest income:
Deposit-related fees1,624 638 573 14 — — 2,849 
Lending-related fees (2)68 243 380 — — 695 
Investment advisory and other asset-based fees (3)— 12 42 4,782 — 4,844 
Commissions and brokerage services fees— — 166 913 — — 1,079 
Investment banking fees(3)30 769 — (63)— 733 
Card fees:
Card interchange and network revenue (4)1,754 111 29 — — 1,896 
Other card fees (2)245 — — — — — 245 
Total card fees1,999 111 29 — — 2,141 
Mortgage banking (2)865 — 121 (6)— — 980 
Net gains from trading activities (2)— — 606 12 46 — 664 
Net gains from debt securities (2)— — — 140 — 145 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities (2)(17)19 (7)(1)(33)— (39)
Lease income (2)— 358 13 — 289 — 660 
Other (2)(5)166 462 304 27 453 (814)598 
Total noninterest income4,702 1,878 2,996 5,747 840 (814)15,349 
Total revenue$17,070 4,819 7,043 7,462 (597)(1,029)34,768 
(1)Taxable-equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and debt securities are included in net interest income, while taxable-equivalent adjustments related to income tax credits for low-income housing and renewable energy investments are included in noninterest income, in each case with corresponding impacts to income tax expense (benefit). Adjustments are included in Corporate, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking and are eliminated to reconcile to the Company’s consolidated financial results.
(2)These revenue types are related to financial assets and liabilities, including loans, leases, securities and derivatives, with additional details included in other footnotes to our financial statements.
(3)We earned trailing commissions of $227 million and $454 million for the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $245 million and $516 million for the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively.
(4)The cost of credit card rewards and rebates of $628 million and $1.2 billion for the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, and $552 million and $1.0 billion for the second quarter and first half of 2022, respectively, are presented net against the related revenue.
(5)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Expenses
OPERATING LOSSES Operating losses consist of litigation, regulatory matters, customer remediation activities, and losses from other business activities, such as fraud losses. Operating losses may have significant variability given the inherent and unpredictable nature of litigation, regulatory, and customer remediation matters. The timing and determination of the amount of any associated losses for these matters depends on a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Our operating losses were $232 million and $499 million for the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, compared with $576 million and $1.2 billion in the same periods a year ago. See Note 10 (Legal Actions) for additional information on accruals for legal actions.
OTHER EXPENSES Regulatory Charges and Assessments expense, which is included in other noninterest expense, was $301 million and $572 million in the second quarter and first half of 2023, respectively, compared with $208 million and $433 million in the same periods a year ago, and primarily consisted of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit assessment expense.
In May 2023, the FDIC proposed a rule to recover by special assessment losses to the FDIC deposit insurance fund as a result of recent bank failures. Under the proposed rule, the FDIC would collect a special assessment based on a calculation using an insured depository institution’s estimated amount of uninsured deposits. As currently proposed, the amount of our special assessment may be up to $1.8 billion (pre-tax), and we expect to expense the entire amount upon the FDIC’s finalization of the rule. The proposed rule may be changed prior to finalization and any changes may affect the timing or amount of the special assessment.
Wells Fargo & Company129


Note 18: Employee Benefits
Pension and Postretirement Plans
We sponsor a frozen noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, called the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of Wells Fargo. The Cash Balance Plan was frozen on July 1, 2009, and no new benefits accrue after that date. For additional information on our pension and postretirement plans, including plan assumptions, investment strategy and asset allocation, projected benefit payments, and valuation methodologies used
for assets measured at fair value, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 21 (Employee Benefits) in our 2022 Form 10-K.

Table 15.118.1 presents the components of net periodic benefit cost.




Service cost is reported in personnel expense and all other components of net periodic benefit cost are reported in other noninterest expense on our consolidated statement of income.

Table 15.1:18.1:Net Periodic Benefit Cost
20232022
Pension benefits Pension benefits 
(in millions)Qualified 
Non- 
qualified 
Other 
benefits 
Qualified 
Non- 
qualified 
Other 
benefits 
Quarter ended June 30,
Service cost$7   — — 
Interest cost100 4 4 82 
Expected return on plan assets(126) (7)(126)— (6)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)35 1 (6)33 (6)
Amortization of prior service credit  (2)— — (2)
Settlement loss   62 — — 
Net periodic benefit cost$16 5 (11)56 (11)
Six months ended June 30,
Service cost$13   10 — — 
Interest cost201 9 8 149 
Expected return on plan assets(252) (13)(265)— (11)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)70 2 (12)66 (11)
Amortization of prior service credit  (5)— — (5)
Settlement loss   109 — 
Net periodic benefit cost$32 11 (22)69 12 (22)

  2017  2016 
  Pension benefits    
 Pension benefits    
(in millions)Qualified
 Non-qualified
 
Other
benefits

 Qualified
 Non-qualified
 
Other
benefits

Quarter ended September 30,       
Service cost$1
 
 
 
 
 
Interest cost103
 5
 7
 105
 6
 11
Expected return on plan assets(163) 
 (7) (152) 
 (8)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)37
 3
 (3) 37
 3
 (1)
Amortization of prior service credit
 
 (2) 
 
 
Settlement loss6
 
 
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)$(16) 8
 (5) (10) 9
 2
Nine months ended September 30,       
Service cost$4
 
 
 2
 
 
Interest cost309
 17
 21
 323
 19
 31
Expected return on plan assets(489) 
 (22) (435) 
 (23)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)113
 9
 (8) 103
 9
 (3)
Amortization of prior service credit
 
 (7) 
 
 
Settlement loss7
 6
 
 4
 2
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)$(56) 32
 (16) (3) 30
 5





130Wells Fargo & Company


Note 16:19: Earnings and Dividends Per Common Share
Table 16.119.1 shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.

Table 16.1:19.1:Earnings Per Common Share Calculations
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions, except per share amounts)2023202220232022
Wells Fargo net income (1)$4,938 3,142 $9,929 6,930 
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other279 279 557 558 
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator) (1)$4,659 2,863 $9,372 6,372 
Earnings per common share
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)3,699.9 3,793.8 3,742.6 3,812.3 
Per share$1.26 0.75 $2.50 1.67 
Diluted earnings per common share
Average common shares outstanding3,699.9 3,793.8 3,742.6 3,812.3 
Add:Restricted share rights (2)25.0 25.8 29.8 32.7 
Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)3,724.9 3,819.6 3,772.4 3,845.0 
Per share$1.25 0.75 $2.48 1.66 
(1)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions, except per share amounts)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Wells Fargo net income$4,596
 5,644
 $15,863
 16,664
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other411
 401
 1,218
 1,163
Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)$4,185
 5,243
 $14,645
 15,501
Earnings per common share           
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)4,948.6
 5,043.4
 4,982.1
 5,061.9
Per share$0.85
 1.04
 $2.94
 3.06
Diluted earnings per common share           
Average common shares outstanding4,948.6
 5,043.4
 4,982.1
 5,061.9
Add: Stock options15.8
 18.1
 18.1
 19.6
Restricted share rights22.4
 23.1
 24.1
 26.1
Warrants10.0
 10.0
 11.1
 10.6
Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)4,996.8
 5,094.6
 5,035.4
 5,118.2
Per share$0.84
 1.03
 $2.91
 3.03

(2)Calculated using the treasury stock method.
Table 16.219.2 presents the outstanding options to purchase shares of common stocksecurities that were anti-dilutive (the exercise
price was higher than the weighted-average market price), and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

Table 16.2:19.2:Outstanding Anti-Dilutive OptionsSecurities
Weighted-average shares
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)2023202220232022
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L (1)25.3 25.3 25.3 25.3 
Restricted share rights (2)0.2 0.2 0.4 0.2 
(1)    Calculated using the if-converted method.
(2)    Calculated using the treasury stock method.
Table 19.3 presents dividends declared per common share.
 Weighted-average shares 
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
(in millions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Options1.8
 2.6
 2.0
 3.4
Table 19.3:Dividends Declared Per Common Share

Note 17: Other Comprehensive Income (continued)


Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
2023202220232022
Per common share$0.30 0.25 $0.60 0.50 
Wells Fargo & Company131


Note 17:20: Other Comprehensive Income
Table 17.120.1 provides the components of other comprehensive income (OCI), reclassifications to net income by income statement line item, and the related tax effects.



Table 17.1:20.1:Summary of Other Comprehensive Income
Quarter ended June 30,Six months ended June 30,
2023202220232022
(in millions)Before 
 tax 
Tax 
 effect 
Net of 
 tax 
Before 
 tax 
Tax 
 effect 
Net of 
 tax 
Before 
 tax 
Tax 
 effect 
Net of 
 tax 
Before 
 tax 
Tax 
 effect 
Net of 
 tax 
Debt securities:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period$(557)138 (419)(4,806)1,183 (3,623)(199)51 (148)(11,694)2,880 (8,814)
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income148 (37)111 (1)269 (67)202 62 (16)46 
Net change(409)101 (308)(4,802)1,182 (3,620)70 (16)54 (11,632)2,864 (8,768)
Derivatives and hedging activities:
Fair Value Hedges:
Change in fair value of excluded components on fair value hedges (1)5 (1)4 46 (11)35 11 (3)8 110 (27)83 
Cash Flow Hedges:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period on cash flow hedges(1,001)248 (753)(114)28 (86)(617)153 (464)(165)41 (124)
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income185 (46)139 (43)11 (32)298 (74)224 (29)(22)
Net change(811)201 (610)(111)28 (83)(308)76 (232)(84)21 (63)
Defined benefit plans adjustments:
Net actuarial and prior service gains (losses) arising during the period   (120)30 (90)   (101)25 (76)
Reclassification of amounts to noninterest expense (2)28 (7)21 90 (22)68 55 (13)42 166 (40)126 
Net change28 (7)21 (30)(22)55 (13)42 65 (15)50 
Debit valuation adjustments (DVA) and other:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period (3)(13)3 (10)101 (21)80 (9)2 (7)113 (24)89 
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income   — — —    — — — 
Net change(13)3 (10)101 (21)80 (9)2 (7)113 (24)89 
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period39  39 (122)(2)(124)65 (1)64 (127)(2)(129)
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income   — — —    — — — 
Net change39  39 (122)(2)(124)65 (1)64 (127)(2)(129)
Other comprehensive income (loss)$(1,166)298 (868)(4,964)1,195 (3,769)(127)48 (79)(11,665)2,844 (8,821)
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests, net of tax1 —  
Wells Fargo other comprehensive loss, net of tax$(869)(3,769)(79)(8,822)
(1)Represents changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads, which are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded in other comprehensive income.
(2)These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 18 (Employee Benefits) for additional information).
(3)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
 Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30, 
 2017  2016  2017  2016 
(in millions)
Before
tax

 
Tax
effect

 
Net of
tax

 
Before
tax

 
Tax
effect

 
Net of
tax

 
Before
tax

 
Tax
effect

 
Net of
tax

 
Before
tax

 
Tax
effect

 
Net of
tax

Investment securities:                             
Net unrealized gains arising during the period$891
 (353) 538
 112
 (32) 80
 2,825
 (1,075) 1,750
 2,478
 (938) 1,540
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income:          

              
Interest income on investment securities (1)70
 (26) 44
 2
 (1) 1
 122
 (46) 76
 5
 (2) 3
Net gains on debt securities(166) 62
 (104) (106) 40
 (66) (322) 119
 (203) (797) 299
 (498)
Net gains from equity investments(106) 41
 (65) (85) 32
 (53) (323) 120
 (203) (204) 77
 (127)
Other noninterest income2
 
 2
 (4) 2
 (2) 1
 
 1
 (5) 2
 (3)
Subtotal reclassifications to net income(200)
77

(123) (193) 73
 (120) (522) 193
 (329) (1,001) 376
 (625)
Net change691

(276)
415
 (81) 41
 (40) 2,303
 (882) 1,421
 1,477
 (562) 915
Derivatives and hedging activities:                             
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period36
 (13) 23
 (445) 168
 (277) 279
 (105) 174
 2,611
 (984) 1,627
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income:          

              
Interest income on loans(107) 41
 (66) (266) 100
 (166) (468) 177
 (291) (794) 299
 (495)
Interest expense on long-term debt2
 (1) 1
 4
 (1) 3
 8
 (3) 5
 11
 (4) 7
Subtotal reclassifications to net income(105)
40

(65)
(262)
99

(163)
(460)
174

(286)
(783)
295

(488)
Net change(69)
27

(42) (707) 267
 (440) (181)
69

(112) 1,828

(689)
1,139
Defined benefit plans adjustments:                             
Net actuarial and prior service gains (losses) arising during the period11
 (5) 6
 (447) 168
 (279) 4
 (2) 2
 (474) 178
 (296)
Reclassification of amounts to net periodic benefit costs (2):                       
Amortization of net actuarial loss37
 (13) 24
 39
 (14) 25
 114
 (43) 71
 109
 (41) 68
Settlements and other4
 (1) 3
 
 
 
 6
 
 6
 6
 (2) 4
Subtotal reclassifications to net periodic benefit costs41

(14)
27
 39
 (14) 25
 120
 (43) 77
 115
 (43) 72
Net change52

(19)
33
 (408) 154
 (254) 124
 (45) 79
 (359) 135
 (224)
Foreign currency translation adjustments:                             
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period40
 3
 43
 (10) (1) (11) 87
 6
 93
 27
 6
 33
Net change40

3

43
 (10) (1) (11) 87
 6
 93
 27
 6
 33
Other comprehensive income (loss)$714

(265)
449
 (1,206)
461

(745) 2,333
 (852) 1,481
 2,973
 (1,110) 1,863
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) from noncontrolling interests, net of tax    (34)     19
       (29)     (24)
Wells Fargo other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax    $483
     (764)       1,510
     1,887
(1)132Represents net unrealized gains and losses amortized over the remaining lives of securities that were transferred from the available-for-sale portfolio to the held-to-maturity portfolio.Wells Fargo & Company


Table 20.2 provides the accumulated OCI (AOCI) balance activity on an after-tax basis.


Table 20.2:Accumulated OCI Balances
(in millions)Debt
securities
Fair value hedges (1)Cash flow hedges (2)Defined 
 benefit 
 plans 
 adjustments
Debit valuation adjustments
(DVA)
and other
Foreign 
 currency 
 translation 
adjustments 
Accumulated 
 other 
comprehensive income (loss)
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
Balance, beginning of period$(9,473)(73)(809)(1,880)17 (354)(12,572)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period(419)4 (753) (10)39 (1,139)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income111  139 21   271 
Net change(308)4 (614)21 (10)39 (868)
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests     1 1 
Balance, end of period (3)(4)$(9,781)(69)(1,423)(1,859)7 (316)(13,441)
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
Balance, beginning of period$(4,483)(95)(55)(1,983)(3)(148)(6,767)
Transition adjustment (3)— — — — (32)— (32)
Balance, beginning of period (3)(4,483)(95)(55)(1,983)(35)(148)(6,799)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period(3,623)35 (86)(90)80 (124)(3,808)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income— (32)68 — — 39 
Net change(3,620)35 (118)(22)80 (124)(3,769)
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) from noncontrolling interests— — — — — — — 
Balance, end of period (3)(4)$(8,103)(60)(173)(2,005)45 (272)(10,568)
Six months ended June 30, 2023
Balance, beginning of period$(9,835)(77)(1,183)(1,901)(6)(380)(13,382)
Transition adjustment (3)    20  20 
Balance, beginning of period (3)(9,835)(77)(1,183)(1,901)14 (380)(13,362)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period(148)8 (464) (7)64 (547)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income202  224 42   468 
Net change54 8 (240)42 (7)64 (79)
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) from noncontrolling interests       
Balance, end of period (3)(4)$(9,781)(69)(1,423)(1,859)7 (316)(13,441)
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Balance, beginning of period$665 (143)(27)(2,055)— (142)(1,702)
Transition adjustment (3)— — — — (44)— (44)
Balance, beginning of period (3)665 (143)(27)(2,055)(44)(142)(1,746)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period(8,814)83 (124)(76)89 (129)(8,971)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income46 — (22)126 — — 150 
Net change(8,768)83 (146)50 89 (129)(8,821)
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests— — — — — 
Balance, end of period (3)(4)$(8,103)(60)(173)(2,005)45 (272)(10,568)
(1)Substantially all of the amounts for fair value hedges are foreign exchange contracts.
(2)Substantially all of the amounts for cash flow hedges are interest rate contracts.
(3)In first quarter 2023, we adopted ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(4)AOCI related to debt securities includes after-tax unrealized gains or losses associated with the transfer of securities from AFS to HTM of $3.7 billion and $3.4 billion at June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These amounts are subsequently amortized from AOCI into earnings over the same period as the related unamortized premiums and discounts.
(2)These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost, which is recorded in employee benefits expense (see Note 15 (Employee Benefits) for additional details).Wells Fargo & Company133

Table 17.2:Cumulative OCI Balances

(in millions)
Investment
securities

 
Derivatives
and
hedging
activities

 
Defined
benefit
plans
adjustments

 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments

 
Cumulative
other
compre-
hensive
income

Quarter ended September 30, 2017         
Balance, beginning of period$(96) 19
 (1,897) (136) (2,110)
Net unrealized gains arising during the period538
 23
 6
 43
 610
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(123) (65) 27
 
 (161)
Net change415
 (42) 33
 43
 449
Less: Other comprehensive loss from noncontrolling interests(34) 
 
 
 (34)
Balance, end of period$353
 (23) (1,864) (93) (1,627)
Quarter ended September 30, 2016         
Balance, beginning of period$2,812
 2,199
 (1,921) (142) 2,948
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period80
 (277) (279) (11) (487)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(120) (163) 25
 
 (258)
Net change(40) (440) (254) (11) (745)
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests19
 
 
 
 19
Balance, end of period$2,753
 1,759
 (2,175) (153) 2,184
Nine months ended September 30, 2017  
   
   
   
   
Balance, beginning of period$(1,099) 89
 (1,943) (184) (3,137)
Net unrealized gains arising during the period1,750
 174
 2
 93
 2,019
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(329) (286) 77
 
 (538)
Net change1,421
 (112) 79
 93
 1,481
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) from noncontrolling interests(31) 
 
 2
 (29)
Balance, end of period$353
 (23) (1,864) (93) (1,627)
Nine months ended September 30, 2016  
   
   
   
   
Balance, beginning of period$1,813
 620
 (1,951) (185) 297
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period1,540
 1,627
 (296) 33
 2,904
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income(625) (488) 72
 
 (1,041)
Net change915
 1,139
 (224) 33
 1,863
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) from noncontrolling interests(25) 
 
 1
 (24)
Balance, end of period$2,753
 1,759
 (2,175) (153) 2,184




Note 18:  Operating Segments21:  Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions
We have three reportable operating segments: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth and Investment Management (WIM). We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment and their results are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to GAAP for financial accounting. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based onRegulatory Capital Requirements
our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. For a description of our operating segments, including the underlying management accounting process, see Note 24 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in our 2016 Form 10-K. Table 18.1 presents our results by operating segment.
Table 18.1:Operating Segments
 
Community
Banking 
  
Wholesale
Banking
  Wealth and Investment Management  Other (1)  
Consolidated
Company
 
(income/expense in millions, average balances in billions)2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
Quarter ended Sep 30,  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net interest income (2)$7,645
 7,430
 4,353
 4,062
 1,159
 977
 (681) (517) 12,476
 11,952
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses650
 651
 69
 157
 (1) 4
 (1) (7) 717
 805
Noninterest income4,415
 4,957
 2,732
 3,085
 3,087
 3,122
 (784) (788) 9,450
 10,376
Noninterest expense7,834
 6,953
 4,248
 4,120
 3,106
 2,999
 (837) (804) 14,351
 13,268
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)3,576
 4,783
 2,768
 2,870
 1,141
 1,096
 (627) (494) 6,858
 8,255
Income tax expense (benefit)1,286
 1,546
 729
 827
 427
 415
 (238) (187) 2,204
 2,601
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests2,290
 3,237
 2,039
 2,043
 714
 681
 (389) (307) 4,654
 5,654
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests61
 10
 (7) (4) 4
 4
 
 
 58
 10
Net income (loss) (3)$2,229
 3,227
 2,046
 2,047
 710
 677
 (389) (307) 4,596
 5,644
Average loans$473.5
 489.2
 463.8
 454.3
 72.4
 68.4
 (57.4) (54.4) 952.3
 957.5
Average assets988.9
 993.6
 824.3
 794.2
 213.4
 212.1
 (88.1) (85.3) 1,938.5
 1,914.6
Average deposits734.5
 708.0
 463.4
 441.2
 188.1
 189.2
 (79.6) (76.9) 1,306.4
 1,261.5
Nine months ended Sep 30,                   
Net interest income (2)$22,820
 22,277
 12,779
 11,729
 3,360
 2,852
 (1,700) (1,506) 37,259
 35,352
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses1,919
 2,060
 (39) 905
 2
 (8) (5) 8
 1,877
 2,965
Noninterest income13,622
 14,928
 8,295
 9,660
 9,261
 9,020
 (2,340) (2,275) 28,838
 31,333
Noninterest expense22,278
 20,437
 12,551
 12,124
 9,387
 9,017
 (2,532) (2,416) 41,684
 39,162
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)12,245
 14,708
 8,562
 8,360
 3,232
 2,863
 (1,503) (1,373) 22,536
 24,558
Income tax expense (benefit)3,817
 4,910
 2,034
 2,341
 1,206
 1,087
 (571) (521) 6,486
 7,817
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests8,428
 9,798
 6,528
 6,019
 2,026
 1,776
 (932) (852) 16,050
 16,741
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests197
 96
 (21) (22) 11
 3
 
 
 187
 77
Net income (loss) (3)$8,231
 9,702
 6,549
 6,041
 2,015
 1,773
 (932) (852) 15,863
 16,664
Average loans$477.8
 486.4
 465.0
 445.2
 71.6
 66.4
 (56.8) (52.8) 957.6
 945.2
Average assets987.7
 969.6
 816.5
 771.9
 216.1
 208.5
 (88.1) (84.3) 1,932.2
 1,865.7
Average deposits726.4
 698.3
 464.1
 431.7
 190.6
 185.4
 (78.8) (76.1) 1,302.3
 1,239.3
(1)Includes the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, most of which represents products and services for Wealth and Investment Management customers served through Community Banking distribution channels. 
(2)Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.
(3)Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth and Investment Management segments and Wells Fargo net income for the consolidated company.



Note 19:  Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements
The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal bank regulatory agencies.banking regulators. The Federal ReserveFRB establishes capital requirements for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank).
Table 19.121.1 presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo &the Company and the Bank usingin accordance with Basel III which increased minimum requiredcapital requirements. We must calculate our risk-based capital ratios and introduced a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio. We must report the lower of our CET1, tier 1 and total capital ratios calculated
under the Standardized Approach and under the Advanced Approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy. The information presented reflects risk-weighted assets (RWAs) underboth the Standardized and Advanced Approaches with Transition Requirements.Approaches. The Standardized Approach applies assigned risk weights to broad risk categories, while the calculation of RWAsrisk-weighted assets (RWAs) under the
Advanced Approach differs by requiring applicable banks to utilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the use of internal credit models, and includes an operational risk component.
At June 30, 2023, the Bank and our other insured depository institutions were considered well-capitalized under the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

Table 21.1:Regulatory Capital Information
Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Standardized ApproachAdvanced ApproachStandardized ApproachAdvanced Approach
(in millions, except ratios)June 30, 2023December 31, 2022June 30, 2023December 31, 2022June 30, 2023December 31, 2022June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
Regulatory capital:
Common Equity Tier 1$134,221 133,527 134,221 133,527 142,300 140,644 142,300 140,644 
Tier 1153,201 152,567 153,201 152,567 142,300 140,644 142,300 140,644 
Total187,563 186,747 176,926 177,258 166,077 163,885 155,862 154,292 
Assets:
Risk-weighted assets1,250,690 1,259,889 1,118,379 1,112,307 1,153,795 1,177,300 975,072 977,713 
Adjusted average assets1,850,084 1,846,954 1,850,084 1,846,954 1,651,211 1,685,401 1,651,211 1,685,401 
Regulatory capital ratios:
Common Equity Tier 1 capital10.73 %*10.60 12.00 12.00 12.33 *11.95 14.59 14.39 
Tier 1 capital12.25 *12.11 13.70 13.72 12.33 *11.95 14.59 14.39 
Total capital15.00 *14.82 15.82 15.94 14.39 *13.92 15.98 15.78 
Required minimum capital ratios:
Common Equity Tier 1 capital9.20 9.20 8.50 8.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 
Tier 1 capital10.70 10.70 10.00 10.00 8.50 8.50 8.50 8.50 
Total capital12.70 12.70 12.00 12.00 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 
Wells Fargo & CompanyWells Fargo Bank, N.A.
June 30, 2023December 31, 2022June 30, 2023December 31, 2022
Regulatory leverage:
Total leverage exposure (1)$2,217,575 2,224,789 2,005,228 2,058,568 
Supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) (1)6.91 %6.86 7.10 6.83 
Tier 1 leverage ratio (2)8.28 8.26 8.62 8.34 
Required minimum leverage:
Supplementary leverage ratio5.00 5.00 6.00 6.00 
Tier 1 leverage ratio4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 
*Denotes the binding ratio under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches at June 30, 2023.
(1)The Basel III revised definitionSLR consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure consists of total average assets, less goodwill and changes are being phased-in effective Januaryother permitted Tier 1 2014, throughcapital deductions (net of deferred tax liabilities), plus certain off-balance sheet exposures.
(2)The Tier 1 leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total average assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items as determined under the endrule.
At June 30, 2023, the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and total capital ratio requirements for the Company included a global systemically important bank (G-SIB) surcharge of 2021.
1.50%. The G-SIB surcharge is not applicable to the Bank. In addition, the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratio requirements for the Company included a stress capital buffer of 3.20% under the Standardized Approach and a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% under the Advanced Approach. The capital ratio requirements for the Bank is an approved seller/servicerincluded a capital conservation buffer of mortgage loans2.50% under both the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Company is required to maintain these risk-based capital ratios and to maintain an SLR of at least 5.00% (composed of a 3.00% minimum levelsrequirement plus a supplementary leverage buffer of shareholders’ equity, as specified2.00%) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The Bank is required to maintain an SLR of at least 6.00% to be considered well-capitalized under applicable regulatory capital adequacy rules.
Capital Planning Requirements
The FRB’s capital plan rule establishes capital planning and other requirements that govern capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, by various agencies,certain large bank holding companies (BHCs), including Wells Fargo. The FRB conducts an annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review exercise and has also published guidance regarding its supervisory expectations for capital planning, including capital policies regarding the United States Departmentprocess relating to common stock dividend and repurchase decisions in the FRB’s SR Letter 15-18. The Parent’s ability to make certain capital distributions is subject to the requirements of Housingthe capital plan rule and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMCis also subject to the Parent meeting or exceeding certain regulatory capital minimums.
134Wells Fargo & Company


Loan and FNMA. At September 30, 2017,Dividend Restrictions
Federal law restricts the Bank met these requirements. Other subsidiaries, includingamount and the Company’s insuranceterms of both credit and broker-dealernon-credit transactions between a bank and its nonbank affiliates. Additionally, federal laws and regulations limit, and regulators can impose additional limitations on, the dividends that a national bank may pay.
Our nonbank subsidiaries are also subjectlimited by certain federal and state statutory provisions and regulations covering the amount of dividends that may be paid in any given year. In addition, under a Support Agreement dated June 28, 2017, as amended and restated on June 26, 2019, among Wells Fargo & Company, the parent holding company (Parent), WFC Holdings, LLC, an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent (IHC), the Bank, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, and certain other subsidiaries of the Parent designated from time to various minimumtime as material entities for resolution planning purposes or identified from time to time as related support entities in our resolution plan, the IHC may be restricted from making dividend payments to the Parent if certain liquidity and/or capital levels,metrics fall below defined triggers or if the Parent’s board of directors authorizes it to file a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
For additional information on loan and dividend restrictions, see Note 25 (Regulatory Capital Requirements and Other Restrictions) in our 2022 Form 10-K.
Cash Restrictions
Cash and cash equivalents may be restricted as defined by applicable industry regulations. The minimum capital levels for these subsidiaries,to usage or withdrawal. Table 21.2 provides a summary of restrictions on cash and related restrictions, are not significant to our consolidated operations.cash equivalents.
Table 21.2:Nature of Restrictions on Cash and Cash Equivalents
(in millions)Jun 30,
2023
Dec 31,
2022
Reserve balance for non-U.S. central banks$229 238 
Segregated for benefit of brokerage customers under federal and other brokerage regulations690 898 
Table 19.1:Regulatory Capital Information
 Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
 September 30, 2017   December 31, 2016   September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(in millions, except ratios)Advanced Approach
 
Standardized
Approach

  Advanced Approach
 Standardized
Approach

  Advanced Approach
 Standardized
Approach

  Advanced Approach
 Standardized
Approach

 
Regulatory capital:                  
Common equity tier 1$153,548
 153,548
  148,785
 148,785
  140,021
 140,021
  132,225
 132,225
 
Tier 1176,996
 176,996
  171,364
 171,364
  140,021
 140,021
  132,225
 132,225
 
Total209,522
 219,208
  204,425
 214,877
  153,558
 162,723
  145,665
 155,281
 
Assets:                   
Risk-weighted$1,217,700
 1,268,638
  1,274,589
 1,336,198
  1,103,800
 1,173,294
  1,143,681
 1,222,876
 
Adjusted average (1)1,908,883
 1,908,883
  1,914,802
 1,914,802
  1,713,046
 1,713,046
  1,714,524
 1,714,524
 
Regulatory capital ratios:                   
Common equity tier 1 capital12.61%
12.10
* 11.67
 11.13
* 12.69

11.93
* 11.56

10.81
*
Tier 1 capital14.54

13.95
* 13.44
 12.82
* 12.69

11.93
* 11.56

10.81
*
Total capital17.21
*17.28

 16.04
*16.08
  13.91

13.87
* 12.74

12.70
*
Tier 1 leverage (1)9.27
 9.27
  8.95
 8.95
  8.17
 8.17
  7.71
 7.71
 
*Denotes the lowest capital ratio as determined under the Advanced and Standardized Approaches.
(1)The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items.Wells Fargo & Company135

Table 19.2 presents the minimum required regulatory capital ratios under Transition Requirements to which the Company and the Bank were subject as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Table 19.2:Minimum Required Regulatory Capital Ratios – Transition Requirements (1)
  Wells Fargo & Company Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
 September 30, 2017
 December 31, 2016 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Regulatory capital ratios:        
Common equity tier 1 capital6.750% 5.625 5.750 5.125
Tier 1 capital8.250
 7.125 7.250 6.625
Total capital10.250
 9.125 9.250 8.625
Tier 1 leverage4.000
 4.000 4.000 4.000
(1)
At September 30, 2017, under transition requirements, the CET1, tier 1 and total capital minimum ratio requirements for Wells Fargo & Company include a capital conservation bufferGlossary of 1.250% and a global systemically important bank (G-SIB) surcharge of 1.000%. Only the 1.250% capital conservation buffer applies to the Bank at September 30, 2017.



Acronyms
Glossary of Acronyms
ACL
ABSAsset-backed securityG-SIBGlobally systemic important bank
ACLAllowance for credit lossesHAMPHTMHome Affordability Modification ProgramHeld-to-maturity
ALCOAFSAsset/Liability Management CommitteeAvailable-for-saleHUDLCRU.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
ARM
Adjustable-rate mortgageLCRLiquidity coverage ratio
ASC
AOCI
Accounting Standards CodificationAccumulated other comprehensive incomeLHFSLoans held for sale
ASUARMAccounting Standards UpdateAdjustable-rate mortgageLIBORLondon Interbank Offered Rate
AUAASCAssets under administrationAccounting Standards CodificationLIHTCLow incomeLow-income housing tax credit
AUMASUAssets under managementAccounting Standards UpdateLOCOMLower of cost or marketfair value
AVMAutomated valuation modelLTVLoan-to-value
BCBSBasel Committee on BankBanking SupervisionMBSMortgage-backed securitysecurities
BHCBank holding companyMHAMSRMaking Home Affordable programsMortgage servicing right
CCARComprehensive Capital Analysis and ReviewMHFSNAVMortgages held for saleNet asset value
CDCertificate of depositMSRNPAMortgage servicing rightNonperforming asset
CDOCECLCollateralized debt obligationMTNMedium-term note
CDSCredit default swapsNAVNet asset value
CECLCurrent expected credit lossNPANSFRNonperforming assetNet stable funding ratio
CET1Common Equity Tier 1OCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency
CFPBConsumer Financial Protection BureauOCIOther comprehensive income
CLOCollateralized loan obligationOTCOver-the-counter
CLTVCombined loan-to-valueOTTIPCDOther-than-temporary impairmentPurchased credit-deteriorated
CMBSCPICommercial mortgage-backed securitiesPCI LoansPurchased credit-impaired loans
CPICollateral protection insurancePTPPPre-tax pre-provision profit
CPPCRECapital Purchase ProgramRBCRisk-based capital
CRECommercial real estateRMBSResidential mortgage-backed securities
DPDDays past dueROAWells Fargo net income toReturn on average total assets
ESOPEmployee Stock Ownership PlanROEWells Fargo net income applicable to common stockReturn on average equity
FASFASBStatement of Financial Accounting Standardsto average Wells Fargo common stockholders' equity
FASBFinancial Accounting Standards BoardROTCEReturn on average tangible common equity
FDICFederal Deposit Insurance CorporationRWAsRisk-weighted assets
FFELPFHAFederal Family Education Loan ProgramHousing AdministrationSECSecurities and Exchange Commission
FHAFHLBFederal Housing AdministrationS&PStandard & Poor’s Ratings Services
FHLBFederal Home Loan BankSLRS&PSupplementary leverage ratioStandard & Poor’s Global Ratings
FHLMCFederal Home Loan Mortgage CorporationSPESLRSpecial purpose entitySupplementary leverage ratio
FICOFair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)TARPSOFRTroubled Asset Relief ProgramSecured Overnight Financing Rate
FNMAFederal National Mortgage AssociationTDRSPETroubled debt restructuringSpecial purpose entity
FRBBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve SystemTLACTDRTroubled debt restructuring
GAAPGenerally accepted accounting principlesTLACTotal Loss Absorbing Capacity
GAAPGNMAGenerally accepted accounting principlesGovernment National Mortgage AssociationVADepartment of Veterans Affairs
GNMAGSEGovernment National Mortgage AssociationGovernment-sponsored entityVaRValue-at-Risk
GSEG-SIBGovernment-sponsored entityGlobal systemically important bankVIEVariable interest entity
HQLAHigh-quality liquid assetsWIMWealth and Investment Management



136Wells Fargo & Company


PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.    Legal Proceedings
 
Information in response to this item can be found in Note 1110 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item. 

Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended SeptemberJune 30, 2017.2023.

Calendar monthTotal number
of shares
repurchased (1)
Weighted average
price paid per share
Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be repurchased under
the authorization
April29,637,759 $41.17 134,366,515 
May70,530,974 39.46 63,835,541 
June59,638 41.51 63,775,903 
Total100,228,371 
(1)All shares were repurchased under an authorization covering up to 500 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors (Board) and publicly announced by the Company on January 15, 2021. The Company publicly announced on July 25, 2023, that the Board authorized a new common stock repurchase program of up to $30 billion. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire and supersedes the prior share repurchase authority approved by the Board.
Item 5.    Other Information
Calendar month
Total number
of shares
repurchased (1)

 
Weighted-average
price paid per share

 Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be repurchased under
the authorization

July6,616,050
 $54.73
 164,594,913
August (2)30,887,246
 53.26
 133,707,667
September (2)11,519,239
 51.50
 122,188,428
Total49,022,535
    
      
(1)
All shares were repurchased under an authorization covering up to 350 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on January 26, 2016. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.
(2)
August includes a private repurchase transaction of 18,746,180 shares at a weighted-average price per share of $53.34. September includes a private repurchase transaction of 9,717,399 shares at a weighted-average price per share of $51.45.


Trading Plans
The following table shows Company repurchasesDuring the three months ended June 30, 2023, no director or officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) of the warrants forCompany adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each calendar monthterm is defined in the quarter ended September 30, 2017.Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.
Calendar month
Total number
of warrants
repurchased (1)
Wells Fargo & Company

Average price
paid per warrant

Maximum dollar value
of warrants that
may yet be repurchased

July
$
451,944,402
August

451,944,402
September

451,944,402
Total
137
(1)
Warrants are repurchased under the authorization covering up to $1 billion in warrants approved by the Board of Directors (ratified and approved on June 22, 2010). Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.




Item 6.    Exhibits
Item 6.Exhibits
 
A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth below.
 
The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.


Exhibit
Number
Description Location 
Filed herewith.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 29, 2023.
4(a)See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).
4(b)The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.
Filed herewith.
Filed herewith.
Filed herewith.
Filed herewith.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 22 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2023.
Filed herewith.
Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
Furnished herewith.
101.INSInline XBRL Instance DocumentThe instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document.
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema DocumentFiled herewith.
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
104Cover Page Interactive Data FileFormatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
Exhibit
Number
 Description  Location 
  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017.
  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 1, 2016.
4(a) See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).  
4(b) The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.  
  Filed herewith.
      Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30,    
      2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
   
   Including interest on deposits 3.53
 6.03
 4.17
 6.36
   
   Excluding interest on deposits 4.75
 7.42
 5.51
 7.86
   
     
  Filed herewith.
      Quarter ended September 30,  Nine months ended September 30,    
      2017
 2016
 2017
 2016
   
   Including interest on deposits 2.88
 4.44
 3.35
 4.63
   
   Excluding interest on deposits 3.56
 5.10
 4.09
 5.31
   
             
  Filed herewith.
  Filed herewith.
  Furnished herewith.
  Furnished herewith.
101.INS XBRL Instance Document Filed herewith.
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document Filed herewith.
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document Filed herewith.
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document Filed herewith.
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document Filed herewith.
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document Filed herewith.


138Wells Fargo & Company


SIGNATURE
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Dated: November 3, 2017                                                        August 1, 2023    WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
 
 
By:      /s/ RICHARD D. LEVY                                   
By:/s/ MUNEERA S. CARR
Muneera S. Carr
Executive Vice President,
Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Richard D. Levy
Executive Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)


168
Wells Fargo & Company139